CITY  OF  '^W  YORK 


BOROUGH  OF  MANHATTAN 

MARCUS  M.  MARKS,  President 


BUREAU  OF  BUILDINGS 

20th  Floor,  Municipal  Building 
Centre  and  Chambers  Streets 


MARCH  14,  1916 


CONTENTS 


BUILDING  CODE Pages  3 to  146 

ELEVATOR  REGULATIONS  ....  Pages  147  to  151 
PLUMBING  REGULATIONS  ....  Pages  152  to  176 

PLASTERING  LAW Pages  177  to  178 

PLASTERING  RULES Pages  179  to  185 

OBSTRUCTIONS  & INCUMBRANCES  . Pages  166  to  188 
PROJECTIONS  & ENCROACHMENTS  . Pages  188  to  188 

SIGN  STRUCTURES Pages  189  to  193 

MOVING  PICTURES Pages  194  to  197 

CHARTER  SECTIONS Pages  198  to  206 

GENERAL  INDEX Pages  207  to  278 


(See  Notice  on  Back  Cover) 


CITY  OF  NEW  YORK 


BQROUGH  OF  MANHATTAN 

^ MARCUS  M.  MARKS,  President 


OfTife 


BUREAU  OF  BUILDINGS 

20th  Floor,  Municipal  Building 
Centre  and  Chamb3rs  Streets 


M3ARCH  14.  1916 


CONTENTS 


BUILDING  CODE Pages  3 to  146 

ELEVATOR  REGULATIONS  ....  Pages  147  to  151 
PLUMBING  REGULATIONS  ....  Pages  152  to  176 
PLASTERING  LAW  .......  Pages  177  to  178 

PLASTERING  RULES Pages  179  to  186 

OBSTRUCTIONS  & INCUMBRANCES  . Pages  186  to  188 
PROJECTIONS  & ENCROACHMENTS  . Pages  188  to  188 

SIGN  STRUCTURES Pages  189  to  193 

MOVING  PICTURES  Pages  194  to  197 

CHARTER  SECTIONS Pages  198  to  206 

GENERAL  INDEX Pages  207  to  278 


(See  Notice  on  Back  Cover) 


THE  O’CONNELL  PRESS 
176  Park  Row  New  York 


857— '16— 9200 


^ LIBRARY 

OF  THE 

^ I Q,  CITY  OF  NE#)H»\$MrY  OF  ILUNOIS 

CODE  OF  ORDINANCES 

Chapter  5 

BUILDING  CODE 

Art. 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 
9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 
/ 21. 

K 22. 

0 23. 

24. 
J 25. 


26. 

27. 

28. 

29. 

30. 

31. 

32. 


General  provisions  

Materials  

Working  stresses  and  loads  . 
Classification  of  buildings  . . . 

Restricted  areas  

Height,  size  and  arrangement. 

Light  and  ventilation  

Exit  facilities  

Projections  beyond  building 

line  

Safeguards  during  construc- 
tion or  demolition  

Partition  fences  and  walls  . . 
Excavations  and  foundations.. 

Masonry  construction  

Wood  construction  

Iron  and  steel  construction  . . 
Reinforced  concrete  construc- 
tion   

Fireproof  construction  

Safeguards  against  spread  of 

fire  

Chimneys  and  heating  appar- 
atus   

Roofing  and  roof  structures  . 
Miscellaneous  requirements  . . 

Frame  buildings  

Buildings  of  a public  character 

Motion  picture  theatres  

Theatres  and  other  places  of 

amusement  

(Repealed)  

Elevators  

Fire  extinguishing  appliances. 
Plumbing  and  other  systems 

of  piping  

(Repealed)  

Unsafe  buildings  and  collapsed 

structures  

Enforcement  of  chapter  


Effective 

Page 

March  14,  1916 

4 

March  30,  1915.... 

. 11 

March  30,  1915 

, . 15 

March  30,  1915.... 

. 21 

March  30,  1915 

. 24 

, . 33 

March  14,  1916 

, . 33 

March  14,  1916 

. 36 

March  14,  1916 

. . 44 

February  9,  1916.. 

, . 48 

March  30,  1915 

, . 50 

September  22,  1915. 

. 52 

October  6,  1915... 

. 59 

March  30,  1915 

. 67 

March  30,  1915 

. 69 

October  6,  1915... 

. 74 

October  6,  1915... 

. 78 

February  9,  1916.. 

. 86 

February  9,  1916.. 

. 93 

February  9,  1916.. 

. 102 

March  7,  1916 

. 105 

February  9,  1916.. 

. 107 

March  30,  1915 

. Ill 

March  30,  1915 

. Ill 

March  30,  1915 

. 116 

March  14,  1916 

. 127 

March  7,  1916 

. 130 

March  30,  1915 

. 132 

March  30,  1915 

. 134 

November  29,  1915. 

. 139 

3.36119 


Article  1 
General  Provisions 


(In  effect  March  14,  1916) 


Section  1. 
2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 


Scope. 

Definitions. 

Application  for  permits. 

Permits. 

Certificate  of  occupancy. 

Modifications. 

Rules. 

Approved  materials,  appliances  and  methods  of 
construction. 

Seal  of  building  bureau. 

Right  of  entry  of  officers  and  employees. 


1 §1.  Scope.  1.  Short  title:  This  chapter  shall  be 

known  and  cited  as  the  Building  Code. 

2.  Matter  covered.  All  matters  concerning,  affecting  or  re- 
lating to  the  construction,  alteration  or  removal  of  buildings 
or  structures,  erected  or  to  be  erected  in  the  city  are  pre- 
sumptively provided  for  in  this  chapter,  except  in  so  far  as 
such  provisions  are  contained  in  the  Charter,  the  Tenement 
House  Law,  the  labor  law,  or  the  rules  promulgated  in  accord- 
ance with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter  by  the  superintendents 
of  buildings  of  the  several  boroughs. 

3.  Chapter  remedial.  This  chapter  is  hereby  declared  to  be 
remedial,  and  shall  be  construed  liberally,  to  secure  the  bene- 
ficial interests  and  purposes  thereof. 

4.  All  new  work  to  conform.  No  wall,  structure,  building 
or  part  thereof  shall  hereafter  be  constructed,  nor  shall  the 
plumbing  nor  drainage,  or  other  equipment,  of  any  building, 
structure  or  premises,  so  far  as  provided  for  in  this  chapter, 
be  constructed  or  altered  in  the  city,  except  in  conformity  with 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter.  No  building  already  erected, 
or  hereafter  to  be  built  in  said  city,  shall  be  altered  in  any 
manner  that  would  be  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  chapter,  or  any  rule  or  approval  of  the  superintendent 
of  buildings  made  and  issued  thereunder;  but  nothing  in  this 
chapter  shall  prohibit  the  raising  or  lowering  of  any  building 
to  meet  a change  of  grade  in  the  street  on  which  it  is  located, 
provided  that  the  building  is  not  otherwise  altered. 

5.  Undeveloped  localities.  In  such  parts  of  the  city  outside 
the  fire  limits  and  suburban  limits,  in  which  a system  of 
streets  has  not  been  established  only  so  much  of  the  require- 
ments of  this  chapter  shall  apply  as  in  the  judgment  of  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  may  be  necessary  for  safety  of 
life  and  health;  but  this  shall  not  be  construed  to  permit  the 


4 


erection  of  any  building  to  exceed  in  height  or  area  the  limits 
fixed  by  this  chapter  for  such  buildings. 

6.  Buildings  affected.  All  provisions  of  this  chapter  shall 
apply  with  equal  force  to*  municipal  buildings  as  they  do  to 
private  buildings,  except  as  may  be  specifically  provided  for 
by  law. 

§2.  Definitions.  Unless  otherwise  expressly  stated,  2 
the  following  terms  shall,  for  the  purposes  of  this  chapter, 
have  the  meaning  herein  indicated : 

a.  Words  used  in  the  present  tense  include  the  future ; 
words  in  the  masculine  gender  include  the  feminine  and  neu- 
ter; the  singular  number  includes  the  plural  and  the  plural  the 
singular;  the  word  “person”  includes  a corporation  as  well 
as  an  individual ; “writing”  includes  printing,  and  printed  or 
typewritten  matter;  “oath”  includes  affirmation;  “signature” 
or  “subscription”  includes  “mark”,  when  the  person  cannot 
write,  his  name  being  written  near  it. 

b.  The  term  “occupied”  as  applied  to  any  building,  shall 
be  construed  as  though  followed  by  the  words  “or  intended, 
arranged  or  designed  to  be  occupied.” 

c.  The  term  “approved”  as  applied  to  any  material,  device 
or  mode  of  construction,  means  approved  by  the  superinten- 
dent of  buildings  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  or  by 
any  other  authority  designated  by  law  to  give  approval  in 
the  matter  in  question. 

d.  The  term  “owner”  includes  his  duly  authorized  agent 
or  attorney,  a purchaser,  devisee,  and  any  person  entitled  to 
an  interest  in  the  property  in  question. 

e.  An  alteration,  as  applied  to  a building  or  structure,  is 
any  change  or  rearrangement  in  the  structural  parts  or  in 
the  exit  facilities,  or  any  enlargement,  whether  by  extending 

^ on  any  side  or  by  increasing  in  height,  or  the  moving  from 
one  location  or  position  to  another. 

f.  The  term  “curb”  when  used  in  defining  the  height  of  a 
building  means  the  mean  curb  level  at  that  front  of  the  build- 
ing which  faces  on  the  street  of  greatest  width,  or,  if  the 
greatest  width  occurs  on  more  than  one  of  the  streets  on 
which  the  building  faces,  the  mean  curb  level  at  that  point  of 
the  building  which  faces  on  the  street  of  greatest  width  and 
having  the  highest  curb. 

The  term  “curb”  when  used  in  fixing  the  depth  of  an  ex- 
cavation, means  the  curb  level  at  that  point  of  the  curb 
which  is  nearest  to  the  point  of  the  excavation  in  question. 

g.  The  term  “height”  as  applied  to  a building  or  structure 
means  the  vertical  distance,  measured  in  a straight  line  from 
the  curb  level,  or  if  the  grade  of  the  street  has  not  been 
legally  established  or  the  building  does  not  adjoin  the 
street,  from  the  average  level  of  all  the  ground  adjoining 


5 


such  building,  to  the  highest  point  of  the  roof  beams  in  the 
case  of  flat  roofs,  and  to  the  average  height  of  the  gable 
in  the  case  of  roofs  having  a pitch  of  more  than  twenty 
degrees  with  a horizontal  plane.  • 

h.  A story  is  that  part  of  any  building  comprised  between 
any  floor  and  the  floor  or  roof  next  above. 

i.  A tenement  house  is  a building  as  defined  in  the  Tene- 
ment House  Law. 

j.  A garage  is  a building,  shed  or  enclosure,  or  any  por- 
tion thereof,  in  which  a motor  vehicle,  containing  volatile 
inflammable  oil  in  its  fuel  storage  tank,  is  stored,  housed 
or  kept. 

2 §3.  Application  for  permits^  1.  For  construction  or 

alteration.  Before  the  construction  or  alteration  of  any 
building,  wall  or  structure,  or  any  part  of  either,  or  of  any 
platform,  staging  or  flooring  to  be  used  for  standing  or 
seating  purposes,  and  before  the  construction  or  alteration 
of  the  plumbing  or  drainage  of  any  building,  structure  or 
premises  is  commenced,  the  owner  or  lessee,  or  agent  of 
either,  or  the  architect  or  builder  employed  by  such  owner  or 
lessee  in  connection  with  the  proposed  construction  or  altera- 
tion, shall  submit  to  the  superintendent  of  buildings  a de- 
tailed statement  in  triplicate  of  the  specifications,  on  appropri- 
ate blanks  to  be  furnished  to  applicants  by  the  bureau  of 
buildings,  and  such  plans  and  structural  detail  drawings  of 
the  proposed  work  as  the  superintendent  of  buildings  may  re- 
quire. Such  statement,  constituting  an  application  for  a permit 
to  construct  or  alter,  shall  be  accompanied  by  a further  state- 
ment in  writing,  sworn  to  before  a notary  public  or  commis- 
sioner of  deeds,  giving  the  full  name  and  residence  of  each  of 
the  owners  of  said  building,  or  proposed  building,  structure  or 
proposed  structure,  premises,  wall,  platform,  staging  or 
flooring,  and  by  a diagram  of  the  lot  or  plot  on  which  such 
construction  or  alteration  is  to  be  made,  showing  the  exact 
location  of  any  proposed  new  construction  and  all  existing 
buildings  or  structures  that  are  to  remain. 

2.  Authorization  of  owner.  If  the  construction,  altera- 
tion or  plumbing  or  drainage  or  the  alteration  thereof,  is  to 
be  made  or  executed  by  any  other  person  than  the  owner 
of  the  land  in  fee,  the  person  intending  to  make  such  con- 
struction or  alteration,  or  to  construct  such  plumbing  or 
drainage,  shall,  either  as  owner,  lessee,  or  in  any  representa- 
tive capacity,  accompany  the  application  to  build  or  alter 
with  a statement  in  writing,  sworn  to  as  aforesaid,  giving  the 
full  name  and  residence  of  each  of  the  owners  of  the  land, 
building,  or  proposed  building,  structure  or  proposed  struc- 
ture, premises,  wall,  platform,  staging  or  flooring,  and  re- 
citing that  he  is  duly  authorized  to  perform  said  work.  Such 


6 


statement  may  be  made  by  the  agent  or  architect  of  the  per- 
son hereinbefore  required  to  make  the  same. 

3.  Notice  to  demolish.  Before  any  existing  building  or 
part  of  an  existing  building  is  demolished,  a statement  in 
writing  on  appropriate  blanks  to  be  furnished  by  the  bureau 
of  buildings,  constituting  a notice  to  demolish,  shall  be  sub- 
mitted to  the  superintendent  of  buildings  by  the  owner  or 
any  person  authorized  by  the  owner,  giving  the  full  name 
and  residence  of  each  of  the  owners  of  the  building  to  be 
demolished,  the  name  and  business  address  of  the  person 
who  is  to  do  the  work  and  such  other  information  respecting 
the  building  as  the  superintendent  of  buildings  may  require. 
Such  notice  shall  be  submitted  not  less  than  forty-eight  hours 
before  the  work  of  demolition  is  commenced. 

4.  Place  of  filing.  All  applications,  notices  and  sworn 
statements  required  by  this  section,  and  copies  of  the  ap- 
proved plans  shall  be  kept  on  file  in  the  office  of  the  super- 
intendent of  buildings.  Applications  shall  be  promptly  dock- 
eted as  received.  For  purposes  of  identification  and  ref- 
erence all  such  papers  shall  be  marked  with  the  block  and 
lot  number  of  the  property  to  which  they  apply,  and  with 
the  street  and  house  number  when  possible. 

5.  Amendments.  Nothing  in  this  chapter  shall  prohibit 
the  filing  of  amendments  to  any  application  at  any  time  be- 
fore the  completion  of  the  work  for  which  permit  was 
sought,  and  such  amendments,  after  approval,  shall  be  made 
part  of  the  application  and  filed  as  such. 

6.  Ordinary  repairs  excepted.  Ordinary  repairs  to  build- 
ings or  structures,  or  to  the  plumbing  and  drainage  thereof, 
may  be  made  without  notice  to  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings, but  such  repairs  shall  not  be  construed  to  include  the 
cutting  away  of  any  wall  or  any  portion  thereof,  the  removal 
or  cutting  of  any  beams  or  supports,  or  the  removal,  change 
or  closing  of  any  stairway  or  required  means  of  exit,  or  the 
alteration  of  any  house  sewer,  private  sewer  or  drainage 
system,  or  the  construction  of  any  waste  pipe. 

§4.  Permits.  1.  Approval  of  applications.  It  shall  4 
be  unlawful  to  construct  or  alter  any  building,  structure, 
wall,  platform,  staging  or  flooring,  or  any  part  thereof,  or 
any  plumbing  and  drainage,  until  the  application  and  plans 
required  by  § 3 of  this  article  shall  have  been  approved  by 
the  superintendent  of  buildings,  and  a written  permit  issued 
by  him.  The  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  approve  or 
reject  any  application  or  plan,  or  amendment  thereto,  filed 
with  him  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  article  within 
a reasonable  time  and,  if  approved,  shall  promptly  issue  a 
permit  therefor. 


7 


2.  Approval  in  part.  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  be 
construed  to  prevent  the  superintendent  of  buildings  from 
approving  and  issuing  a permit  for  the  construction  of  part 
of  a building  or  structure,  when  plans  and  detailed  state- 
ments have  been  presented  for  the  same,  before  the  entire 
plans  and  detailed  statements  of  said  building  or  structure 
have  been  submitted  or  approved. 

3.  Signature  to  permit.  Every  permit  issued  by  the  su- 
perintendent of  buildings  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter 
shall  have  his  signature  affixed  thereto,  but  this  shall  not 
prevent  the  superintendent  from  authorizing  any  subordinate 
to  affix  such  signature. 

4.  Limitations.  Any  permit  issued  by  the  superintendent 
of  buildings  under  the  provisions  of  this  article,  but  under 
which  no  work  is  commenced  within  one  year  from  the  time 
of  issuance,  shall  expire  by  limitation. 

5.  Compliance  with  plans.  The  construction  or  altera- 
tion of  any  building,  structure,  platform,  staging  or  flooring, 
or  of  any  plumbing  or  drainage,  shall  be  in  accordance  with 
the  approved  detailed  statement  of  specifications  and  plans, 
for  which  the  permit  was  issued,  or  any  approved  amend- 
ment thereof.  The  superintendent  may  require  a certified 
copy  of  the  approved  plans  to  be  kept  at  all  times  on  the 
premises  from  the  commencement  of  the  work  to  the  com- 
pletion thereof. 

6.  .^lahertnce  to  diagram.  The  location  of  any  new  build- 
ing or  structure,  or  of  any  extension  to  an  existing  building 
or  structure,  shown  on  the  diagram  filed  as  required  by  § 3 
of  this  article,  or  on  any  approved  amendment  thereof,  shall 
be  strictly  adhered  to.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  reduce  or  di- 
minish the  area  of  any  lot  or  plot,  a diagram  of  which  has 
been  filed  with  an  application  to  construct  or  alter  and  has 
been  used  as  the  basis  for  a permit,  unless  the  building  or 
structure  for  which  the  permit  was  issued  complies  in  all 
respects  with  the  requirements  of  this  chapter  for  buildings 
or  structures  located  on  plots  of  such  diminished  area,  pro- 
vided, however,  that  this  shall  not  apply  to  any  case  in  which 
the  lot  area  is  reduced  by  reason  of  any  street  opening  or 
widening  or  other  public  improvement. 

7.  Revocation,  The  superintendent  of  buildings  may  re- 
voke any  permit  or  approval  issued  under  the  provisions  of 
this  article,  in  the  case  of  any  false  statement,  or  any  mis- 
representation as  to  a material  fact  in  the  application  on 
which  the  permit  or  approval  was  based. 

c §5.  Certificate  of  occupancy.  1.  New  buildings.  No 
^ building  hereafter  erected  shall  be  occupied  or  used,  in  whole 
or  in  part,  for  any  purpose  whatever  until  a certificate  of 
occupancy  shall  have  been  issued  by  the  superintendent  of 


8 


buildings  certifying  that  such  building  conforrris  substantially 
to  the  approved  plans  and  specifications  and  the  requirements 
of  this  chapter  applying  to  buildings  of  its  class  and  kind. 

2.  Buildings  hereafter  altered.  No  building  hereafter  al- 
tered, which  was  vacant  during  the  progress  of  the  work  of 
alteration,  shall  be  occupied  or  used,  in  whole  or  in  part,  for 
any  purpose  whatever,  until  a certificate  of  occupancy  shall 
have  been  issued  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings  certi- 
fying that  the  work  for  which  the  permit  was  issued  has 
been  completed  substantially  in  accordance  with  the  approved 
plans  and  specifications  and  the  provisions  of  this  chapter 
applying  to  such  an  alteration;  and  when  the  occupancy  or 
use  of  a building  has  continued  during  the  work  of  altera- 
tion, the  occupancy  or  use  of  the  building  shall  not  continue 
for  more  than  thirty  days  after  completion  of  the  alteration 
unless  such  certificate  shall  have  been  issued. 

3.  Existing  buildings.  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  pre- 
vent the  continuance  of  the  present  occupancy  and  use  of 
any  now  existing  building,  except  as  may  be  specifically  pre- 
scribed by  this  chapter  or  as  may  be  necessary  for  the 
safety  of  life  or  property.  Upon  written  request  from  the 
owner,  the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  issue  a certifi- 
cate of  occupancy  for  any  now  existing  building,  certifying, 
after  verification  by  inspection,  the  occupancy  or  use  of  such 
building,  provided  that  at  the  time  of  issuing  such  certificate 
there  are  no  notices  of  violation,  or  other  notices  or  orders 
pending  in  the  bureau  of  buildings. 

4.  Change  of  occupancy.  No  change  of  occupancy  or  use 
shall  be  made  in  any  building  or  part  thereof,  hereafter 
erected  or  altered,  that  is  not  consistent  with  the  last  issued 
certificate  of  odcupancy  for  such  building.  In  case  of  any 
now  existing  building,  no  change  of  occupancy  that  would 
bring  it  under  some  special  provision  of  this  chapter,  shall 
be  made,  unless  a certificate  is  issued  by  the  superintendent 
of  buildings  certifying  that  such  building  conforms  to  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter  with  respect  to  buildings  hereafter 
altered  for  the  proposed  new  occupancy  and  use. 

5.  Temporary  occupancy.  Upon  request  of  the  owner  or 
his  authorized  representative,  the  superintendent  oTf  buildings 
shall  issue  a temporary  certificate  of  occupancy  for  part  of 
a building,  provided  that  such  temporary  occupancy  or  use 
would  not  in  any  way  jeopardize  life  or  property. 

6.  Contents  of  certificate.  In  addition  to  the  certification 
when  required  by  this  section,  as  to  compliance  with  ap- 
proved plans  and  specifications,  and  provisions  of  this  chap- 
ter, all  certificates  of  occupancy  shall  state  the  purposes  for 
which  the  building  may  be  used  in  its  several  parts,  the 
maximum  permissible  live  loads  on  the  several  floors,  the 


9 


number  of  persons  that  may  be  accommodated  in  the  several 
stories,  in  case  such  number  is  limited  by  any  provision  of 
this  chapter  or  the  approved  specifications,  and  all  special 
stipulations  of  the  permit,  if  any. 

7.  Issuance  and  filing.  Certificates  of  occupancy  shall  be 
issued  within  ten  days  after  written  application  therefor,  if 
said  building  at  the  date  of  such  application  shall  be  entitled 
thereto.  A record  of  all  certificates  shall  be  kept  in  the 
bureau  of  buildings  and  copies  shall  be  furnished,  on  re- 
quest, to  any  person  having  a proprietary  interest  in  the 
building  affected. 

0 §6.  Modifications.  In  exercising  his  powers  to  vary 

the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  or  any  rule  authorized  there- 
under, the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  proceed  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  provisions  of  the  Greater  New  York  Char- 
ter establishing  that  power.  A record  of  all  modifications 
shall  be  kept  in  the  bureau  of  buildings,  properly  indexed  and 
open  to  public  inspection  during  business  hours.  All  modi- 
fications, including  the  applicant’s  petition  for  same  and  the 
superintendent’s  reasons  for  granting,  shall  be  published  in 
full  in  the  City  Record  within  two  weeks  after  the  super- 
intendent’s action,  and  may  be  cited  as  precedents. 

^ §7.  Rules.  1.  Authority  to  adopt  rules.  The  super- 

intendent of  buildings  shall  have  power  to  adopt  such  rules 
with  respect  to  the  materials  and  mode  of  construction,  con- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  as  may  be  neces- 
sary to  secure  the  intent  and  purposes  of  this  chapter  and 
a proper  enforcement  of  its  provisions.  For  any  provisions 
of  this  chapter  referring  to  the  rules  or  requiring  approvals 
of  materials  or  modes  of  construction,  such  superintendent 
shall  adopt,  when  this  section  becomes  effective  or  as  the 
necessity  may  arise,  such  rules  as  are  required  or  will  estab- 
lish the  conditions  of  approval.  So  far  as  practicable  such 
rules  shall  be  uniform  in  all  the  boroughs. 

2.  Procedure.  No  rule  adopted  by  the  superintendent 
of  buildings  shall  become  effective  until  it  shall  have  been 
published  in  the  City  Record  on  eight  successive  Mondays, 
and  until  a public  hearing  on  the  same  shall  have  been  held, 
provided,  however,  that  said  public  hearing  shall  not  be 
necessary  for  the  purposes  of  this  chapter  unless  a request 
shall  have  been  made  for  such  hearing  during  the  said 
period  of  publication.  Any  rule  adopted  and  promulgated  as 
herein  provided  shall  have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  any 
provision  of  this  chapter.  All  rules  heretofore  legally  prom- 
ulgated and  in  force  at  the  time  when  this  section  becomes 
effective  shall  continue  in  force,  provided  they  are  not  in- 
consistent with  any  provision  of  this  chapter. 


10 


3.  Amendment  and  repeal.  The  superintendent  of  build- 
ings may  amend  or  repeal  any  rule  by  the  same  procedure 
prescribed  for  the  adoption  of  new  rules. 

§8.  Approved  materials,  appliances  and  methods  of  g 
construction.  Whenever  any  materials,  appliances  or  methods 
of  construction  have  been  approved  by  the  superintendent  of 
buildings  as  conforming  to  tests  prescribed  by  this  chapter, 
or  to  any  rules  adopted  thereunder,  a notice  to  that  effect 
shall  be  published  in  the  City  Rerord,  including  information 
as  to  the  conditions  under  which  said  materials,  appliances 
or  methods  of  construction  were  tested  and  approved.  A 
list  of  such  materials,  appliances  and  methods  of  construc- 
tion shall  be  kept  on  file  in  the  bureau  of  buildings,  properly 
indexed  and  open  to  public  inspection  during  business  hours. 

§9.  Seal  of  building  bureau.  Each  superintendent  0 
of  buildings  may  adopt  a seal  and  direct  its  use  in  his  bureau. 

§10.  Right  of  entry  of  officers  and  employees.  Any  10 
officer  of  employee  of  the  bureau  of  buildings,  so  far  as 
it  may  be  necessary  for  the  performance  of  his  duties,  shall 
have  the  right  to  enter  any  building  or  premises  in  said 
city  upon  showing  his  badge  of  office. 

Article  2 

Materials 

(In  Effect  March  30,  1915.) 


Section  20. 

Quality  of  materials. 

21. 

Weights  of  materials. 

22. 

Tests. 

23. 

Brick. 

24. 

Sand. 

25. 

Lime. 

26. 

Cement. 

27. 

Mortar. 

28. 

Concrete. 

29. 

Hollow  Building  Blocks. 

30. 

Iron  and  Steel. 

31. 

Timber. 

§20.  Quality  of  materials.  All  building  materials  on 
shall  be  of  a quality  to  meet  the  intent  of  this  chapter,  and 
shall  conform  to  such  specifications,  consistent  with  the 
requirements  of  this  chapter,  as  may  be  promulgated  by  the 
superintendents  of  buildings. 

§21.  Weight  of  materials.  The  weights  of  various  21 
materials  in  pounds  per  cubic  foot  shall  be  assumed  to  be  as 
follows : 


11 


Brickwork  120 

Concrete,  cinder,  used  for  floor  arches  or  slabs 108 

Concrete,  cinder,  used  for  Ailing  over  fireproof  floors..  60 

Concrete,  stone  144 

Granite,  bluestone  and  marble  168 

Limestone  156 

Sandstone  144 

Oak  and  longleaf  yellow  pine  48 

Spruce,  fir,  hemlock,  white  pine  and  shortleaf  yellow 

pine  30 


22  §22.  Tests.  1.  When  required.  New  structural  ma- 

terial, or  structural  material  not  otherwise  provided  for  in 
this  chapter,  shall  be  subjected  to  such  tests,  to  determine 
its  character  and  quality,  as  the  superintendent  of  buildings 
shall  direct.  Appliances  and  devices  required  by  any  of  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter  and  new  methods  of  construction 
shall  be  subjected  to  such  tests  to  determine  their  efficiency, 
as  the  superintendent  of  buildings  may  direct.  Such  tests 
as  may  be  required  under  this  section  shall  be  described  in 
rules  promulgated  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 

2.  Tests  of  materials.  All  tests  shall  be  conducted  under 
the  supervision  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  or  his 
authorized  representative.  Laboratory  tests  shall  be  con- 
ducted at  a testing  laboratory  of  recognized  standing.  A 
superintendent  of  buildings  conducting  a test  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  section  shall  notify  the  superintendents  of 
buildings  of  the  other  boroughs  at  least  three  days  in  ad- 
vance of  such  test. 

3.  Approval.  Any  material,  appliance,  or  method  of  con- 
struction meeting  the  requirements  of  this  chapter  or  the 
specifications  authorized  thereunder  shall  be  approved  within 
a reasonable  time  after  the  completion  of  the  tests.  All 
such  approvals  and  the  conditions  under  which  they  are  is- 
sued shall  be  published  in  the  City  Record  within  a month 
after  issuance,  and  a complete  list  of  all  such  approvals  is- 
sued during  the  year  shall  be  included  in  the  annual  report 
of  the  superintendent  of  buildings.  The  superintendent  of 
buildings  may  prohibit  the  use  of  any  material  or  appliance 
failing  to  conform  to  the  requirements  of  this  chapter  or  to 
the  rules  adopted  thereunder. 

4.  Conditions  attaching  to  approvals.  Materials,  appli- 
ances or  methods  of  construction  which  have  been  tested  and 
approved  shall  be  used  and  installed  in  accordance  with  the 
terms  of  the  approval.  So  far  as  practicable  all  materials 
and  appliances  for  which  approvals  have  been  issued  shall 
have  a distinctive  brand  mark  for  identification  impressed  on 
or  otherwise  attached  to  them.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  use 


12 


any  such  brand  mark  on  any  other  material  or  appliance  than 
that  for  which  the  approval  was  issued. 

5.  Additional  tests.  The  superintendent  of  buildings  may 
require  any  tests  to  be  repeated  if  there  is  any  reason  to  be- 
lieve that  the  material  or  appliance  is  no  longer  up  to  the 
specifications  on  which  the  approval  was  based. 

§23.  Brick.  The  brick  used  in  the  construction  of  23 
buildings  shall  be  sound,  well  burnt  brick.  When  old  brick 
are  used  in  any  wall  they  shall  be  thoroughly  cleaned  before 
being  used,  and  shall  be  whole  and  good,  hard,  well  burnt 
brick. 

§24.  Sand.  The  sand  used  for  building  construction 
shall  be  clean,  sharp,  coarse  and  silicious. 

§25.  Lime.  Quick  lime  and  hydrated  lime  shall  con-  oR 
form  to  such  specifications  as  may  be  promulgated  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings,  or,  in  the  absence  of  such  speci- 
fications, with  the  standard  specifications  of  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials. 

§26.  Cement.  Portland  and  natural  cements  shall  con-  20 
form  to  such  specifications  as  may  be  promulgated  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  in  accordance  with  the  provi- 
sions of  this  chapter,  or,  in  the  absence  of  such  specifications, 
with  the  standard  specifications  of  the  American  Society  for 
Testing  Materials. 

§27.  Mortar.  1.  Cement.  Cement  mortar  shall  be  27 
made  of  cement  and  sand  in  the  proportion  of  1 part  of 
cement  and  not  more  than  3 parts  of  sand  by  volume,  or, 
in  the  case  of  bag  mortars  prepared  under  rules  promulgated 
by  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  in  such  proportion  that 
the  tensile  strength  per  square  inch  at  the  age  of  28  days 
shall  be  not  less  than  250  pounds  when  Portland  cement  is 
used,  and  125  pounds  when  natural  cement  is  used.  Cement 
mortar  shall  be  thoroughly  mixed  and  shall  be  used  im- 
mediately after  the  addition  of  water.  Not  more  than  15 
per  cent,  of  the  cement  by  volume  may  be  replaced  by  an 
equal  volume  of  lime. 

2.  Cement  and  lime.  Cement-lime  mortar  shall  be  made 
of  1 part  of  lime,  1 part  of  cement  and  not  more  than  3 parts 
of  sand  to  each  by  volume. 

3.  Lime.  Except  as  may  be  otherwise  provided,  lime  mor- 
tar shall  be  made  of  1 part  of  slacked  lime,  lime  putty  or  dry 
Iwdrated  lime  and  not  more  than  4 parts  of  sand  by  volume. 

§28.  Concrete.  1.  Mixture,  Except  as  may  be  other-  28 
wuse  provided  in  this  chapter,  concrete  shall  be  made  of  1 
part  of  cement,  and  not  more  than  2^  parts  of  sand  and  5 
parts  of  coarse  aggregate. 

2.  Aggregate.  The  coarse  aggregate  shall  be  granite,  trap 
rock,  gravel  or  other  hard,  durable  material  that  may  be 


13 


approved  by  a rule  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings.  When 
gravel  is  used  it  shall  be  thoroughly  washed.  Where  mass 
concrete  is  used,  the  coarse  aggregates  shall  be  of  such 
size  as  will  pass  through  a two-inch  ring.  All  aggregates 
shall  be  free  from  dust  or  other  deleterious  material. 

3.  Consistency.  All  concrete  shall  be  a wet  mixture,  and 
shall  be  placed  in  forms  immediately  after  mixing,  and  well 
tamped.  No  concrete  shall  be  used  after  initial  set  has 
begun. 

4.  Forms.  All  forms  and  centering  shall  be  built  in  a 
substantial  manner,  and  with  joints  sufficiently  tight  to  pre- 
vent leakage  of  the  cement.  They  shall  be  properly  supported 
and  braced  as  to  safely  sustain  all  the  load  that  may  be 
placed  upon  them  during  construction. 

5.  Joints  in  concrete.  Joints  formed  between  portions  of 
concrete  placed  at  different  times  shall  be  made  in  a manner 
not  to  injure  the  completed  structure.  Before  fresh  con- 
crete is  joined  to  concrete  which  has  set  or  partially  set,  the 
surface  of  the  old  concrete  shall  be  roughened,  cleaned  and 
thoroughly  wet. 

6.  Precautions  against  freezing.  No  materials  containing 
frost  or  that  are  frozen  shall  be  used.  Precaution  shall  be 
taken  to  prevent  concrete  from  freezing.  After  it  has  been 
placed  in  position  a temperature  above  32  degrees  F.  shall 
be  maintained,  by  artificial  means  if  necessary,  until  the  con- 
crete has  its  initial  set. 

29  §29.  Hollow  building  blocks.  1.  Concrete.  Hollow 

building  blocks  of  concrete  shall  be  made  of  Portland  cement 
and  suitable  aggregates  in  such  proportions  as  to  develop  at 
the  age  of  28  days  an  ultimate  crushing  strength  per  square 
inch  of  gross  area  of  not  less  than  750  pounds  when  tested 
with  the  cells  placed  vertically  and  300  pounds  when  tested 
with  the  cells  placed  horizontally. 

2.  Terra  cotta.  Hollow  building  blocks  of  terra  cotta  shall 
be  sound,  hard  and  well  burnt  and  shall  develop  an  ultimate 
crushing  strength  per  square  inch  of  gross  area  of  not  less 
than  1,200  pounds  when  tested  with  the  cells  placed  vertically 
and  300  pounds  with  the  cells  placed  horizontally. 

3.  Absorption.  The  absorption  of  hollow  building  blocks 
to  be  used  for  bearing  or  enclosing  walls  shall  not  exceed  12 
per  cent,  in  48  hours  as  an  average,  nor  more  than  15  per 
cent,  in  any  case. 

3Q  §30.  Iron  and  steel.  1.  Cast  iron.  Cast  iron  shall 
be  of  good  foundry  mixture,  producing  a clean,  tough,  gray 
iron.  It  shall  conform  to  such  specifications  as  may  be 
promulgated  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  or,  in  the 
absence  of  such  specifications,  to  the  standard  specifications 
of  the  American  Society  for  Testing  Materials  for  medium 


14 


gray  iron  castings.  Castings  shall  be  free  of  serious  blow- 
holes, cinder  spots  and  cold  shuts. 

2.  Cast  steel.  Steel  castings  for  building  construction 
shall  be  made  of  open  hearth  steel,  and  shall  be  practically 
free  from  blowholes.  Except  as  may  be  otherwise  prescribed 
by  rules  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  they  shall  con- 
form to  the  standard  specifications  of  the  American  Society 
for  Testing  Materials  for  soft  or  medium  steel  castings. 

3.  Structural  Steel.  All  structural  steel  for  buildings  shall 
have  an  ultimate  tensile  strength  of  from  55,000  pounds  to 
65,000  pounds  per  square  inch.  Rivet  steel  shall  have  an  ulti- 
mate strength  of  from  46,000  to  56,000  pounds  per  square 
inch.  Except  as  may  be  otherwise  prescribed  by  the  rules 
of  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  steel  shall  conform  to  the 
standard  specifications  of  the  American  Society  for  Testing 
Materials  for  structural  steel  for  buildings. 

§31.  Timber.  All  timbers  and  wood  beams  used  in  31 
any  building  shall  be  of  good,  sound  material,  free  from  rot, 
large  and  loose  knots,  shakes  or  any  imperfection  whereby 
the  strength  may  be  impaired. 

Article  3 


Working  Stresses  and  Loads 
(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 


Section  50. 

51. 

52. 

53. 

54. 

55. 


General  provisions. 

Working  stresses. 

Working  stresses  for  columns. 
Loads. 

Wind  pressure. 

Floor  capacities. 


§50.  General  provisions.  1.  Computations.  The  di-  50 
mensions  of  the  several  materials  and  the  form  of  each  con- 
struction to  be  used  in  building  shall  be  computed  as  re- 
quired in  the  various  sections  of  this  chapter. 

2.  Factors  of  safety.  Where  the  unit  stress  of  any  ma- 
terial is  not  prescribed  in  this  chapter  the  relation  of  al- 
lowable unit  stress  to  ultimate  strength  shall  be  as  1 to  4 
for  metal,  as  1 to  6 for  timber,  and  as  1 to  10  for  natural 
or  artificial  stones  and  brick  or  stone  masonry.  But  wherever 
working  stresses  are  prescribed  in  this  chapter,  the  said 
working  stresses  shall  be  used. 

3.  Temporary  supports.  Every  temporary  support  placed 
under  any  building  or  structure,  or  any  part  thereof,  during 
the  erection,  finishing,  alteration,  or  repairing  of  such  build- 
ing or  structure,  or  any  part  thereof,  shall  be  of  sufficient 
strength  to  safely  carry  the  load  to  be  placed  thereon. 


15 


51  . §51.  Working  stresses.  1.  Safe  carrying  capacity. 
The  safe  carrying  capacity  of  the  various  materials  of  con- 
struction, except  in  the  case  of  colums,  shall  be  determined 
by  the  working  stresses  in  pounds  per  square  inch  specified 
in  this  section.  Unless  otherwise  indicated,  net  sectional 
areas  shall  be  used  in  determining  the  safe  carrying  capacity. 


2.  Iron  and  steel,  (a)  In  compression: 

Rolled  steel  16,000 

Cast  steel  16,000 

Cast  iron  16,000 

Steel  pins  in  bearing  24,000 

Steel  rivets,  shop  or  power  driven,  in  bearing 24,000 

Steel  field  rivets,  hand  driven,  in  bearing 16,000 

Steel  field  bolts,  in  bearing 12,000 

(b)  In  tension: 

Rolled  steel  16,000 

Cast  steel  16,000 

Cast  iron  3,000 

(c)  In  shear: 

Steel  web  plates  10,000 

Steel  pins  and  shop  or  power  driven  rivets 12,000 

Steel  field  rivets,  hand  driven  8,000 

Steel  field  bolts  7,000 

Cast  iron  3,000 

(d)  In  bending,  extreme  fibre: 

Rolled  steel  beams  and  riveted  steel  beams  16,000 

Rolled  steel  pins,  rivets  or  bolts  20,000 

Cast  iron,  compression  side  16,000 

Cast  iron,  tension  side  3,000 


3.  Timber,  (a)  In  compression : 


Oak  with  grain  1,400,  across  grain  1,000 

Yellow  pine,  longleaf . . . . with  grain  1,600,  across  grain  1,000 

Spruce  and  Douglas  fir.  .with  grain  1,200,  across  grain  800 

White  pine,  shortleaf  yellow  pine,  N.  C.  pine  and  fur — 

with  grain  1,000,  across  grain  800 

Locust  with  grain  1,200,  across  grain  1,000 

Hemlock  with  grain  800,  across  grain  800 

(b)  In  tension: 

Oak  1,200 

Yellow  pine,  longleaf  1,200 

Shortleaf  yellow  pine  900 

Douglas  fir  800 

Spruce  and  fir  800 

White  pine  700 

Hemlock  600 

(c)  In  shear: 

Oak  with  grain  200,  across  grain  1,000 

Yellow  pine,  longleaf  with  grain  150,  across  grain  1,000 


16 


Shortleaf  yellow  pine,  N.  C.  pine,  Douglas  fir — 

with  grain  100,  across  grain  1,000 
White  pine,  spruce  and  fir  .with  grain  100,  across  grain  500 

Hemlock  with  grain  100,  across  grain  600 

(d)  In  bending,  extreme  fibre: 

Oak  1,200 

Yellow  pine,  longleaf  1,600 

Douglas  fir,  white  pine  and  spruce  ' 1,200 

Shortleaf  yellow  pine,  N.  C.  pine 1,000 

Hemlock  800 

4.  Stone,  in  compression  : 

Granite  1,000 

Greenwich  stone  1,200 

Gneiss  1,000 

Limestone  700 

Marble  600 

Sandstone  400 

Bluestone,  North  River  2,000 

Slate  1,000 

5.  Masonry,  in  compression : 

Grout,  neat  Portland  cement 1,000 

Grout,  neat  natural  cement  500 

Concrete,  Portland  cement,  1 :2  :4 500 

Concrete,  Portland  cement,  1 :2^  :5 400 

Concrete,  natural  cement,  1 :2  :4 210 

Concrete,  natural  cement,  1 :2^  :5 150 

Brick  work  in  Portland  cement  mortar 250 

Brick  work  in  natural  cement  mortar 210 

Brick  work  in  lime-cement  mortar 160 

Brick  work  in  lime  mortar  110 

Rubble  stone  work  in  Portland  cement  mortar 140 

Rubble  stone  work  in  natural  cement  mortar  110 

Rubble  stone  work  in  lime-cement  mortar 100 

Ashlar  masonry,  other  than  sandstone  600 

Sandstone  ashlar  masonry  300 

Hollow  building  blocks  in  cement  mortar: 

Terra  cotta,  cells  vertical,  gross  area  100 

Terra  cotta,  cells  horizontal,  gross  area  50 

Concrete,  cells  vertical,  gross  area  75 

Concrete,  cells  horizontal,  gross  area  30 

When  filled  with  1 :3  :6  concrete  or  better 150 


§52.  Working  stresses  for  columns.  1.  General.  In 
columns  or  compression  members  with  flat  ends,  of  cast  iron, 
steel  or  wood,  the  stresses  shall  not  exceed  those  specified  in 
this  section  for  the  respective  ratios  of  slenderness.  For  inter- 
mediate ratio  of  slenderness  the  working  stresses  shall  be 
proportionate  to  those  given. 


IT 


2.  Unsupported  lengths.  Columns  and  compression  mem- 
bers shall  not  be  used  having  an  unsupported  length  of 
greater  ratios  than  given  in  this  section. 

3.  Eccentrically  loaded  columns.  Any  columns  eccentrically 
loaded  shall  have  the  stresses  caused  by  such  eccentricity 
computed  and  the  combined  stresses  resulting  from  such  ec- 
centricity, at  any  part  of  the  columns,  added  to  all  other 
stresses  at  that  part,  shall  in  no  case  exceed  the  working 
stresses  given  in  this  section.  The  eccentric  load  of  a col- 
umn may  be  considered  to  be  distributed  equally  over  the 
entire  area  of  that  column  at  the  next  point  below  that  at 
which  the  column  is  securely  braced  laterally  in  the  direction 
of  the  eccentricity. 

4.  Cast  iron  and  steel  columns.  The  working  stresses  in 
pounds  per  square  inch  of  cross  section  for  cast  iron  and 
steel  columns  shall  be,  when  the  length  divided  by  the  least 
radius  of  gyration  equals 


120  7,600  for  steel 

110  8,300  for  steel 

100  9,000  for  steel 

90  9,700  for  steel 

80  10,400  for  steel 

70  6,200  for  cast  iron,  11,100  for  steel 

60  6,600  for  cast  iron,  11,800  for  steel 

50  7,000  for  cast  iron,  12,500  for  steel 

40  7,400  for  cast  iron,  13,200  for  steel 

30  7,800  for  cast  iron,  13,900  for  steel 

20  8,200  for  cast  iron,  14,600  for  steel 

10  8,600  for  cast  iron,  15,300  for  steel 


5.  Wood  columns.  The  working  stresses  in  pounds  per 
square  inch  of  cross  section  for  wood  posts  and  columns 
shall  be,  when  the  length  divided  by  least  side  or  diameter 
equals 


30  600  for  longleaf  yellow  pine,  390  for  spruce 

25  700  for  longleaf  yellow  pine,  475  for  spruce 

20  800  for  longleaf  yellow  pine,  560  for  spruce 

15  900  for  longleaf  yellow  pine,  645  for  spruce 

12  960  for  longleaf  yellow  pine,  696  for  spruce 

10  1,000  for  longleaf  yellow  pine,  730  for  spruce 


For  columns  of  shortleaf  yellow  pine,  N.  C.  pine  or  Doug- 
las fir  the  working  stresses  shall  not  exceed  three-fourths  of 
the  corresponding  values  given  for  longleaf  yellow  pine ; 
for  columns  of  white  pine  or  fir  the  working  stresses  shall 
be  taken  the  same  as  for  spruce;  for  columns  of  white 
oak  the  working  stresses  shall  be  taken  the  same  as  for  long- 
leaf yellow  pine. 


18 


§53.  Loads.  1.  Dead  load.  The  term  “dead  load”  means 
the  weight  of  walls,  partitions,  framing,  floors,  roofs  and  all 
permanent  construction  entering  into  any  building. 

2.  Live  load.  The  term  “live  load”  means  all  forms  of 
loading  other  than  the  weight  of  the  material  entering  into 
the  construction  of  the  building. 

3.  Floor  loads.  Every  floor,  roof,  yard,  court  or  sidewalk 
shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  in  all  parts  to  bear  safely  any 
imposed  loads,  whether  permanent  or  temporary,  in  addition 
to  the  dead  loads  depending  thereon,  provided,  however,  that 
no  floor  in  any  building  or  extension  to  an  existing  building 
hereafter  erected,  shall  be  designed  to  carry  less  than  the 
following  live  loads  per  square  foot  of  area,  uniformly 
distributed,  according  as  the  floor  may  be  intended  or  used 
for  the  purposes  indicated. 

40  pounds  for  residence  purposes, 

100  pounds  for  places  of  assembly  or  public  purpose, 

except  that  for  classrooms  of  schools  or  other  places  of 

instruction  the  floor  need  not  be  designed  for  more  than 

75  pounds,  and 

120  pounds  for  any  other  purpose,  except  that  the  floors 
of  offices  need  not  be  designed  for  more  than  60  pounds. 

The  live  loads  for  which  any  and  every  floor  may  be  de- 
signed shall  be  clearly  shown  in  the  application  and  on  the 
plans  before  any  permit  to  erect  is  issued. 

4.  Concentrated  loads.  Every  steel  floor  beam  in  any 
building  hereafter  erected  used  for  any  business  purpose  shall 
be  capable  of  sustaining  a live  load  concentrated  at  its  centre 
of  at  least  4,000  pounds. 

5.  Moving  loads.  Running  machinery  or  other  moving 
loads  shall  be  considered  as  increasing  the  live  loads  in 
proportion  to  the  degree  of  vibratory  impulse  transmitted 
to  the  floor. 

6.  Roof  loads.  Every  roof  hereafter  erected,  shall  be 
proportioned  to  bear  safely  a live  load  of  40  pounds  per 
square  foot  of  surface  when  the  pitch  of  such  roof  is  twenty 
degress  or  less  with  the  horizontal,  and  thirty  pounds  per 
square  foot  measured  on  a horizontal  plane,  when  the  pitch 
is  more  than  twenty  degrees. 

7.  Loads  on  vertical  supports.  Every  column,  post  or 
other  vertical  support  shall  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  bear 
safely  the  combined  live  and  dead  loads  of  such  portions 
of  each  and  every  floor  as  depend  upon  it  for  support, 
except  that  in  buildings  more  than  five  stories  in  height  the 
live  load'  on  the  floor  next  below  the  top  floor  may  be  as- 
sumed at  ninety-five  per  cent,  of  the  allowable  live  load,  on 
the  next  lower  floor  at  ninety  per  cent.,  and  on  each  succeeding 


53 


19 


lower  floor  at  correspondingly  decreasing  percentages,  pro- 
vided that  in  no  case  shall  less  than  fifty  per  cent,  of  the 
allowable  live  load  be  assumed. 

8.  Sidewalk  loads.  For  sidewalks  between  the  curb  and 
building  lines,  the  live  load  shall  be  taken  at  300  pounds 
per  square  foot. 

9.  Yard  and  court  loads.  For  yards  and  courts  inside  the 
building  line,  the  live  loads  shall  be  taken  at  not  less  than 
120  pounds  per  square  foot. 

54  §54.  Wind  pressure,  l.  When  considered.  All  buildings 
over  150  feet  in  height  and  all  buildings  or  parts  of  buildings 
in  which  the  height  is  more  than  four  times  the  minimum 
horizontal  dimension,  shall  be  designed  to  resist  a horizontal 
wind  pressure  of  30  pounds  for  every  square  foot  of  exposed 
surface  measured  from  the  ground  to  the  top  of  the  structure, 
including  roof,  allowing  for  wind  in  any  direction. 

2.  Stability.  The  overturning  moment  due  to  wind 
pressure  shall  not  exceed  75  per  cent,  of  the  moment  of 
stability  of  the  structure,  unless  the  structure  is  securely 
anchored  to  the  foundation.  Anchors  shall  be  of  sufficient 
strength  to  safely  carry  the  excess  overturning  moment, 
without  exceeding  the  working  stresses  prescribed  in  this 
chapter. 

3.  Allowable  stresses.  When  the  stress  in  any  member 
due  to  wind  does  not  exceed  50  per  cent,  of  the  stress  due 
to  live  and  dead  loads,  it  may  be  neglected.  When  such  stress  ex- 
ceeds 50  per  cent,  of  the  stress  due  to  live  and  dead  loads,  the 
working  stresses  prescribed  in  this  chapter  may  be  increased 
by  50  per  cent,  in  designing  such  member  to  resist  the  com- 
bined stresses. 

55  §55.  Floor  capacities.  1.  Estimate  of  floor  capacity.  In 
every  building  now  existing  or  hereafter  erected,  occupied 
wholly  or  in  part  as  a business  building,  in  which  heavy 
materials  are  kept  or  stored,  or  machinery  is  introduced, 
the  weight  that  each  floor  will  safely  sustain  shall  be  esti- 
mated by  the  owner  or  occupant,  or  by  a competent  person 
employed  by  the  owner  or  occupant.  Such  estimate  shall  be 
filed  with  the  superintendent  of  buildings  properly  verified 
by  the  person  making  the  same  in  such  manner  as  such 
superintendent  may  direct  and  shall  give  full  information 
on  which  the  estimate  is  based.  When  such  estimate  is  found 
to  be  satisfactory  and  correct,  the  superintendent  of  buildings 
shall  approve  the  same. 

If  the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  have  cause  to  doubt 
the  correctness  of  said  estimate,  he  is  empowered  to  revise 
and  correct  the  same  and  for  the  purpose  of  such  revision 
the  officers  and  employees  of  the  bureau  of  buildings  may 
enter  any  building  and  remove  so  much  of  any  floor  or 


20 


other  portion  thereof  as  may  be  required  to  make  necessary 
measurements  and  examination.  Any  expense  necessarily 
incurred  in  removing  any  floor  or  other  portion  of  any  build- 
ing  for  the  purpose  of  making  any  examination  herein  pro- 
vided for  shall  be  paid  by  the  Comptroller,  upon  the  requisi- 
tion of  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  out  of  the  fund 
paid  over  to  him  under  the  provisions  of  §639  of  this 
chapter.  Such  expenses  shall  be  a charge  against  the  person 
or  persons  by  v^hom  or  on  whose  behalf  said  estimate  was 
made,  provided  such  examination  proves  the  floors  of  insuf- 
ficient strength  to  carry  with  safety  the  loads  founds  upon 
them  when  such  examination  was  made ; and  shall  be  collected 
in  an  action  to  be  brought  by  the  corporation  counsel  against 
said  person  or  persons,  and  the  sum  so  collected  shall  be 
paid  over  to  the  Comptroller  to  be  deposited  in  said  fund 
in  reimbursement  of  the  amount  paid  as  aforesaid. 

2.  Posting  floor  capacities.  Before  any  building  hereafter 

erected  is  occupied,  in  whole  or  in  part,  as  a business  build- 
ing, and  before  any  building  already  erected  but  not  here- 
tofore occupied  as  a business  building,  is  occupied  or  used, 
in  whole  or  in  part,  for  such  purpose,  the  safe  live  load  for 
each  floor  as  approved  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings 
shall  be  posted  in  a conspicuous  place  in  the  story  to  which 
it  relates.  When  the  safe  live  load  for  any  existing  floor, 
ascertained  as  hereinafter  provided,  has  been  approved  by 
the  superintendent  of  buildings,  the  owner  or  occupant  shall 
post  such  approved  live  load  in  a conspicuous  place  or  places 
on  each  story  occupied  for  any  of  the  purposes  indicated  in 
this  section.  * 

3.  Loading  of  floors.  No  person  shall  place,  or  cause  or 
permit  to  be  placed  on  any  floor  of  any  building  any  greater 
load  than  the  approved  safe  load. 

4.  Safes.  No  safe  shall  be  placed  on  a stair  landing  or  in 
a stair  hall,  nor  shall  its  weight  be  carried  by  any  beam 
which  also  carries  the  floor  of  any  landing  or  stair  hall. 


Article  4 


Classification  of  Buildings 
(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 


Section  70. 

71. 

72. 

73. 


Occupancy. 

Construction. 

When  buildings  are  required  to  be  fireproof. 
When  buildings  may  be  non-fireproof. 


§70.  Occupancy.  1.  Classes  designated.  For  the  purposes 
of  this  chapter  all  buildings  or  structures  shall  be  classified, 
with  respect  to  occupancy  and  use,  as  public  buildings. 


21 


residence  buildings  and  business  buildings,  as  hereinafter 
specified  and  defined. 

2.  Public  buildings.  Public  buildings  are  buildings  or  parts 
of  buildings  in  which  persons  congregate  for  civic,  political, 
educational,  religious  or  recreational  purposes,  or  in  which 
persons  are  harbored  to  receive  medical,  charitable  or  other 
care  or  treatment,  or  in  which  persons  are  held  or  detained 
by  reason  of  public  or  civic  duty,  or  for  correctional  pur- 
poses, including  among  others,  court  houses,  schools,  colleges, 
libraries,  museums,  exhibition  buildings,  lecture  halls, 
churches,  assembly  halls,  lodge  rooms,  dance  halls,  theatres, 
bath  houses,  hospitals,  asylums,  armories,  fire  houses,  police 
stations,  jails  and  passenger  depots. 

3.  Residence  buildings.  Residence  buildings  are  buildings 
or  parts  of  buildings  in  which  sleeping  accommodations  are 
provided,  except  such  as  may  for  other  reasons  be  classed 
as  public  buildings,  including  amongs  others,  dwellings,  tene- 
ment houses,  hotels,  lodging  houses,  dormitories,  convents, 
and  studios  and  club  houses  having  sleeping  accomodations. 

4.  Business  buildings.  Business  buildings  are  buildings, 
or  parts  of  buildings,  which  are  not  public  buildings  or  resi- 
dence buildings,  including  among  others,  office  buildings, 
stores,  markets,  restaurants,  warehouses,  freight  depots,  car  , 
barns,  stables,  garages,  factories,  laboratories,  smoke  houses, 
grain  elevators  and  coal  pockets. 

5.  Doubtful  classification.  In  case  any  building  is  not 

specifically  provided  for,  or  where  there  is  any  uncertainty  r 
as  to  its  classification,  its  statu*s  shall  be  fixed  by  a rule  ! 
promulgated  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings.  # 

6.  Mixed  occupancy.  In  case  a building  is  occupied  or  | 
used  for  different  purposes  in  different  parts,  the  provisions  I 
of  this  chapter  applying  to  each  class  of  occupancy  shall  I 
apply  to  such  parts  of  the  building  as  come  within  that  Ji 
class;  and  if  there  should  be  conflicting  provisions,  the  re-  • 
quirements  securing  the  greater  safety  shall  apply. 

§71.  Construction.  1.  Classes  of  construction.  For  the 
purposes  of  this  chapter  all  buildings  or  structures  shall  be 
classified,  with  respect  to  construction,  as  fireproof,  non- 
fireproof  and  frame. 

2.  Fireproof.  Fireproof  buildings  or  structures  are  those 
which  are  constructed  throughout  of  materials  that  will  re- 
sist the  action  of  fire  and  are  constructed  as  required  in 
Article  17  of  this  chapter. 

3.  N on-fireproof . Non-fireproof  buildings  or  structures 
are  those  which  do  not  conform  to  the  requirements  for  fire- 
proof buildings  or  structures,  but  which  are  enclosed  with 
walls  of  approved  masonry  or  reinforced  concrete. 


22 


4.  Frame.  Frame  buildings  or  structures  are  those  of 
which  the  exterior  walls  or  any  parts  thereof  are  of  wood, 
or  which  do  not  conform  to  the  requirements  for  fireproof 
or  non-fireproof  buildings. 

§72.  When  buildings  are  required  to  be  fireproof.  1. 
New  buildings.  Every  building  hereafter  erected  shall  be  a 
fireproof  building,  as  follows: 

a.  Every  public  building  over  20  feet  high,  in  which  persons 
are  harbored  to  receive  medical,  charitable  or  other  care 
or  treatment,  or  in  which  persons  are  held  or  detained 
under  legal  restraint; 

b.  Every  other  public  building  over  40  feet  in  height,  or 
exceeding  5,000  square  feet  in  area; 

c.  Every  residence  building,  except  tenements,  over  40 
feet  in  height  and  having  more  than  15  sleeping  rooms ; 

d.  Every  tenement  house  exceeding  six  stories  or  parts  of 
stories  as  provided  in  the  Tenement  House  Law; 

e.  Every  residence  building  having  more  than  15  sleeping 
rooms  and  exceeding  2,500  square  feet  in  area,  unless  di- 
vided by  interior  partition  walls  of  approved  masonry  or 
reinforced  concrete  into  sections  of  less  than  2,500  square  feet 
area ; 

f.  Every  other  residence  building  over  75  feet  in  height; 

g.  Every  business  building  used  as  a garage  within  the 
fire  limits , every  garage  within  the  suburban  limits  exceed- 
ing 600  square  feet  in  area  or  15  feet  in  height,  or  not 
located  as  provided  in  §91  of  this  chapter;  and  every  garage, 
outside  these  restricted  areas,  over  40  feet  in  height; 

h.  Every  business  building  used  for  hazardous  trade  as 
indicated  in  §§171  and  212  of  Chapter  10  of  this  ordinance; 

i.  Every  building  over  four  stories  in  height  used  as  a 
factory  as  defined  in  the  Labor  Law; 

j.  Every  building  or  structure  within  the  fire  limits  or  the 
suburban  limits  used  as  a grain  elevator  or  a coal  pocket ; 

k.  Every  business  building  oved  75  feet  in  height  ; 

l.  Every  business  building  within  the  fire  limits  or  the 
suburban  limits  which  exceeds  an  area  of  7,500  square  feet 
when  located  on  an  interior  lot  or  when  facing  on  only  one 
street,  or  12,000  square  feet  when  facing  on  two  streets,  or 
15,000  square  feet  when  facing  on  three  or  more  streets,  pro- 
vided that  when  any  such  building  is  equipped  throughout 
with  an  approved  system  of  automatic  sprinklers,  fireproof 
construction  shall  be  required  only  when  the  areas  exceed 
double  those  herein  specified  for  the  respective  conditions, 
and  provided  also  that  when  any  such  building  is  divided  by 
approved  interior  fire  walls,  fireproof  construction  shall  be 
required  only  when  any  undivided  area  exceeds  7,500  square 
feet.  Buildings  of  greater  areas  than  herein  specified  for  the 


72 


23 


respective  conditions  may,  considering  location  and  purpose, 
be  constructed  non-fireproof  by  special  permission  of  the 
superintendent  of  buildings,  provided  they  do  not  exceed 
two  stories  in  height. 

2.  Alterations,  a.  By  extending.  When  any  building  now 
existing  is  to  be'  enlarged  by  extending  it  on  any  side  so 
that  the  enlarged  building  would  exceed  the  limits  of  height 
or  area  specified  in  subdivision  1 of  this  section  for  a new 
building,  the  extension  or  enlargement  shall  be  constructed 
fireproof,  provided  that,  in  case  the  existing  building  is  not 
of  fireproof  construction,  the  existing  and  new  portions  of 
the  building  shall  be  separated  by  fire  walls. 

b.  By  raising  in  height.  No  building  now  existing  shall 
be  raised  in  height  so  as  to  exceed  the  limits  of  height  speci- 
fied in  subdivision  1 of  this  section  unless  it  is  fireproof. 

73  §73.  When  buildings  may  be  non-fireproof.  1.  New 

buildings.  Except  when  required  by  this  article  to  be  fire- 
proof, or  when  permitted  by  Article  5 or  Article  22  of  this 
chapter  to  be  frame,  any  building  hereafter  erected  may  be 
non-fireproof. 

2.  Alterations,  Except  when  required  by  this  article  to  be 
fireproof,  or  when  permitted  by  Article  5 or  Article  30  of 
this  chapter  to  be  frame,  any  building  which  shall  hereafter 
be  enlarged  in  any  manner  may  be  non-fireproof. 


Article  5 


Restricted  Areas 


(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 


Section  90. 

91. 

92. 

93. 

94. 

95. 

96. 


Fire  limits. 

Suburban  limits. 

Enlarging  buildings. 

Repair  of  damaged  buildings. 
Moving  buildings. 

Buildings  in  process  of  construction. 
Frame  buildings  permitted. 


§90.  Fire  limits.  Except  as  otherwise  specifically  provided 
in  this  chapter,  or  as  the  same  may  be  amended  from  time 
to  time,  no  frame,  wood  or  other  combustible  structure  shall 
be  hereafter  built  in  the  city  within  the  following  limits 
hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  fire  limits  and  no  person  shall 
maintain,  occupy  or  use  any  such  structure  erected  in  viola- 
tion of  any  provision  of  this  ordinance : 

1.  In  the  borough  of  Manhattan:  Beginning  at  a point 
on  the  North  river  at  the  Battery,  and  running  thence 
northerly  along  the  pierhead  line  to  a point  100  feet  north 
of  the  northerly  side  of  Dyckman  street;  thence  running 


24 


easterly  100  feet  north  of  and  parallel  to  the  northerly  side 
of  Dyckman  street  to  a point  100  feet  west  of  the  westerly 
side  of  Seaman  avenue ; thence  running  northerly  100  feet 
west  of  and  parallel  to  the  westerly  side  of  Seaman  avenue 
to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly  side  of  W.  215 
St. ; thence  running  easterly  100  feet  south  of  and  parallel 
to  the  southerly  side  of  W.  215th  st.,  to  a point  100  feet 
west  of  the  westerly  side  of  Broadway;  thence  running 
northerly  100  feet  west  of  and  parallel  to  the  westerly  side 
of  Broadway  to  the  bulkhead  line  of  the  Harlem  ship  canal ; 
thence  easterly  and  southerly  along  the  bulkhead  line  of 
the  Harlem  ship  canal  and  the  Harlem  river  to  the  Bronx 
kills;  thence  easterly  along  the  bulkhead  line  of  the  Bronx 
kills  to  the  East  river;  thence  southerly  along  the  East  River 
to  the  east  of  Randalls,  Wards  and  Blackwells  islands  and 
along  the  pierhead  line  of  the  East  river  to  the  North  river, 
at  the  place  of  beginning. 

2.  In  the  borough  of  The  Bronx:  a.  Beginning  at  a 
point  on  the  eastern  bulkhead  line  of  the  Harlem  river  at 
the  intersection  with  the  centre  line  of  Washington  bridge, 
thence  running  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Washington 
bridge  to  Aqueduct  ave.,  thence  running  northerly  along  the 
centre  line  of  Aqueduct  ave.  to  Featherbed  lane,  thence 
running  northeasterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Featherbed 
lane  to  Macombs  road,  thence  running  southerly  along  the 
centre  line  of  Macombs  road  to  174th  st.,  thence  running 
easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  174th  st.  to  a point  100  feet 
west  of  the  westerly  side  of  Jerome  ave.,  thence  running 
northerly  100  feet  west  of  and  parallel  to  the  westerly  side 
of  Jerome  ave.  to  Woodlawn  road,  thence  running  south- 
easterly along  the  centre  line  of  Woodlawn  road  to  a point 
100  feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Jerome  ave.,  thence 
running  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  east- 
erly side  of  Jerome  ave.  to  E.  174th  st.,  thence  running 
easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  E.  174th  st.  to  a point  100 
feet  west  of  the  westerly  side  of  Webster  ave.,  thence  run- 
ning northerly  100  feet  west  of  and  parallel  to  the  westerly 
side  of  Webster  ave.  to  a point  100  feet  north  of  the  northerly 
side  of  Gun  Hill  road,  thence  running  easterly  100  feet  north 
of  and  parallel  to  the  northerly  side  of  Gun  Hill  road  to  a 
point  100  feet  west  of  the  westerly  side  of  White  Plains  road, 
thence  running  southerly  across  Gun  Hill  road  to  a point  100 
feet  south  of  the  southerly  side  of  Gun  Hill  road,  thence 
running  westerly  100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  south- 
erly side  of  Gun  Hill  road  to  the  westerly  line  of  the  right 
of  way  of  the  New  York  and  Harlem  railroad,  thence  run- 
ning southerly  along  the  westerly  line  of  the  right  of  way 
of  the  New  York  and  Harlem  railroad  to  a point  100  feet 


25 


north  of  the  northerly  side  of  Fordham  road,  thence  run- 
ning easterly  100  feet  north  of  and  parallel  to  the  northerly 
side  of  Fordham  road  to  the  westerly  boundary  of  Bronx 
park,  thence  running  southerly  along  the  westerly  boundary 
and  easterly  along  the  southerly  boundary  of  Bronx  park  to 
the  Bronx  river,  thence  running  southerly  along  the  centre 
line  of  the  Bronx  river  to  a point  100  feet  north  of  the 
northerly  side  of  Walker  ave.,  thence  running  easterly  100 
feet  north  of  and  parallel  to  the  northerly  side  of  Walker 
ave.  to  a point  100  feet  west  of  the  westerly  side  of  Morris 
Park  ave.,  thence  running  northeasterly  100  feet  northwest 
of  and  parallel  to  the  northwesterly  side  of  Morris  Park 
ave.  to  a point  100  feet  west  of  the  westerly  side  of  White 
Plains  road,  thence  running  northerly  100  feet  west  of  and 
parallel  to  the  westerly  side  of  White  Plains  road  to  the 
northerly  boundary  line  of  the  city,  thence  running  easterly 
along  said  boundary  line  to  a point  100  feet  east  of  the 
easterly  side  of  White  Plains  road,  thence  running  southerly 
100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly  side  of  White 
Plains  road  to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly  side 
of  Morris  Park  ave.,  thence  running  southwesterly  100  feet 
southeast  of  and  parallel  to  the  southeasterly  side  of  Morris 
Park  ave.  to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly  side 
of  Walker  ave.,  thence  running  westerly  100  feet  south  of 
and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Walker  ave.  to  the 
Bronx  river,  thence  running  southerly  along  the  centre  line 
of  the  Bronx  river  to  a point  100  feet  north  of  the  northerly 
side  of  Westchester  ave.,  thence  running  easterly  100  feet 
north  of  and  parallel  to  the  northerly  side  of  Westchester 
ave.  to  the  Eastern  boulevard,  thence  running  southerly 
across  Westchester  ave.  to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the 
southerly  side  of  Westchester  ave.,  thence  running  westerly 
100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  West- 
chester ave.  to  the  Bronx  river,  thence  running  southerly 
along  the  centre  line  of  the  Bronx  river  to  the  East  river, 
thence  running  southeasterly  along  the  East  river,  north- 
westerly along  the  Bronx  kills  and  northerly  along  the 
Harlem  river  to  the  point  of  beginning; 

b.  Also,  beginning  at  a point  on  the  boundan  line  be- 
tween the  boroughs  of  The  Bronx  and  Manhattan  in  the 
bed  of  the  old  Spuyten  Duyvil  creek  100  feet  west  of  tuc 
westerly  side  of  Broadway,  thence  running  northerly  100  feet 
west  of  and  parallel  to  the  westerly  side  of  Broadway  to 
the  city  line,  thence  running  easterly  along  the  city  line 
to  the  east  side  of  Broadway,  thence  running  southerly  along 
the  easterly  side  of  Broadway  to  the  northerly  side  of  Van 
Cortlandt  park  south,  thence  running  easterly  to  a point 
100  feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Broadway,  thence 


26 


running  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly 
side  of  Broadway  to  the  boundary  line  between  the  boroughs 
of  The  Bronx  and  Manhattan,  thence  running  westerly  along 
said  boundary  line  to  the  point  of  beginning. 

. 3.  In  the  borough  of  Brooklyn:  a.  Beginning  at  the 

junction  of  Newtown  creek  with  the  East  river,  thence  run- 
ning along  Newtown  creek  and  the  borough  line  between 
Brooklyn  and  Queens  to  Chauncey  st.,  thence  running  south- 
westerly along  the  centre  line  of  Chauncey  st.  to  Central  ave., 
thence  running  southeasterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Central 
ave.  to  the  boundary  line  of  Evergreen  cemetery,  thence 
running  southerly  along  the  boundary  line  of  Evergreen 
cemetery  to  Highland  boulevard,  thence  running  northeasterly 
along  the  centre  line  of  Highland  boulevard  to  Highland  park, 
thence  running  southerly  along  the  boundary  line  of  High- 
land park  to  Jamaica  ave.,  thence  running  easterly  along  the 
northerly  side  of  Jamaica  ave.  to  the  borough  line  between 
Brooklyn  and  Queens,  thence  running  southerly  along  said 
borough  line  to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly 
side  of  Jamaica  ave.,  thence  running  westerly  100  feet  south 
of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Jamaica  ave.  to  a 
point  100  feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Norwood  ave., 
thence  running  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to 
the  easterly  side  of  Norwood  ave.  to  Atlantic  ave.,  thence 
running  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Atlantic  ave.  to 
a point  100  feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Milford  st., 
thence  running  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to 
the  easterly  side  of  Milford  st.  to  a point  100  feet  south 
of  the  southerly  side  of  New  Lots  ave.,  thence  running 
westerly  100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly 
side  of  New  Lots  ave.  to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the 
southerly  side  of  Riverdale  ave.,  thence  running  westerly 
100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of 
Riverdale  ave.  to  a point  100  feet  west  of  the  westerly  side 
of  E.  98th  st.,  thence  running  northwesterly  100  feet  west  of  and 
parallel  to  the  westerly  side  of  E.  98th  st.  to  a point  100 
feet  south  of  the  southerly  side  of  Clarkson  ave.,  thence 
running  westerly  100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  south- 
erly side  of  Clarkson  ave.  across  Remsen  ave.  and  continuing 
100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Clark- 
son ave.  to  a point  100  feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of 
Flatbush  ave.,  thence  running  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and 
parallel  to  the  easterly  side  of  Flatbush  ave.  to  a point 
opposite  the  junction  of  Kings  highway  with  Flatbush  ave., 
thence  running  westerly  across  Flatbush  ave.,  to  a point  ioo  feet 
west  of  the  westerly  side  of  Flatbush  ave.,  thence  running 
northerly  100  feet  west  of  and  parallel  to  the  westerly  side  of 
Flatbush  ave.  to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly  side 


27 


of  Church  ave.,  thence  running  westerly  100  feet  south  of 
and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Church  ave.  to  a point 
100  feet  southeast  of  the  southeasterly  side  of  14th  ave., 
thence  running  southwesterly  100  feet  southeast  of  and  par- 
allel to  the  southeasterly  side  of  14th  ave.  to  a point  100  feet 
southwest  of  the  southwesterly  side  of  60th  st.,  thence  run- 
ning northwesterly  100  feet  southwest  of  and  parallel  to  the 
southwest  side  of  60th  st.  to  New  York  bay,  thence  running 
northerly  along  the  pierhead  line  of  New  York  bay,  Gowanus 
bay.  Buttermilk  channel  and  the  East  river  to  the  point  of 
beginning ; 

b.  Beginning  at  a point  at  the  intersection  of  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  and  W.  5th  st.,  thence  running  northerly  along  the 
centre  line  of  W.  5th  st.  to  a point  100  feet  north  of  the 
northerly  side  of  Surf  ave.,  thence  running  westerly  100 
feet  north  of  and  parallel  to  the  northerly  side  of  Surf  ave. 
to  W.  8th  st.,  thence  running  westerly  along  the  southerly 
side  of  the  right  of  way  of  the  Norton’s  Point  railroad 
to  W.  37th  st.,  provided  that  at  no  point  along  said 
right  of  way  shall  these  limits  be  taken  at  a distance 
less  than  100  feet  north  of  the  northerly  side  of  Surf  ave., 
thence  running  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  W.  37th 
st.  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  thence  running  easterly  along  the 
shore  line  to  the  point  of  beginning; 

4.  In  the  borough  of  Queens:  a.  Beginning  at  a point 
in  the  bulkhead  line  of  the  East  River  at  its  intersection 
with  the  centre  line  of  Winthrop  ave.,  thence  running  south- 
easterly along  the  centre  line  of  Winthrop  ave.  to  a point 
100  feet  southeast  of  the  southeasterly  side  of  Steinway  ave., 
thence  running  southwesterly  100  feet  southeast  of  and  par- 
allel to  the  southeasterly  side  of  Steinway  ave.  to  a point 
100  feet  north  of  the  northerly  side  of  Astoria  ave.,  thence 
running  easterly  100  feet  north  of  and  parallel  to  the  north- 
erly side  of  Astoria  ave.  to  the  Old  Bowery  bay  road,  thence 
running  southerly  along  the  centre  line  of  the  Old  Bowery 
bay  road  to  Woodside  ave.,  thence  running  southerly  along 
the  centre  line  of  Woodside  ave.  to  Middleburg  ave.,  thence 
running  westerly  along  the  centre  line  of  Middleburg  ave.  to 
Dickson  st.,  thence  running  southerly  along  the  centre  line 
of  Dickson  st.  to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly 
side  of  Greenpoint  ave.,  thence  running  westerly  100  feet 
south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Greenpoint 
ave.  to  Borden  ave.,  thence  running  easterly  along  the  centre 
line  of  Borden  ave.  to  Laurel  Hill  boulevard,  thence  south- 
westerly along  the  centre  line  of  Laurel  Hill  boulevard  to 
Meeker  ave.,  thence  running  southerly  along  the  centre  line 
of  Meeker  ave.  to  Newtown  Creek,  thence  along  Newtown 
creek  to  the  East  river,  thence  running  northerly  along  the 


28 


bulkhead  line  of  the  East  river  to  the  place  of  beginning; 
(Paragraph  a,  as  amended  November  9,  1915). 

b.  Beginning  at  a point  on  the  borough  line  between 
Queens  and  Brooklyn  intersected  by  a line  distant  100  feet 
north  of  and  parallel  to  the  northerly  side  of  Metropolitan 
ave.,  thence  running  easterly  100  feet  north  of  and  parallel 
to  the  northerly  side  of  Metropolitan  ave.  to  a point  100 
feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Fresh  Pond  road,  thence 
running  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly 
side  of  Fresh  Pond  road  to  Myrtle  ave.,  thence  running 
southerly  along  the  Long  Island  railroad  to  the  borough  line 
between  Queens  and  Brooklyn,  thence  running  northwesterly 
along  said  borough  line  to  the  point  of  beginning; 

c.  Beginning  at  a point  on  the  borough  line  between 
Queens  and  Brooklyn  100  feet  north  of  the  northerly  side 
of  Jamaica  ave.,  thence  running  easterly  100  feet  north 
of  and  parallel  to  the  northerly  side  of  Jamaica  ave.,  to 
Brenton  ave.,  thence  running  southerly  across  Jamaica  ave. 
to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly  side  thereof,  thence 
running  westerly  100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  south- 
erly side  of  Jamaica  ave.  to  a point  100  feet  east  of  the  east- 
erly side  of  Roseville  ave.,  thence  running  southerly  100  feet 
east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly  side  of  Roseville  ave. 
to  Mandsley  st.,  thence  running  westerly  across  Roseville 
ave.  to  a point  100  feet  west  of  the  westerly  side  thereof, 
thence  running  northerly  100  feet  west  of  and  parallel  to 
the  westerly  side  of  Roseville  ave.  to  a point  100  feet  south 
of  the  southerly  side  of  Jamaica  ave.,  thence  running  westerly 
100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Jamaica 
ave.  to  the  boundary  line  between  the  boroughs  of  Queens 
and  Brooklyn,  thence  running  northerly  along  said  boundary 
line  to  the  place  of  beginning; 

d.  Beginning  at  a point  on  the  centre  line  of  Madison 
street,  Flushing,  100  feet  west  of  the  westerly  side  of  Main 
street,  thence  running  northerly  100  feet  west  of  and  parallel 
to  the  westerly  side  of  Main  street  to  Jackson  ave.,  thence 
running  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Jackson  ave.  to  a 
point  100  feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Main  street,  thence 
running  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly 
side  of  Main  street  to  Madison  street,  thence  running  west- 
erly along  the  centre  line  of  Madison  street  to  the  point 
of  beginning. 

§91.  Suburban  limits.  Except  as  otherwise  specifically  01 
provided  in  this  chapter,  no  frame  or  wood  structure  shall 
be  built  hereafter  within  the  following  areas  or  limits  here- 
inafter referred  to  as  “Suburban  Limits”,  and  it  shall  be 
unlawful  to  maintain,  occupy  or  use  any  such  structure 
erected  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 


ordinance,  provided,  however,  that  nothing  lierein  contained 
shall  prevent  the  erection,  maintenance  or  occupancy  of  any 
frame  building  to  be  used  exclusively  for  residence  purposes 
with  not  more  than  15  sleeping  rooms  and  covering  not 
more  than  85  per  cent,  of  the  width  of  the  lot  or  plot  on 
which  it  is  erected,  and  maintaining  on  at  least  one  side  an 
open  space  or  open  spaces  as  may  be  necessary  to  preserve 
such  restriction,  or  of  any  one-story  frame  stable  or  garage 
not  exceeding  600  square  feet  in  area  or  15  feet  in  height 
and  erected  on  the  same  plot  with  a one-  or  two-family 
building  and  maintained  on  all  sides  at  least  4 feet  from 
any  lot  line. 

1.  In  the  borough  of  Manhattan,  all  that  portion  of  the 
borough  not  included  in  the  fire  limits. 

2.  In  the  borough  of  The  Bronx,  all  that  portion  of  the 
borough  lying  between  the  fire  limits  and  the  following 
boundaries : 

Beginning  at  the  Hudson  river  and  running  easterly  along 
the  boundary  line  between  the  borough  of  The  Bronx  and 
Westchester  county  to  a point  100  feet  east  of  the  easterly 
side  of  Barnes  avenue,  thence  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and 
parallel  to  the  easterly  side  of  Barnes  avenue  to  a point 
100  feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Bronxwood  avenue, 
continuing  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the 
easterly  side  of  Bronxwood  avenue  to  a point  100  feet  south 
of  the  southerly  side  of  Adee  avenue,  thence  easterly  100 
feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Adee 
avenue  to  a point  100  feet  east  of  the  easterly  line  of  Laconia 
avenue,  thence  southerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to 
the  easterly  side  of  Laconia  avenue  to  a point  100  feet 
south  of  the  southerly  side  of  Waring  avenue,  thence  east- 
erly 100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of 
Waring  avenue  to  the  centre  of  Givan’s  basin,  thence  south- 
easterly and  easterly  along  the  centre  line  of  Givan’s  basin 
to  Eastchester  creek,  thence  southeasterly  and  southerly 
through  Eastchester  creek  and  Eastchester  bay  to  a line  100 
feet  south  of  and  parallel  with  the  southerly  side  of  Water- 
bury  avenue,  thence  westerly  along  a line  running  100  feet 
south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Waterbury 
avenue  to  Westchester  creek,  thence  southerly  along  the 
centre  line  of  Westchester  creek  to  a point  100  feet  south 
of  the  southerly  side  of  Lafayette  avenue,  thence  westerly 
100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of 
Lafayette  avenue  to  a point  100  feet  west  of  the  westerly 
side  of  White  Plains  road,  thence  northerly  100  feet  west  of 
and  parallel  to  the  westerly  side  of  White  Plains  road  to  a 
point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly  side  of  Watson  avenue, 


30 


thence  westerly  lOO  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly 
Side  of  Watson  avenue  to  the  Bronx  river. 

3.  In  the  borough  of  Brooklyn,  all  that  portion  of  the 
borough  lying  between  the  fire  limits  and  the  following 
% ,‘he  Atlantic  Ocean  on  a linf 
100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly  side  of  Ocean 
parkway,  running  thence  northerly  100  feet  east  of  and 

t Parkway,  to  a point 

100  feet  south  of  the  southerly  side  of  Neptune  avenue- 

sidr%^^M  parallel  to  the  southerly 

side  of  Neptune  avenue,  to  a point  100  feet  east  of  the 
easterly  side  of  Coney  Island  avenue;  thence  southerly  100 
eet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly  side  of  Coney  Island 
avenue,  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean;  thence  easterly  alLg  tS 
me  up  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean  to  a point  100  feet  east  of 
Thornhill  street  (Manhattan  Beach  Es- 
ates),  running  thence  northerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parellel 
Thornhill  street,  continuing  across 
Sheepshead  bay  till  it  intersects  with  a line  drawn  100  feet 
north  of  and  parallel  to  the  northerly  side  of  Emmons 
avenue,  thence  westerly  lOO  feet  north  of  and  parallel  to 
the  northerly  side  of  Emmons  avenue  to  a point  100  feet 
east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Batchelder  street,  thence  north 

^ to  a point  100  feet  north  of  the  northerly 

side  of  Avenue  Z,  thence  westerly  100  feet  north  of  and 
parallel  to  the  northerly  side  of  Avenue  Z to  a point  100 
^ easterly  side  of  Ocean  avenue;  thence 

northerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly  side 

?d.  f ®°“th  of  the  southerly 

side  of  Avenue  U,  thence  easterly  100  feet  south  of  and 
parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Avenue  U to  a point  100 
feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Nostrand  avenue,  thence 
norther  y 100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly  side 
of  Nostrand  avenue  to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the  south- 
erly  side  of  Avenue  N,  thence  easterly  100  feet  south  of 
'ion  ^ southerly  side  of  Avenue  N,  to  a point 

100  feet  west  of  the  westerly  side  of  East  35th  street,  thence 
southeasterly  100  feet  southwest  of  and  parallel  to  the 
southwesterly  side  of  East  35th  street  to  a point  100  feet 
southeast  of  the  southeasterly  side  of  Flatlands  avenue 
thence  northeasterly  100  feet  southeast  of  and  parallel  to 
the  southeasterly  side  of  Flatlands  avenue  to  a point  100 
feet  east  of  the  easterly  side  of  Schenectadv  avenue,  thence 
northerly  100  feet  east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly  side 
of  Schenectady  avenue  to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the 
southerly  side  of  Clarendon  road,  thence  easterly  100  feet 
south  of  and  parallel  to  the  southerly  side  of  Clarendon  road 


31 


to  a point  100  feet  southeast  of  tht  southeasterly  side  of 
Ditmas  avenue,  thence  northeasterly  100  feet  southeast  of 
and  parallel  to  the  southeasterly  side  of  Ditmas  avenue  to  i 
a point  100  feet  northeast  of  the  northeasterly  side  of  East  ; 
98th  street,  thence  northwesterly  100  feet  northeast  of  and 
parallel  to  the  northeasterly  side  of  East  98th  street  to  a 
point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly  side  of  Vienna  avenue, 
thence  easterly  100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to  the  south- 
erly side  of  Vienna  avenue  to  a point  100  feet  east  of  the 
easterly  side  of  Fountain  avenue,  thence  northerly  100  feet 
east  of  and  parallel  to  the  easterly  side  of  Fountain  avenue 
to  a point  100  feet  south  of  the  southerly  side  of  Sutter 
avenue,  thence  easterly  100  feet  south  of  and  parallel  to 
the  southerly  side  of  Sutter  avenue  to  the  boundary  line 
of  Queens  borough. 

§92.  Enlarging  buildings.  Except  as  otherwise  specifi- 
cally provided  in  this  chapter,  or  as  the  same  shall  be  amended  ^ 
from  time  to  time,  no  existing  frame,  wood  or  other  com- 
bustible structure  shall  be  enlarged  within  the  fire  limits,  or  < 
suburban  limits,  except  in  conformity  with  the  provisions  i 
of  this  chapter  with  respect  to  new  structures.  j 

§93.  Repair  of  damaged  buildings..  1.  When  prohibited. 
Within  the  fire  limits  any  existing  frame,  wood,  or  other  | 
combustible  structures  which,  in  the  judgment  of  the  super-  ^ 
intendent  of  buildings  of  the  borough,  may  be  damaged  ; 
from  any  cause  whatsoever  to  an  amount  greater  than  . 
one-half  of  the  value  thereof  exclusive  of  the  foundations  , 
or  may  be  in  need  of  structural  repairs  to  an  amount  greater  ^ 
than  one-half  of  its  value  exclusive  of  the  foundations,  shall  : 
not  be  repaired  or  rebuilt,  but  shall  be  taken  down.  \ 

2.  Surveys.  In  case  the  owner  or  owners  of  the  structure  | 
which  may  be  damaged  or  in  need  of  repairs  shall  be  dis-  ' 
satisfied  with  the  decision  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings  ^ 
as  to  the  extent  of  such  damage  or  need  of^  repairs,  then  the 
amount  or  extent  of  such  damage  or  required  repairs  shall 
be  determined  by  competent  surveyors,  one  appointed  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings,  one  by  the  owner  or  owners 
of  the  structure  and,  in  case  these  two  do  not  agree,  one 
selected  by  them  jointly.  The  report  of  the  surveyors  shall  , 
be  reduced  \o  writing  and,  when  signed  by  any  two  of  them,  j 
shall  be  conclusive,  l^o  building  the  subject  of  survey  shall 
be  in  any  manner  repaired,  altered  or  rebuilt  until  after  the.;: 
decision  of  the  surveyors  shall  have  been  rendered. 

§94.  Moving  buildings.  No  frame,  wood  or  other  com- 
bustible structure  shall  be  moved  from  without  to  within  the 

fire  limits.  . xt  • i. 

§95  Buildings  in  process  of  construction.  Nothing  here- 

in  ^contained  shall  prevent  the  erection  or  completion  of  a 

39 

ii 


frame  structure  for  which  a permit  has  been  lawfully  issued 
at  the  time  this  ordinance  shall  take  effect  within  such  por- 
tions of  the  fire  limits  as  were  not  heretofore  included  with- 
in the  fire  limits  of  the  city;  provided  the  work  thereon 
shall  be  diligently  prosecuted  so  that  the  structure  shall  be 
completed  within  15  months  after  the  passage  of  this  or- 
dinance. 

In  case  any  such  structure  shall  not  be  completed  within 
the  said  period,  the  holder  of  the  permit  therefor  shall  be 
deemed  to  have  forfeited  all  rights  and  privileges  thereunder 
and  the  uncompleted  building  or  structure  shall  be  taken 
down  and  removed  within  60  days  after  the  date  of  the 
forfeiture  of  such  permit. 

§96.  Frame  buildings  permitted.  If  any  block  situated  qg 
within  the  fire  limits  has  90  per  cent,  of  the  buildings  erected 
thereon  constructed  of  frame,  any  vacant  lot  situated  therein 
may  have  a frame  building  placed  or  constructed  thereon, 
provided  the  same  be  not  more  than  2 stories  and  base- 
ment in  height  and  is  to  be  used  for  residence  purposes 
only. 

Article  6 


Height,  Size  and  Arrangement 
(Not  yet  enacted) 


Section  110. 


Article  7 


Light  and  Ventilation 
(In  Effect  March  14,  1916) 


Section  130. 

131. 

132. 

133. 

134. 

135. 

136. 

137. 


Rooms  in  residence  buildings. 

Rooms  in  business  buildings. 

Rooms  in  public  buildings. 

Bathrooms  and  water-closet  compartments. 
Windows. 

Courts. 

Buildings  on  same  plot. 

Alterations. 


110 


§130.  Rooms  in  residence  buildings.  1.  Windows  re-  ion 
lutred.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  article  or 
)y  any  other  law,  every  living  room  in  every  residence  build- 
ng  hereafter  erected  shall  have  one  or  more  windows  open- 
ing directly  upon  a street  or  other  open  public  space,  or 
ipon  a court  located  upon  the  same  lot  or  plot  as  the  build- 
_ng  and  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  this  article 
:or  courts,  provided  that  the  width  of  such  street  or  open 


33 


public  space  is  not  less  than  required  by  this  article  for  | 
courts.  j 

2.  Size  of  rooms.  Every  such  room  shall  be  not  less  j 
than  six  feet  wide  in  any  part,  and  shall  contain  not  less  I 
than  sixty  square  feet  of  clear  floor  area,  and  the  clear  | 
height  for  this  minimum  floor  area  shall  be  not  less  than 
eight  feet. 

3.  Alcove  rooms.  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  prohibit,  in 
residence  buildings  occupied  by  not  more  than  two  families, 
rooms  without  windows  as  prescribed  by  subdivision  1 
of  this  section,  provided  that  every  such  room  opens  without 
obstruction  directly  into  another  room  which  has  one  or 
more  windows  having  an  aggregate  aiea  between  stop  beads 
of  not  less  than  twenty-four  square  feet  and  opening  to  the  | 
outer  air  as  prescribed  in  subdivision  1 of  this  section,  and 
that  the  opening  between  such  rooms  is  not  less  than  sixty 
square  feet  in  area. 

131  §131.  Rooms  in  business  buildings.  Except  as  otherwise 
provided  in  this  article,  every  room  in  every  business  build- 
ing hereafter  erected,  other  than  rooms  specifically  provided 
for  by  the  State  Labor  Law,  shall,  unless  ventilated  by  ; 
windows  opening  directly  upon  a street  or  other  open  public  * 
space,  or  upon  a court  located  on  the  same  lot  or  plot  as 
the  building  and  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  this  t 
article  for  courts,  be  provided  with  approved  means  of  ^ 
ventilation  consisting  of  transoms  or  similar  devices  opening  ! 
into  rooms  ventilated  directly  to  the  outer  air  or  of  other 
methods  capable  of  maintaining  a carbon  dioxide  content  of 
the  air  of  not  more  than  one  part  in  one  thousand,  provided  : 
that  this  requirement  shall  not  apply  to  breweries  or  charg-  I 
ing  rooms,  or  other  rooms  where  high  quantities  of  carbon  ^ 
dioxide  are  an  unavoidable  concomitant  of  the  use  to  which  i 
the  room  is  put,  or  to  rooms  used  exclusively  for  storage  \ 
purposes,  and  provided  further  that  the  requirements  of  ] 
this  section  shall  not  apply  to  rooms  in  which  the  unoccupied  1 
space  exceeds  five  hundred  cubic  feet  for  each  occupant.  < 

132  §132.  Rooms  in  public  buildings.  Except  as  otherwise 
provided  in  this  article  or  by  any  other  law  or  ordinance, 
every  room  in  every  public  building  hereafter  erected  shall 
be  equipped  with  some  approved  system  of  positive  ventila- 
tion which,  during  occupancy,  will  provide  not  less  than 
two  cubic  feet  of  fresh,  uncontaminated  air  per  minute  for 
each  square  foot  of  floor  surface,  unless  the  unoccupied 
space  of  such  rooms  exceeds  one  thousand  cubic  feet  for 
each  occupant  and  windows  are  provided  opening  directly 
upon  a street  or  other  open  public  space,  or  upon  a court 
located  on  the  same  lot  or  plot  as  the  building  and  con- 
forming to  the  requirements  of  this  article  for  courts. 


34 


§133.  Bathrooms  and  water-closet  compartments.  Every  I33 
bathroom,  toilet  room  or  other  room  containing  one  or  more 
water-closets  or  urinals,  hereafter  placed  in  any  building, 
shall  be  ventilated  in  at  least  one  of  the  following  ways : 

a— by  a window,  opening  to  the  outer  air  as  prescribed 
in  subdivision  1 of  §130  and  having,  between  stop  beads,  an 
area  of  not  less  than  ten  per  cent,  of  the  floor  area  nor 
less  than  three  square  feet  in  any  case  and  a width  of  not 
less  than  one  foot ; 

b — by  a window  of  the  size  specified  in  a,  opening  on  a 
vent  shaft  which  extends  to  and  through  the  roof  or  into 
a court  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  this  article  for 
courts  and  which  has  a cross-sectional  area  of  not  less 
than  one-fifth  of  a square  foot  for  every  foot  of  height 
but  not  less  than  nine  square  feet  in  any  case,  and,  unless 
open  to  the  outer  air  at  the  top,  a net  area  of  louvre  open- 
ings in  the  skylight  equal  to  the  maximum  required'  shaft 
area ; 

c — by  an  individual  vent  flue  or  duct  extending  indepen- 
dently of  any  other  flue  or  duct,  to  and  above  the  roof 
and  having  a cross-sectional  area  of  not  less  than  one 
square  foot  for  two  or  less  water-closets  or  urinal  fixtures 
and  one-third  of  a square  foot  additional  for  each  additional 
water-closet  or  urinal  fixture ; 

d — by  a skylight  in  the  ceiling,  having  a glazed  surface 
of  not  less  than  three  square  feet  and  arranged  so  as  to 
provide  ventilating  openings  of  not  less  than  three  square 
feet  to  the  outer  air  above  the  roof  of  the  building  or 
into  a court  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  this  article 
for  courts,  for  two  or  less  water-closets  or  urinal  fixtures 
and  two  square  feet  additional  for  each  additional  water- 
closet  or  urinal  fixture ; or 

e — by  some  approved  system  of  mechanical  exhaust  ven- 
tilation of  sufficient  capacity  to  provide  not  less  than  four 
changes  of  air  per  hour. 

§134.  Windows.  All  windows,  except  windows  provided  ]_34 
for  in  §133  of  this  article,  placed  in  any  room  of  a resi- 
dence building  hereafter  erected  for  the  purpose  of  comply- 
ing with  the  requirements  of  this  article,  shall  have  an 
aggregate  area  between  stop  beads  of  not  less  than  one- 
tenth  of  the  floor  area  of  the  room  served  thereby.  Such 
windows  shall  be  so  arranged  that  when  fully  opened  the 
total  open  space  shall  be  not  less  than  fifty  per  cent,  of 
the  total  required  window  space. 

§135.  Courts.  In  every  building  hereafter  erected  every  -i  oK 
court  provided  under  the  provisions  of  this  article  for  the 
lighting  and  ventilation  of  any  room  shall  have  a width 
at  every  point  of  not  less  than  one  inch  for  every  foot  that 


35 


136 


137 


such  point  is  distant  from  the  lowest  part  of  such  court,  but 
not  less  than  four  feet  in  any  case.  Every  such  court  shall 
be  open  and  unobstructed  for  the  required  widths  from 
its  lowest  point  to  the  sky,  except  for  the  ordinary  pro- 
jections of  window  sills,  belt  courses  and  similar  ornamental 
projections  to  the  extent  of  not  more  than  four  inches. 
When  a court  is  located  along  a side  of  a lot  or  plot  the 
lot  line  shall  be  deemed  an  enclosure  of  such  court,  ex- 
cept that  when  a court  opens  on  a street  or  open  public 
space,  such  street  or  open  public  space  may  be  considered 
as  part  of  that  court. 

§136.  Buildings  on  the  same  plot.  If  more  than  one 
building  is  hereafter  placed  on  any  lot  or  plot,  or,  if  any  build- 
ing is  placed  on  the  same  lot  or  plot  with  an  existing  build- 
ing, the  several  buildings,  may,  for  the  purposes  of  this 
article,  be  considered  as  a single  building.  Any  structure, 
whether  independent  or  attached  to  a building,  shall  for 
the  purpose  of  this  article,  be  deemed  a building  or  part 
of  a building. 

§137.  Alterations.  No  building  shall  hereafter  be  altered  ^ 
so  as  to  reduce  either  the  size  of  any  room  or  the  amount 
of  window  space,  to  less  than  that  required  for  buidings , 
hereafter  erected,  or  so  as  to  create  any  additional  room 
or  rooms  unless  such  additional  room  is  made  to  conform  t 
to  the  requirements  for  rooms  in  buildings  hereafter  erected,  i 
except  that  such  rooms  may  be  of  the  same  height  as  exist-  ? 
ing  rooms  in  the  same  story.  No  building  shall  hereafter 
be  enlarged  nor  shall  the  lot  or  plot  on  which  it  is  located 
be  diminished  so  that  the  dimensions  of  any  court  required 
for  light  or  ventilation  as  in  this  article  provided,  shall  be 
less  than  prescribed  for  buildings  hereafter  erected.  # 


Section  150. 

151. 

152. 

153. 

154. 

155. 

156. 

157. 

158. 

159. 

160. 
161. 
162. 


Article  8 | 

Exit  Facilities  ■ 

(In  Effect  March  14,  1916)  ] 

4 

Definitions. 

Application  of  article. 

Exits. 

Interior  stairs. 

Exterior  stairs. 

Fire  towers. 

Horizontal  exits. 

Hallways. 

Doorways. 

Miscellaneous  requirements. 

Alterations. 

Existing  buildings. 

Fire  escapes. 


36 


§150.  Definitions.  For  the  purpose  o£  this  article:  150 

a — a floor  area  is  any  floor  space  enclosed  on  all  sides  by 
either  the  exterior  walls,  fire  walls,  or  fire  partitions; 

b — a stair  exit  is  a direct  connection  of  any  floor  area 
to  a stairway  constructed  in  accordance  with  the  require- 
ments of  this  article  for  required  stairs ; 

c — a horizontal  exit  is  the  connection  of  any  two  floor 
areas,  whether  in  the  same  building  or  not,  by  means  of 
a vestibule,  or  by  an  open  air  balcony  or  bridge,  or  through 
a fire  partition  or  fire  wall; 

d — the  term  “sprinklered”  means  equipped  with  an  ap- 
proved system  of  automatic  sprinklers  throughout  the  build- 
ing, and  the  term  “unsprinklered”  means  not  so  equipped. 

§151.  Application  of  article.  Unless  otherwise  specifi-  151 
cally  stated  in  this  article,  the  provisions  thereof  shall  apply 
to  buildings  hereafter  erected,  except  tenement  houses  com- 
ing under  the  provisions  of  the  Tenement  House  Law, 
factories  coming  under  the  provisions  of  the  Labor  Law] 
motion  picture  theatres  coming  under  the  provisions  of 
article  24  of  this  chapter,  theatres  and  other  places  of 
amusement  coming  under  the  provisions  of  article  25  of 
this  chapter,  and  residence  buildings  occupied  exclusively  by 
one  or  two  families  or  having  not  more  than  fifteen  sleep- 
ing rooms. 

8152.  Exits.  1.  Kind.  Every  building  hereafter  erected  152 
shall  have  one  or  more  exits  as  required  in  this  section,  con- 
sisting of  interior  or  exterior  stairs,  fire  towers,  or  hori- 
zontal exits,  constructed  and  arranged  as  specified  in  this 
article,  with  the  necessary  hallways  and  doorways. 

2.  Number  of  occupants.  For  the  purposes  of  this  article, 
when  the  number  of  persons  to  be  accommodated  by  the 
exits  is  not  stated  in  the  application  for  a permit  to  con- 
struct, such  number  of  persons  within  any  floor  area  shall 
be  taken,  according  to  the  use  of  such  floor  area,  as  one 
person. 

a— for  every  ten  square  feet  in  dance  halls,  lodge  rooms 
and  places  of  assembly; 

b— for  every  fifteen  square  feet  in  court  rooms,  restau- 
rants and  classrooms  in  schools  and  colleges; 

c — for  every  twenty-five  square  feet  in  stores,  markets, 
lodging  houses  and  reading  rooms; 
d — for  every  thirty-two  square  feet  in  workrooms; 
e — for  every  fifty  square  feet  in  offices  and  show  rooms; 
f — for  every  one  hundred  square  feet  in  hospitals,  hotels, 
asylums,  furnished  room  houses,  studios  and  other 
residence  buildings; 

g — for  every  one  hundred  and  fifty  square  feet  in  ware- 
houses and  garages. 


37 


It  shall  be  unlawful  to  occupy  any  floor  area  by  a greater 
number  of  persons  than  that  for  which  exits  have  been 
provided  in  accordance  with  this  article. 

3.  Number,  a.  From  rooms.  Every  room  having  an 
occupancy  of  more  than  seventy-five  persons  shall  have  at 
least  two  doorways,  remote  from  each  other,  leading  to 
an  exit  or  exits. 

b.  From  ground  floor.  Every  floor  area  having  direct  exit 
by  doorways  or  hallways  to  a street  and  having  an  occupancy 
of  more  than  seventy-five  persons,  shall  have  at  least  two 
means  of  exit. 

c.  From  floor  areas.  Every  other  floor  area  above  or 
below  the  ground  floor  shall  have  at  least  one  interior  stair- 
way or  fire  tower  connected  thereto.  Every  such  floor 
area  shall  have  at  least  one  additional  exit  when  it  exceeds 
two  thousand  five  hundred  square  feet  in  area. 

d.  Fire  towers  required.  In  business  buildings  exceeding 
eighty-five  feet  in  height,  at  least  one  stairway  shall  be 
a fire  tower,  provided  that  in  sprinklered  buildings  in  which' 
two  or  more  stairways  are  required  under  the  provisions  ol 
this  article,  such  fire  tower  shall  not  be  required  unless  the, 
building  exceeds  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  feet  in  height.' 

4.  Location.  Exits  shall  be  so  located  that  no  point  in' 

any  floor  area  served  by  them  shall  be  more  than  one  hun-j 
dred  feet  distant  along  the  line  of  travel  from  an  exit,i 
except  that  when  any  floor  area  is  subdivided  into  smallen 
areas,  such  as  rooms  in  hotels  and  office  buildings,  the 
distance  from  the  door  of  any  such  room,  along  an  un-' 
obstructed  hallway,  to  an  exit,  shall  be  not  more  than  one 
hundred  and  twenty-five  feet.  Where  more  than  one  exit; 
is  required  to  any  floor  area,  the  exits  shall  be  placed  re-# 
mote  from  each  other.  ^ 

5.  Stairway  exits.  Every  required  stairway  shall  lead<; 

to  a street.  At  least  one  stairway  shall  continue  to  the^ 
roof,  and  when  there  are  more  than  two  stairways,  at  leasfl 
two  shall  continue  to  the  roof.  ' 

6.  Engineers'  ladders.  Every  building,  including  tenement 
houses,  factories,  theatres  and  motion  picture  theatres,  in 
which  high  pressure  steam  boilers  are  placed  below  the  curb 
level  shall  have  stationary  iron  ladders  or  stairs  from  such 
story  leading  directly  to  a manhole  through  the  sidewalk  or 
other  outside  exit,  unless  exit  is  provided  by  a'n  enclosed 
stairs  or  a horizontal  exit. 

§153.  Interior  stairs.  1.  Construction.  a.  Strength. 
All  stairs,  platforms,  landings  and  stair  halls  shall  be  of  suf- 
ficient strength  to  safely  sustain  a live  load  of  not  less  than 
one  hundred  pounds  per  square  foot. 


38 


b.  Materials.  All  stairs  and  stairways  serving  an  exit 
shall  be  constructed  of  incumbustible  material  throughout, 
exeept  in  frame  and  non-fireproof  buildings  not  exceeding 
forty  feet  in  height  and  occupied  by  not  more  than  fifty 
persons  above  the  first  story,  and  except  when  the  stairs  are 
enclosed  in  fireproof  partitions,  in  frame  and  non-fireproof 
buildings  not  exceeding  fifty  feet  in  height. 

c.  Support  for  treads  and  landings.  When  treads  or  land- 
ings are  of  slate,  marble,  stone  or  composition,  they  shall 
be  supported  for  their  entire  length  and  width  by  a solid 
steel  plate  at  least  one-eighth  of  an  inch  thick,  securely 
fastened.  When  stairs  are  of  fireproof  construction,  the 
treads  and  landings  may  be  solidly  supported  for  their  en- 
tire length  and  width  by  the  materials  of  which  such  stairs 
are  constructed.  The  treads  and  landings  shall  be  con- 
structed and  maintained  in  such  manner  as  to  prevent  per- 
sons from  slipping  thereon. 

2.  When  to  he  enclosed,  a.  Fireproof  enclosures.  In 
buildings  exceeding  forty  feet  in  height  or  occupied  by  more 
than  fifty  persons  above  the  first  story,  interior  required 
stairways  shall  be  enclosed  with  fireproof  partitions  or  walls 
of  approved  masonry. 

b.  Non-fireproof  enclosures.  In  buildings  not  exceeding 
forty  feet  in  height  and  occupied  by  not  more  than  fifty 
persons  above  the  first  story,  interior  required  stairways 
which  are  not  enclosed  in  fireproof  partitions  or  wall  of  ap- 
proved masonry  shall  be  enclosed  in  partitions  of  wood 
studs  firestopped  at  every  story  with  incombustible  material, 
and  wire-lathed  or  covered  with  approved  plaster  boards  on 
both  sides,  and  in  each  case  plastered  with  at  least  one- 
half  of  an  inch  of  mortar  on  all  exposed  surfaces,  or  of 
other  approved  equally  slow-burning  material  and  construc- 
tion. 

c.  Stairs  of  ornamental  character.  Nothing  in  this  sec- 
tion shall  require  the  enclosure  of  the  flight  of  a required 
stairs,  when  ornamental  in  character,  from  the  main  en- 
trance floor  to  the  floor  next  above,  provided  that  such  stairs 
ire  not  the  only  required  stairs,  that  all  other  required  stairs 
n the  same  story  are  enclosed  as  in  this  section  prescribed, 
md  that  some  other  required  stairs  is  accessible  from  the 
ipper  part  of  the  stairs  in  question. 

d.  ^ Open  stair  wells.  Except  as  in  this  section  otherwise 
)rovided,  not  more  than  two  stories  in  any  building  shall  be 
connected  by  an  open  well  or  unenclosed  stairway. 

e.  Openings  in  enclosures.  No  openings  shall  be  per- 
hitted  in  the  stair  enclosures  required  by  this  section,  other 
jhan  doorways,  and  such  windows  as  are  necessary  for  proper 
'ighting.  The  doorways  shall  he  equipped  with  approved 

39 


self-closing  fire  doors,  except  that  in  non-fireproof  enclosures 
substantial  self-closing  hardwood,  metal  or  metal  covered 
doors  may  be  used.  Windows,  opening  on  the  interior  oi 
the  building,  shall  be  stationary  fire  windows. 

3.  Width.  No  stair  or  stairway  required  by  this  article  a* 
an  exit  shall  have  an  unobstructed  width  of  less  than  forty- 
four  inches  throughout  its  length,  except  that  hand-railj 
may  project  not  more  than  three  and  one-half  inches  intc 
such  width.  The  aggregate  width  of  stairs  in  any  story  o; 
the  building  shall  be  such  that  the  stairs  or  the  stairway: 
may  accommodate  at  one  time  the  total  number  of  person; 
ordinarily  occupying  or  permitted  to  occupy  the  largest  floo; 
area  served  by  such  stairs  or  stairways  above  the  flight  o: 
flights  of  stairs  under  construction,  on  the  basis  of  one  per 
son  for  each  full  twenty-two  inches  of  stair  width  and  on< 
and  one-half  treads  on  the  stairs,  and  one  person  for  eaci 
three  and  one-half  square  feet  of  floor  area  on  the  land 
ings  and  halls  within  the  stairway,  provided  that  the  num, 
ber  of  persons  to  be  accommodated  as  herein  provided  ma^ 
be  assumed  at  one-half  of  such  total  number  of  persons  or 
dinarily  occupying  or  permitted  to  occupy  any  floor  are* 
when  the  building  is  sprinklered  and  at  one-third  of  sue} 
total  number  when  a horizontal  exit  is  provided  in  accord 
ance  with  this  article,  and  at  one-fourth  of  such  total  num«' 
ber  when  the  building  is  sprinklered  and  a horizontal  cxi 
is  provided. 

4.  Treads  and  risers.  Except  where  winders  are  per 
mitted  the  treads  and  risers  of  stairs  shall  be  so  proportionec 
that  the  product  of  the  tread,  exclusive  of  nosing,  and  th; 
riser,  in  inches,  shall  be  not  less  than  seventy  nor  more  fhal 
seventy-five,  but  risers  shall  not  exceed  seven  and  three! 
quarter  inches  in  height,  and  treads,  exclusive  of  nosing 
shall  be  not  less  than  nine  and  one-half  inches  wide.  Treadi 
other  than  winding  treads,  and  risers,  shall  be  of  unifon| 
width  and  height  in  any  one  flight.  The  use  of  winders  ij 
prohibited,  except  for  stairs  of  an  ornamental  charactei 
having  a width  of  not  less  than  five  feet.  The  treads  o 
winders,  exclusive  of  the  nosings,  shall  have  a width  of  nd 
less  than  seven  inches  at  any  point  nor  more  than  ten  inche 
average  width. 

5.  Landings.  No  flight  of  stairs  shall  have  a vertical  ris< 
of  more  than  twelve  feet  between  floors  or  landings,  pro 
vided  that  in  stairs  serving  as  an  exit  from  places  of  as 
sembly  such  vertical  rise  shall  not  exceed  eight  feet.  Thi 
distance  between  risers  on  landings  in  straight  runs  of  stairi 
shall  be  not  less  than  forty-four  inches. 

6.  Hand  rails.  Stairs  shall  have  walls  or  well  secure 
balustrades  or  guards  on  both  sides,  and  shall  have  handrailj 


40 


on  both  sides.  When  the  required  width  of  a flight  of 
stairs  exceeds  eighty-eight  inches,  an  intermediate  hand-rail, 
continuous  between  landings,  substantially  supported  and 
terminating  at  the  upper  end  in  newels  or  standards  at  least 
six  feet  high,  shall  be  provided. 

7.  Space  under  stairs.  The  space  under  any  stairs  built 
in  whole  or  in  part  of  combustible  materials  shall  be  left 
entirely  open  and  kept  clear  and  free  from  encumbrance. 

§1.54.  Exterior  stairways.  Required  stairs  which  may  154 
be  permitted  on  the  outside  of  a building  shall  be  con- 
structed of  incombustible  materials  and  shall  conform  in 
other  respects,  except  as  to  enclosure,  to  the  requirements  of 
this  article  for  interior  stairs.  Exterior  stairs  shall  be  con- 
nected to  each  story  which  they  serve  by  means  of  self- 
closing fire  doors.  Doors  and  windows  opening  on  such 
stairs  shall  be  protected  by  approved  self-closing  fire  doors 
or  automatic  fire  windows.  Metal  mesh  or  other  rigid  guards 
at  least  six  feet  high  shall  be  provided  on  each  unenclosed 
side  of  such  stairways  throughout. 

§155.  Fire  towers.  Interior  stairways  constructed  155 

and  arranged  as  follows  shall  be  known  as  fire  towers.  The 
enclosing  walls  shall  be  of  brick  or  reinforced  concrete  not 
less  than  eight  inches  thick,  and  without  openings,  except  for 
doors  or  windows  opening  on  a street,  or  on  a yard  or  court 
not  less  than  one  hundred  square  feet  in  area.  Access  to 
the  stairway  shall  be  provided  at  each  story  served  by  a 
fire  tower  through  outside  balconies  or  fireproof  vestibules 
having  solid  floors  or  incombustible  materials  and  provided 
with  substantial  railings.  Such  balconies  or  vestibules  shall 
be  level  with  the  floors  of  the  building  and  platforms  ot  the 
stairs  connected  by  them,  and  shall  be  separated  therefrom 
by  self-closing  fire  doors.  The  clear  width  of  such  connect- 
ing balconies  and  vestibules  shall  be  not  less  than  that  re- 
quired for  a hallway.  The  stairs  in  fire  towers  shall  com- 
ply in  all  respects  with  the  requirements  of  this  article  re- 
lating to  interior  stairs. 

§156.  Horizontal  exits.  No  horizontal  exit  shall  be  156 
deemed  satisfactory  under  this  article  unless  the  floor  area 
on  either  side  of  such  horizontal  exit  is  sufficient  to  hold  the 
joint  occupancy  of  both  floor  areas,  allowing  not  less  than 
three  and  one-half  square  feet  of  clear  floor  space  per  per- 
son, and  at  least  one  interior  stairway  or  fire  tower  con- 
forming to  the  requirements  of  this  article  is  provided  on 
each  side  of  such  horizontal  exit.  When  vestibules  or  open 
air  balconies  are  used  they  shall  conform  to  the  requirements 
for  vestibules  or  open  air  balconies  of  fire  towers.  When 
bridges  are  used  they  shall  be  constructed  of  incombustible 
material.  All  doorways  or  windows  opening  on  such  vestibules. 


41 


balconies  or  bridges  shall  be  equipped  with  self-clos- 
ing fire  doors  or  automatic  fire  windows.  Where  there  is  a 
difference  in  level  between  the  connected  floor  areas,  gradients 
shall  be  provided  of  not  more  than  one  foot  in  ten  teet. 

157  §157.  Hallways.  When  serving  as  an  exit  from  or  in 

connection  with  one  or  more  stairways,  the  clear  width  of 
any  hallway  or  passageway  shall  be  not  less  than  the  aggre- 
gate required  clear  width  of  all  stairs  leading  to  it.  The  clear 
width  of  every  hallway  or  passageway  leading  to  an  exit 
shall  be  not  less  than  forty-four  inches  for  the  first  fifty 
persons  to  be  accommodated  thereby,  and  six  inches  addi- 
tional for  each  additional  fifty  persons  or  fraction  thereof ; 
when  the  number  of  persons  to  be  accommodated  thereby 
is  less  than  fifty,  the  clear  width  of  such  hallway  or  passage- 
way shall  be  not  less  than  thirty-six  inches. 

-CQ  §158.  Doorways.  1.  Width.  The  aggregate  clear  width  of 

^Oo  doorways  serving  as  an  exit  from  any  room  or  floor  area  to  a 
hallway,  stairs  or  other  means  of  exit,  shall  be  not  less  than 
thirty-six  inches  for  the  first  fifty  persons  to  be  accommo- 
dated thereby,  and  six  inches  additional  for  each  additional 
fifty  persons  or  fraction  thereof.  The  aggregate  clear  width 
of  doorways  serving  as  an  exit  from  any  stairway,  hallway 
or  passageway,  shall  be  not  less  than  the  required  width  for 
such  stairway,  hallway  or  passageway.  No  single  exit  door- 
way shall  have  a clear  width  of  less  than  thirty  inches,  pro- 
vided that,  when  the  total  number  of  persons  to  be  accom- 
modated exceeds  fifty,  the  clear  width  shall  be  not  less  than 
thirty-six  inches. 

2.  Hanging  of  doors.  The  doors  of  any  doorway  required 
by  this  section  shall  be  so  hung  and  arranged  that  when 
opened  they  shall  not  in  any  way  obstruct  the  required  width 
of  hallway,  stairs,  or  other  means  of  exit  and,  in  the  case  of 
doorways  leading  directly  to  a street,  shall  not,  in  any  posi- 
tion, project  more  than  eighteen  inches  beyond  the  building 
line.  Doorways  serving  as  exits  to  a street  from  required 
stairways  of  any  building,  or  to  a yara,  court  or  open  pas- 
sageway communicating  with  a street,  shall  have  the  doors, 
including  the  doors  of  vestibules,  so  hung  as  to  swing  out- 
wards when  opening;  but  this  requirement  shall  not  be  con- 
strued to  prohibit  the  use  of  doors  swinging  both  inwards  : 
and  outwards,  nor  of  sliding  doors  in  stables  and  garages, 
and  in  the  shipping  and  receiving  rooms  of  business  build-  i 
ings. 

3.  Door  fastenings.  The  fastening  on  any  exit  door  with-  J 

in  the  scope  of  this  section  shall  be  such  that  the  door  may  ! 
be  readily  opened  from  the  inside  without  the  use  of  keys,  j 
provided  that  this  requirement  shall  not  apply  to  the  doors  of  5 
rooms  where  persons  are  under  legal  restraint.  i 


42 


§159.  Miscellaneous  requirements.  1.  Exit  signs.  All  159 
exits  from  iioor  areas  accommodating  more  than  fifty  per- 
sons shall  be  plainly  marked  by  approved  exit  signs  and  red 
lights. 

2,  Lighting.  Provision  shall  be  made  for  the  adequate 
lighting  by  artificial  light  of  all  stairways,  hallways  and 
other  means  of  exit  required  by  this  article. 

3.  Exits  to  be  kept  clear.  No  doorway,  hallway,  pas- 
sageway, stairs,  or  other  means  of  exit,  required  by  this 
article,  shall  be  obstructed  or  reduced,  except  as  to  hand- 
rails, beyond  its  required  width  in  any  manner  whatsoever. 

§160.  Alterations.  No  building  shall  hereafter  be  ][0Q 
altered  so  as  to  reduce  the  number  or  capacity  of  exits  to 
less  than  required  for  buildings  hereafter  erected.  . 
exits  hereafter  installed  in  any  building  shall  be  installed  in 
conformity  to  the  requirements  for  exits  in  new  buildings, 
unless  such  exits  are  installed  to  comply  with  a notice  is- 
sued under  the  provisions  of  § 161  of  this  article. 

§161.  Existing  buildings.  Every  building  now  existing 
which  is  not  provided  with  exit  facilities  as  prescribed  in  this  lol 
article  for  new  buildings  and  in  which  the  exit  facilities  are 
inadequate  for  the  safety  of  the  occupants,  shall  be  provided 
with  such  good  and  sufficient  fire  escapes,  stairways,  or  other 
means  of  egress  in  case  of  fire  as  shall  be  directed  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings;  and  said  superintendent  shall 
have  authority  within  said  city  to  direct  fire  escapes  and 
other  means  of  egress  to  be  provided  upon  and  within  such 
buildings  or  any  of  them,  except  as  may  be  otherwise  pro- 
vided by  law.  If  the  owner  of  any  building  affected  by  any 
order  issued  under  this  section,  or  his  agent,  shall,  within 
forty-eight  hours,  Sundays  and  holidays  excluded,  after 
personal  service  of  such  order  has  been  made,  file  with  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  a written  appeal  from  such  order, 
the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  appoint  a board  of  sur- 
vey, as  provided  for  in  § 633  of  this  chapter  for  unsafe 
buildings,  upon  whose  findings  a new  order  shall  be  based 
and  issued. 

§162.  Fire  escapes.  1.  Construction.  All  fire  escapes 
hereafter  erected  shall  be  constructed  of  incombustible  ma-  162 
terials  and  of  sufficient  strength  to  safely  sustain  a superim- 
posed load  of  one  hundred  pounds  per  square  foot.  The 
owner  or  lessee  of  any  building  upon  which  a fire  escape  is 
erected  shall  keep  the  same  in  good  repair. 

2.  Incumbering  fire  escapes.  No  person  shall  at  any  time 
place  any  incumbrance  of  any  kind  whatsoever  before  or 
upon  any  fire  escape,  balcony  or  ladder. 

3.  Notice  against  incumbrances.  In  constructing  all  bal- 
cony fire  escapes,  the  manufacturer  thereof  shall  securely 


43 


fasten  thereto,  in  a conspicuous  place,  a metal  plate  having 
suitable  raised  letters  on  the  same,  to  read  as  follows: 
“Notice:  Any  person  placing  any  incumbrance  on  this  bal- 
cony is  liable  to  a penalty  of  $10  and  imprisonment  for  ten 
days.” 

4.  Duty  of  firemen  and  policemen.  Any  fireman  and 
policeman  who  shall  discover  any  fire  escape,  balcony  or  lad- 
der of  any  fire  escape  incumbered  in  any  way  shall  forthwith 
report  the  same  to  the  commanding  officer  of  his  company  or 
precinct,  who  shall  forthwith  cause  the  occupant  of  the 
premises  or  apartment  to  which  said  fire  escape,  balcony  or 
ladder  is  attached,  or  for  whose  use  the  same  is  provided,  to 
be  notified,  either  verbally  or  in  writing,  to  remove  such  in- 
cumbrance and  keep  the  same  clear. 

5.  Punishment  for  violations.  If  said  notice  shall  not  be 
complied  with  by  the  removal  forthwith  of  such  incumbrance, 
and  keeping  said  fire  escapes,  balcony  or  ladder  free  from 
incumbrance,  then  the  said  commanding  officer  shall  apply 
to  the  nearest  police  magistrate  for  a summons  for  the  oc-  ’ 
cupant  of  the  said  premises  or  apartment  of  which  the  fire 
escape  forms  a part,  and,  on  conviction,  the  said  occupant  , 
shall  be  fined  not  more  than  ten  dollars  for  each  offense,  or  ' 
may  be  imprisoned  not  to  exceed  ten  days,  or  both,  in  the  ‘ 
discretion  of  the  Court. 

t 

Article  9 J 

Projections  Beyond  Building  Line  \ 

(In  Effect  March  14,  1916)  ’ 

Restrictions.  ! 

Permits  revocable.  1 

Alterations. 

Existing  encroachments.  I 

Action  of  Board  of  Estimate  and  Apportion- 
ment.  ? 

§170.  Restrictions.  1.  General.  Except  as  herein- 1 
after  otherwise  provided  in  this  article  no  part  of  any  build-j 
ing  hereafter  erected,  or  of  any  enlargement  of  an  existing, 
building  shall  project  beyond  the  building  line  so  as  to  en-" 
croach  upon  a public  street  or  public  space. 

2.  Projections  removable.  Any  part  of  a building  per- 
mitted to  project  beyond  the  building  line  under  the  provi- 
sions of  this  article  shall  be  so  constructed  that  its  removal 
may  be  made  at  any  time  without  causing  the  building  or 
any  part  thereof  to  become  structurally  unsafe. 

3.  Structural  support.  No  part  of  any  building  hereafter 
erected  or  of  any  enlargement  of  an  existing  building  that  is 


Section  170. 

171. 

172. 

173. 

174. 


44 


necessary  for  the  structural  safety  of  the  building  or  an  en- 
largement thereof  shall  project  beyond  the  building  line  so  as 
to  encroach  upon  a public  street  or  public  space,  but  this 
shall  not  be  deemed  to  prohibit  the  projection  beyond  the 
building  line  to  the  extent  of  not  more  than  twelve  inches 
of  the  footings  of  street  walls  provided  such  projecting  parts 
of  footings  are  not  less  than  eight  feet  below  the  sidewalk 
level. 

4.  Permissible  projections,  a.  Areas,  meaning  thereby 
open  spaces  below  the  ground  level  immediately  outside  the 
building  and  enclosed  by  substantial  walls,  may  project  be- 
yond the  building  line  not  more  than  one-fifteenth  of  the 
width  of  the  street,  but  not  more  than  five  feet,  except  where 
entirely  prohibited  by  § 160  of  chapter  23  of  the  Code  of 
Ordinances,  provided,  however,  that  every  such  area  shall 
be  covered  over  at  the  street  level  by  an  approved  grating  of 
metal  or  other  incombustible  material  of  sufficient  strength 
to  carry  safely  the  pedestrian  street  traffic. 

b.  Steps,  leading  up  or  down  at  entrances  and  included 
between  ornamental  columns,  pilasters  or  cheek  pieces  at  least 
three  feet  high  on  the  sides  of  such  entrances,  may  project 
beyond  the  building  line  not  more  than  two  and  one-half  per 
cent,  of  the  width  of  the  street,  but  not  more  than  eighteen 
inches  in  any  case,  except  where  prohibited  entirely  by  § 160 
of  chapter  23  of  the  Code  of  Ordinances,  provided  that  the 
aggregate  width  of  such  steps  shall  not  exceed  twenty  per 
cent,  of  the  actual  street  frontage  of  any  one  building,  when 
such  frontage  is  twenty-five  feet  or  more  nor  more  than  five 
feet  when  such  frontage  is  less  than  twenty-five  feet. 

c.  Columns,  pilasters  and  ornamental  projections,  includ- 
ing their  mouldings  and  bases,  erected  purely  for  the  enhance- 
ment of  the  beauty  of  the  building  from  an  artistic  stand- 
point, may  project  beyond  the  building  line  not  more  than 
two  and  one-half  per  cent,  of  the  width  of  the  street,  but  not 
rrore  than  eighteen  inches  in  any  case. 

• d.  Balustrades  of  an  ornamental  characteer,  including  the 
sills  and  brackets  on  which  they  rest,  may  project  beyond 
the  building  line  not  more  than  five  per  cent,  of  the  width 
of  the  street  nor  more  than  twenty-two  inches  in  any  case, 
provided  that  every  part  of  such  balustrade  is  not  less  than 
ten  feet  above  the  sidewalk. 

e.  Moulamgs,  belt  courses,  cornices,  lintels,  sills,  pediments 
and  similar  projections  of  a decorative  character  may  project 
beyond  the  building  line  not  more  tnan  one  and  one-fourth 
per  cent,  of  the  width  of  the  street  nor  more  than  ten  inches 
in  any  case. 


45 


f.  The  main  cornice,  meaning  thereby  a moulded  projection 
at  or  near  the  top  of  the  street  wall,  may  project  beyond  the 
building  line  not  more  than  five  per  cent,  of  the  width  of 
the  street  nor  more  than  five  feet  in  any  case,  provided  such 
main  cornice  is  not  less  than  twelve  feet  above  the  sidewalk 
at  any  point. 

g.  Base  courses  may  project  beyond  the  building  line  not 
more  than  one  and  one-fourth  per  cent,  of  the  width  of  the 
street  nor  more  than  ten  inches  in  any  case,  provided  they  do 
not  extend  more  than  five  feet  above  the  highest  point  of  the 
sidewalk. 

h.  Rustications  and  quoins  may  project  beyond  the  build- 
ing line  not  more  than  four  inches. 

i.  Awnings  and  marquises,  extending  wholly  or  in  part 
across  the  sidewalk,  in  connection  with  entrances  to  build- 
ings, shall  be  not  less  than  ten  feet  above  the  sidewalk  at  all 
points,  except  where  prohibited  by  § 160  of  chapter  23  of  the 
Code  of  Ordinances,  provided  they  are  constructed  of  iron 
and  glass  or  other  incombustible  materials,  and  securely  sup- 
ported from  the  building,  and  are  properly  drained,  and  pro- 
vided further  that,  except  on  streets  that  may  by  ordinance 
be  designated  as  market  streets,  no  awning  or  marquise  shall 
extend  along  the  street  wall  of  a building  for  more  than 
seventy-five  per  cent,  of  the  length  of  such  wall,  nor,  in  any 
case,  more  than  fifty  feet,  and  there  shall  be  a clear  distance 
of  not  less  than  four  feet  between  any  two  awnings  on  the 
same  building. 

j.  Fire  escapes  and  balconies  to  fire  towers  or  other  re- 
quired exists,  constructed  of  steel  or  other  incombustible 
material,  when  required  on  the  fronts  of  buildings,  may  pro- 
ject beyond  the  building  line  not  more  than  four  and  one- 
half  feet,  but  no  part  of  such  fire  escapes  or  balconies  shall 
be  less  than  ten  feet  above  the  sidewalk,  provided  that  noth- 
ing in  this  section  shall  prevent  the  use  of  movable  ladders 
or  stairs  to  the  sidewalk,  so  arranged  that  they  are  within 
ten  feet  of  the  sidewalk  only  when  in  actual  use. 

k.  Vaults,  entirely  below  the  sidewalk  level  and  conforming 
to  the  requirements  of  article  17,  chapter  23  of  the  Code  of 
Ordinances,  shall  not  extend  beyond  the  curb  line.  Open- 
ing in  the  roofs  of  vaults,  between  the  building  line  and  curb, 
shall  be  provided  with  substantial  covers,  flush  in  all  parts 
with  the  sidewalk,  of  incombustible  material,  and  so  con- 
structed and  maintained  as  to  be  normally  kept  closed  and 
when  open  thoroughly  safeguarded,  and  to  prevent  persons 
from  slipping  thereon. 


46 


1.  Hose  connections  for  interior  fire  extinguishment  equip- 
ments and  fresh  air  inlets  for  plumbing  systems  may  project 
through  a street  wall  not  more  than  twelve  inches  beyond  the 
building  line,  except  that  where  there  is  an  angle  formed  by 
the  street  wall  and  a cheek  piece  or  the  base  of  a column, 
pilaster  or  ornamental  projection,  provided  as  in  this  section 
specified,  they  may  be  so  located  that  no  part  extends  more 
than  fifteen  inches  from  either  side  of  such  angle. 

5.  Rules  governing  projections.  Nothing  in  this  article 
shall  be  deemed  to  abridge  the  powers  and  duties  of  the 
borough  presidents  or  the  commissioners  of  parks  within 
their  respective  jurisdictions,  to  adopt  additional  rules  as  may 
be  necessary  with  respect  to  the  construction  or  disposition 
of  parts  of  buildings  projecting  beyond  the  building  line. 

The  borough  presidents  or  commissioners  of  parks  may,  when 
deemed  necessary  or  desirable,  fix  further  restrictions  as  to 
the  extent  of  projections  beyond  the  building  line,  but  no 
projection  greater  than  in  this  article  specified  shall  be 
permitted. 

§171.  Permits  revocable.  Any  permission,  express  or  171 
implied,  to  construct  part  of  a building  so  as  to  project  be- 
yond the  bundling  line,  under  the  provisions  of  this  article, 
is  revocable  by  the  Board  of  Aldermen  or  the  Board  of 
Estimate  and  Apportionment  at  will. 

§172.  Alterations.  No  alterations  or  enlargement 
shall  be  made  to  any  existing  part  of  a building  now  pro- 
jecting beyond  the  building  line,  except  in  conformity  with 
the  provisions  of  this  article  so  far  as  it  affects  new  con- 
struction. 

§173.  Existing  encroachments.  Such  parts  of  build-  173 
ings  which  already  project  beyond  the  building  line  may  be 
maintained  as  constructed  until  their  removal  is  directed  by 
the  Board  of  Aldermen  or  the  Board  of  Estimate  and  Ap- 
portionment, provided,  however,  that  nothing  contained  in 
this  article  shall  be  deemed  to  abridge  the  right  of  The  City 
of  New  York,  or  any  of  its  officers,  to  continue  any  action 
for  the  removal  of  any  unauthorized  projection  beyond  the 
building  line  or  for  the  collection  of  any  penalty  heretofore 
incurred  in  connection  therewith. 

§174.  Action  of  Board  of  Estimate  and  Apportionment.  174. 

Nothing  in  this  article  shall  be  deemed  to  authorize  * 
any  projection  beyond  the  building  line  on  those  streets  on 
which  the  removal  of  projections  has  been  heretofore  or 
may  be  hereafter  directed  by  the  Board  of  Estimate  and  Ap- 
portionment, except  in  conformity  to  resolutions  by  such 
Board. 


47 


Article  10 


Safeguards  during  Construction  or  Demolition 


(In  Effect  February  9,  1916) 

Section  190. 

Enforcement  of  article. 

191. 

Sidewalk  sheds. 

192. 

Temporary  fence. 

193. 

Roofs  and  skylights  of  adjoining  buildings. 

194. 

Scaffolding. 

195. 

Floors  to  be  filled  in  or  covered  over. 

196. 

Protection  of  floor  openings. 

197. 

Weather  protection. 

198. 

Cellar  drainage. 

199. 

Overloading  prohibited. 

200. 

Precautions  during  demolition. 

190  §190.  Enforcement  of  article.  Except  as  may  be  other- 
wise provided  by  any  law  or  ordinance,  the  provisions  of 
this  article  shall  be  enforced  by  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings, and  all  safeguards  required  by  the  provisions  of  this 
article  or  by  any  rules  authorized  thereunder  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  the  supervision  of  the  bureau  of  buildings.  The 
superintendent  of  buildings  shall,  from  time  to  time,  adopt 
such  rules,  consistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  article,  as 
may  be  necessary  to  secure  fully  the  protection  of  persons 
and  property.  In  case  any  safeguard  shall  not  be  provided  as 
prescribed  by  this  article,  the  superintendent  of  buildings 
shall  cause  a notice  to  be  served  personally  upon  the  per- 
sons whose  duty  it  may  be  to  provide  the  same  or  upon 
the  owners  of  the  buildings  affected,  requiring  such  safeguard 
and  specifying  the  manner  in  which  the  same  shall  be  erected. 
If  such  safeguard  is  not  provided  as  required  in  such  notice, 
within  three  days  after  the  service  thereof,  the  superintendent 
of  buildings  shall  have  full  power  and  authority  to  provide 
or  cause  the  same  to  be  provided  as  herein  specified.  All 
expenses  connected  with  same  may  become  a lien  on  the  prop- 
erty inclosed  or  protected,  which  lien  may  be  created  and  en- 
forced in  the  same  manner  as  now  provided  in  § 652  of  this 
chapter. 

191  §191.  Sidewalk  sheds.  Whenever  any  building  or 
part  thereof,  within  ten  feet  of  the  building  line,  is  to  be 
erected  or  raised  to  exceed  forty  feet  in  height,  or  whenever 
such  a building  more  than  forty  feet  in  height  is  to  be  demol- 
ished, the  owner  or  the  person  doing  or  causing  such  work 
to  be  done  shall  erect  and  maintain  during  such  work  a sub- 
stantial shed  over  the  sidewalk  in  front  of  said  building  and 
extending,  so  far  as  practicable,  from  building  line  to  curb. 
Such  shed  shall  remain  in  place  until  the  building  is  enclosed, 


48 


or,  in  case  of  a demolition,  until  the  building  has  been  re- 
duced to  twenty  feet  in  height.  Every  such  shed  shall  be  kept 
properly  lighted  at  night. 

§192.  Temporary  fence.  In  any  building  operation  i qo 
that  does  not  require  a sidewalk  shed  as  provided  in  Sec.  191 
of  this  article,  the  owner  or  person  doing  or  causing  such 
work  to  be  done,  shall,  unless  relieved  by  a general  rule  of  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  or  a special  permit  from  him, 
erect  and  maintain  in  front  of  the  building  during  such 
building  operation,  a substantial  fence  not  less  than  eight  feet 
high,  of  wood  or  other  suitable  material.  Such  fence  may 
extend  not  more  than  six  feet  into  the  highway,  and  shall 
be  built  solid  for  its  full  length  except  for  such  openings,  pro- 
vided with  sliding  doors  or  doors  swinging  inwards,  as  may 
be  necessary  for  a proper  prosecution  of  the  work. 

§193.  Roofs  and  skylights  of  adjoining  buildings.  103 
When  any  building  is  to  be  carried  above  the  roof  of  an  ad- 
joining building,  proper  means  for  the  protection  of  the  sky- 
lights and  roof  of  such  adjoining  building  shall  be  provided, 
at  his  own  expense,  by  the  person  constructing  or  causing 
the  construction  of  such  building,  provided  that  if  the  owner, 
lessee  or  tenant  of  the  adjoining  building  should  refuse  per- 
mission to  have  the  roofs  and  skylights  so  protected,  the 
responsibility  and  expense  for  the  necessary  protection  shall 
devolve  on  the  person  refusing  this  permission. 

§194.  Scaffolding.  All  scaffolds  used  in  connection  194 
with  the  erection,  alteration  or  demolition  of  any  building 
shall  be  constructed  in  a manner  to  secure  the  safety  of  the 
workmen  on  them  and  of  all  persons  passing  under  or  near 
them.  All  scaffolds  used  on  or  about  buildings  at  a height 
of  more  than  twenty  feet  above  the  street  or  ground  level,  or 
a floor,  except  scaffolding  wholly  within  the  interior  of  a 
building  and  covering  the  entire  floor  space  of  any  room 
therein,  shall  be  provided  along  the  outer  edges  and  ends 
with  substantial  railings  or  enclosures  of  wire  mesh  or  other 
Suitable  material,  extending  at  least  three  feet  above  the 
working  platform. 

§195.  Floors  to  be  filled  in  or  covered  over.  If  the  195 
floors  of  any  building  are  to  be  of  fireproof  construction 
the  floor  filling  shall  be  completed  as  the  building  progresses 
If  the  floors  consist  of  wood  beams  the  under-flooring,  when 
idouble  flooring  is  to  be  used,  shall  be  laid  on  each  story  as 
[the  building  progresses ; when  double  floors  are  not  to  be 
[used,  the  floors  two  stories  below  the  story  where  the  work 
iis  being  performed  shall  be  kept  planked  over.  If  the  floor 
ibeams  are  of  iron  or  steel,  the  entire  tier  of  iron  or  steel 
teams  on  which  the  structural  Iron  or  steel  work  is  being 
erected,  except  such  spaces  as  may  be  reasonably  required 


49 


for  the  proper  construction  of  such  iron  or  steel  work,  and 
for  the  raising  or  lowering  of  materials  to  be  used  in  the 
construction  of  such  building,  or  such  spaces  as  may  be 
designated  by  the  approved  plans  for  stairways  and  shafts 
shall  be  thoroughly  planked  over. 

196  §196.  Protection  of  floor  openings.  All  floor  open- 
ings within  a building  in  the  course  of  construction  shah 
be  enclosed  or  fenced  in  on  all  sides  by  a barrier  of  suitable 
height,  except  on  those  sides  which  may  be  used  for  the  hand- 
ling of  materials  hoisted  through  such  openings,  or  at  which 
stairs  or  ladders  land,  provided,  that  such  sides,  other  than 
landings,  shall  be  guarded  by  an  adjustable  barrier  not  less 
than  three  nor  more  than  four  feet  from  the  floor  and  not 
less  than  two  feet  from  the  edge  of  such  opening. 

197  §197.  Weather  protection.  Whenever  permission  has 
been  given  under  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter  to 
enter  any  adjoining  building  the  person  who  receives  such 
permission  or  who  is  responsible  for  the  work  requiring  such 
permission,  shall  provide  for  such  adjoining  building  ade- 
quate protection  against  the  weather. 

198  §198.  . Cellar  drainage.  Before  the  foundation  walls 

of  any  building  are  completed  provision  shall  be  made  to  ; 

prevent  water  accumulating  in  the  excavation  or  cellar  to 
the  injury  of  the  foundation,  and  if  there  is  a sewer  in  the 
street  the  cellar  shall  also  be  connected  therewith. 

199  §199.  Overloading  prohibited.  No  building  or  part  ' 

thereof,  or  any  temporary  support  or  scaffolding  in  connec- 
tion therewith,  shall  be  loaded  during  erection,  alteration 
or  demolition  in  excess  of  its  safe  carrying  capacity. 

200  §200.  Precautions  during  demolition.  In  demolish- 

ing any  building  or  part  thereof,  story  after  story  shall  be 
completely  removed.  No  material  shall  be  stored  upon  a 
floor  of  any  building  in  the  course  of  demolition,  but  old 
material  shall  be  lowered  to  the  ground  immediately  upon 
displacement.  The  material  to  be  removed  shall  be  properly 
wet  to  lay  the  dust  incident  to  its  removal. 


Article  11 


Partition  Fences  and  Walls 
(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 


Section  210. 

211. 

212. 

213. 

214. 

215. 


Construction  and  maintenance  of  fences. 
Retaining  walls. 

Regulation  of  lots. 

Neglect  to  maintaain. 

Disputes. 

Enforcement. 


50 


§210.  Construction  and  maintenance  of  fences.  All  210 
partition  fences,  unless  erected  under  some  special  agree* 
ment,  shall  be  so  built  that  the  dividing  line  between  the 
properties  shall  run  through  the  center  of  such  fence  in 
each  case,  and  they  shall  be  built  and  maintained  at  the 
joint  expense  of  the  owners  of  the  land  on  each  side. 

§211.  Retaining  walls.  1.  To  conform  to  street  regu-  211 
lotion.  When  the  regulation  of  a lot,  in  conformity  with 
the  street  or  streets  on  which  it  is  situated,  shall  require 
the  ground  on  such  lot  to  be  raised  and  kept  higher  than  the 
ground  of  the  adjoining  lot  or  lots  (provided  the  ground 
of  such  adjoining  lot  or  lots  is  not  maintained  at  a grade 
lower  than  in  conformity  with  the  street  or  streets  on  which 
they  are  situated)  and  a retaining  wall  for  supporting  the 
same  shall  be  necessary,  such  retaining  wall  shall  be  made 
and  maintained  jointly  by  the  owners  of  the  land  each  side 
and  shall  stand  one-half  upon  the  land  of  each  owner;  but, 
if  the  owner  of  the  lot  or  lots  having  the  lower  grade  shall’ 
bear  and  discharge  the  entire  cost  and  expense  of  the  mak- 
ing, such  retaining  wall  shall  be  built  entirely  upon  the  lot 
having  the  higher  grade  and  shall  thereafter  be  maintained 
jointly  by  the  owners  of  the  land  on  both  sides  thereof. 

2.  To  support  adjoining  earth.  Where  an  excavation 
has  been  made  or  a fill  placed  on  any  lot,  but,  as  the  case 
may  be,  not  below  or  above  the  legal  grade  in  conformity 
with  the  street  on  which  that  lot  fronts,  and  the  land  ad- 
joining it  has  no  building  or  permanent  structure  thereon, 
other  than  frame  sheds  or  structures  of  like  character,  and 
where  a retaining  wall  shall  be  necessary  to  support  the  ad- 
joining earth,  such  retaining  wall  shall  stand  one-half  upon 
the  lot  of  each  owner  and  shall  be  made  and  maintained 
jointly  by  the  owners  of  the  land  on  each  side;  provided, 
that,  if  the  owner  of  the  lot  having  the  lower  grade  shall 
bear  and  discharge  the  entire  cost  and  expense  of  the  mak- 
ing,^ such  retaining  wall  shall  be  built  entirely  upon  the  lot 
having  the  higher  grade  and  shall  thereafter  be  maintained 
jointly  by  the  owners  of  the  land  on  both  sides  thereof. 

3.  Surplus  wall.  Where  any  owner  shall  insist  on  main- 
taining his  ground  either  higher  or  lower  than  the  legal  regu- 
lation as  hereinafter  provided,  except  in  a case  herein  other- 
wise specifically  provided  for,  the  surplus  retaining  wall, 
which  may  be  necessary  to  support  such  height  or  provide 
for  such  excavation,  shall  be  made  and  maintained  at  the 
.sole  expense  of  such  owner. 

I 4.  Construction.  All  retaining  walls,  required  under  this 
(section  shall  be  constructed  in  accordance  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  chapter. 

5.  Removal.  Any  retaining  wall  erected  or  provided 


61 


under  this  section,  standing  partly  on  the  land  of  each 
owner,  may  be  removed  by  either  owner  when  the  necessity 
for  such  retaining  wall  no  longer  exists. 

§212.  Regulation  of  lots.  The  regulation  of  lots,  in 
conformity  with  the  street  or  streets  on  which  they  are  situ- 
ated, shall  be  calculated  at  an  ascent  of  2 inches  in  every 
10  feet,  measured  from  the  curb  in  a direction  at  right 
angles  or  normal  thereto;  provided  that,  in  the  case  of  a 
lot  having  more  than  one  street  frontage,  when  so  situated 
that  the  street  frontages  intersect,  the  curb  along  the  longest 
street  frontage  shall  be  used,  and,  when  so  situated  that 
the  street  frontages  do  not  intersect,  the  curb  along  each 
frontage  shall  be  used  to  one-half  the  depth  of  the  lot  be- 
tween street  frontages.  A lot,  as  referred  to  in  this  section, 
shall  be  deemed  and  construed  to  mean  a parcel  of  land  not 
over  25  feet  by  100  feet,  in  one  ownership,  whether  adjacent 
land  be  in  the  same  ownership  or  not ; but,  for  the  purpose 
hereof,  no  land  in  the  same  ownership  may  be  divided  into 
lots  smaller  than  25  feet  by  100  feet. 

§213.  Neglect  to  maintain.  If  any  person,  whose  duty  ^ 
it  may  be  to  jointly  make  or  repair  any  partition  fence  or  ’ 
retaining  wall  or  any  part  thereof,  in  pursuance  of  the  ] 
provisions  of  this  article,  shall  neglect  so  to  do,  or  to  joia 
in  so  doing,  for  6 days,  after  being  requested,  in  writing',^  j 
by  the  owner  or  owners  of  the  adjoining  ground,  the  owner  i 
of  such  adjoining  ground  may  make  or  repair  such  partition  '< 
fence  or  retaining  wall,  or  cause  the  same  to  be  done,  and  may  • 
recover  from  such  person  such  share  of  the  expense  of  mak-  * 
ing  or  repairing  so  much  thereof  as  is  necessarily  made  or  « 
repaired  by  him,  with  costs,  in  any  court  having  jurisdiction.  \ 

§214.  Disputes.  * In  case  of  any  dispute  between  par-  i 
ties,  as  to  what  part  or  portion  of  the  expense  shall  be  j 
borne  and  discharged  by  either  of  them,  for  building  or  main-  | 
taining  any  partition  fence  or  wall,  and  in  all  cases  of  dis-  \ 
pute  concerning  the  sufficiency  of  any  fence  or  wall,  the  con-  1 
troversy  shall  be  determined  by  the  superintendent  of  build-  j 
ings  of  the  borough  in  which  the  fence  or  wall  may  be 
situated. 

§215.  Enforcemient.  The  superintendent  of  buildings 
in  each  borough  may,  in  order  to  effect  the  purposes  ot 
this  article,  notify  in  writing  any  owner  of  any  requirement; ; 
under  any  provision  thereof.  Any  person  who  shall  fail, 
to  proceed,  within  10  days,  in  accordance  with  such  notice,  or* 
to  comply  therewith,  within  such  reasonable  time  thereafter- 
as  shall  be  allowed  or  permitted  by  the  superintendent  of; 
buildings,  shall  be  liable  to  a penalty  of  not  less  than  $10,., 
nor  more  than  $50,  and,  in  addition,  he  shall  be  liable  to  a i 
further  penalty  of  $1  for  each  and  every  day  that  his  default; 
shall  continue,  after  due  notice  thereof, 

52’ 


Article  12 


Excavations  and  Foundations 
(In  Effect  September  22,  1915) 


Section  230. 

231. 

232. 

233. 

234. 

235. 

236. 

237. 


Excavations. 

Soil,  bearing  capacity. 
Foundations,  generally. 
Footings. 

Foundation  piers  and  caissons. 
Pile  foundations. 

Foundation  walls. 

Retaining  walls. 


§230.  Excavations.  1.  Safeguarding  generally,  Un-  230 
til  provision  for  permanent  support  has  been  made,  all  ex- 
cavations shall  be  properly  guarded  and  protected  so  as  to 
prevent  the  same  from  becoming  dangerous  to  life  or  limb 
and  shall  be  sheet-piled,  braced  or  shored,  where  necessary 
to  prevent  the  adjoining  earth  from  caving  in,  by  the  per- 
son causing  the  excavation  to  be  made. 

2.  When  retaining  wall  required.  When  an  excavation 
is  made  on  any  lot,  and  provision  for  the  support  of  adjoin- 
ing earth  is  not  otherwise  made  in  accordance  with  law,  the 
person  making  such  excavation  or  causing  it  to  be  made  shall, 
at  his  own  cost  and  expense,  except  as  may  be  provided  in 
article  11  of  this  chapter  or  as  hereinafter  provided  in  this 
section,  build  a retaining  wall  to  support  the  adjoining  earth; 
and  such  retaining  wall  shall  be  carried  to  the  height  of  the 
adjoining  earth,  and  be  properly  protected  by  coping. 

3.  Support  of  neighboring  walls,  a.  When  excavation 
exceeds  ten  feet.  Whenever  an  excavation  is  intended  to  be, 
or  shall  be  carried  to  the  depth  of  more  than  ten  feet  below 
the  curb,  the  person  causing  such  excavation  to  be  made  shall 
at  all  times,  if  afforded  the  necessary  license  to  enter  upon 
the  adjoining  land,  and  not  otherwise,  at  his  own  expense, 
preserve  and  protect  from  injury  any  wall,  building  or  struc- 
ture, the  safety  of  which  may  be  affected  by  said  excavation, 
and  support  the  same  by  proper  foundations,  whether  the 
said  wall,  building  or  structure  is  down  more  or  less  than 
ten  feet  below  the  curb.  If  the  necessary  license  is  not  ac- 
corded to  the  person  making  such  excavation,  then  it  shall 
be  the  duty  of  the  owner  refusing  to  grant  such  license  to 
make  such  wall,  building  or  structure  safe,  and  to  support 
the  same  by  proper  foundations ; and,  when  necessary  for 
that  purpose,  such  owner  shall  be  permitted  to  enter  upon 
the  premises  where  such  excavation  is  to  be  made. 

b.  When  excavation  does  not  exceed  ten  feet.  If  such 
excavation  is  not  intended  to  be,  or  shall  not  be,  carried  to 


53 


231 


a depth  of  more  than  10  feet  below  the  curb,  the  owner 
of  any  wall,  building  or  structure,  the  safety  of  which  may 
be  affected  by  said  excavation,  shall  preserve  and  protect 
the  same  from  injury,  and  support  the  same  by  proper  foun- 
dation ; and,  when  necessary  for  that  purpose,  shall  be  per- 
mitted to  enter  upon  the  premises  where  such  excavation  is 
to  be  made.  In  case  such  wall,  building  or  structure,  how- 
ever, is  so  located  that  the  curb  to  which  it  is  properly  re- 
ferred is  at  a higher  level  than  the  curb  to  which  the  excava- 
tion is  referred,  such  part  of  any  necessary  underpinning  or 
foundation  as  may  be  due  to  the  difference  in  curb  levels 
shall  be  made  and  maintained  at  the  joint  expense  of  the 
person  causing  the  excavation  to  be  made  and  the  owner  of 
such  wall,  building  or  structure. 

4.  Support  of  party  wall.  In  case  an  adjoining  party 
wall  is  intended  to  be  used  by  the  person  causing  the  excava- 
tion to  be  made,  and  such  party  wall  is  in  good  condition 
and  sufficient  for  the  uses  of  the  existing  and  proposed  build- 
ings, the  person  causing  the  excavation  to  be  made  shall,  ’ 
at  his  own  expense,  preserve  such  party  wall  from  injury  and  ^ 
support  the  same  by  proper  foundations,  so  that  said  party 
wall  shall  be  and  remain  practically  as  safe  as  before  the  ex-  ; 
cavation  was  commenced. 

5.  Superintendent  of  buildings  may  act.  If  the  person  tj 
whose  duty  it  shall  be  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter 
to  properly  guard  and  protect  an  excavation,  or  to  prevent  ^ 
adjoining  earth  from  caving  in,  or  to  preserve  or  protect  any 
wall,  building  or  structure  from  injury,  shall  neglect  or  fail 
so  to  do  after  having  had  a notice  of  24  hours  from  the 
superintendent  of  buildings,  such  superintendent  may  enter  i 
upon  the  premises  and  employ  such  labor,  and  furnish  such  i 
materials  and  take  such  steps  as,  in  his  judgment,  may  be  | 
necessary  to  prevent  adjoining  earth  from  caving  in  or  to  < 
make  such  wall,  building  or  structure  safe  and  secure,  or  i 
to  prevent  the  same  from  becoming  unsafe  or  dangerous,  ■ 
at  the  expense  of  the  person  whose  duty  it  is  to  keep  the  ' 
same  safe  and  secure.  The  City  of  New  York  or  any  per- 
son doing  the  said  work,  or  any  part  thereof,  under  and 
by  direction  of  a superintendent  of  buildings,  may  bring  and 
maintain  an  action  against  the  person  last  herein  referred 
to,  to  recover  the  value  of  the  work  done  and  materials 
furnished,  in  and  about  the  said  premises,  in  the  same  manner 
as  if  he  had  been  employed  to  do  the  work  by  the  said 
person. 

§231.  Soil,  bearing  capacity.  1.  Indicative  statement 
required.  Applications  for  permits  for  new  buildings,  and 
when  necessary,  for  alterations  to  existing  buildings,  shall 


54 


contain  a statement  of  the  character  of  the  soil  at  the  level 
of  the  footings. 

2.  Presumptive  capacities.  In  the  absence  of  a satisfac- 
tory test  of  the  sustaining  power  of  the  soil,  different  soils, 
excluding  mud,  shall  be  deemed  to  safely  sustain  the  follov/- 
ing  loads  to  the  superficial  foot,  namely: 


Soft  clay  1 ton 

Wet  sand  2 tons 

Firm  clay  2 tons 

Sand  and  clay,  mixed  or  in  layers 2 tons 

Fine  and  dry  sand 3 tons 

Hard  dry  clay  4 tons 

Coarse  sand  4 tons 

Gravel  6 tons 

Soft  rock  8 tons 

Hard  pan  10  tons 

Medium  rock  15  tons 

Hard  rock  40  tons 


In  case  the  soil  under  the  footings  of  any  one  building  is 
partly  rock  and  partly  yielding  soil,  the  bearing  capacity  of 
the  yielding  soil  shall  be  taken  at  not  more  than  one-half  of 
the  capacity  otherwise  allowed. 

i 3.  Soil  tests.  When  a doubt  arises  as  to  the  safe  sus- 
taining power  of  the  soil  upon  which  a building  is  to  be 
erected,  the  superintendent  of  buildings  may  order  borings 
to  be  made,  or  he  may  direct  the  sustaining  power  of  the 
soil  to  be  tested  in  accordance  with  the  methods  established 
by  the  rules  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  by  and  at 
the  expense  of  the  owner  of  the  proposed  building.  Where 
a test  is  made  of  the  sustaining  power  of  the  soil,  the  super- 
intendent of  buildings  shall  be  notified  so  that  he  may  be 
present  in  person  or  by  representative.  The  record  of  the 
'test  shall  be  filed  in  the  bureau  of  buildings. 

§232.  Foundations,  generally.  l.  General  require- 
ments. Every  building,  except  buildings  erected  upon  solid  232 
rock  or  upon  wharves  or  piers  on  the  water  front,  shall 
have  foundations  of  brick,  or  other  approved  masonry,  iron 
or  steel,  laid  not  less  than  four  feet  below  the  surface  of 
the  earth,  on  the  solid  ground  or  level  surface  of  rock,  or 
upon  piles  or  ranging  timbers  when  solid  earth  or  rock  is 
not  found. 

2.  Protection  of  metal  work.  Where  metal  is  incorpo- 
rated in  or  forms  part  of  a foundation,  it  shall  be  thor- 
oughly protected  from  rust  by  paint,  asphaltum,  concrete, 
pr  by  such  materials  and  in  such  manner  as  may  be  ap- 
proved by  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 

55 

I 


233 


234 


235 


§233.  Footings.  1.  Materials.  The  footings  oi 
foundation  walls  shall  consist  of  footing  stones,  concrete, 
reinforced  concrete  construction  or  steel  grillages.  Wood 
footings  may  be  used  if  they  are  entirely  below  the  per- 
manent water  level. 

2.  Footing  stones.  Footing  stones  shall  not  be  less  than 
2 by  3 feet,  they  shall  not  be  less  than  8 inches  in  thickness 
for  walls,  nor  less  than  10  inches  in  thickness  under  piers, 
columns  or  posts.  Footing  stones  shall  be  well  bedded  and 
laid  crosswise,  edge  to  edge. 

3.  Concrete  footings.  Concrete  footings  shall  be  not 
less  than  12  inches  thick,  except  that  for  frame  buildings 
the  thickness  may  be  not  less  than  8 inches. 

4.  Steel  grillages.  When  grillage  beams,  resting  on  a 
proper  concrete  bed,  are  used,  they  shall  be  provided  with 
separators  and  bolts  and  shall  be  inclosed  and  filled  solid 
between  with  concrete. 

5.  Pressure  under  footings.  For  the  loads  exerting  pres- 
sure under  the  footings  of  foundations  the  full  dead  loads 
and  the  figured  live  loads  on  the  lowest  tier  of  columns, 
piers  or  walls  shall  be  taken.  For  this  purpose  the  reduced, 
live  loads  permitted  by  subdivision  7 of  § 53  of  this  chapter 
may  be  used. 

6.  Design.  Footings  shall  be  so  designed  that  the 

loads  they  sustain  per  unit  of  area  shall  be  as  nearly  uni-: 
form  as  possible  and  within  the  bearing  capacities  of  soils 
established  by  this  article,  and  that  the  stresses  in  the  mate- 
rials shall  not  exceed  those  fixed  by  this  chapter.  In  propor- 
tioning the  areas  of  footings  for  any  building  the  dead* 
loads  alone  shall  be  considered,  provided,  however,  that  in| 
no  case  shall  the  pressure  under  the  footings,  as  determined^ 
in  subdivision  5 of  this  section,  exceed  the  safe  load  on  the< 
soil  established  by  this  article.  c' 

§234.  Foundation  piers  and  caissons.  The  founda-^ 
tions  of  any  building  may  be  carried  down  to  rock  or  hard' 
pan  by  isolated  piers  of  approved  masonry  or  reinforced  con- 
crete, or  by  open  or  pneumatic  caissons,  so  designed  that 
the  working  stresses  in  the  materials  and  the  loads  on  the 
rock  or  hard  pan  do  not  exceed  those  established  by  this 
chapter. 

§235.  Pile  foundations.  1.  General  requirements. 
Piles  intended  to  sustain  a wall  or  building,  or  any  part 
thereof,  shall  be  driven  to  a solid  bearing,  if  practicable  to  do 
so,  and  the  method  of  driving  shall  be  such  as  not  to  im- 
pair their  strength.  No  pile  or  group  of  piles  shall  be  loaded 
eccentrically.  Any  type  of  pile  construction  not  provided  for 
in  this  section  shall  meet  such  requirements  as  may  be 
prescribed  by  the  rules  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 


56 


2.  Wood  piles,  a.  Quality  and  size.  Wood  piles  shall 
be  of  approved  timber,  sound  and  straight.  The  diameter  at 
the  point  shall  be  not  less  than  6 inches.  The  diameter  at  the 
butt  shall  be  not  less  than  10  inches  for  piles  not  over  25 
feet  in  length,  and  not  less  than  12  inches  at  the  butt  for 
piles  of  greater  length. 

b.  Allowable  loads.  The  safe  sustaining  power  of  any 

wood  pile  in  tons  shall  be  taken  as  twice  the  weight  of 
the  hammer  in  tons  multiplied  by  the  height  of  the  fall  in 
feet,  divided  by  the  average  penetration  of  the  pile  in  inches 
under  the  last  five  blows,  plus  one,  when  a drop  hammer  is 
used  for  driving,  and  as  twice  the  weight  of  the  hammer 

in  tons  multiplied  by  the  height  of  the  fall  in  feet,  divided 

by  the  average  penetration  in  inches  under  the  last  five 
blows,  plus  one-tenth,  when  a steam  hammer  is  used  for 
driving,  provided  that  the  driving  has  reached  such  a point 
when  successive  blows  produce  approximately  equal  penetra- 
tion. No  wood  pile,  however,  shall  be  weighted  with  a load 
exceeding  20  tons. 

c.  Construction.  The  distance  between  wood  piles  shall 

be  not  more  than  thirty-six  nor  less  than  twenty  inches  on 
centers.  The  tops  of  wood  piles  shall  be  cut  off  below  the 
permanent  water  level.  When  ranging  and  capping  tim- 
bers are  laid  on  piles  for  foundations,  they  shall  be  of 

hard  wood  not  less  than  six  inches  thick  and  properly  joined 
together,  and  their  tops  laid  below  the  permanent  water 
level. 

d.  Meadow  land  construction.  When  wood  piles  are  used 
under  frame  buildings  built  over  the  water  or  on  salt  meadow 
land,  they  may  project  above  the  water  a sufficient  height 
to  raise  the  building  above  high  tide,  and  the  building  may  be 
placed  directly  thereon  without  other  foundation. 

3.  Concrete  piles,  a.  Concrete  filled  steel  tubes.  For 
piles  consisting  of  steel  tubes  filled  with  concrete,  the  tubes 
shall  have  a diameter  of  9 inches  or  more  and  a thickness 
of  not  less  than  5-16  of  an  inch.  The  ends  of  each  tube 
shall  be  faced  perpendicular  to  its  axis.  Splices  shall  be  of 
an  approved  design  and  not  more  than  one  splice  shall  be 
used  in  the  total  length  of  the  pile.  The  length  of  any  such 
pile  shall  not  exceed  forty  times  the  inside  diameter  of  the 
tube.  Such  piles  shall  be  driven  to  a full  bearing  on  rock. 
The  allowable  load  on  any  such  pile  shall  not  exceed  500  lbs. 
per  square  inch  on  the  concrete  and  7,500  lbs.  per  square  inch 
on  the  steel,  provided  that  in  computing  the  effective  area 
of  the  steel  the  outer  1-16  inch  of  thickness  shall  be  de- 
ducted from  the  thickness  of  the  tube.  No  interior  steel  rein- 
forcement shall  be  used. 


57 


b.  Piles  moulded  before  driving.  Concrete  piles  moulded 
and  cured  before  driving  shall  not  be  provided  with  more 
than  4 per  cent,  of  longitudinal  reinforcement.  The  diame- 
ter or  lateral  dimension  of  such  a pile  shall  be  not  less  than 
8 inches  at  the  foot  and  shall  not  average  less  than  12  inches 
in  the  length  of  the  pile.  The  length  shall  not  exceed  twen- 
ty times  the  average  diameter  when  the  pile  is  driven  to 
rock  nor  forty  times  the  average  diameter  in  any  case.  When 
driven  to  rock  the  allowable  load  on  any  such  pile  shall  not 
exceed  500  lbs.  per  square  inch  on  the  concrete  at  the  aver- 
age cross-section  and  6,000  lbs.  per  square  inch  on  the 
longitudinal  reinforcement.  If  driven  to  rock,  the  foot  shall 
be  provided  with  a metal  shoe. 

c.  Piles  moulded  in  place.  Concrete  piles  cast  in  place 
shall  be  so  made  and  placed  as  to  insure  the  exclusion  of 
any  foreign  matter,  and  to  secure  a perfect  full-sized  shaft. 
The  average  diameter  of  any  such  pile  in  place  shall  not  be 
less  than  11  inches  and  the  diameter  of  the  foot  shall  be  not 
less  than  6 inches.  The  length  shall  not  exceed  thirty  times 
the  average  diameter.  The  allowable  load  shall  not  exceed 
350  lbs.  per  square  inch  on  the  concrete. 

d.  Allowable  loads.  When  concrete  piles  are  not  driven 
to  rock  they  shall  be  treated  as  friction  piles  and  their  carry- 
ing capacities  shall  be  determined  by  test  in  accordance  with 
rules  established  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings;  but  the 
stresses  herein  given  for  the  materials  composing  them  shall 
not  be  exceeded  in  any  case. 

e.  Concrete.  The  concrete  for  concrete  piles  shall  be 
mixed  in  the  proportion  of  1 part  Portland  cement  to  not 
more  than  2 parts  of  clean,  coarse  sand,  and  4 parts  of 
broken  stone  or  gravel  of  a size  passing  through  a 1-inch 
ring,  with  sufficient  water  to  produce  a plastic  or  viscous 
consistency. 

4.  Tests.  When  any  doubt  exists  as  to  the  safe  sustain- 
ing power  of  piles  upon  which  a building  or  structure  is 
to  be  supported,  the  superintendent  of  buildings  may  order 
a test  of  the  same  to  be  made  at  the  expense  of  the  owner  of 
the  proposed  building  or  structure  or  the  person  causing  the 
piles  to  be  driven.  The  record  of  every  such  test  shall  be 
filed  in  the  bureau  of  buildings. 

230  §236.  Foundation  walls.  1.  Definition.  Foundation 

walls  shall  be  construed  to  include  all  walls  and  piers  built 
below  the  curb  level  or  the  nearest  tier  of  beams  to  the 
curb,  which  serve  as  supports  for  walls,  piers,  columns,  or 
other  structural  parts  of  a building  or  structure. 

2.  Materials.  Foundation  walls  shall  be  built  of  approved 
masonry,  reinforced  concrete  or  steel  protected  by  masonry. 
All  masonry  foundation  walls  shall  be  laid  in  cement  mortar. 


58 


3.  Thickness.  If  built  of  rubble  stone,  foundation  walls 
shall  be  at  least  8 inches  thicker  than  the  walls  next  above 
them,  but  not  less  than  18  inches  in  any  case.  If  built  of 
brick,  concrete  or  hollow  building  blocks,  they  shall  be  at 
least  4 inches  thicker  than  the  walls  next  above  them,  but  not 
less  than  12  inches  thick  in  any  case.  For  each  additional 
10  feet,  or  part  thereof,  below  the  depth  of  12  feet  below 
the  curb  level,  the  thickness  shall  be  increased  4 inches. 

4.  Brick.  When  brickwork  in  foundation  walls  is  stepped 
up  from  the  footings,  the  offsets,  if  laid  in  single  courses, 
shall  not  exceed  lYi  inches,  or  if  laid  in  double  courses, 
shall  not  exceed  3 inches. 

5.  Stone.  Rubble  stone  masonry,  unless  built  in  dressed, 
level  courses,  shall  not  be  used  for  buildings  exceeding  75 
feet  in  height. 

6.  Hollow  building  blocks.  Foundation  walls  of  hollow 
blocks  may  be  used  only  when  the  upper  walls  are  of  frame 
or  hollow  building  block  construction.  The  hollow  spaces 
in  the  blocks  shall  be  filled,  as  the  construction  progresses, 
with  concrete  of  not  less  than  1 part  of  cement  to  9 parts 
of  aggregate. 

§237.  Retaining  walls.  All  walls  built  to  retain  or 
support  adjoining  earth  or  rock,  including  foundation  walls 
subjected  to  pressure  from  adjoining  earth  or  rock,  shall  be 
constructed  of  approved  masonry  or  reinforced  concrete  and 
so  designed  that  in  resisting  the  pressures  to  which  they  are 
subjected,  including  any  water  pressure  that  may  exist,  the 
working  stresses  of  the  materials  shall  not  be  exceeded,  the 
soil  shall  not  be  overloaded  and  the  stability  of  the  wall 
shall  be  insured. 


Article  13 


Masonry  Construction 


(In  Effect  October  6,  1915) 

Section  250. 

Definitions. 

251. 

Construction. 

252. 

Brick  masonry. 

253. 

Stone  masonry. 

254. 

Hollow  building  block  masonry. 

255. 

Ashlar. 

256. 

Mortar. 

257. 

Wall  thicknesses. 

258. 

Existing  walls. 

259. 

Parapet  walls. 

260. 

Hollow  walls. 

261. 

Recesses  and  chases. 

262. 

Miscellaneous  requirements. 

263. 

Masonry  arches. 

237 


59 


250  §250.  Definitions.  For  the  purposes  of  this  chapter: 

a.  Approved  masonry  means  masonry  constructed  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  requirements  of  this  article,  of  the  mate- 
rials specified  therein ; 

b.  Bearing  wall  means  any  wall  which  carries  any  load 
other  than  its  own  weight ; 

c.  Height,  as  applied  to  a wall,  means  the  vertical  dis- 
tance to  the  top  measured  from  the  foundation  wall,  or  from 
a girder  or  other  immediate  support  of  such  wall. 

251  §251.  Construction.  1.  Materials.  Approved  masonry 
shall  be  constructed  of  brick,  stone,  concrete,  or  hollow  build- 
ing blocks,  or  a combination  of  these  materials  as  provided 
in  this  article.  It  shall  be  properly  and  solidly  bonded  with 
joints  filled  with  mortar. 

2.  Protection  against  freezing.  No  masonry  shall  be  built 
when  the  temperature  is  below  28  degrees  F.  on  a rising 
temperature  or  32  on  a falling  temperature  at  the  point 
where  the  work  is  in  progress.  No  frozen  materials  shall  be. 
built  upon. 

3.  Wetting  brick.  All  brick  shall  be  thoroughly  wet  just 

previous  to  being  laid,  except  in  freezing  weather,  when ' 
they  shall  be  thoroughly  dry.  ' 

4.  Erection  of  walls  and  piers.  Masonry  walls  and  piers  ^ 

shall  be  built  to  a line  and  carried  up  plumb.  In  each  story  j 
the  walls  shall  be  carried  up  full  thickness  to  the  top  of  the? 
beams  above.  No  wall  of  any  building  shall  be  built  up  more 
than  two  stories  in  advance  of  any  other  portions  of  the  ■ 
walls  of  the  building,  provided  that  where  walls  are  carried . 
independently  by  girders  at  each  floor  this  provision  shall  not ; 
apply.  All  walls  that  meet  or  intersect  shall  be  bonded  or  an- . 
chored  to  each  other  in  an  approved  manner.  Any  pier  • 
having  less  than  four  square  feet  of  cross  section  when  \ 
located  at  an  intersection  with  a wall  shall  be  bonded  into  i 
and  built  as  part  of  that  wall.  ^ 

5.  Piers.  Every  pier  supporting  a girder,  arch,  column  f 
or  a lintel  spanning  an  opening  over  10  feet,  upon  which 
a wall  rests,  shall  be  built  of  approved  masonry.  Every  such 
pier  having  a height  of  more  than  ten  times  its  least  dimen- 
sion, and  every  isolated  pier  built  of  brick  or  hollow  build- 
ing blocks,  having  less  than  9 square  feet  of  cross  section 
shall,  at  vertical  intervals  of  not  more  than  30  inches,  have 
built  into  it  bond  stones  not  less  than  4 inches  thick,  or  ap- 
proved perforated  steel  or  cast  iron  plates  of  the  full  size  of 
the  pier.  Isolated  piers  shall  not  exceed  in  height  ten  times 
their  least  dimension. 

6.  Arches  and  lintels.  Door  and  window  openings  in . 
walls  shall  be  spanned  by  arches,  or  lintels  having  a bearing; 


60 


at  each  end  o£  not  less  than  5 inches.  In  walls  of  non-fire- 
proof  buildings,  when  the  thickness  of  the  lintel  is  less  than 
the  thickness  of  the  wall  to  be  supported,  a timber  lintel 
may  be  placed  on  the  inside  of  the  wall  resting  at  each 
end  not  more  than  2 inches  on  the  wall,  and  chamfered 
or  cut  to  serve  as  centre  for  a rowlock  or  keyed  arch.  When 
the  opening  is  more  than  6 feet  in  width,  templates  shall  be 
provided  under  the  ends  of  lintels  resting  on  the  walls,  un- 
less the  pressure  under  the  lintel  does  not  cause  a working 
stress  in  the  masonry  greater  than  specified  in  article  3 of 
this  chapter. 

7.  Timber  in  walls.  No  timber,  except  lintels,  provided 
for  in  subdivision  6 of  this  section,  and  nailing  blocks  not 
over  8 inches  in  length,  shall  be  placed  in  any  masonry  wall. 

8.  Bracing  during  construction.  The  walls  and  beams 
of  every  building  during  erection  or  alteration  shall  be 
strongly  braced  from  the  beams  of  each  story,  and  when 
required  shall  also  be  braced  from  the  outside  until  the 
building  is  enclosed. 

§252.  Brick  masonry.  Except  when  laid  in  flemish  252 
I bond  or  faced  with  running  bond,  every  sixth  course  in 
brick  walls  shall  be  a heading  course.  When  running  bond 
I is  used,  every  sixth  course  shall  be  bonded  into  the  backing 
I by  cutting  the  course  of  the  face  brick  and  putting  in  diagonal 
headers  behind  the  same,  or  by  splitting  the  face  brick  in 
half  and  backing  the  same  with  a continuous  row  of  headers. 
Where  face  brick  is  used  of  a different  thickness  from  the 
brick  used  for  backing,  the  courses  of  the  face  brick  and 
backing  shall  be  brought  to  a level  at  intervals  of  not  more 
than  six  courses  in  height  of  the  backing,  and  the  face  brick 
shall  be  properly  tied  to  the  backing  by  a full  heading  course 
of  the  face  brick  or  other  approved  method.  Face  brick 
shall  be  laid  at  the  same  time  as  the  backing,  and  shall  in 
no  case  be  laid  after  the  backing  is  in  place. 

§253.  Stone  masonry.  l.  Workmanship.  No  stone  253 
shall  be  laid  in  a wall  in  any  other  position  than  on  its  natural 
bed.  Stones  shall  be  firmly  bedded  in  cement  mortar  and  all 
spaces  and  joints  thoroughly  filled.  No  stone  shall  be  used 
that  does  not  bond  or  extend  into  the  wall  at  least  6 inches. 

All  headers  shall  be  at  least  12  inches  in  width  and  8 inches 
in  thickness,  and  consist  of  good  flat  stones. 

2.  Bond.  All  stone  walls  24  inches  or  less  in  thickness 
shall  have  at  least  one  header  extending  through  the  wall  in 
[every  3 feet  in  height  from  the  bottom  of  the  wall,  and  in 
ievery  3 feet  in  length,  and  if  over  24  inches  in  thickness, 
ijshall  have  one  header  for  every  6 superficial  feet  on  both 
fisides  of  the  wall,  laid  on  top  of  each  other  to  bond  together, 

('and  running  into  the  wall  at  least  2 feet. 


61 


254 


255 


256 


3.  Limitation.  Rubble  stone  walls,  except  for  foundations, 
shall  not  be  used  in  buildings  over  60  feet  high. 

§254.  Hollow  building  block  masonry.  1.  Construc- 
tion. Where  walls  of  hollow  building  blocks  are  decreased 
in  thickness,  the  blocks  in  the  top  course  of  the  thicker  wall 
shall  be  filled  solidly  with  concrete  or  covered  with  slabs 
of  hard  burned  terra  cotta  or  concrete  at  least  1 inch  in  thick- 
ness. Terra  cotta  or  concrete  templates  of  approved  size 
and  thickness  shall  be  placed  under  all  floor  beams  and  gir- 
ders to  properly  distribute  the  loads. 

2.  Veneering.  Hollow  building  blocks  of  terra  cotta  used 
in  exterior  walls  shall  be  extra  hard  burned  or  veneered  with 
brick,  architectural  terra  cotta,  or  stone,  or  covered  on  the 
exposed  surface  with  at  least  three-quarters  of  an  inch  of 
Portland  cement  stucco.  When  walls  of  hollow  building 
blocks  are  veneered  with  brick,  the  facing  shall  be  bonded 
to  the  backing  with  headers  every  sixth  course  of  the  brick- 
work. 

3.  Limitation.  Walls  of  hollow  building  blocks  shall  not 
be  used  in  buildings  over  forty  feet  in  height,  except  that  in 
buildings  of  skeleton  construction  terra  cotta  blocks  with 
shells  and  webs  not  less  than  one  inch  thick,  faced  with  at 
least  four  inches  of  brickwork  properly  bonded  as  specified 
in  this  section,  may  be  used. 

§255.  Ashlar.  Stone,  architectural  terra  cotta  or  other 
approved  material,  used  for  the  facing  of  any  wall  and 
known  as  ashlar,  shall  be  not  less  than  4 inches  thick. 
Such  ashlar  shall  be  anchored  to  the  wall  in  an  approved 
manner.  Within  the  fire  limits  ashlar  shall  not  be  used  in 
any  wall  the  total  thickness  of  which  is  less  than  12  inches. 

§256.  Mortar.  In  the  following  masonry  construction 
no  mortar  other  than  cement  mortar  shall  be  used : 

a.  Foundation  walls  and  footings; 

b.  Rubble  stone  walls; 

c.  Hollow  building  block  construction ; 

d.  Walls  faced  with  ashlar; 

e.  Isolated  piers ; 

f.  Curtain  walls ; 

g.  Exterior  walls  of  skeleton  structures; 

h.  Parapet  walls; 

i.  Chimneys  above  roofs; 

j.  Linings  of  existing  walls. 


OK7  §257.  Wall  thicknesses.  1.  Application.  a.  The 
* thickness  of  masonry  walls  shall  in  all  cases,  irrespective  of 
any  other  requirements  of  this  section,  be  suflicient  to  keep 
the  stresses  in  the  masonry  within  the  working  stresses  pre- 
scribed by  this  chapter, 


62 


b.  The  heights  herein  specified,  unless  otherwise  clearly 
indicated,  are  the  heights  of  walls  as  defined  in  §250. 

c.  In  all  cases  the  wall  thicknesses  herein  specified  shall 
be  applied  to  the  nearest  tier  of  beams  to  the  height  specified. 

d.  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  prevent  the  use  in  any  wall 
of  the  same  amount  of  material  in  piers  and  buttresses  as  is 
required  for  the  thicknesses  herein  prescribed. 

e.  The  unsupported  height  of  any  wall  or  part  thereof 
shall  not  exceed  twenty  times  the  thickness  of  such  unsup- 
ported part,  unless  reinforced  by  adequate  cross-walls,  but- 
tresses or  columns. 

2.  Residence  buildings.  Except  as  hereinafter  provided, 
the  thicknesses  of  masonry  walls  of  residence  buildings  here- 
after erected  shall  be  not  less  than  the  following : 

a.  When  over  75  feet  in  height,  12  inches  for  the  upper- 
most 25  feet,  16  inches  for  the  next  lower  35  feet,  20  inches 
for  the  next  lower  40  feet,  with  a 4-inch  increase  for  each 
additional  lower  section  of  40  feet; 

b.  When  not  over  75  feet  in  height,  12  inches  for  the 
uppermost  55  feet,  and  16  inches  below  that. 

3.  Public  and  business  buildings.  Except  as  hereinafter 
provided,  the  thickness  of  masonry  walls  of  public  and  busi- 
ness buildings  hereafter  erected  shall  be  not  less  than  the 
following : 

a.  When  over  75  feet  in  height,  16  inches  for  the  upper- 
most 25  feet,  20  inches  for  the  next  lower  35  feet,  24  inches 
for  the  next  lower  40  feet,  and  increasing  4 inches  for  each 
additional  lower  section  of  40  feet; 

b.  When  over  60  feet  and  not  over  75  feet  in  height,  16 
inches  for  the  uppermost  50  feet,  and  20  inches  below  that ; 

c.  When  over  40  feet  and  not  over  60  feet  in  height,  12 
inches  for  the  uppermost  20  feet,  and  16  inches  below  that ; 

d.  When  not  over  40  feet  in  height,  12  inches  throughout. 

4.  Increased  thickness,  when  required,  a.  Every  bearing 
wall  with  face  brick  bonded  with  clip  courses  or  ties,  and 
every  bearing  wall  faced  with  ashlar  shall  have  a total  thick- 
ness of  at  least  4 inches  more  than  otherwise  required  unless 
the  ashlar  is  at  least  8 inches  thick  in  every  alternate  course 
iand  bonded  to  the  wall. 

^ b.  Every  wall  built  of  rubble  stone  shall  have  a thickness 
at  least  4 inches  more  than  required  by  subdivisions  2 and  3 
of  this  section,  but  no  such  stone  wall  shall  be  less  than  18 
inches  thick. 

c.  When  the  clear  span  between  bearing  walls  is  over  26 
feet,  such  walls  shall  be  increased  4 inches  in  thickness  for 
every  12^  feet  or  part  thereof  that  said  span  is  over  26 
feet. 


63 


d.  All  walls  over  105  feet  long  between  cross-walls  or 
proper  piers  or  buttresses,  shall  be  increased  in  thickness 
over  the  minimum  requirement  at  least  4 inches  for  every  105 
feet,  or  part  thereof,  over  105  feet  in  length. 

e.  If  the  horizontal  section  through  a bearing  wall  shows 
more  than  thirty  per  cent,  area  of  flues  and  openings,  such 
part  of  the  wall  where  the  excessive  openings  exist  shall  be 
increased  four  inches  in  thickness  over  minimum  requirements 
for  every  fifteen  per  cent,  or  fraction  thereof,  of  flue  or  open- 
ing area  in  excess  of  thirty  per  cent.,  provided  that  if  such 
wall  be  laid  up  in  Portland  cement  mortar  the  increase  in 
thickness  shall  be  required  only  when  the  area  of  flues  and 
openings  exceeds  forty-five  per  cent.;  or,  instead  of  increas- 
ing such  wall  in  thickness,  adequate  piers  or  buttresses  shall 
be  provided. 

f.  In  case  any  wall  is  increased  in  thickness  in  accord- 

ance with  one  of  the  requirements  of  this  subdivision,  it  will 
not  be  necessary  to  further  increase  the  thickness  to  meet 
another  requirement  of  this  subdivision,  unless,  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  the  safety  of  the 
wall  demands  it.  • 

5.  One-story  buildings.  In  one-story  buildings  the  walls 
may  be  8 inches  thick,  provided  that  no  such  wall  exceeds  , 
50  feet  in  length  between  cross-walls  or  adequate  buttresses,  j 

6.  Small  residence  buildings.  In  any  residence  building  ^ 

outside  the  fire  limits  and  in  any  residence  building  not  more  ' 
than  twenty  feet  in  width  within  the  fire  limits,  bearing  walls 
of  brick  may  be  eight  inches  in  thickness,  provided  such  : 
buildings  are  not  more  than  forty  feet  in  height  and  that  ! 
the  eight-inch  walls  do  not  exceed  fifty  feet  in  length  between  ^ 
cross-walls  or  adequate  buttresses,  except  that  when  the  walls  i 
are  not  pierced  by  openings  of  any  kind  such  length  may  be  I 
sixty  feet.  1 

7.  Residence  buildings  outside  the  fire  limits.  Outside  the  ] 
fire  limits  the  thicknesses  of  walls  of  hollow  building  blocks  ‘ 
shall  be  not  less  than  8 inches  for  the  uppermost  20  feet, 
10  inches  for  the  next  lower  10  feet,  and  12  inches  for  the 
next  lower  10  feet. 

8.  Non-bearing  walls.  The  thicknesses  of  non-bearing  ' 

walls  of  residence  buildings,  or  of  public  and  business  build-  ^ 
ings,  may  be  4 inches  less  than  those  specified,  respectively,  j 
in  subdivisions  2 and  3 of  this  section  for  walls  of  corres- 1 
ponding  height,  provided  that  no  such  wall  shall  be  less  than  | 
12  inches  thick  nor  extend  for  more  than  55  feet  in  height 
without  any  increase  of  thickness.  i 

9.  Curtain  walls.  Non-bearing  walls  built  between  piersi 
or  metal  columns  shall  be  not  less  than  12  inches  thick  fori 


64 


the  uppermost  60  feet  of  height,  increasing  4 inches  in  thick- 
ness for  each  next  lower  section  of  60  feet. 

10.  Walls  of  skeleton  structures.  Masonr}^  walls  sup- 
ported at  each  story  by  girders  may  be  12  inches  thick  for 
the  entire  height  of  the  building. 

11.  Interior  walls.  a.  In  residence  buildings,  interior 
walls  of  brick  or  concrete,  whether  bearing  or  non-bearing 
walls,  may  be  8 inches  thick  for  the  uppermost  55  feet  and 
12  inches  for  the  next  lower  20  feet,  provided  that  no  such 
wall  shall  exceed  75  feet  in  height  nor  30  feet  in  length  be- 
tween cross-walls  or  buttresses. 

b.  Inte.rior  walls  over  75  feet  in  height  may  be  reduced 
in  thickness  in  such  proportion  to  the  number  of  cross-walls, 
piers  or  buttresses,  and  their  nearness  to  each  other,  as  may 
be  deemed  safe  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  provided, 
however,  that  such  walls  shall  be  not  less  than  12  inches  thick 
at  the  top,  and  shall  be  gradually  increased  in  thickness  to 
the  bottom. 

§258.  Existing  walls.  1.  When  use  is  permitted  with-  258 
out  change.  Walls  heretofore  built,  whose  thickness  at  the 
time  of  their  erection  was  in  accordance  with  the  require- 
ments of  the  then  existing  laws,  but  which  are  not  in  accord- 
ance with  the  requirements  of  this  chapter,  may  be  used  with- 
out change,  if  in  good  condition,  in  buildings  hereafter 
erected  or  altered,  provided  the  stresses  in  the  masonry  do 
not  exceed  the  working  stresses  prescribed  by  this  chapter 
and  the  height  of  such  walls  be  not  increased  except  in  so 
far  as  may  be  necessary  to  make  the  height  uniform. 

2.  Lining  walls.  In  case  it  is  desired  to  use  and  increase 
the  height  of  any  existing  wall  which  is  less  in  thickness  than 
required  by  this  chapter,  such  wall  shall  be  reinforced  by  a 
ining  of  brickwork  so  that  the  combined  thickness  with  the 
pld  wall  shall  be  not  less  than  4 inches  more  than  the  thick- 
less  required  for  a new  wall  corresponding  with  the  total 
leight  of  the  wall  when  increased  in  height,  provided  that 
)Uch  lining  shall  not  be  used  to  a greater  height  than  forty 
:eet  and  that  such  wall  shall  not  be  increased  to  exceed 
;eventy-five  feet  in  height.  Such  lining  shall  be  supported  on 
)roper  foundations,  and  shall  be  not  less  than  eight  inches  in 
hickness,  and  thoroughly  anchored  to  the  old  wall  with 
.uitable  anchors,  placed  two  feet  apart  and  properly  fastened 
)r  driven  into  the  old  wall  in  rows,  alternating  vertically 
ind  horizontally  with  each  other,  the  old  wall  being  first 
tleaned  of  plaster  or  other  coatings  where  any  lining  is  to 
>e  built  against  the  same.  No  wall,  however,  shall  be  lined 
llinless  in  good  condition  and  not  until  the  approval  of  the 
uperintendent  of  buildings  has  been  given. 


65 


259  §259.  Parapet  walls.  All  exterior  and  division  orj 
party  walls  of  masonry  over  15  feet  high,  except  in  detached 
buildings  with  overhanging  roofs,  or  where  such  walls  are 
to  be  finished  with  cornices,  gutters  or  crown  mouldings, 
shall  have  parapet  walls  carried  above  the  roof.  For  resi- 
dence buildings  parapet  walls  shall  be  not  less  than  eight 
inches  thick  and  carried  at  least  two  feet  above  the  roof,  ex- 
cept that  in  party  walls  between  buildings  of  the  same  height 
and  not  over  forty  feet  in  height,  such  parapet  shall  be  not 
less  than  eight  inches  above  the  roof.  For  public  and  busi- 
ness buildings  parapet  walls  shall  be  not  less  than  twelve 
inches  thick,  and  carried  at  least  three  feet  above  the  roof. 
All  parapet  walls  shall  be  coped  with  stone,  terra  'cotta,  con- 
crete or  cast  iron. 

260  §260.  Hollow  walls.  In  all  walls  that  are  built  hollowl 

the  same  amount  of  masonry  shall  be  used  in  their  construc- 
tion as  if  they  were  built  solid,  as  in  this  chapter  provided, 
and  no  hollow  wall  shall  be  built  unless  the  parts  of  same  are 
connected  by  proper  ties,  either  of  brick,  stone  or  iron,  placed 
not  over  24  inches  apart.  < 

261  §261.  Recesses  and  chases.  1.  Stairway  and  elevator^ 
recesses.  Recesses  for  stairways  or  elevators  may  be  left  in 
the  foundation  walls  of  buildings,  but  in  no  case  shall  the! 
wall  be  of  less  thickness  than  the  walls  of  the  fourth  story,  un-^ 
less  reinforced  by  additional  piers  with  iron  or  steel  girders,- 
or  iron  or  steel  columns  and  girders,  securely  anchored  to^ 
walls  on  each  side. 

2.  Alcoves.  Recesses  for  alcoves  and  similar  purposes 
shall  have  not  less  than  8 inches  of  brickwork  at  the  back  o^ 
such  recesses,  and  such  recesses  shall  be  not  more  than  ^ 
feet  in  width,  and  shall  be  arched  over  or  spanned  with  iroi^ 
or  steel  lintels,  and  not  carried  up  higher  than  18  inches  be-< 
low  the  bottom  of  the  beams  of  the  floor  next  above. 

3.  Pipe-chases.  No  chase  for  pipes  or  other  purpose  shall 
extend  into  any  wall  more  than  one-third  of  its  thickness.' 
No  horizontal  chase  in  any  wall  shall  exceed  4 feet  in  length. 
No  chase  shall  be  made  within  the  required  area  of  any  pier. 
Chases  shall  not  be  cut  in  walls  of  hollow  block  construc- 
tion, but  may  be  provided  by  properly  formed  l)iocks.  Chases 
shall  be  filled  up  with  solid  masonry  within  the  floor  thick- 
ness at  each  story. 

4.  Limitations.  The  aggregate  area  of  recesses  and 

chases  in  any  wall  shall  not  exceed  one-fourth  of  the  whole! 
area  of  the  face  of  the  wall  on  any  story.  No  recess  shall 
be  made  within  a distance  of  6 feet  from  any  other  recess! 
in  the  same  wall.  | 

262  Miscellaneous  requirements.  1.  Hollow  brick. 
The  inside  4 inches  of  walls  may  be  built  of  hard-burnt 


66 


hollow  brick,  properly  tied  and  bonded  into  the  walls  and  of 
the  dimensions  of  ordinary  bricks. 

2.  Furring.  Where  hollow  blocks  of  any  kind  are  used 
as  furring  for  walls,  they  shall  not  be  included  in  the  meas- 
urement of  the  thickness  of  such  wails. 

•3.  Fire  stops.  In  all  walls  furred  with  wood,  the  brick- 
work between  the  ends  of  wood  beams  shall  project  the  thick- 
ness of  the  furring  beyond  the  inner  face  of  the  wall  for  the 
full  depth  of  the  beams. 

§263.  Masonry  arches.  All  masonry  arches  shall  be  OfiO 
capable  of  sustaining  the  weight  and  pressure  which  they  are 
to  carry,  and  the  stress  at  any  point  shall  not  exceed  the 
working  stresses  prescribed  by  this  chapter.  I'ie  rods  shall 
be  used  where  necessary  to  resist  the  thrust. 


Article  14 


I 

i Section  280. 

j 281. 

I 282. 

I 283. 

i 284. 


Wood  Construction 
(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 

Wood  beams  and  girders. 
Wood  columns  and  posts. 
Bolting. 

Stud  partitions. 

Fire  stops. 


I §280.  Wood  beams  and  girders.  1.  Width  of  beams.  ORft 
Mo  wood  floor  or  roof  beam  used  in  any  building  hereafter 
irected  within  the  fire  limits  shall  be  less  than  three  inches 
hick. 

2.  Supports.  Every  wood  beam,  except  header  and  tad 
teams,  shall  have  bearings  of  at  least  four  inches.  The 
inds  of  all  such  beams,  where  they  rest  on  brick  walls,  shall 
>e  cut  to  a level  of  three  inches  in  their  depth.  In  no  case, 
ixcept  in  frame  buildings,  shall  either  end  of  a floor  or  roof 
-earn  be  supported  on  stud  partitions.  All  wood  trimmer, 
eader  and  tail  beams  over  four  feet  in  length,  unless  sup- 
orted  on  a wall  or  girder,  shall  be  hung  in  approved  metal 
tirrups  or  hangers. 

3.  Bridging.  All  wood  floor  and  roof  beams  shall  be 
roperly  braced  with  cross  bridging.  The  distance  between 
ridging  or  between  bridging  and  bearing  shall  not  exceed 
ight  feet. 

4.  Anchoring,  a.  Beams  in  walls.  Each  tier  of  beams 
lall  be  anchored  to  the  walls  at  intervals  of  not  more  than 
‘X  feet  with  approved  steel  or  wrought  iron  anchors. 

b.  Beams  on  girders.  The  ends  of  wood  beams  resting 
pon  girders  shall  be  butted  end  to  end  and  strapped  by 
eel  or  wrought  iron  straps  in  the  same  beam  as  the  wall 


67 


anchors,  or  they  may  lap  each  other  at  least  12  inches  anc 
be  well  spiked  or  bolted  together  where  lapped. 

c.  Girders.  Wood  girders  shall  be  anchored  to  the  wall; 
and  fastened  to  each  other  by  suitable  steel  or  wrought  iror 
straps. 

d.  Anchor  strips.  Each  tier  of  wood  beams  running  par 
allel  to  enclosing  walls  shall  be  anchored  to  such  walls  witi 
approved  anchor  strips,  and  similarly  to  every  pier. 

5.  Fire  prevention,  a.  Trimming  around  flues.  All  wood 
beams  shall  be  trimmed  away  from  all  flues  and  chimneys 
The  header  and  trimmer  beams  shall  not  be  less  than  ^ 
inches  from  the  outside  face  of  the  chimney.  Any  headei 
beam  supporting  a trimmer  arch  in  front  of  a fireplace  shall 
be  not  less  than  20  inches  from  the  face  of  the  chimney 
breast. 

b.  Separation  in  walls.  Every  wooden  beam  in  any  ma- 
sonry or  fire  wall  shall  be  separated  from  any  other  beam  in 
the  wall  by  at  least  four  inches  of  solid  masonry. 

281  §281.  Wood  columns  and  posts.  All  wood  columns 

and  posts  shall  be  squared  at  the  ends  perpendicular  to  tlieiii 
axes,  and  cap  and  base  plates  shall  be  provided.  Where  the 
cap  plate  of  a wood  column  or  post  supports  a wood  girderj 
any  column  above  shall  bear  directly  on  the  cap  and  shall 
not  rest  on  the  girder.  Additional  iron  or  steel  cheek  platesj 
shall  be  placed  between  the  cap  and  base  plates  and  bolted 
to  the  girders,  when  required  to  transmit  the  loads  with 
safety.  : 

282  §282.  Bolting,  All  bolts  in  wood  construction  shall  be 

provided  with  washers  of  such  proportions  that  the  compres- 
sion on  the  wood  at  the  face  of  the  washer  will  not  exceed; 
the  working  stresses  prescribed  in  this  chapter.  ^ 

283  , §283.  Stud  partitions.  Stud  partitions  which  rest! 

directly  over  each  other  and  are  not  parallel  with  wood  floor 
beams  shall  run  down  between  the  wood  floor  beams! 
and  rest  on  the  top  plate  of  the  partition  below,  and- 
shall  have  the  studding  filled  in  solid  between  the  uprights 
to  the  depth  of  the  floor  beams  with  suitable  incombustible 
materials.  i 

284  §284.  Fire  stops.  1.  Studded-off  spaces.  Where  walls 
are  studded-off,  the  space  between  the  inside  face  of  the 
wall  and  the  studding  directly  over  such  space  shall  be  fire- 
stopped  with  fireproof  material,  for  a depth  of  not  less  than 
4 inches,  securely  supported ; or  the  beams  directly  over  the 
studded-off  space  shall  be  deafened  with  not  less  than  4 
inches  of  fireproof  material. 

2.  Wainscoting.  The  surface  of  the  wall  or  partition  be- 1 
hind  wainscoting  shall  be  plastered  flush  with  the  grounds 
and  down  to  the  floor  line.  I 


68 


Article  15 

Iron  and  Steel  Construction 

(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 

Section  300. 

Cast  iron  columns. 

301. 

Steel  columns. 

302. 

Column  bases. 

303. 

Lintels,  beams  and  girders. 

304. 

Framing  and  connecting. 

305. 

Trusses. 

306. 

Riveting. 

307. 

Bolting. 

308. 

Tie  rods. 

309. 

Templates. 

310. 

Protection  against  corrosion. 

311. 

Protection  against  fire. 

312. 

Metal  fronts. 

313. 

Use  of  old  materials. 

§300.  Cast  iron  columns..  1.  Dimensions.  Cast  iron 
columns  shall  not  have  a smaller  outside  diameter  or  side 
than  5 inches,  nor  shall  they  have  an  unsupported  length 
greater  than  that  allowed  by  §52  of  this  chapter. 

2.  Thickness  of  metal.  The  thickness  of  metal  shall  be 
not  less  than  one-twelfth  the  diameter  or  least  dimension 
of  cross  section,  but  never  less  than  three-fourths  of  an 
inch.  When  necessary,  the  thickness  shall  be  increased  near 
the  end  so  that  the  core  of  a column  below  a joint  shall 
not  be  larger  than  the  core  of  the  column  above,  in  which 
case  the  metal  may  be  tapered  down  for  a distance  of  not 
less  than  6 inches;  or  a joint  plate  may  be  inserted  of  suffic- 
ient strength  to  distribute  the  load.  Wherever  the  core  of  a 
cast  iron  column  has  shifted  more  than  one-fourth  the  thick- 
ness of  the  shell,  the  thickness  of  the  metal  all  around  shall 
be  assumed  equal  to  the  thinnest  part. 

3.  Workmanship,  a.  Joints.  Cast  iron  columns  shall  be 
machine  faced  at  the  end  to  a true  surface  perpendicular 
to  the  axis.  They  shall  be  bolted  together  with  at  least  four 
bolts,  not  less  than  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  diameter, 
passing  through  the  flanges,  the  bolts  being  of  sufficient 
[length  to  allow  the  nuts  to  be  screwed  up  tightly;  and  as 
each  column  is  placed  in  position,  the  bolts  shall  also  be 
placed  in  position  and  the  nuts  shall  be  screwed  up  tightly. 

: b.  Flanges.  Where  cast  iron  columns  rest  one  on  top  ot 
[another,  the  top  flange  of  the  lower  column  shall  project 
on  all  sides  not  less  than  three  inches  from  the  outer  sur- 
faces of  the  column,  and  the  shape  and  dimensions  of  the 


300 


60 


301 


bottom  flange  of  the  upper  column  shall  be  the  same  as  those 
of  the  top  flange  of  the  lower  column,  except  that  when  a 
column  is  placed  on  a lot  line,  the  flanges  on  the  side  toward 
such  lot  line  may  be  omitted,  if  not  required  for  bolting. 
Flanges  shall  be  at  least  one  inch  in  thickness  when  finished, 
and  reinforced  by  fillets  and  brackets  when  necessary. 

c.  Bolt  holes.  All  holes  in  cast  iron  columns  shall  be 
drilled.  The  diameter  of  the  holes  shall  not  exceed  that  of 
the  bolts  by  more  than  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch. 

4.  Limitation.  Cast  iron  columns  shall  not  be  used  in  any 
case  where  the  load  is  so  eccentric  as  to  cause  tension  in  the 
cast  iron.  Nor  shall  they  be  used  for  such  parts  of  the 
structural  frame  of  buildings  which  are  required  to  resist 
stresses  due  to  wind. 

5.  Inspection.  No  cast  iron  column  shall  be  set  in  place 
until  it  has  passed  an  inspection  satisfactory  to  the  superin- 
tendent of  buildings.  Wherever  blowholes  or  imperfections 
are  found  in  a cast  iron  column  which  reduce  the  area  of  the 
cross  section  at  that  point  more  than  10  per  cent,  such  col- 
umns shall  be  condemned.  Cast  iron  columns  not  cast  with 
one  open  side  or  back,  shall  have  three-eighths  inch  holes 
drilled  in  the  shaft,  to  exhibit  the  thickness  of  the  castings, 
as  may  be  required  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings.  Cas| 
iron  columns  shall  not  be  painted  before  inspection. 

§301.  Steel  columns.  1.  Length.  No  steel  columns 
shall  have  an  unsupported  length  greater  than  that  allowed 
by  § 52  of  this  chapter. 

2.  Design.  No  part  of  a steel  column  shall  be  less  than 
one-quarter  of  an  inch  thick.  No  material,  whether  in  the# 
body  of  the  column  or  used  as  a lattice  bar  or  stay  platen 
shall  be  used  of  less  thickness  than  one  thirty-second  of  it? 
unsupported  width,  measured  between  centers  of  rivets  trans{ 
versely,  or  one-sixteenth  the  distance  between  centers  oi 
rivets  in  the  direction  of  the  stress.  Stay  plates  are  to  have 
not  less  than  4 rivets,  and  are  to  be  spaced  so  that  the  ratio 
of  length  to  the  least  radius  of  gyration  of  the  parts  con- 
nected does  not  exceed  40,  the  distance  between  nearest  rivets 
of  two  stay  plates  in  this  case  being  considered  as  length. 
In  built-up  columns  the  thickness  of  any  outstanding  member 
shall  not  be  less  than  one-twelfth  the  width  of  the  outstand- 
ing portion. 

3.  Joints.  The  ends  of  all  columns  shall  be  faced  to  a 
plane  surface  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  columns. 
Wherever  practicable  the  connection  between  them  shall  be 
made  with  splice  plates.  When  splice  plates  cannot  be  used 
a connection  formed  of  plates  and  angles,  designed  to  proper- 
ly distribute  the  stress,  may  be  used.  Where  any  part  of 


70 


the  section  of  a column  projects  beyond  that  of  the  column 
above  or  below,  the  difference  shall  be  made  up  by  filling 

plates  secured  to  the  column  by  the  proper  number  of  rivets. 

All  column  connections  shall  be  riveted. 

§302.  Column  bases.  Whenever  necessary  to  properly  302 
distribute  the  load,  iron  or  steel  shoes  shall  be  used  under 
the  bottom  tier  of  columns.  Cast  iron  bases  or  shoes  shall 
be  not  less  than  one  inch  thick  in  any  part.  If  any  side 

of  the  bed  plate  exceeds  three  feet  in  length,  a reinforcing 

flange  at  least  four  inches  high  shall  be  provided  around  the 
outer  edges.  All  cast  iron  bases  or  shoes  shall  be  planed 
on  top,  and,  when  resting  on  steel  girders,  on  both  top  and 
bottom.  Bases  or  shoes  of  steel  plates  and  shapes  shall  be 
designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  § 301  of  this  chapter. 
Nothing  in  this  section  shall  prevent  iron  or  steel  bases 
being  made  as  a part  of  the  columns. 

§303.  Lintels,  beams  and  girders.  1.  Cast  iron  lin~  3Q3 
I tels.  Cast  iron  lintels  shall  not  be  less  than  three-quarters 
of  an  inch  in  thickness  at  any  point,  and  shall  not  be  used 
1 for  spans  exceeding  six  feet. 

2.  Double  beams  as  girders.  When  rolled  steel  beams  are 
used  in  pairs  to  form  a girder,  they  sifall  be  connected  to- 
gether by  separators  at  intervals  of  not  more  than  5 feet. 

All  beams  12  inches  and  over  in  depth  shall  have  at  least  2 
bolts  to  each  separator. 

3.  Riveted  girders.  The  thickness  of  the  web  in  riveted 
girders  shall  be  not  less  than  one-one  hundred  and  twentieth 
of  the  distance  between  flange  angles,  and  in  no  case  less 
than  one-quarter  of  an  inch.  If  the  unsupported  depth  of 
the  web  plate  exceds  60  times  its  thickness,  stiffeners  shall 
be  used  at  intervals  not  exceeding  120  times  the  thickness  of 
the  web.  Stiffeners  of  sufficient  strength  shall  also  be  pro- 
vided over  supports  and  under  concentrated  loads. 

i 4.  Lateral  bracing.  The  compression  flanges  of  steel 
I beams  and  girders  shall  be  secured  against  buckling,  if  the 
dength  exceeds  twenty  times  their  width  unless  the  working 
1 stresses  in  such  flanges  are  proportioned  to  the  ratio  of 
length  to  width  as  provided  for  steel  columns  in  § 52  of  this 
chapter. 

§304.  Framing  and  connecting.  All  columns,  beams,  304 
trusses  and  all  other  iron  or  steel  work  shall  be  suitably 
1 framed  and  connected  together  and  to  the  walls.  All  beams 
'framed  into  and  supported  by  other  beams  or  girders  shall  be 
connected  thereto  by  angles  or  knees  of  a proper  size  and 
thickness  with  sufficient  bolts  or  rivets  to  transmit  the  en- 
tire load,  or  by  seats  of  sufficient  strength  and  the  necessary 


71 


angles  or  knees  to  hold  the  beam  in  place.  Beams  resting 
on  girders  shall  be  securely  riveted  or  bolted  to  the  same. 

§305.  Trusses.  1.  General  design.  Trusses  shall  be 
of  such  design  that  the  stresses  in  each  member  can  be  cal- 
culated. 

2.  Lateral  bracing.  All  trusses  shall  be  held  rigidly  in  posi- 
tion by  efficient  systems  of  lateral  or  sway  bracing. 

3.  Tension  members.  For  tension  members,  the  actual  net 
area  only,  after  deducting  rivet  holes  one-eighth  inch  larger 
than  rivets,  shall  be  considered  as  resisting  the  stress. 

4.  Compression  members.  Compression  members  in  pin- 
connected  trusses  shall  be  designed  so  that  the  stresses  shall 
not  exceed  75  per  cent,  of  the  permissible  working  stresses 
for  columns. 

5.  Eye  bars.  The  heads  of  all  eye  bars  shall  be  made  by 

upsetting  or  forging.  No  weld  will  be  allowed  in  the  body, 
of  the  bar.  Steel  eye  bars  shall  be  annealed.  Bars  shall  be 
straight  before  boring.  Eyes  and  screw  ends  shall  be  so' 
proportioned  that  upon  test  to  destruction,  fracture  will  take! 
place  in  the  body  of  the  member.  ♦ 

6.  Pins.  All  pins  shall  be  accurately  turned.  All  pin- 
holes shall  be  bored  true  and  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of! 
the  members,  and  must  fit  the  pins  within  one-thirty-second* 
of  an  inch. 

§306.  Riveting.  1.  When  required.  All  component, 
parts  of  built-up  columns,  girders  and  trusses,  including  any, 
splices  in  the  same,  shall  be  riveted.  ; 

2.  Spacing  of  rivets.  The  pitch  of  rivets  shall  never  bej 

less  than  three  diameters  of  the  rivet,  nor  more  than  6 inches.. 
In  the  direction  of  the  stress  it  shall  not  exceed  16  times  thei 
least  thickness  of  the  outside  member.  At  right  angles  to  the] 
stress  it  shall  not  exceed  32  times  the  least  thickness  of  thef 
outside  member.  1 

3.  Distance  from  edge.  The  distance  from  centre  of  a 
rivet  hole  to  the  edge  of  the  material  shall  not  be  less  than : 

^ of  an  inch  for  j4-inch  rivets; 

1 inch  for  54-inch  rivets ; 

1%  inches  for  54“inch  rivets; 

1^4  inches  for  ^-inch  rivets; 

1^  inches  for  1-inch  rivets. 

4.  Length.  The  lengths  of  rivets,  between  heads,  shall 
not  exceed  five  times  the  diameters. 

5.  Driving.  All  shop  rivets,  wherever  practicable,  shall 
be  machine  driven.  Rivets  shall  fill  the  holes  completely. 
Rivet  heads  shall  be  hemispherical  and  concentric  with  the 
axis  of  the  rivet. 


72 


§307.  Bolting.  1.  When  permitted.  Where  riveting  307 
is  not  required  by  the  provisions  of  this  chapter  connections 
may  be  effected  by  bolts,  of  mild  steel,  with  United  States 
standard  threads.  The  threads  shall  be  full  and  clean,  the 
nut  shall  be  truly  concentric  with  the  bolt,  and  the  thread 
shall  be  of  sufficient  length  to  allow  the  nut  to  be  screwed 
up  tightly. 

2.  Suspenders.  When  the  bolts  are  used  for  suspenders, 
the  working  stress  shall  be  reduced  to  9,000  pounds  per 
square  inch  of  net  area,  and  the  load  shall  be  transmitted  into 
the  head  or  nut  by  suitable  washers. 

§308.  Tie  rods.  Whenever  tie  rods  may  be  required  by  308 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter  in  connection  with  iron  ana 
steel  construction  they  shall  be  at  least  three-fourths  of  an 
inch  in  diameter.  Holes  for  tie  rods  in  floor  arches  shall  be 
placed  as  near  the  thrust  of  the  arch  as  practicable.  The 
distance  between  tie  rods  in  floors  or  roofs  shall  not  exceed 
8 times  the  depth  of  the  beams  nor  8 feet  in  any  case. 

§309.  Templates.  When  any  lintel,  beam,  girder  or  3Q9 
truss  is  supported  at  either  end  by  a wall  or  pier,  it  shall  be 
properly  anchored  thereto  and  shall  rest  upon  a template  or 
shoe  of  cast  iron,  steel  or  stone  of  such  design  and  dimen- 
sions as  to  safely  distribute  its  load  on  the  masonry,  except 
that  when  beams,  not  exteeding  6 inches  in  depth,  are  placed 
not  more  than  30  inches  on  centres,  no  templates  shall  be 
required. 

§310.  Protection  against  corrosion.  1.  Painting.  All  o-irj 
structural  iron  and  steel  work  shall  be  cleaned  of  all  scale, 
dirt  and  rust  and  be  thoroughly  coated  with  one  coat  of  paint 
before  erection,  except  that  cast  iron  columns  shall  not  be 
painted  until  after  inspection.  Where  surfaces  in  riveted 
work  come  in  contact,  they  shall  be  painted  before  assembling. 

After  erection  all  work  shall  be  painted  at  least  one  addi- 
tional coat  of  a different  shade  than  the  first. 

2.  Subaqueous  work.  All  iron  or  steel  used  under  water 
shall  be  encased  in  concrete. 

§311.  Protection  against  fire.  Any  iron  or  steel  con-  q-i  i 
struction  hereafter  placed  in  any  building  to  suuport  a wall 
or  part  thereof  or  a sidewalk,  shall  be  protected  with  not 
less  than  two  inches  of  fireproof  material  securely  applied, 
except  that  in  non-fireproof  buildings  such  protection  shall 
not  be  required  for  columns  immediately  above  the  sidewalk 
level  supporting  walls  fronting  on  streets. 

§312.  Metal  fronts.  Metal  fronts  or  facias  hereafter  312 
erected  on  the  exterior  of  buildings  over  one-story  high  shall 
be  backed  up  or  filled  in  with  masonry  not  less  than  8 
inches  thick. 


73 


313  §313.  Use  of  old  materials.  Nothing  in  this  article 

shall  prevent  the  use  of  old  steel  or  wrought  iron  shapes, 
provided  that  the  working  stresses  used  do  not  exceed  three- 
fourths  of  those  specified  in  this  chapter  for  steel,  and  that 
the  provisions  of  this  article  are  otherwise  complied  with. 


Article  16 


Reinforced  Concrete  Construction 


(In  Effect  October  6,  1915) 

Section  330. 

Definitions. 

331. 

Application. 

332. 

Concrete. 

333. 

Reinforcement. 

334. 

Working  stresses. 

335 

Slabs  and  beams. 

336. 

Use  of  fillers  in  floor  construction 

337. 

Columns. 

338. 

Walls. 

339. 

Protection  of  reinforcement. 

340. 

Load  tests. 

341. 

Rules. 

330  §330.  Definitions.  For  the  purposes  of  this  article:  ! 

a.  Reinforced  concrete  means  any  construction  in  accord-  ] 

ance  with  the  provisions  of  this  article,  of  approved  concrete  • 
in  which  steel  is  imbedded  in  such  a manner  as  to  increase  its  1 
strength ; s 

b.  The  span  of  beams  and  slabs  means  the  distance  from  f 
centre  to  centre  of  supports,  but  not  necessarily  exceeding  | 
the  clear  span  plus  the  depth  of  beam  or  slab,  provided  that  V 
brackets  shall  not  be  considered  as  reducing  the  clear  span ; 1l 

c.  The  length  of  columns  means  the  maximum  unsup- 

ported  length ; | 

d.  The  effective  area  of  a concrete  column  with  lateral! 

reinforcement  means  the  area  of  concrete  within  the  Hoops] 
or  bands.  I 


331 

332 


§331.  Application.  Reinforced  concrete  may  be  used 
for  all  types  of  construction,  provided  the  material  and  de-] 
sign  conform  to  the  requirements  of  this  article  and  sucli 
rules  as  may  be  adopted  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings 
to  secure  safety  in  construction  and  uniformity  in  practice 
§332.  Concrete.  1.  Mixture.  The  concrete  for  rein- 
forced concrete  structures  shall  consist  of  a wet  mixture  of 
one  part  of  Portland  cement  to  not  more  than  six  parts  of 
aggregate,  fine  and  coarse,  either  in  the  proportion  of  one 


j 


74 


part  of  cement,  two  parts  of  fine  aggregate  and  four  parts 
of  coarse  aggregate,  or  in  such  proportion  that  the  resistance 
of  the  concrete  to  crushing  shall  not  be  less  than  two  thou- 
sand pounds  per  square  inch  after  hardening  for  twenty-eight 
days. 

2.  Aggregate,  a — Fine.  Fine  aggregate  shall  consist  of 
sand,  crushed  stone  or  gravel  screenings,  passing  when  dry 
a screen  having  one-quarter-inch  diameter  holes,  and  not 
more  than  six  per  cent,  passing  a sieve  having  one  hundred 
meshes  per  lineal  inch,  and  of  such  quality  that  mortars  com- 
posed of  one  part  Portland  cement  and  three  parts  fine  ag- 
gregate by  weight  when  made  into  briquettes  will  show  a 
tensile  strength  of  at  least  two  hundred  and  forty  pounds  per 
square  inch  at  twenty-eight  days. 


b — Coarse.  Coarse  aggregate  shall  consist  of  crushed  stone 
or  gravel  which  is  retained  on  a screen  having  one-quarter- 
inch  diameter  holes  and  graded  in  size  from  small  to  large 
particles.  The  maximum  size  shall  be  such  that  all  the  ag- 
gregate will  pass  through  a one-and-one-quarter-inch  diame- 
ter ring.  All  aggregate  shall  be  clean,  hard,  durable,  and 
free  from  deleterious  material. 

§333.  Reinforcement.  The  steel  reinforcement  shall  333 
conform  to  such  requirements  as  may  be  adopted  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings,  or,  in  the  absence  of  such  re- 
quirements, to  the  standard  specifications  of  the  American 
Society  for  Testing  Materials  for  steel  reinforcement  bars. 
Nothing  herein  contained  shall  prevent  the  use  of  steel  wire 
or  fabric  for  the  reinforcement  of  slabs,  for  lateral  rein- 
forcement of  columns,  or  for  resistance  to  shrinkage  and 
temperature  stresses. 


§334.  Working  stresses.  Reinforced  concrete  struc-  OQJ. 
tures  shall  be  so  designed  that  the  stresses  in  pounds  per 
square  inch  shall  not  exceed  the  following: 


Extreme  fibre  stress  on  concrete  in  compression . . . 650 

Concrete  in  direct  compression 500 

Shearing  stress  in  concrete  when  all  diagonal  tension 

is  resisted  by  steel 150 

Shearing  stress  in  concrete  when  diagonal  tension  is 

not  resisted  by  steel 40 

Bond  stress  between  concrete  and  plain  reinforcement  80 
Bond  stress  between  concrete  and  approved  deformed 

bars  100 

Tensile  stress  in  steel  reinforcement 16,000 

Tensile  stress  in  cold  drawn  steel  wire  or  fabric,  35 
per  cent,  of  the  elastic  limit  but  not  more  than 20,000 


75 


In  continuous  beams  the  extreme  fibre  stress  on  concrete 
in  compression  may  be  increased  fifteen  per  cent,  adjacent  to 
supports. 

The  ratio  of  the  moduli  of  elasticity  of  1 : 2 : 4 stone  or 
gravel  concrete  and  steel  shall  be  taken  as  one  to  fifteen. 
The  ratio  of  the  moduli  of  elasticity  of  1 : 1}4  : 3 stone  or 
gravel  concrete  and  steel  shall  be  taken  as  one  to  twelve. 
335  §335.  Slabs  and  beams.  1.  Thickness.  Slabs  shall 

not  be  less  than  four  inches  in  thickness  for  floors  and  three 
and  one-half  inches  for  roofs. 

2.  Tee-beams.  Where  adequate  bond  between  slab  and 
web  of  beam  is  provided,  the  slab  may  be  considered  as  an 
integral  part  of  the  beam  provided  its  effective  width  shall 
not  exceed  on  either  side  of  the  beam  one-sixth  of  the  span 
length  of  the  beam  nor  be  greater  than  six  times  the  thick- 
ness of  the  slab  on  either  side  of  the  beam,  the  measure- 
ments being  taken  from  edge  of  web. 

3.  Placing  of  reinforcement.  All  reinforcement  shall  be 
accurately  located  and  secured  against  displacement.  The 
reinforcement  for  slabs  shall  not  be  spaced  farther  apart  than 
two  and  one-half  times  the  thickness  of  the  slab. 


336 


337 


4.  Web  reinforcement.  Members  of  web  reinforcement 
shall  be  so  designed  as  to  adequately  take  up  throughout 
their  length  all  stresses  not  taken  up  by  the  concrete.  They 
shall  not  be  spaced  to  exceed  three- fourths  of  the  depth  of 
the  beam  in  that  portion  where  the  web  stresses  exceed  the 
allowable  value  of  concrete  in  shear.  Web  reinforcement, 
unless  rigidly  attached,  shall  be  placed  at  right  angles  to  the 
axis  of  the  beam  and  carried  around  the  tension  members. 

§336.  Use  of  fillers  in  floor  construction.  When  hol- 
low tile,  concrete  blocks  or  other  acceptable  fillers  are  used  in 
any  reinforced  concrete  floor  construction,  the  reinforced  con- 
crete members  of  such  floor  construction  shall  be  designed  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  article  to  take  the 
entire  loads,  provided,  however,  that  when  the  fillers  do  not 
exceed  sixty  per  cent,  of  the  construction,  not  more  than 
two  and  one-half  inches  of  concrete  shall  be  required  over  the 
fillers. 

§337.  Columns.  1.  With  longitudinal  reinforcement 
only.  In  concrete  columns,  having  not  less  than  one-half  nor 
more  than  four  per  cent,  of  vertical  reinforcement  secured 
against  displacement  by  one-quarter-inch  steel  ties  placed  not 
farther  apart  than  fifteen  diameters  of  the  vertical  rods 
nor  more  than  twelve  inches,  the  allowable  load  shall  be 
five  hundred  pounds  per  square  inch  on  the  concrete,  plus 
seven  thousand  five  hundred  pounds  on  the  vertical  rein- 
forcement. 


i 


76 


2.  With  longitudinal  and  lateral  reinforcement.  In  con- 
crete columns,  having  not  less  than  one-half  nor  more  than 
two  per  cent,  of  hoops  or  spirals  spaced  not  farther  apart 
than  one-sixth  of  the  diameter  of  the  enclosed  column  nor 
more  than  three  inches,  and  having  not  less  than  one  nor 
more  than  four  per  cent,  of  vertical  reinforcement,  the  al- 
lowable load  shall  be  five  hundred  pounds  per  square  inch 
on  the  effective  area  of  the  concrete,  plus  seven  thousand  five 
hundred  pounds  per  square  inch  on  the  vertical  reinforce- 
ment, plus  a load  per  square  inch  on  the  effective  area  of 
the  concrete  equal  to  two  times  the  percentage  of  lateral  re- 
inforcement multiplied  by  the  tensile  stress  in  the  lateral  re- 
inforcement prescribed  by  § 334  of  this  article,  the  percentage 
of  lateral  reinforcement  being  the  volume  of  the  hoops  or 
spirals  divided  by  the  volume  of  the  enclosed  concrete  in  a 
unit  length  of  column.  The  hoops  or  spirals  shall  be  rigidly 
secured  to  at  least  four  verticals  to  insure  uniform  spacing. 

3.  Structural  steel  and  concrete.  In  columns  of  struc- 
tural steel,  thoroughly  encased  in  concrete  not  less  than  four 
inches  thick  and  reinforced  with  not  less  than  one  per  cent 
of  steel,  the  allowable  load  shall  be  sixteen  thousand  pounds 
per  square  inch  on  the  structural  steel,  the  percentage  of 
reinfoi cement  being  the  volume  of  the  reinforcing  steel  di- 
vided by  the  volume  of  the  concrete  enclosed  by  the  rein- 
forcing steel.  Not  more  than  one-half  of  the  reinforcing 
steel  shall  be  placed  vertically.  The  reinforcing  steel  shall 
not  be  placed  nearer  than  one  inch  to  the  structural  steel  or 
to  the  outer  surface  of  the  concrete.  The  ratio  of  length  to 
least  radius  of  gyration  of  structural  steel  section  shall  not 
exceed  one  hundred  and  twenty. 

4.  When  richer  concrete  is  used.  In  concrete  columns  the 
compression  on  the  concrete  may  be  increased  twenty  per 
cent,  when  the  fine  and  coarse  aggregates  are  carefully  sel- 
ected and  the  proportion  of  cement  to  total  aggregate  is  in- 
creased to  one  part  of  cement  to  not  more  than  four  and 
one-half  parts  of  aggregate,  fine  and  coarse,  either  in  the 
proportion  of  one  part  of  cement,  one  and  one-half  parts 
of  fine  aggregate  and  three  parts  of  coarse  aggregate,  or  in 
such  proportion  as  will  secure  the  maximum  density.  In 
such  cases,  however,  the  compressive  stress  in  the  vertical 
steel  shall  not  exceed  seven  thousand  two  hundred  pounds 
per  square  inch. 

5.  Eccentric  loads.  Bending  stresses  due  to  eccentric 
loads  shall  be  provided  for  by  increasing  the  section  of  con- 
crete or  steel  until  the  maximum  stress  shall  not  exceed  the 
allowable  working  stress. 

6.  Length.  In  columns,  the  ratio  of  length  to  least  side 

77 


or  diameter  shall  not  exceed  fifteen,  but  in  no  case  shall  the 
least  side  or  diameter  be  less  than  twelve  inches. 

338  §338.  Walls.  Enclosure  walls  of  reinforced  concrete 
shall  be  securely  anchored  at  all  floors.  The  thickness  shall 
not  be  less  than  one-twenty-fifth  of  the  unsupported  height, 
but  in  no  case  less  than  eight  inches.  The  steel  reinforce- 
ment, running  both  horizontaally  and  vertically,  shall  be 
placed  near  both  faces  of  the  wall ; the  total  weight  of  such 
reinforcement  shall  be  not  less  than  one-half  pound  per 
square  foot  of  wall. 

339  §339.  Protection  of  reinforcement.  The  reinforce- 

ment in  columns  and  girders  shall  be  protected  by  a minimum 
of  two  inches  of  concrete;  in  beams  and  walls  by  a minimum 
of  one  and  one-half  inches;  in  floor  slabs  by  a minimum  of 
one  inch;  and  in  footings  by  a minimum  of  four  inches  ol 
concrete. 

340  §340.  Load  tests.  The  builder  may  be  required  to 

make  load  tests  on  any  portion  of  a reinforced  concrete 
structure  within  a reasonable  time  after  erection.  The  tests 
shall  be  made  under  the  direction  of  the  superintendent  of 
buildings,  and  shall  show  that  the  construction  will  sustain 
safely  a load  of  one  and  three-quarters  times  the  live  load 
for  which  it  was  designed. 

341  §341.  Rules.  The  rules  governing  reinforced  concrete 
in  building  construction,  heretofore  adopted  by  the  superin- 
tendent of  buildings,  so  far  as  they  are  consistent  with  the 
provisions  of  this  article,  shall  remain  effective  until  amended 
or  repealed  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 


Article  17 


Fireproof  Construction 
(In  Effect  October  6,  1915) 


Section  350. 

351. 

352. 

353. 

354. 

355. 

356. 

357. 

358. 


Walls. 

Iron  and  steel  construction. 
Masonry. 

Reinforced  concrete. 

Floors  and  roofs. 

Partitions. 

Interior  finish. 

Exterior  windows. 
Approvals. 


qcQ  §350.  Walls.  The  exterior  walls  or  piers  of  fireproof 
buildings  shall  be  approved  masonry  or  reinforced  concrete. 
351  §351.  Iron  and  steel  construction.  1.  General  All 

metal  structural  members  which  support  loads  or  resist 


78 


stresses,  in  fireproof  buildings,  shall  be  entirely  encased  in 
fireproofing  material  securely  applied  as  hereinafter  specified. 

2.  Columns,  a.  In  exterior  walls.  Iron  or  steel  colmuns 
placed  within  exterior  walls  or  along  the  outer  lines  of  a 
building  shall  be  encased  with  approved  masonry  not  less 
than  eight  inches  thick  on  their  outer  and  side  surfaces,  nor 
less  than  four  inches  thick  on  their  inner  surfaces. 

b.  Interior.  Iron  and  steel  columns  used  in  the  interior 
of  a building  shall  be  encased  on  all  sides  with  fireproofing 
materials  not  less  than  two  inches  thick. 

c.  Lugs  and  brackets.  The  extreme  outer  edges  of  lugs, 
brackets  or  other  supporting  parts  of  columns  shall  not  ex- 
tend nearer  than  one  inch  to  the  outer  surface  of  the  fire- 
proof casing. 

d.  Protection  to  fireproofiing.  Where  the  fireproofing  of 
columns  is  exposed  to  damage  from  trucking  or  handling  of 
merchandise,  the  superintendent  of  buildings  may  require 
such  fireproofing  to  be  jacketed  for  a height  of  three  feet 
from  the  floor  with  a protective  covering. 

3.  Beams  and  girders.  Iron  or  steel  beams  and  girders 
shall  be  entirely  encased  in  fireproofing  materials  not  less 
than  two  inches  thick  at  any  point  when  supporting  a wall 
or  part  thereof  or  a sidewalk,  and  not  less  than  one  and 
one-half  inches  thick  in  any  case. 

4.  Lintels,  a.  Iron  or  Steel.  Iron  or  steel  lintels  over 
openings  in  walls  shall  be  encased  as  required  for  beams, 
provided  that  when  the.  span  of  any  such  opening  does  not 
exceed  four  feet  or  such  opening  is  spanned  by  an  adequate 
masonry  arch  above  the  lintel  the  fireproofiing  may  be 
omitted. 

b.  Stone.  Stone  lintels  shall  not  be  used  in  fireproof 
buildings  unless  supplemented  on  the  inside  of  the  wall  with 
iron  or  steel  lintels,  or  with  suitable  masonr}*  arches. 

5.  Trusses,  a.  General.  All  members  of  steel  trusses, 
except  roof  trusses  hereinafter  specified,  shall  be  entirely  en- 
cased in  fireproofing  materials  not  less  than  two  inches 
thick  at  any  point. 

b.  Roof  tnisses.  The  fireproofing  herein  required  fof 
trusses  may  be  omitted  when  such  trusses  support  only  roof 
loads  and  ceilings  over  interior  open  spaces  having  a clear 
height  of  at  least  twenty  feet  below  the  lower  chords  of 
the  trusses.  In  such  cases  the  fireproofing  may  also  be  omit- 
ted from  the  soffits  of  roof  beams  or  purlins. 

6.  Fireproofing  materials.  The  fireproofing  required  by 
this  section  shall  consist  of  any  of  the  following  materials : 

a.  Bonded  brickwork  laid  in  cement  mortar; 


79 


b.  Concrete  consisting  one  part  Portland  cement,  and 
not  more  than  two  parts  of  sand  and  four  parts  of  gravel, 
stone  or  other  approved  aggregate  that  will  pass  through,  a 
three-quarter  inch  ring,  suitably  reinforced  with  wire  or 
metal  fabric; 


c.  Cinder  concrete  consisting  of  one  part  Portland  cement 
and  not  more  than  two  parts  of  sand  and  five  parts  of 
clean,  well-burned  steam  boiler  cinders,  suitably  reinforced 
with  wire  or  metal  fabric; 

d.  Porous  or  semi-porous  terra  cotta  blocks  with  shells 
and  webs  at  least  one  inch  thick,  laid  in  cement  mortar,  thor- 
oughly bonded  or  secured  by  metal  ties; 

e.  Solid  gypsum  blocks,  containing  not  more  than  twenty- 
five  per  cent,  by  weight  of  cinders,  asbestos  fibre,  wood  chips 
or  vegetable  fibre,  laid  in  gypsum  plaster  or  cement  mortar, 
thoroughly  bonded  or  secured  by  suitable  galvanized  metal 
ties  or  fabric;  or 

f.  Any  material  or  form  of  construction  that  will  resisi 
the  action  of  flame  and  a heat  of  seventeen  hundred  degrees 
Fahrenheit  for  at  least  two  hours,  without  raising  the  tem- 
perature of  the  material  to  be  protected  above  five  hundred 
and  fifty  degrees  Fahrenheit  by  transmission  through  a thick- 
ness of  two  inches  as  determined  by  test  prescribed  in  the 
rules  adopted  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 

7.  Prohibition.  No  pipes,  wires,  cables  or  other  material 
shall  be  embedded  in  the  required  fireproofing  of  columns  oi 
other  structural  members. 


352 


353 

354 


§352.  Masonry.  Interior  walls,  piers,  arches  and  vaultings 
that  support  loads  in  addition  to  their  own  weight  in  fireproof 
buildings  shall  be  constructed  of  approved  masonry,  except 
that  stone  masonry  shall  not  be  used  for  such  purpose,  or 
for  columns  or  lintels  unless  supplemented  by  other  approved 
masonry  or  by  properly  protected  iron  or  steel  construction. 

§353.  Reinforced  concrete.  Reinforced  concrete  con- 
struction conforming  with  the  requirements  of  article  1.6 
of  this  chapter  shall  be  deemed  fireproof  construction. 

§354.  Floors  and  roofs.  1.  General.  The  filling  be- 
tween steel  floor  and  roof  beams  in  fireproof  buildings  shall 
consist  of  arches  or  slabs  of  brick,  terra  cotta,  stone  con- 
crete or  cinder  concrete,  constructed  as  hereinafter  specified, 
or  of  such  other  material  or  construction  as  may  be  ap- 
proved by  the  superintendent  of  buildings  as  conforming  to 
the  requirements  of  the  fire  and  strength  tests  hereinafter 
prescribed. 

2.  Brick  arches.  When  brick  is  used  as  floor  filling  it 
shall  consist  of  segmental  arches  having  a thickness  of  not 


80 


; less  than  four  inches  for  spans  of  five  feet  or  less,  and  of 
rot  less  than  eight  inches  for  spans  exceeding  five  feet. 
Such  arches  shall  be  built  of  good,  hard  common  or  hollow 
brick,  laid  to  a line  and  solidly  bonded.  Each  longitudinal 
line  of  brick  shall  break  joints  with  the  adjoining  lines.  The 
arches  shall  spring  from  suitable  skewbacks,  and  shall  be 
properly  keyed.  The  rise  shall  be  not  less  than  one  inch 
for  each  foot  of  span.  The  brick  shall  be  well  wet  before 
laying,  and  the  joints  filled  solid  with  cement  mortar. 

3.  Terra  cotta  arches,  a.  Material.  When  terra  cotta  is 
used  as  floor  filling  it  shall  consist  of  hollow  blocks,  either 
hard  burned  or  semi-porous,  of  uniform  density  and  hard- 
ness. The  thickness  of  shells  and  webs  of  each  block  shall  be 
not  less  than  five-eighths  of  an  inch.  Interior  vertical  and 
horizontal  webs  of  arch  blocks  shall  not  be  spaced  more  than 
four  inches  apart.  The  skewbacks  shall  be  of  such  form  and 
section  as  to  accurately  fit  the  beams  and  properly  receive 
the  thrust  of  the  arches.  The  arch  blocks  shall  be  laid  in 
cement  mortar  and  properly  keyed. 

b.  Segmental  arches.  When  terra  cotta  filling  is  segmental 
in  form  the  blocks  shall  be  not  less  than  six  inches  in  depth 
with  at  least  two  cellular  spaces  in  such  depth.  The  rise 
of  such  arches  shall  be  not  less  than  one  inch  for  each  foot 
of  span. 

c.  Flat  arches.  When  terra  cotta  filling  is  in  the  form  of 
flat  arches,  the  depth  of  the  blocks,  unless  reinforced  with 
steel,  shall  be  not  less  than  one  and  one-half  inches  for  each 
foot  of  span  between  the  steel  beams,  exclusive  of  the 
portion  of  the  block  projecting  below  the  underside  of  the 
beams. 

d.  Strength  of  terra  cotta  arches.  Terra  cotta  filling  shall 
be  so  designed  that  it  will  safely  sustain  the  superimposed 
loads  by  increasing  so  far  as  may  be  necessary  the  depth  and 
the  thickness  of  shells  and  webs  of  the  blocks.  When  such 
filling  is  reinforced  by  wire  fabric,  steel  rods  or  other  steel 
shapes,  thoroughly  embedded  in  Portland  cement  mortar  and 
bonded  to  the  terra  cotta,  the  strength  of  the  construction 
may  be  determined  by  accepted  engineering  formulae.  For 
the  purposes  of  this  section,  the  working  stresses,  in  pounds 
per  square  inch,  shall  be  taken  at  500  for  terra  cotta  in  com- 
pression, 16,000  for  steel  in  tension,  and  100  for  bond  between 
steel  and  mortar  and  between  terra  cotta  and  mortar. 

4.  Concrete  floor  arches,  a.  Material.  When  concrete  is 
iised  as  floor  filling  it  shall  consist  of  one  part  of  Portland 
'.ement,  and  not  more  than  two  parts  of  sand  and  five  parts 
‘^f  stone,  gravel  or  cinders,  reinforced  in  the  case  of  slab 
:'onstruction  with  steel  as  herein  provided.  The  stone  or 


81 


gravel  shall  be  as  required  for  reinforced  concrete  in  article 
16  of  this  chapter.  Cinders  shall  be  clean,  well  burned 
steamboiler  cinders. 

b.  Reinforcement.  When  reinforcement  is  required  it 
shall  consist  of  steel  rods  or  other  suitable  shapes,  or  steel 
fabric.  The  tensional  reinforcement  in  any  case  shall  be  not 
less  than  twelve  hundredths  per  cent,  in  the  case  of  cold 
drawn  steel  fabric,  nor  less  than  twenty-five  hundredths  per 
cent,  in  the  case  of  other  forms,  the  percentage  being  based 
on  the  sectional  area  of  slab  above  the  center  of  the  rein- 
forcement. The  center  of  the  reinforcement  shall  be  at  least 
one  inch  above  the  bottom  of  the  slab,  but  in  no  case  shall 
any  part  of  the  reinforcement  come  within  five-eighths  of  an 
inch  from  the  bottom  of  the  slab. 

c.  Segmental  form.  When  the  concrete  floor  filling  is 
used  in  the  form  of  segmental  arches,  the  thickness  shall  be 
at  least  four  inches  at  the  crown.  Such  arches  shall  have 
rise  of  not  less  than  one  inch  for  each  foot  of  span. 

d.  Flat  construction.  When  the  concrete  floor  filling  is 
in  the  form  of  slabs  the  thickness  shall  be  not  less  than  four 
inches,  except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  article  for  special 
roof  construction. 

e.  Strength  of  concrete  slabs.  In  determining  the  safe 
carrying  capacity  of  concrete  slab  floor  fillings  the  gros^ 
load  in  pounds  per  square  foot  of  floor  surface  shall  not 
exceed  the  product  of  the  depth  in  inches  of  the  reinforce- 
ment below  the  top  of  the  slab,  by  the  cross-sectional  area 
in  square  inches  per  foot  of  width  of  the  tensional  steel, 
divided  by  the  square  of  the  span  in  feet,  all  multiplied  by 
the  following  co-efficients  when  cinder  concrete  is  used| 

14.000  if  the  reinforcement  is  not  continuous  over  the  sup-j 
ports,  18,000  if  the  reinforcement  consists  of  rods  or  othe»‘ 
shapes  securely  hooked  over  or  attached  to  the  supports,  and; 

26.000  if  the  reinforcement  consists  of  steel  fabric  continu-^ 
ous  over  the  supports,  and,  when  stone  concrete  is  used; 
16,000,  20,000  and  30,000,  respectively. 

In  determining  the  safe  carrying  capacities  of  concrete  floor 
fillings  segmental  in  form,  the  compressive  stress  in  pounds 
per  square  inch  in  the  concrete  shall  not  exceed  300  for 
cinder  concrete  or  500  for  stone  concrete. 

Nothing  in  this  section  shall  prevent  the  determination  of 
the  safe  carrying  capacity  of  any  form  of  concrete  floor  fill- 
ing approved  as  fireproof  under  the  provisions  of  this  article, 
by  the  usual  methods  of  calculation,  provided  the  stresses 
used,  in  pounds  per  square  inch,  shall  not  exceed  300  for 
cinder  concrete  in  compression,  16,000  for  steel  in  tension, 
and  50  for  bond  between  cinder  concrete  and  steel,  or  in 
the  case  of  stone  concrete,  the  values  fixed  by  article  16. 

82 


5.  Test  of  floor  fillings,  a.  Fire  tests.  In  testing  the 
fireproof  qualities  of  any  floor  filling,  at  least  one  panel  of 
the  proposed  maximum  span,  carrying  a live  load  of  at  least 
one  hundred  and  fifty  pounds  per  square  foot,  shall  be  sub- 
jected to  a fire  continuous  for  four  hours  at  an  average 
temperature  of  seventeen  hundred  degrees  Fahrenheit,  fol- 
lowed by  an  application  for  not  less  than  ten  minutes’ of  a 
hose  stream  from  a one  and  one-eighth  inch  nozzle  at  sixty 
pounds  nozzle  pressure,  without  appreciable  deterioration  or 
the  passage  of  flame  through  the  floor  during  the  test. 

b.  Load  tests.  When  the  strength  of  anv  floor  filling 
cannot  be  determined  by  the  methods  prescribed  in  this  sec- 
tion or  by  the  application  of  accepted  engineering  formulae 
the  safe  uniformly  distributed  carrying  capacity  shall  be  taken 
as  one-sixth  of  the  total  load  causing  failure  in  a full-sized 
construction  with  the  load  applied  at  two  points  each  at  one- 
third  of  the  span  from  the  ends  of  the  span. 

6.  Special  roof  construction.  For  mansards  and  dormer^ 
roofs  of  bulkheads  and  roofs  having  a pitch  of  more  than 
thirty  degrees  with  the  horizontal,  blocks  of  terra  cotta, 
stone  or  cinder  concrete,  or  gypsum  containing  not  more 
than  twenty-five  per  cent,  by  weight  of  cinders,  asbestos 
fibre,  wood  chips  or  vegetable  fibre,  not  less  than  two  inches 
thick,  resting  on  steel  shapes  spaced  not  more  than  one  foot 
for  each  inch  of  thickness  in  the  block  may  be  used  instead 
!3t  the  construction  prescribed  by  this  section  for  floors  and 
Proofs. 

7.  Tie  rods.  The  supporting  beams  in  fireproof  floors 
and  roofs^  shall  be  tied  together  by  steel  tie  rods  of  proper 
5ize,  spacing  and  location,  within  the  limitations  fixed  by 
^ 308  of  this  chapter,  provided  that  when  the  floor  filling  is  in 
he  form  of  reinforced  slabs  and  the  reinforcement  is  con- 
inuous  over  the  supports  or  securely  attached  to  the  same 
le  rods  may  be  omitted. 

8.  Span  of  floor  filling.  In  fireproof  buildings  the  span 

j shall  not  exceed  eight  feet  except  when 

jemforced  concrete  or  reinforced  terra  cotta  is  used. 

filling.  In  fireproof  buildings  the  space  between 
[he  floor  filling  and  the  flooring  shall  be  filled  with  concrete, 
onsisting  of  one  part  of  cement  and  not  more  than  ten  parts 
f cinders,  or  with  other  incombustible  material  approved  by 
ae  rules  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 

• 10.  Cutting  floors.  After  the  floor  filling  is  completed 
;o  opening  greater  than  two  square  feet  shall  be  cut  through 
|aid  floors  unless  suitable  metal  framing  or  reinforcing  is 
irovided  around  the  opening.  When  pipes  or  conduits  pass 
iirough  floor  fillings  the  openings  around  the  same  shall 


83 


be  filled  in  solidly  with  fireproof  material  unless  approved 
close  fitting  individual  sleeves,  with  the  space  around  the 
sleeves  filled  solidly  with  incombustible  material,  are  pro- 
vided. 

355  §355.  Partitions.  1.  Materials.  Except  as  otherwise 

provided  in  this  section  or  in  article  18  of  this  chapter,  par- 
titions hereafter  erected  in  fireproof  buildings  shall  be  con- 
structed of  the  materials  and  in  the  manner  herein  specified : 

a.  Brick  in  cement  mortar; 

b.  Concrete,  consisting  of  one  part  Portland  cement  and 
not  more  than  three  parts  of  sand  and  six  parts  of  stone 
or  gravel,  not  less  than  three  inches  thick  if  properly  rein- 
forced with  steel,  nor  less  than  four  inches  thick  otherwise ; 

c.  Cinder  concrete,  consisting  of  one  part  Portland  cement 
and  not  more  than  three  parts  of  sand  and  six  parts  of 
cinders,  not  less  than  four  inches  thick  if  properly  reinforced 
with  steel,  nor  less  than  five  inches  thick  otherwise ; 

d.  Hollow  terra  cotta  blocks,  laid  in  cement  mortar,  not' 
less  than  three  inches  thick; 

e.  Hollow  concrete  blocks,  of  either  stone  or  cinder  con- 

crete, laid  in  cement  mortar,  not  less  than  three  inches 
thick ; < 

f.  Solid  or  hollow  blocks  consisting  of  gypsum  contain- 
ing not  more  than  twenty-five  per  cent,  by  weight  of  cinders,) 
asbestos  fibre,  wood  chips  or  vegetable  fibre,  laid  in  gypsum^ 
plaster  or  cement  mortar  tempered  with  lime,  not  less  than' 
three  inches  thick; 

g.  Metal  lath  on  a steel  studding  covered  with  Portland 
cement  mortar  or  gypsum  plaster,  of  a finished  thickness; 
of  not  less  than  two  inches  in  the  case  of  solid  partitions' 
nor  less  than  three  inches  in  the  case  of  hollow  partitions;  or 

h.  Any  material  or  form  of  construction  that  may  be  ap-( 
proved  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings  as  conforming 
to  the  requirements  of  the  fire  test  hereinafter  prescribed.  I 

But  nothing  in  this  section  shall  prevent  the  erection,  in; 
the  discretion  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  of  partitions 
of  pressed  metal  and  glass  or  of  temporary  partitions  of  wood 
and  glass  within  rooms  or  spaces  enclosed  by  fireproof  par- 
titions or  walls. 

2.  Construction,  Unless  built  as  approved  masonry  walls, 
partitions  in  fireproof  buildings  shall  be  independently  sup- 
ported at  each  floor.  They  shall  be  keyed,  or  otherwise 
securely  fastened  to  the  ceilings,  and,  when  necessary,  shall 
be  stiffened  with  suitable  steel  uprights  securely  fastened  to 
floor  and  ceiling.  Partitions  enclosing  hallways  or  toilet 
rooms  and  other  permanent  partitions  shall  not  rest  on  wood  , 
flooring  but  shall  start  on  the  fireproof  construction  of  the 
floor. 


84 


3.  Tests  of  fireproof  partitions.  In  testing  the  fireproof 
qualities  of  any  partition  construction  a vertical  panel  not 
less  than  fourteen  feet  long  and  nine  feet  high  shall  be  sub- 
jected to  a fire  continuous  for  not  less  than  one  hour  at  an 
average  temperature  of  seventeen  hundred  degrees  Fahren- 
heit during  the  latter  half  hour,  followed  by  an  application 
for  not  less  than  two  and  one-half  minutes  of  a hose  stream 
from  a one  and  one-eighth  inch  nozzle  at  thirty  pounds  nozzle 
pressure,  without  the  passage  of  flame  during  the  test. 

§356.  Interior  finish..  1.  General  restrictions.  Ex-  356 
cept  as  hereinafter  otherwise  permitted  no  woodwork  or  other 
combustible  material  shall  be  used  in  the  floors,  ceilings,  par- 
titions, furrings  or  other  interior  finish  of  fireproof  buildings. 

2.  Woodwork  permitted,  a.  Floor  sleepers,  door  bucks 
and  grounds  may  be  of  wood  provided  that  they  are  not 
exposed  on  any  side;  but  this  shall  not  permit  the  use  of 
anything  but  metal  lath,  metal  furring  or  forms  of  metal  in 
ceilings  or  in  ornamental  plastering  work. 

b.  When  the  height  of  the  building  does  not  exceed  one 
hundred  and  fifty  feet  the  doors  and  windows  and  their 
frames,  the  trim,  casings  and  other  interior  finish  when  filled 
solid  at  the  back  with  fireproof  material,  and  the  flooring 
may  be  of  wood. 

3.  Restrictions  in  buildings  over  one  hundred  and  fifty 
feet  high.  When  the  height  of  the  building  exceeds  one 
hundred  and  fifty  feet : 

a.  The  flooring  shall  be  of  incombustible  material,  or  of 
fireproofed  wood,  provided  that  in  public  halls  and  stair- 
ways no  wood  of  any  kind,  except  for  handrails,  shall  be 
used ; 

b.  The  inside  window  frames  and  sash,  doors,  trim  and 
other  interior  finish  shall  be  of  metal  or  wood  covered  with 
metal,  or  of  fireproofed  wood,  or  of  any  incombustible  mate- 
rails  or  any  combination  of  materials  that  will  show  a fire 
resistance  not  less  than  that  of  fireproofed  wood. 

4.  Fireproofed  wood.  The  superintendent  of  buildings 
shall  adopt  rules  prescribing  the  tests  to  which  fireproofed 
wood  and  incombustible  materials  or  any  combination  of 
materials  shall  be  subjected.  Such  rules  shall  also  provide 
for  the  inspection  of  the  materials,  to  insure  the  installation 
of  tested  and  approved  materials  only.  No  wood  or  other 
material  required  to  be  tested,  shall  hereafter  be  placed  in 
any  building  exceeding  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  height 
except  in  conformity  to  the  requirements  of  this  section. 

, §357.  Exterior  windows.  When  the  height  of  a fire-  357 
proof  building  exceeds  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet,  all  ex- 
terior window  frames  and  sash  shall  be  of  metal,  or  of  wood 


85 


covered  Avith  metal  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  rules 
of  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 

358  §358.  Approvals.  1.  Existing  approvals  continued. 

Any  material  or  form  of  construction  coming  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  article  and  heretofore  approved  may  be  used 
for  the  purposes  for  which  it  was  approved,  except  so  far  as 
it  may  be  inconsistent  with  specific  provisions  of  this  article. 

2.  New  materials  and  constructions.  Approvals  for  new 
materials  and  forms  of  construction  shall  be  issued  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  provisions  of  § 22  of  this  chapter.  Noth- 
ing in  this  chapter  shall  prevent  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings from  accepting  duly  auth-enticated  tests  by  any  compe- 
tent person,  in  lieu  of  the  tests  under  his  own  supervision, 
provided  the  intent  of  this  article  is  secured. 


370 


Article  18 


Safeguards  against  Spread  of  Fire 
(In  Effect  February  9,  1916) 

Section  370.  Definitions. 


371.  Fire  walls.  I 

372.  Fire  partitions.  ^ 

373.  Shafts.  : 

374.  Existing  hoistways.  ■ 

375.  Protection  of  exterior  openings.  ’ 

376.  Protectives  for  openings.  ] 

§370.  Definitions.  For  the  purpose  of  this  chapter:  J 
a.  A fire  wall  is  any  wall  built  for  the  purpose  of  restrict] 
ing  the  area  subject  to  the  spread  of  fire;  | 


b.  A fire  partition  is  a sub-dividing  partition  built  for  thf 
purpose  of  protecting  life  by  providing  an  area  of  refuge;  i 

c.  A shaft  is  an  enclosed  space  extending  through  one  oj 
more  stories  of  a building  connecting  a series  of  two  or  mott 
openings  in  successive  floors,  or  floors  and  roof; 

d.  An  open  shaft  is  one  that  extends  through  the  roof  ol 
a building  and  is  open  to  the  outer  air  at  the  top; 


e.  A vent  shaft  is  one  used  solely  to  ventilate  or  light,  oi 
both,  one  or  more  water-closet  compartments  or  bathrooms; 

f.  An  elevator  shaft  is  one  that  encloses  any  device  used 
for  carrying  persons  or  things  upward  or  downward; 

g.  A dumbwaiter  shaft  is  an  elevator  shaft  which  has  i 
cross-sectional  area  at  any  point  of  nine  square  feet  or  leal 
and  in  which  the  device  is  used  only  for  the  carrying  oi 
things ; 


86 


h.  The  term  “self-closing/*  as  applied  to  a fire  door  or 
other  opening  protective,  means  closing  automatically  after 
having  been  opened  for  use; 

i.  The  term  “automatic,”  as  applied  to  a fire  door  or  other 
opening  protective,  means  normally  held  in  an  open  position 
and  automatically  closing  by  the  action  of  some  releasing 
device. 

§371.  Fire  walls.  1.  Construction.  Fire  walls  shall  371 
be  constructed  of  approved  masonry  or  reinforced  concrete 
of  the  thicknesses  prescribed  by  this  chapter  for  the  exterior 
walls  of  the  building  in  which  it  is  erected,  but  if  hollow 
terra  cotta  blocks  are  used  they  shall  be  filled  solidly  with 
concrete.  In  non-fireproof  buildings  fire  walls  shall  be  con- 
tinuous from  the  foundation  to  the  roof  and  provided  above 
, the  roof  with  a parapet  wall,  as  specified  in  § 259  of  this 
chapter. 

2.  Opening.  No  opening  in  a fire  wall  shall  exceed  eighty 
square  feet  in  area,  and  the  aggregate  width  of  all  openings 
at  any  level  shall  not  exceed  twenty-five  per  cent,  of  the 
length  of  the  wall,  except  that  in  the  first  story  of  buildings 
equipped  throughout  with  an  approved  system  of  automatic 
sprinklers  larger  openings  and  a greater  percentage  of  wall 
(length  may  be  used  by  the  special  written  permission  of  the 
superintendent  of  buildings,  stating  the  reason  for  such  al-' 
lowance.  Every  opening  in  a fire  wall  shall  be  protected  on 
each  side  of  the  wall  with  an  approved  automatic  fire  door. 

When  any  fire  wall  serves  also  as  a fire  partition  it  shall  have 
ho  openings  other  than  door  openings  not  exceeding  forty- 
eight  square  feet  in  area,  and  one  of  the  automatic  fire  doors 
at  each  opening  shall  be  replaced  by  a self-closing  fire  door. 

^ §372.  Fire  partitions.  1.  Construction.  Fire  parti-  2^2 

tions  shall  be  constructed  of  the  materials  and  in  the  man- 
ner herein  specified,  as  follows : 

a.  Approved  masonry; 

b.  Any  form  of  fireproof  partition,  constructed  as  re- 
quired in  § 355  of  this  chapter,  provided  (1)  that  such  par- 
tition is  supported  on  each  story  on  fireproof  construction, 

(2)  that,  unless  otherwise  approved  after  the  three  hours 
fire  test  herein  provided,  the  thicknesses  are  not  less  than 
eight  inches  for  brick,  not  less  than  six  inches  for  stone  or 
cinder  concrete,  or  hollow  blocks  of  terra-cotta,  concrete  or 
igypsum,  and  not  less  than  four  inches  for  stone  or  cinder  con- 
^crete  if  properly  reinforced  with  steel, 

• (3)  that,  unless  constructed  of  expanded  metal  or  wire  lath 

iand  cement  mortar  of  a finished  thickness  of  not  less  than 
,'two  and  one-half  inches,  metal  lath  construction  shall  not 
he  used,  and. 


87 


(4)  that  all  openings  in  partitions  of  hollow  building 
blocks,  gypsum  or  metal  lath  construction,  shall  be  adequate- 
ly reinforced  with  steel;  or, 

c.  Any  material  and  form  of  construction  that  may  be 
approved  by  the  Superintendent  of  Buildings  as  conform- 
ing to  the  requirements  of  the  fire  test  prescribed  in  sub- 
division 3,  § 355  of  this  chapter,  provided,  however,  that  for 
fire  partitions  the  duration  of  such  test  shall  be  not  less  than 
three  hours  and  that  such  partition  shall  be  supported  at  each 
story  on  fireproof  construction. 

2.  In  non-fireproof  buildings.  In  non-fireproof  buildings 

fire  partitions,  if  required  in  any  story,  shall  be  continuous 
through  all  stories  from  the  foundation  to  the  roof,  pro- 
vided that  if  any  of  the  floors  of  the  building  are  of  fire- 
proof construction  for  their  full  extent  and  all  stairways  are 
enclosed  in  approved  fireproof  construction,  fire  partitions 
shall  be  required  to  be  continuous  only  from  one  such  fire- 
proof floor  to  another  or  to  the  roof.  Any  such  fire 
partition  shall  be  deemed  continuous,  even  though  the  sev- 
eral parts  are  not  directly  over  one  another  in  successive 
stories,  if  the  intervening  parts  of  the  floors  at  the  levels 
where  offsets  occur,  are  of  fireproof  construction  and  all 
parts  not  supported  directly  on  the  foundations  are  carried 
on  fireproof  construction.  Fire  partitions  shall  be  carried  a{ 
least  three  feet  above  any  non-fireproof  roof.  i 

3.  Openings.  Fire  partitions  shall  have  no  openings  otheu 

than  the  required  door  openings.  No  such  door  opening  shall 
exceed  forty-eight  square  feet  in  area.  If  more  than  one 
door  opening  is  required,  the  distance,  measured  along  the 
line  of  the  fire  partition,  between  any  door  and  the  next  one 
shall  not  be  more  than  sixty  feet.  Every  opening  in  a fir^ 
partition  shall  be  protected  by  an  approved  self-closing  fire 
door.  ! 

373  §373.  Shafts.  1.  When  required.  Unless  otherwise 

specially  provided  by  any  other  law  or  ordinance,  shafts  as 
in  this  section  described  and  specified  shall  be  provided  in  all 
fireproof  and  non-fireproof  buildings  for  every  series  of  flooi 
openings,  except  stairways,  hereafter  placed  or  constructed  in 
any  such  building,  whether  •for  air,  light,  elevator  or  any 
other  purpose,  or  hereafter  altered  so  as  to  enlarge  any  of 
such  openings,  or  to  change  their  use.  The  provisions  of 
this  section  shall  not,  however,  be  taken  to  apply  to  ducts 
permitted  by  Article  19  of  this  chapter. 

2.  Open  shafts.  All  open  shafts  hereafter  placed  in  any 
building  shall  be  constructed  of  approved  masonry  or  rein- 
forced concrete,  and  of  the  thicknesses  required  for  exterior 
walls,  provided  that  for  shaft  walls  not  exceeding  ten  feet  in| 


88 


length  the  thickness  may  be  reduced  to  not  less  than  eight 
inches  for  the  uppermost  forty  feet  and  four  inches  more  for 
each  lower  section  of  forty  feet. 

3.  Shafts  exceeding  nine  square  feet  in  area.  Except  as 
hereinafter  provided  in  this  section,  all  shafts  hereafter 
erected  in  any  building  and  having  a cross-sectional  area  at 
any  point  within  the  enclosing  walls  of  more  than  nine  square 
teet,  and  all  existing  shafts  hereafter  enlarged  so  that  the 
cross-sectional  area  at  any  point  exceeds  nine  square  feet 
shall  be  constructed  in  the  manner  and  of  the  material  and 
thicknesses  prescribed  in  subdivision  1,  § 372  of  this  article 
for  fire  partitions,  or  subdivision  2 of  this  section  for  open 
shafts. 

4.  Shafts  not  exceeding  nine  square  feet  in  area.  All 
shafts  hereafter  erected  in  any  building  and  having  a cross- 
sectional  area  at  any  point  of  nine  square  feet  or  less,  except 
as  hereafter  provided  in  this  section,  shall  be  constructed  of 
approved  masonry,  reinforced  concrete,  or  any  material  or 
form  of  construction,  not  less  than  two  inches  thick,  per- 
mitted under  the  provisions  of  § 355  of  this  chapter  as  per 
manent  fireproof  partitions,  set  in  a steel  frame  of  proper 
strength  or  suitably  reinforced  with  metal  dowels,  or  in  such 
other  manner  as  may  be  approved  by  the  Superintendent  of 
Buildings. 

5.  Elevator  shafts  in  existing  residence  buildings.  In  ex- 
isting residence  buildings  which  have  not  more  than  fifteen 
sleeping  rooms  any  elevator  shaft  hereafter  erected,  when 
the  available  space  does  not  permit  of  the  construction  re- 
quired by  subdivision  3 of  this  section,  may  be  constructed 
as  required  by  subdivision  4 of  this  section. 

6.  N on-fireproof  shafts.  Vent  shafts  hereafter  erected  in 
non-fireproof  residence  buildings,  when  extending  through 
not  more  than  one  story  in  height,  carried  not  less  than  three 
feet  above  the  roof  and  covered  with  a ventilating  skylight 
of  metal  and  glass,  and  dumbwaiter  shafts  hereafter  erected 
that  do  not  extend  more  than  three  stories  above  the  cellar 
or  basement  in  residence  buildings  occupied  by  not  more  than 
two  families  or  having  not  more  than  fifteen  sleeping  rooms, 
may  be  built  of  wood  filled  in  solidly  with  brick  or  other 
approved  incombustible  material,  or  covered  on  the  inside 
with  plaster  on  plaster  board  or  metal  lath,  or  with  sheet 
metal  not  less  than  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  in  thickness, 
provided  that  the  part  of  any  such  dumbwaiter  shaft  which 
extends  into  the  cellar  shall  be  enclosed  in  eight-inch  brick 
walls. 

7.  Existing  elevators.  In  every  non-fireproof  public  build- 
ing all  elevators  not  already  enclosed  in  fireproof  shafts  shall 


89 


be  enclosed  in  walls  constructed  and  arranged  as  in  this  sec 
tion  required  for  elevator  shafts. 

8.  Existing  dumbwaiter  shafts.  Any  existing  dumbwaiter 
shaft  which  extends  into  the  cellar  or  basement,  except  such 
as  do  not  extend  more  than  three  stories  above  the  cellar 
or  basement  in  residence  buildings,  shall  be  enclosed  in  the 
cellar  or  basement  with  walls  of  brick  eight  inches  thick  or 
other  fireproof  construction  approved  by  the  superintendent 
of  buildings,  unless  already  enclosed  in  some  form  of  con- 
struction conforming  to  the  requirements  of  subdivision  4 
of  this  section. 

9.  Openings,  a.  In  open  shafts  having  a cross-sectional 
area  at  any  point  of  thirty-six  square  feet  or  less,  hereafter 
erected  or  altered,  all  openings  shall  be  protected  with  fire 
doors,  fire  shutters  or  fire  windows. 

b.  In  vent  shafts,  hereafter  erected  or  altered,  except  non- 
fireproof  vent  shafts,  all  openings  shall  be  provided  with  fire 
windows. 

c.  In  elevator  shafts  hereafter  erected  or  materially  altered 
all  door  openings  shall  be  protected  by  fire  doors.  No  other 
openings  shall  be  provided  in  such  shafts,  except  window 
openings  to  the  outer  air. 

d.  In  dumbwaiter  shafts  hereafter  erected  or  altered,  there 
shall  be  no  openings  other  than  door  openings  protected  with 
self-closing  fire  doors. 

e.  All  other  shafts  not  provided  for  in  this  subdivision, 
hereafter  erected  or  altered,  shall  have  all  openings  pro- 
tected with  self-closing  fire  doors. 

10.  Enclosure  at  top.  All  shafts  hereafter  erected  or 
altered  to  extend  into  the  top  story  of  any  non-fireproof 
building  shall  be  carried  through  and  not  less  than  three 
feet  above  the  roof.  Every  shaft  extending  above  the  roof, 
except  open  shafts,  shall  be  enclosed  at  the  top  with  a roof 
of  fireproof  construction  and  a metal  skylight  of  at  least 
three-fourths  the  area  of  the  shaft  in  the  top  story,  except 
that  the  skylight  herein  required  may  be  replaced  by  a win- 
dow of  equivalent  area  in  the  side  of  the  shaft  provided  the 
sill  of  such  window  is  not  less  than  three  feet  above  the 
roof  and  the  window  does  not  face  a property  line  within 
ten  feet.  Any  shaft  that  does  not  extend  into  the  top  story 
of  the  building  shall  have  the  top  enclosed  with  fireproof 
construction. 

11.  Enclosure  at  bottom.  The  bottom  of  every  shaft, 
hereafter  erected  or  altered,  except  vent  shafts,  shall  be  en- 
closed with  fireproof  construction. 

12.  Elevator  machinery  compartment.  When  any  compart- 
ment which  contains  machinery  for  operating  an  elevator 


90 


communicates  with  an  elevator  shaft  it  shall  be  enclosed 
with  partitions  of  the  same  materials  and  construction  as  re- 
quired for  the  shaft,  and  shall  have  fire  doors  on  the  open- 
ings. 


13.  Number  of  elevators  restricted  in  shaft.  Not  more 
than  two  elevators  shall  be  placed  hereafter  in  any  one  shaft, 
and  where  there  are  only  two  elevators  in  any  building  they 
shall  be  placed  in  separate  shafts. 


§374.  Existing  hoistways.  1.  Gates  and  trapdoors. 
In  any  existing  building  in  which  there  shall  be  any  hoist- 
way, elevator  or  wellhole  not  already  inclosed  in  walls  con- 
structed of  brick  or  other  fireproof  material  and  provided 
with  fireproof  doors,  the  openings  thereof  through  and  upon 
each  floor  of  said  building  shall  be  provided  with  and  pro- 
tected by  substantial  guards  or  gates  and  with  such  good 
and  sufficient  trap-doors  as  may  be  directed  and  approved  by 
the  superintendent  of  buildings.  When,  in  the  opinion  of 
the  superintendent  of  buildings,  automatic  trap-doors  are 
required  to  the  floor  openings  of  any  uninclosed  elevator, 
the  same  shall  be  constructed  so  as  to  form  a substantial 
floor  surface  when  closed,  and  so  arranged  as  to  open  and 
close  by  the  action  of  the  elevator  in  its  passage  either 
ascending  or  descending. 


374 


2.  Enforcement  of  section.  Except  as  otherwise  provided 
by  law  or  ordinance,  the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall 
have  power  and  authority  to  require  the  openings  of  hoist- 
ways, elevators  and  wellholes  in  buildings  to  be  enclosed  or 
secured  by  trap-doors,  guards  or  gates  and  railings. 


3.  Guards,  gates  and  trap-doors  to  he  closed  when  not  in 
use.  All  guards  or  gates  required  by  this  section  shall  be 
kept  closed  at  all  times,  except  when  in  actual  use,  and  the 
trap-doors  shall  be  closed  at  the  close  of  the  business  of  each 
day,  by  the  occupant  or  occupants  of  the  building  having  the 
use  or  control  of  the  same. 


§375.  Protection  of  exterior  openings.  1.  When  re- 
quired. Every  window  or  other  opening  above  the  first  story 
in  the  exterior  walls  of  every  fireproof  and  non-fireproof 
business  building,  more  than  forty  feet  in  height,  shall,  ex- 
cept as  may  be  otherwise  specifically  provided  in  this  chap- 
ter or  by  any  other  law  or  ordinance,  be  protected  by  a fire 
door,  fire  window,  fire  shutter,  open  sprinkler  or  other  ap- 
proved protective  when  such  opening  is  distant  in  a direct 
line  less  than  thirty  feet  from  any  opening  in  any  other  build- 
ing and  not  in  the  same  plane  with  said  opening,  or  when 
said  opening  is  not  more  than  fifty  feet  above  a neighboring 
roof. 


375 


91 


376 


2.  Fire  shutters  to  he  readily  opened.  When  fire  shutters 
are  used  in  exterior  openings  at  least  one  row  in  every  three 
vertical  rows  of  shutters  on  front  window  openings  shall  be 
arranged  to  be  readily  opened  from  the  outside.  Distinguish- 
ing marks,  satisfactory  to  the  fire  commissioner,  shall  be  pro- 
vided on  these  shutters. 

3.  Openings  to  fire  escapes.  When  fire  doors  or  fire 
shutters  are  used  on  exterior  openings  leading  to  fire  escapes 
or  exterior  exits  of  any  kind  they  shall  be  so  arranged  as 
not  to  obstruct  such  fire  escape  or  exit. 

4.  Vertical  separation  of  windows.  In  fireproof  and  non- 
fireproof  business  buildings  hereafter  erected,  over  forty  feet 
in  height,  exterior  openings  above  the  second  story  that  are 
located  vertically  above  one  another  and  that  do  not  require 
any  protective  under  this  section,  shall  have  not  less  than 
three  feet  of  solid  masonry  between  the  top  of  one  opening 
and  the  bottom  of  the  one  next  above,  and  no  such  opening 
shall  be  arranged,  to  open  within  one  foot  of  the  ceiling  of 
the  story  in  which  it  is  located,  provided,  however,  that  part 
of  such  masonry  between  openings  may  be  replaced  by  wire 
glass  in  fixed  metal  sash  and  frame. 

5.  Closing  protectives.  All  fire  doors,  fire  shutters  and 
fire  windows  on  exterior  openings,  unless  provided  with  ap- 
proved automatic  closing  devices  operative  from  either  side, 
shall  be  closed  when  not  required  to  be  open,  and  at  the  close 
of  business  each  day  by  the  occupant  or  occupants  of  the 
building  having  the  use  or  control  of  them. 

§376.  Protectives  for  openings.  1.  Construction.  All 
opening  protectives  required  or  permitted  under  this  chapter 
shall  be  constructed  as  prescribed  in  such  rules,  consistent 
with  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  as  may  be  promulgated  by 
the  superintendent  of  buildings,  or,  in  the  absence  of  such 
rules,  as  specified  in  the  standard  requirements  of  the  Na- 
tional Board  of  Fire  Underwriters;  or  they  may  be  con- 
structed in  any  manner  and  of  any  material  that  will  com- 
ply with  the  fire  test  hereinafter  prescribed. 

2.  Fire  test.  In  testing  the  fireproof  qualities  of  any 
opening  protective  a complete  sample  of  the  device  of  the 
maximum  size  to  be  approved,  constructed  and  installed  in 
every  respect  as  in  actual  service,  shall  be  subjected  to  a fire 
on  one  side,  continuous  for  not  less  than  one  hour,  at  a 
temperature,  in  the  case  of  fire  doors  and  fire  shutters  in- 
creasing gradually  from  that  of  the  outer  air  to  eighteen 
hundred  degrees  Fahrenheit  within  the  first  half-hour  and  to 
two  thousand  degrees  Fahrenheit  during  the  second  half-hour, 
and,  in  the  case  of  fire  windows,  increasing  gradually  from 
that  of  the  outer  air  to  fifteen  hundred  degrees  Fahrenheit 


92 


within  the  hour,  without  permitting  the  passage  of  flame  or 
the  transmission  of  heat  to  a dangerous  extent. 

3.  Use  of  wire  glass.  When  wire  glass  is  required  or  per- 
mitted by  this  chapter  or  the  rules  authorized  thereunder,  for 
fire  doors,  fire  shutters  or  fire  windows,  the  panes  shall  not 
exceed  seven  hundred  and  twenty  square  inches  in  area,  and 
shall  not  be  less  than  one-quarter  inch  in  thickness,  and  shall 
be  set  not  less  than  five-eighths  of  an  inch  in  the  frame. 
When  the  use  of  glass  is  permitted  in  any  fire  door  or  fire 
shutter  only  wire  glass  shall  be  used.  For  the  glazing  of 
fire  window  only  wire  glass  shall  be  used. 

Article  19 


Chimneys  and  Heating  Apparatus. 


(In  Effect  February  9,  1916) 

Section  390. 

General. 

391. 

Heat  producing  devices. 

392. 

Chimneys. 

393. 

Fireplaces. 

394. 

Metal  smokestacks. 

395. 

Cupola  chimneys. 

396. 

Underground  flues. 

397. 

Ranges. 

398. 

Drying  rooms. 

399. 

Smoke  houses. 

400. 

Registers. 

401. 

Vent  flues. 

402. 

Ducts. 

403. 

Smoke  pipes. 

404. 

Steam  and  hot  water  pipes. 

§390.  General.  1.  Definitions.  For  the 

this  chapter: 


a — a chimney  is  that  part  of  a building  which  contains 
one  or  more  flues  for  transmitting  the  products  of  combus- 
tion from  some  fireplace  or  heating  device  to  the  outer  air, 
and  includes  the  fireplace  when  there  is  one ; 

b — a flue  is  a passage,  enclosed  on  all  sides  with  solid  ma- 
sonry or  reinforced  concrete  and  used  only  for  the  trans- 
mission of  air,  whether  fresh,  heated,  or  vitiated,  or  of  the 
products  of  combustion  from  solid  fuel  or  liquid  fuel,  and 
designated  respectively  vent  flue  or  smoke  flue ; 

c — a duct  is  a passage  constructed  of  sheet  metal  or  other 
approved  incombustible  material,  and  used  only  for  the  trans- 
mission of  air,  whether  fresh,  heated  or  vitiated  ; 

d — a smoke  pipe  is  a passage  constructed  of  metal  and 
used  as  an  intermediate  connection  between  a heat  producing 


390 


93 


device  and  a chimney  or  metal  stack  for  the  transmission  of 
the  products  of  combustion. 

2.  Notice  of  installation.  In  case  heat  producing  appli- 
ances or  furnaces  are  hereafter  placed  in  any  building,  or 
flues  and  fireplaces  are  installed,  changed  or  enlarged,  and 
such  installation  or  alteration  necessitates  any  change  in  any 
structural  parts  of  the  building,  due  notice  shall  be  given  to 
the  superintendent  of  buildings  by  the  person  doing  such 
work  or  causing  the  same  to  be  done,  and  a permit  secured 
from  him  if  necessary. 

391  §391.  Heat  producing  devices.  For  the  purposes  of  I 

this  chapter,  heat  producing  devices  shall  be  graded  as: 

a — low,  including  bakers*  ovens ; boiling  vats ; candy  fur- 
naces ; clay,  coke  and  gypsum  tripoli  kilns ; coifee  roasting 
ovens ; cooking  ranges ; core  ovens ; cruller  furnaces ; dry- 
ing furnaces  for  spent  materials ; feed  drying  ovens ; fer- 
tilizer drying  ovens;  forge  furnaces;  gas  producers;  gypsum’ 
kilns;  hardening  furnaces  (below  dark  red);  hot  air  engine: 
furnaces ; hot  air  heating  furnaces ; hot  water  and  low  pres-  ’ 
sure  steam  heating  boilers ; japanning  ovens ; ladle  drying  I 
furnaces ; lead  melting  furnaces ; nickel  plate  furnaces ; paraf- 
fine furnaces ; rendering  furnaces ; rosin  melting  furnaces ; % 
stereotype  furnaces ; sulphur  furnaces ; typefoundry  furnaces  ; i 
wood  drying  furnaces ; wood  impregnating  furnaces ; ! 

b — medium,  including  alabaster  gypsum  kilns;  charcoal  fur-  J 
naces ; direct  fire  heated  feed  driers ; direct  fire  heated  fer- 
tilizer driers ; direct  fire  heated  pulp  driers ; galvanizing  fur-  ; 
naces;  glass  factory  lehrs  and  glory  holes;  hardening  fur  ; 
naces  (cherry  to  pale  red);  lime  kilns;  porcelain  biscuit  { 
kilns ; smoke  houses ; steam  boilers,  other  than  low  pressure  | 
heating  boilers  ; water-glass  kilns ; wood-distilling  furnaces : 
wood-gas  retorts ; ^ 

c — high,  including  annealing  furnaces;  bessemer  retorts;  i 
billet  and  bloom  furnaces ; blast  furnaces ; bone  calcining  fur- 
naces; brass  furnaces;  carbon  point  furnaces;  cement,  brick 
and  tile  kilns ; coal  and  water  gas  retorts ; cupolas ; earthen- 
ware kilns ; gas  blow  furnaces ; glass  smelting  furnaces ; glass 
kilns;  open  hearth  furnaces;  ore  roasting  furnaces;  porce-; 
lain  baking  and  glazing  kilns;  pot-arches;  puddling  furnaces ;| 
regenerative  furnaces ; reverberatory  furnaces ; stacks,  car-.v 
buretor  or  super-heating  furnaces  in  water  gas  works;  weld- 
ing furnaces ; wood  carbonizing  furnaces.  v 

In  doubtful  cases  the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall; 
by  a rule  designate  the  grade  of  any  heat  producing  device, t 
being  governed  in  doing  so  by  the  degree  and  amount  ofj 
heat  transmitted.  f 

94  I 


§392.  Chimneys.  1.  Construction.  Except  as  in  this  392 
article  otherwise  provided,  every  chimney  hereafter  erected 
shall  be  of  brick  or  stone  laid  in  cement  mortar,  or  of  re- 
inforced concrete,  extending  above  the  highest  point  of  the 
roof  and  at  least  four  feet  above  the  highest  point  of  con- 
tact with  the  roof.  Every  chimney  shall  be  properly  capped 
with  terra  cotta,  stone,  cast  iron  or  other  approved  incom- 
bustible, weatherproof  material,  except  that  on  buildings  forty 
feet  or  less  in  height  the  top  courses  of  a brick  chimney  may 
be  finished  off  by  being  carefully  bonded  and  anchored  to- 
gether to  serve  as  coping. 

2.  Supports.  All  chimneys  shall  be  wholly  supported  by 
stone,  brick  or  self-supporting  fireproof  construction.  No 
chimney  shall  rest  or  be  built  upon  any  wood  construction. 

3.  Flues  for  low  grade  devices.  The  smoke  flues  of  stoves, 
cooking  ranges,  hot  air,  hot  water  and  low  pressure  steam 
heating  furnaces,  and  all  other  heat  producing  devices  graded 
as  low,  shall  be  encased  in  brickwork  or  concrete  not  less 
than  eight  inches  thick,  except  that  for  smoke  flues  ex- 
clusively used  for  ordinary  stoves,  ranges  or  open  fireplaces 
when  no  combustible  studding,  furring  or  sheathing  is  placed 
against  it,  such  brickwork  or  concrete  may  be  reduced  to 
not  less  than  four  inches.  In  chimneys  of  stone,  the  stone 
work  of  such  flues  shall  be  four  inches  thicker  than  required 
for  brick.  Every  flue  coming  under  the  provisions  of  this 
subdivision  hereafter  erected  shall  be  lined  with  well-burnt 
terra  cotta  pipe,  from  the  bottom  of  the  flue,  or  from  the 
throat  of  the  fireplace  if  the  flue  starts  from  a fireplace,  for 
the  entire  height  of  the  chimney.  Such  lining  pipes  shall  be 
built  in  as  the  flues  are  carried  up,  laid  end  to  end  in  cement 
mortar  so  as  to  make  a smooth  flue.  Where  two  or  more 
smoke  flues  are  contained  in  the  same  chimney,  the  withes 
shall  be  either  brick  not  less  than  four  inches  thick,  or  con- 
crete or  grout  not  less  than  one  inch  thick,  provided,  how- 
lever,  that  every  third  withe  shall  consist  of  brick. 

! 4.  Flues  for  medium  grade  devices.  The  smoke  flues  of 
|iigh  pressure  steam  boilers,  smoke  houses  and  all  other  heat 
oroducing  devices  graded  as  medium  shall  be  encased  in 
brickwork  or  concrete  not  less  than  eight  inches  thick,  or 
stonework  not  less  than  twelve  inches  thick,  and  in  addition, 

>hall  be  lined  with  not  less  than  four  inches  of  fire  brick, 
aid  in  fire  mortar,  for  a distance  of  at  least  twenty-five  feet 
Tom  the  point  where  the  smoke  connection  of  the  device 
mters  the  flue. 

y 5.  Flues  for  high  grade  devices.  The  smoke  flues  of 
iupolas,  brass  furnaces,  porcelain  baking  kilns  and  all  other 
(leat  producing  devices  graded  as  high  shall  be  built  with 
'[ouble  walls,  each  not  less  than  eight  inches  in  thickness. 


95 


with  an  air  space  of  not  less  than  two  inches  between  them. 
The  inside  of  the  interior  walls  shall  be  of  firebrick  not  less 
than  four  inches  in  thickness. 

6.  Certain  flues  required.  In  every  building  hereafter 
erected  exceeding  forty  feet  in  height,  where  one  or  more 
smoke  flues  start  from  the  cellar  or  lowest  story,  at  least  one 
such  flue  shall  have  an  internal  cross-sectional  area  of  not 
less  than  ninety-six  square  inches  and  shall  start  not  less 
than  three  feet  below  the  ceiling.  No  flue  hereafter  erected 
shall  have  smoke-pipe  connections  in  more  than  one  story 
of  a building. 

7.  Flues  to  he  clean  and  chimneys  safe.  Upon  the  com- 
pletion of  any  new  building  or  an  alteration  in  any  flues  of 
an  existing  building,  the  flues  shall  be  properly  cleaned  and 
left  smooth  on  the  inside.  Any  chimney  which  shall  be  dan- 
gerous in  any  manner  whatever  shall  be  repaired  and  made 
safe,  or  taken  down. 

8.  Unlawful  use  of  flues.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  use  as 

a smoke  'flue  any  flue  hereafter  erected  or  placed  in  any 
building,  or  any  flue  now  existing  and  not  already  used  as 
a smoke  flue,  unless  it  conforms  to  the  requirements  of  this! 
section.  Nothing  in  this  article,  however,  shall  prevent  the 
use  of  approved  metal  flue  linings  for  the  repair  or  alteration', 
of  flues  in  residence  buildings.  \ 

9.  Raising  adjoining  chimneys,  a.  Whenever  a building,' 
wall  or  structure  is  hereafter  erected,  altered,  enlarged  or 
raised  so  that  any  of  the  walls,  whether  independent  or  party.^ 
along  a property  line  or  within  three  feet  thereof,  extends, 
above  the  top  of  any  chimney,  smoke  flue  or  smokestack  of 
an  adjoining  building  or  structure,  the  owner  of  the  building,^ 
wall  or  structure  so  erected,  altered,  enlarged  or  raised,  shall, J 
at  his  own  expense,  carry  up,  either  independently  or  in  his^ 
own  building,  wall  or  structure,  all  chimneys,  smoke  flues  and! 
smokestacks  of  such  adjoining  building  or  structure  within 
ten  feet  of  any  portion  of  the  said  wall  extending  above  such 
chimney,  flue  or  stack.  The  construction  of  such  chimneys, 
flues  or  stacks  shall  conform  to  the  requirements  of  this  ar- 
ticle applying  thereto,  but  in  no  case  shall  the  internal  area ; 
of  any  flue  or  stack  as  raised  be  less  than  that  of  the  exist- 
ing flue  or  stack.  All  such  chimneys,  flues  or  stacks  shall  i 
be  carried  above  the  walls  in  question  to  the  heights  pre- 
scribed, and  shall,  furthermore,  be  so  constructed,  supported 
and  braced  as  to  be  at  all  times  safe. 

b.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  owner  of  the  building,  wall 
or  structure  to  be  erected,  altered,  enlarged  or  raised  to 
notify  in  writing,  at  least  ten  days  before  such  work  is  be- 
gun, the  owner  of  the  chimneys,  flues  or  stacks  affected,  of 


96 


his  intention  to  carry  up  such  chimneys,  flues  or  stacks  as 
herein  provided,  and  unless  released  in  writing  he  shall  carry 
up  such  chimneys,  flues  or  stacks  simultaneously  with  the 
walls. 

§393.  Fireplaces.  1.  Firehacks.  The  firebacks  of  all  393 
fireplaces  hereafter  erected  shall  be  not  less  than  eight  inches 
in  thickness  of  solid  masonry.  A lining  of  firebrick  or  other 
approved  material  at  least  two  inches  thick  shall  be  provided 
unless  the  fireback  is  twelve  inches  in  thickness. 

2.  Trimmer  arches.  All  fireplaces  and  chimney  breasts 
where  mantels  are  placed,  whether  intended  for  ordinary 
'fireplace  use  or  not,  shall  have  trimmer  arches  or  fireproof 
construction  supporting  hearths.  The  arches  and  hearths 
shall  be  at  least  twenty  inches  in  width  measured  from  the 
face  of  the  chimney  breast.  Trimmer  arches  shall  be  'T 
jbrick,  stone,  terra  cotta  or  reinforced  concrete.  The  length 
'of  the  trimmer  arch  shall  not  be  less  than  the  width  of  the 
jchimney  breast,  and  the  length  of  the  hearth  shall  be  not 
Hess  than  the  width  of  the  mantel.  The  hearths  shall  be  of 
jbrick,  stone,  tile  or  other  approved  fireproof  material.  The 
combined  thickness  of  trimmer  arch  and  hearth  shall  at  no 
(point  be  less  than  six  inches.  Wood  centres  under  trimmer 
jirches  shall  be  removed  before  plastering  the  ceiling  under- 
leath. 

3.  Heaters.  No  heater  shall  be  placed  in  a fireplace  which 
does  not  conform  to  the  foregoing  requirements  of  this 
section. 

4.  Mantels.  No  wood  mantel  or  other  woodwork  shall 
)e  hereafter  placed  within  eight  inches  on  either  side  nor 
Within  twelve  inches  of  the  top  of  any  open  fireplace.  If  a 
'oal-burning  heater  of  the  Baltimore  type  is  placed  in  a fire- 
place, any  mantel  that  may  be  provided  shall  be  of  incom- 
mstible  material.  No  combustible  summer  piece  or  fireboard 
shall  be  used  in  connection  with  any  open  fireplace.  All 
ipaces  back  of  combustible  mantels  shall  be  solidly  filled  in 
vith  incombustible  material. 

5.  False  fireplaces.  False  fireplaces  using  summer  pieces 
)r  fireboards  shall  not  be  placed  in  any  building  except 
gainst  an  unfurred  masonry  wall  or  a fireproof  partition. 

§394.  Metal  smokestacks.  1.  Construction.  Metal  394 
mokestacks  must  be  so  constructed  that  they  will  be  se- 
urely  supported  and  that  the  materials  entering  into  their 
onstruction  or  serving  as  support  shall  not  be  stressed  be- 
ond  the  working  stresses  fixed  by  this  chapter.  The  metal 
York  must  be  riveted  and  of  adequate  thickness,  but  not  less 
han  No.  16  U.  S.  gage  when  the  cross-sectional  area  is  one 
lundred  and  fifty-four  square  inches  or  less,  not  less  than 


97 


No.  14  U.  S.  gage  when  the  cross-sectional  area  is  more  thar 
one  hundred  and  fifty-four  square  inches  and  not  more  thar 
two  hundred  and  one  square  inches,  not  less  than  No.  12  U 
S.  gage  when  the  cross-sectional  area  is  more  than  two  hun- 
dred and  one  square  inches  but  not  more  than  two  hundred 
and  fifty-four  square  inches,  and  not  less  than  No.  10  U.  S 
gage  when  the  cross-sectional  area  is  more  than  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty-four  square  inches.  All  metal  work  shall 
painted;  galvanized  metal  shall  not  be  used.  Clean-out  open- 
ings shall  be  provided  at  the  base  of  every  such  stack. 

2.  Height.  All  such  stacks  serving  high  grade  heat  pro- 
ducing devices  shall  extend  to  a height  of  not  less  than  ter 
feet  above  the  highest  point  of  any  roof  within  twenty-five 
feet. 

3.  Independent  stacks.  All  such  stacks  hereafter  erected, 

outside  and  independent  of  any  building,  shall  be  supported 
on  substantial  masonry  foundations,  so  designed  that  the 
maximum  pressure  on  the  soil  shall  not  exceed  two-thirds 
of  that  prescribed  in  § 231  of  this  chapter.  - 

4.  Exterior  stacks.  Any  such  stacks,  or  any  part  thereof; 

hereafter  erected  on  the  immediate  exterior  of  the  building  it 
serves  shall  be  braced  to  such  building  at  lea^t  every  twenty 
feet.  It  shall  have  a clearance  of  not  less  than  four  inchert 
from  the  walls  of  a fireproof  or  non-fireproof  building  and 
not  less  than  twenty-four  inches  from  the  walls  of  a frame 
building;  and  a clearance  of  not  less  than  twenty- four  inches 
in  any  direction  from  any  wall  opening,  fire  escape  or  othei 
exit  facility,  unless  such  stack  is  insulated  in  some  approved 
manner,  in  which  case  the  clearances  herein  provided  may 
be  reduced  an  amount  fixed  by  the  superintendent  of  build-^ 
ings  when  approving  the  insulation.  j 

5.  Interior  stacks.  Any  such  stack,  or  part  thereof,  here) 
after  erected  within  any  building  shall  be  enclosed  in  walls 
of  approved  masonry;  or,  if  in  a fireproof  building,  such 
stack,  or  part  thereof,  shall  be  enclosed  in  walls  of  brick; 
terra  cotta  blocks  or  concrete  not  less  than  eight  inches  thick, 
with  a space  left  between  the  stack  and  the  enclosing  walls 
sufficient  to  render  the  entire  stack  accessible  for  examina- 
tion and  repair.  The  enclosing  walls  shall  be  without  open- 
ings above  the  story  at  which  it  starts. 

n.  Prohibition.  Smokestacks  shall  not  be  carried  up  in- 
side of  vent  stacks  or  flues  connected  to  ranges,  unless  such 
vent  stacks  or  flues  are  constructed  as  required  by  this  arti- 
cle for  smokestacks  or  smoke  flues. 

395  §395.  Cupola  chimneys.  Chimneys  or  cupola  furnaces.l 

blast  furnaces  and  similar  devices  shall  extend  at  least 
twenty  feet  above  the  highest  point  of  any  roof  within  a 


98 


radius  of  fifty  feet  thereof  and  be  covered  on  the  top  with 
heavy  wire  netting  or  other  approved  spark  arrester  No 
woodwork  shall  be  within  three  feet  of  any  part  of  such  de- 
vice or  its  chimney. 

§396.  Underground  flues.  Underground  smoke  flues  shall  QQfi 
le  covered  with  at  least  twelve  inches  of  solid  masonry  or 
jin  approved  equivalent  insulation.  If  clean-out  openings  are 
nstalled  they  shall  be  provided  with  approved  double  iron 
loors  or  covers,  of  which  the  two  parts  are  twelve  inches 
ipart,  with  the  intervening  space  filled  with  insulating  ma- 
ierial.  No  combustible  flooring  shall  be  laid  over  any  such  flues. 

§397.  Ranges.  1.  Kitchen  ranges.  When  fixed  ranges  VYJ 
.re  to  be  installed  in  any  building  hereafter  erected  trimmer 
‘rches  extending  beyond  such  ranges  not  less  than  six  inches 
i;n  all  sides  shall  be  provided  unless  the  floor  is  of  fireproof 
'onstruction.  No  such  range  shall  be  placed  against  a stud 
ijartition,  a furred  wall  or  any  other  combustible  construction. 

Vhen  any  such  range  is  to  be  placed  within  twelve  inches  of 

wood  stud  partition  the  said  partition  shall  be  shielded  with 
letal  from  the  floor  to  a height  of  not  less  than  three  feet 
igher  than  the  range,  provided  that  when  the  range  is  with- 
1 six  inches  of  the  partition  the  studs  shall  be  cut  away 
nd  framed  three  feet  higher  and  one  foot  wider  than  the 
lange  and  filled  in  to  the  face  of  the  said  stud  partition  with 
f|rick  or  fireproof  blocks. 

: 3.  Hoods  over  ranges.  All  hoods  and  ducts  for  same 
laced  over  hotel  or  restaurant  ranges  shall  be  constructed 
f incombustible  materials  and  installed  in  accordance  with 
le  requirements  of  § 403  for  smokepipes. 

I §398.  Drying  rooms.  Drying  rooms  hereafter  placed  qqq 
I’lthm  any  building  as  a part  of  the  building  shall  be  con- 
cructed  entirely  of  incombustible  materials.  When  the  heat- 
:ig  pipes  are  not  placed  overhead,  they  shall  be  so  shielded  as 
')  preserve  at  all  times  a clear  space  of  not  less  than  two 
iches  between  them  and  the  contents.  All  such  drying 
!)oms  shall  be  ventilated  directly  to  the  outer  air  by  vent 
lUes  or  ducts  installed  as  specified  in  § 403  of  this  article  for 
noke  pipes. 

§399^  Smoke  houses.  All  smoke  houses  hereafter  QQQ 
•ected  as  part  of  any  building  shall  be  of  fireproof  con- 
ruction  with  walls  of  brick  or  reinforced  concrete.  All 
?enings  shall  be  provided  with  fire  doors.  The  interior  fram- 
g,  racks,  hangers  and  other  interior  fittings  shall  be  of  in- 
)nibustible  materials. 

§400.  Registers.  All  registers  used  in  any  hot-air  fur-  dOO 
iice  heating  system,  placed  in  any  woodwork  or  combustible 
3or,  shall  rest  upon  stone  or  iron  borders  firmly  set  in 


99 


plaster  of  paris  or  gauged  mortar.  All  register  boxes  usee 
in  any  such  heating  system  shall  be  made  of  tin  plate  or  gal 
vanized  iron  with  a flange  to  fit  the  rabbet  in  the  border 
The  register  box  shall  be  enclosed  in  a tin  or  galvanized  iroi 
casing  turned  under  the  border  and  spaced  at  least  two  inche 
from  the  sides  of  the  box.  Such  casing  shall  extend  fron 
the  border  to  and  through  the  ceiling  below  in  the  case  o 
a floor  register  and  through  the  partition  in  the  case  o 
a wall  register.  When  a register  box  is  placed  in  th' 
floor  over  a portable  furnace,  the  space  on  all  sides  betweei 
the  casing  and  the  register  box  shall  be  not  less  than  fou 
inches.  Every  hot-air  furnace  shall  have  at  least  one  registe 
without  valve  or  louvres. 

401  §401.  Vent  flues.  Flues  hereafter  erected  for  the  remova 

of  foul  air  or  the  transmission  of  heated  air  shall  be  en 
cased  in  masonry  not  less  than  four  inches  thick  and  shal 
be  lined  with  terra  cotta  or  other  approved  incombustibl 
material.  Not  more  than  one  gas  burner  shall  be  direct 
connected  to  any  flue,  nor  shall  any  such  device  be  connected 
to  any  flue  used  as  a smoke  flue.  Any  flue  to  which  ; 
gas  burning  device  is  direct-connected  shall  be  constructed 
as  required  in  § 392  for  a smoke  flue.  ‘ 

402  §402.  Ducts.  1.  General.  Except  as  may  be  otherwisJ 
specifically  permitted  or  prescribed,  the  transmission  of  ai^ 
through  buildings  for  heating  or  ventilation  shall  be  h 
means  of  ducts  constructed  as  in  this  section  provided. 

2.  Casing.  No  casing,  furring  or  lath  of  wood  shal 

be  placed  against  or  cover  a duct  of  any  kind ; but  this  shal 
not  prevent  the  placing  of  woodwork  on  a covering  over  sue] 
ducts,  of  metal  lath  and  plaster,  plaster  board  or  asbesto^ 
provided  the  thickness  of  the  covering  is  not  less  than  sever? 
eighths  of  an  inch.  < 

3.  In  partitions.  Ducts  hereafter  placed  in  combustibt 
partitions  shall  be  covered  with  one-half  inch  of  corrugate* 
asbestos  or  shall  be  constructed  double  with  a one-half  ineij 
air  space.  The  asbestos  covering  or  outside  pipe  shall  b'  j 
not  less  than  one  and  one-half  inches  away  from  the  wood^ 
work.  In  lieu  of  the  above  protection,  four  inches  of  brick  i 
work  or  concrete  may  be  placed  between  the  duct  and  th 
woodwork. 

4.  In  floors.  Ducts  hereafter  placed  between  the  floorini 
and  ceiling  of  non-fireproof  floors,  shall  be  constructer  , 
double  with  a one-inch  air  space.  The  outside  pipe  shalj 
be  not  less  than  two  inches  from  any  woodwork,  which  shal 
be  covered  with  metal. 

5.  In  closets.  Ducts  hereafter  placed  in  closets  or  simila 
concealed  spaces  shall  be  double  with  a one  and  one-hal 


100 


I inch  air  space,  or  shall  be  covered  with  approved  incombusti- 
ble insulation,  not  less  than  one  inch  thick.  When  con- 
^jstructed  double  the  outside  pipe  shall  be  not  less  than  No.  18 
(iU.  S.  gage,  and  not  less  than  one  inch  from  any  woodwork. 

16.  Passing  through  partitions  and  floors.  Ducts  here- 
after placed  to  pass  through  combustible  partitions  or  floors 
shall  be  constructed  double,  with  a one  and  one-half  inch 
iir  space  open  at  one  end,  or  shall  be  covered  with  approved 
ncombustible  insulation  not  less  than  one  inch  thick. 

7.  Horizontal  ducts.  Ducts  used  for  hot-air  furnace  heat- 
ng,  hereafter  placed  under  cellar  ceilings,  shall  be  at  least 
;ix  inches  below  wood  floor  beams,  wood  lath  and  plaster 
:eiling  or  other  combustible  materials ; but  if  such  combusti- 
)le  construction  is  protected  by  metal  lath  and  plaster,  plaster 
|)oard  or  one-half  inch  asbestos  the  distance  may  me  not 
Jess  than  three  inches. 

j 8.  Cold  air  ducts.  The  cold  air  ducts  of  any  heating  sys- 
tem shall  be  of  metal  or  other  approved  fireproof  material. 

9.  Hot  air  ducts.  No  hot-air  furnace  duct  shall  be  placed 
1 any  floor,  partition  or  enclosure,  of  combustible  construc- 
lon,  unless  it  be  at  least  eight  feet  distant  in  a horizontal 
lirection  from  the  furnace. 

§403.  Smoke  pipes.  1.  Restriction.  No  smoke  pipe 
hall  pass  through  any  floor,  nor  through  any  non-fireproot 

DOf. 

^ 2.  Clearance.  The  clear  distance  between  any  smoke 
ipe  or  metal  breeching  and  any  combustible  material  or 
anstruction  shall  be  not  less  than  eighteen  inches  in  the 
ase  of  low  grade  heat  producing  devices,  nor  less  than 
urty-six  inches  for  medium  or  high  grade  heat  producing  de- 
ices, except  that,  when  such  smoke  pipes  or  breechings  are 
rotected  with  not  less  than  two  inches  of  asbestos  or  in  some 
ther  approved  manner,  such  clearances  may  be  reduced 
ae-half,  and  that,  in  the  case  of  smoke  pipes  used  on  ordi- 
aty  ranges  and  stoves  in  tenements  or  other  residence 
Hidings  having  not  more  than  fifteen  sleeping  rooms,  such 
earances  may  be  not  less  than  nine  inches  when  the  com- 
istible  material^  or  construction  is  protected  by  one-half 
ch  asbestos  or  its  equivalent,  nor  less  than  eighteen  inches 
hen  not  so  protected. 

3.  Protection  through  partitions.  Smoke  pipes  from  or- 
nary  ranges  and  stoves  in  residence  buildings  may  pass 
rough  combustible  partitions,  provided  every  such  pipe 
guarded  by  a double  metal  ventilated  thimble  twelve  inches 
rger  in  diameter  than  the  pipe,  or  by  a metal  tube  built 
■ brickwork  or  other  approved  fireproof  materials,  not  less 
an  eight  inches  thick  on  all  sides  of  the  tube 


lf)l 


404  §404.  Steam  and  hot  water  pipes.  1.  Protection 

Steam  or  hot  water  pipes  shall  not  be  placed  nearer  tha 
one  inch  to  any  woodwork  unless  the  woodwork  is  covere 
with  metal,  in  which  case  the  distance  shall  be  not  les 
than  one-half  inch.  Every  steam  or  hot  water  heating  pif 
passing  through  a combustible  floor  or  partition  shall  1; 
protected  by  a metal  tube  one  inch  larger  in  diameter  tha 
the  pipe.  Any  such  pipe  passing  through  stock  shelvin 
shall  be  covered  with  not  less  than  one  inch  of  approved  ir 
sulation.  All  wood  boxes  or  casings  inclosing  steam  c 
hot  water  heating  pipes,  or  wood  covers  to  recesses  in  wal 
in  which  such  pipes  are  placed,  shall  be  lined  with  metal. 

2.  Pipe  coverings.  Any  coverings  or  insulation  used  o 
steam  or  hot  water  pipes  shall  be  of  incombustible  material 


Article  20 


420 


421 


Roofing  and  Roof  Structures 
(In  Effect  February  9,  1916) 


Section  420. 

421. 

422. 

423. 

424. 

425. 

426. 

427. 

428. 

429. 


General. 

Roofing. 

Cornices  and  gutters. 
Leaders.’ 

Sky-lights. 

Scuttles. 

Roof  houses. 

Slanting  roofs. 
Tanks. 

Cooling  towers. 


§420.  General.  Except  when  otherwise  specificalj 
provided  for  in  this  chapter,  all  construction,  other  than  watt 
tanks,  hereafter  placed  above  the  roof  of  any  part  of  ar, 
building  within  the  fire  limits  or  of  any  building  more  th^ 
forty  feet  in  height  outside  the  fire  limits,  shall  be  of  if 
combustible  materials. 


§421.  Roofing.  1.  Materials.  Except  as  otherwise  i 
this  chapter  specifically  provided,  every  roof  hereafter  place 
on  any  building  or  part  thereof,  shall  be  covered  with  a 
approved  roofing  of  brick,  concrete,  tile,  slate,  metal,  asbesto 
slag,  gravel,  or  other  approved  incombustible  material. 

2.  Planking.  When  wood  planking  or  sheathing  is  pel 
mitted  in  roof  construction,  it  shall  not,  in  any  case,  exten 
across  any  side  or  party  walls. 

3.  Repairs.  No  roofiing  on  any  existing  roof  shall  I 
renewed  or  repaired,  except  in  conformity  with  the  require 
ments  of  this  section,  provided,  however,  that  when  A 


102 


renewal  or  necessary  repairs  do  not  constitute  more  than  one- 
fourth  of  the  roofing  in  any  one  roof  surface,  the  new 
work  may  be  made  to  conform  to  the  existing  roofing. 

§422.  Cornices  and  gutters.  1.  Construction.  All  422 
cornices  inclusive  of  those  on  show  windows,  and  gutters 
hereafter  placed  on  the  exterior  of  any  building  except 
! buildings  that  are  permitted  to  be  of  frame  construction 
-shall  be  of  incombustible  materials.  When  constructed  of 
sheet  metal  they  shall  be  riveted  in  the  seams  at  intervals 
of  not  more  than  five  inches.  Cornices  shall  be  secured 
to  the  walls  with  metal  framing  or  anchors,  spaced  not  more 
than  four  feet  apart,  and  extending  not  less  than  four  inches 
into  the  wall  at  top  and  bottom. 

2.  Repairs.  All  cornices  or  gutters  that  may  now  be 
or  that  may  hereafter  become  unsafe  shall  be  taken  down, 
and  if  replaced,  shall  be  constructed  to  conform  to  the  re- 
quirements for  new  cornices,  except  that  when  any  such 
cornice  or^  gutter  is  not  damaged  to  a greater  extent  than 
one-half,  it  may  be  repaired  with  the  same  material  as 
prigmally  constructed. 

! §423.  Leaders.  All  buildings  shall  be  provided  with  AOO 
proper  leaders  for  conducting  water  from  the  roofs.  In  no 
{..ase  shall  the  water  from  leaders  be  allowed  to  flow  upon 
jthe  sidewalk,  but  it  shall  be  conducted  by  pipe  or  pipes 
j:o  the  sewer.  If  there  be  no  sewer  in  the  street  then  the 

iVater  from  the  leader  shall  be  conducted  by  proper  pipe  or 
pipes,  below  the  surface  to  a street  gutter,  or  to  a cesspool. 

S §424.  Skylights.  1.  Construction.  All  skylights  494 
iiereafter  placed  in  any  building,  shall  have  the  sashes  and 
[:rames  thereof  constructed  of  metal,  except  that  skylights  in 
oundnes  or  buildings  where  acid  fumes  are  present  as  an 
ncident  to  the  occupancy  of  the  building  may  be  of  wood 
n the  discretion  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings.  The 
rames  and  other  parts  of  metal  skylights  shall  be  riveted  or 
•therwise  securely  fastened,  in  addition  to  soldering,  and 
hall  be  securely  anchored  to  the  supporting  structure. 

2.  Glazing.^  Skylights  placed  over  shafts  of  any  kind  shall 
e glazed  with  plain  glass  not  less  than  three-sixteenths 
f an  inch  in  thickness.  No  pane  of  glass  in  any  such 
kylights  hereafter  placed  in  any  building  shall  exceed  seven 
undred  and  twenty  square  inches  in  area. 

3.  Protection.  Every  skylight  in  which  plain  glass  is 
sed  shall  be  protected  by  a wire  screen  placed  not  less 
nan  four  inches  nor  more  than  ten  inches  above  the  glazed 
prtion  of  the  skylight  at  all  points.  Such  screen  shall  be 
ot  lighter  than  No.  12  U.  S.  gauge,  shall  have  a mesh  of 
ot  less  than  three-fourths  of  an  inch  nor  more  than  one 


103 


425 


426 


inch,  shall  extend  beyond  the  glazing  on  all  sides  a distance 
not  less  than  the  height  of  the  screen  above  the  glazing. 
When  any  such  skylight  is  located  over  any  passageway  or 
any  room  of  public  resort  a similar  screen  shall  also  be 
placed  below  the  skylight. 

§425.  Scuttles.  Unless-  provided  with  some  other 
means  of  access  to  the  roof,  every  building  more  than  fifteen 
feet  high,  except  dwellings  with  peak  roofs,  shall  have  in 
the  roof  a scuttle,  with  a substantial  iron  ladder  leading 
thereto.  All  scuttles  shall  be  covered  on  the  top  and  edges 
with  sheet  metal  or  other  approved  incombustible  material. 
The  scuttle  openings  shall  be  at  least  two  feet  by  three  feet 
in  size. 

§426.  Roof  houses.  1.  Definitions, 

a.  The  term  bulkhead  as  used  in  this  section  includes  all 
such  enclosed  structures  above  the  roof  of  any  part  of  a 
building  as  enclose  only  stairways,  tanks,  elevator  machinery 
or  ventilating  apparatus,  or  shafts. 

b.  The  term  pent  house  as  used  in  this  section  means  any 

enclosed  structure,  other  than  a bulkhead,  extending  not 
more  than  twelve  feet  above  a roof.  • 

2.  Bulkheads.  The  walls  of  any  bulkhead  hereafter  erected 

on  any  roof  of  a fireproof  building,  shall  be  constructed  dii 
required  for  fire  partitions  by  subdivision  1,  section  372  of 
this  chapter.  Such  walls  may  be  used  as  bearing  walls  of 
the  bulkhead  roofs  when  they  do  not  exceed  fifteen  feet 
in  height  and  thirty-five  feet  in  length,  and  the  roof  span  does 
not  exceed  twelve  feet.  The  roofs  of  such  bulkheads  shalj 
be  of  fireproof  construction  as  provided  by  section  354  of  thi^ 
chapter.  The  walls  and  roofs  of  all  bulkheads,  unless  con^ 
structed  of  approved  masonry,  shall  be  covered  on  th^ 
outside  with  incombustible,  weatherproof  material.  ) 

3.  Pent  houses.  Every  pent  house  shall  be  considered 

a story  of  the  building  and,  except  as  may  be  otherwise 
specifically  provided  by  law,  its  construction  shall  conform 
to  the  requirements  for  buildings  of  a height  to  which  such 
pent  house  is  carried;  provided  that  when  any  exterior  wall 
of  such  pent  house  sets  back  not  less  than  five  feet  from 
the  exterior  walls  of  the  next  lower  story  of  the  building | 
it  may  be  constructed  of  brick  not  less  than  eight  inchest 
thick,  or  hollow  building  blocks  not  less  than  six  inches  in 
thickness,  covered  on  the  outside  with  incombustible  weather- 1 
proof  material,  and  supported  by  steel  or  reinforced  con-| 
Crete  girders.  ^ | 

4.  Doors  and  windows.  All  doors  and  door  frames  inj 
the  exterior  walls  of  bulkheads  or  pent  houses  shall  be 
metal  or  metal  covered  wood.  All  windows  in  bulkheads  j 

104  i 


or  pent  houses,  except  where  otherwise  specifically  provided 
for,  shall  be  constructed  as  other  windows  of  the  building 
similarly  located. 

5.  Sun  parlors.  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  prevent  the 
erection  on  any  roof  of  any  building,  of  sun  parlors  or  rooms 
for  similar  purposes,  provided  that  only  incombustible  mate- 
rials are  used  in  the  construction,  and  the  floor  of  such  struc- 
ture is  constructed  as  required  for  the  roof  of  the  building 

§427.  Slanting  roofs.  1.  Construction.  Every  man-  427 
sard  or  other  slanting  roof  having  a pitch  of  more  than  sixty 
degrees,  hereafter  placed  on  any  non- fireproof  building  over 
forty  feet  high,  shall  be  constructed  fireproof  as  specified  in 
Section  354  of  this  chapter. 

2.  Dormer  windows.  Every  dormer  window  hereafter 
erected  shall  be  constructed  in  the  same  manner  as  the  roof 
on  which  it  is  placed.  The  sides  and  top  shall  be  covered  with 
any  of  the  materials  approved  for  roofing. 

§428.  Tanks.  1.  Supports.  Tanks  of  more  than  500  428 
gallons  capacity  hereafter  placed  in  or  on  any  building  shall 
be  supported  on  masonry,  reinforced  concrete  or  steel  con- 
struction of  sufficient  strength  and  carried  to  a proper  founda- 
tion. 

2.  Emergency  outlet.  Every  such  tank  shall  have  in  the 
bottom  or  on  the  side  near  the  bottom,  a pipe  or  outlet,  not 
less  than  four  inches  in  diameter,  fitted  with  a suitable  quick- 
opening valve  for  discharging  the  contents  in  an  emergency. 

3.  Location.  Such  tanks  shall  not  be  placed  over  nor 
near  a line  of  stairs  or  an  elevator  shaft,  unless  there  is  a 
solid  roof  or  floor  underneath  the  tank. 

4.  Covers.  All  unenclosed  roof  tanks  shall  have  covers 
with  proper  slope. 

5.  Hoops.  When  hoops  are  used  in  the  construction  of 
tanks  they  shall  be  of  metal  round  in  section. 

§429.  Cooling  towers.  Cooling  towers  hereafter  429 
erected  above  any  roof  shall  be  of  incombustible  material, 
except  the  drip  bars,  which  may  be  of  wood. 


Article  21 


Miscellaneous  Requirement': 
(In  Effect  March  7,  1916) 


Section  440. 

441. 

442. 

443. 

444. 

445. 

446. 


Cellar  ceilings. 

Cellar  floors. 

Cellar  partitions. 

Waterproofing, 

Floor  lights. 

Cutting  beams. 

Bay  and  show  window  construction. 


105 


440  §440.  Cellar  ceilings.  In  any  building  hereafter 
erected,  or  altered  so  as  to  change  its  occupancy,  except  one 
story  buildings  outside  of  the  fire  limits  and  buildings  occu- 
pied exclusively  for  residence  purposes  by  one  or  two  fami- 
lies, the  wood  beams  over  the  cellar,  or  over  the  lowest  story, 
if  such  story  is  partly  below  the  curb  or  the  surrounding 
ground  level,  when  the  curb  level  has  not  been  established, 
shall  be  covered  with  metal  lath  and  plaster,  plaster  board  and 
plaster,  or  other  approved  incombustible  material. 

441  §441.  Cellar  floors.  In  all  buildings  hereafter  erected 
the  cellar  floor  or  any  floor  resting  directly  on  the  ground 
shall  consist  of  1 : 3 : 6 stone  or  cinder  concrete  not  less  than 
four  inches  thick. 

442  §442.  Cellar  partitions.  In  all  non-fireproof  buildings, 

except  buildings  occupied  exclusively  for  residence  purposes 
by  one  or  two  families,  permanent  partitions  in  the  cellar, 
or  in  any  story  more  than  half  below  the  curb,  shall  be  con-  ' 
structed  of  incombustible  materials,  unless  such  partitions  en-  . 
close  only  coal  or  wood  bins  and  do  not  extend  to  the  . 
ceiling.  J 

443  §443  Waterproofing.  In  all  buildings  hereafter  ^ 

erected,  the  exterior  walls  below  the  ground  level  and  floors  ! 
below  the  curb  level  resting  directly  on  the  ground,  shall, 
when  required,  be  waterproofed  in  accordance  with  the  rules  ; 
adopted  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings.  ; 

444  §444.  Floor  lights.  Floor  lights  shall  be  constructed  of  i 

metal  frames  and  bars  or  plates,  reinforced  concrete  or  other  | 
approved  incombustible  materials.  If  any  glass  in  same  meas-  i 
ures  more  than  sixteen  square  inches,  it  shall  be  provided  | 
with  a mesh  of  wire  either  in  the  glass  or  under  the  same.  { 
Floor  lights  shall  be  of  the  same  strength  as  the  floors  in  . 
which  they  are  placed.  Glass  shall  not  be  less  than  three-  J 
quarters  of  an  inch  in  thickness.  ; 

445  §445.  Cutting  beams.  No  beams  shall  be  cut  or  pierced! 
in  any  manner  that  would  cause  the  beam  to  be  of  insuffl-' 
cient  strength  for  its  load. 

446  §446.  Bay  and  show  window  construction.  Bay  win-1 
dows  and  show  windows  that  extend  beyond  the  exterior^ 
walls,  hereafter  constructed  or  placed  on  any  fireproof  or^ 
non-fireproof  building,  shall  be  constructed  of  incombustible 
materials  and  in  such  manner  as  will  meet  with  the  approval 
of  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 


106 


Article  22 


Frame  Buildings 


(In  Effect  February  9,  1916) 

Section  470. 

Height. 

471. 

Area. 

472. 

Frame  construction. 

473. 

Filling  in  walls. 

474. 

Roofing. 

475. 

Towers. 

476. 

Piazzas. 

477. 

Minor  structures. 

478. 

Temporary  structures. 

479. 

Miscellaneous  frame  structures. 

480. 

Permissible  alterations. 

481. 

Use  of  masonry  walls. 

§470.  Height.  Except  as  may  be  otherwise  specifically  470 
provided  in  this  chapter,  ov  in  the  rules  authorized  there- 
under, no  frame  building  or  structure  hereafter  erected  or 
enlarged  shall  exceed  forty  feet  in  height. 

§471.  Area.  1.  Building  area.  No  frame  building  471 
hereafter  erected  or  enlarged  shall  exceed  five  thousand 
square  feet  in  area. 

2.  Plot  area.  The  combined  area  of  frame  buildings, 
sheds  and  outhouses  located  on  any  lot  or  plot  shall  not  ex  - 
ceed eighty  per  cent,  of  the  area  of  that  part  of  the  lot  or 
plot  which  is  not  already  covered  by  fireproof  or  non-fireproof 
buildings. 

§472.  Frame  construction.  The  wood  frame  work  of  472 
all  frame  buildings,  hereafter  erected,  shall  consist  of  sills, 
posts,  girts  and  plates  of  suitable  size  and  materials  with 
proper  mortise  and  tenon  framing  and  braced  with  studs  at 
all  angles,  but  this  shall  not  prohibit  the  use  of  balloon  fram- 
ing with  proper  sills  and  ribbon  strip  provided  diagonal 
sheathing  is  used.  Floor  and  roof  beams  and  rafters  shall 
be  not  less  than  two  inches  in  thickness.  No  part  of  the 
wood  frame  work  shall  be  built  below  the  ground  level. 

§473.  Filling  in  walls.  1.  Independent  walls.  An>  ex-  473 
tenor  wall  of  frame  construction,  hereafter  erected  within 
three  feet  of  a side  or  rear  line  of  the  lot  or  plot  on  which 
it  is  located,  or  hereafter  erected  as  the  side  wall  of  any 
frame  tenement  house,  shall  have  the  spaces  between  the 
studding  filled  in  solidly  with  brickwork  or  other  approved 
incombustible  material. 

2.  Party  walls.  Every  party  wall  of  frame  construction 
hereafter  erected  shall  have  the  studding  filled  in  solidly  with 


107 


brickwork  or  other  approved  incombustible  material  not  less 
than  four  inches  thick.  Every  interior  wall  of  frame  con- 
struction extending  from  front  to  rear  without  openings  and 
dividing  the  building  into  separate  and  distinct  parts,  shall 
have  the  studding  filled  in  solidly  with  brickwork  or  other 
approved  incombustible  material. 

3.  Extent  of  filling.  The  filling  herein  required  in  exterior 
or  party  walls  of  frame  construction  shall  in  all  cases  be 
carried  up  from  the  ground  to  the  under  side  of  the  roof 
boards. 

474  . §474.  Roofing.  1.  Within  the  fire  limits.  Any  roof- 
ing hereafter  placed  on  any  frame  building  within  the  fire 
limits  shall  be  of  approved  incombustible  materials,  provided 
that  any  existing  shingle  roof  may  be  repaired  at  any  time 
to  an  extent  of  not  more  than  twenty-five  per  cent,  of  its 
surface. 

2.  Outside  of  fire  limits.  Nothing  in  this  chapter  shall 
prevent  the  use  of  wood  shingles  outside  the  fire  limits  on 
any  building  which,  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  is  ^ 
permissible  of  frame  construction.  ; 

475  §475.  Towers.  1.  On  residence  buildings.  Outside  of  ! 

the  fire  limits  towers,  turrets  or  minarets  of  frame  construc- 
tion may  be  erected  on  frame  buildings  occupied  or  used  ' 
exclusively  as  residence  buildings,  provided  they  do  not  extend  [ 
more  than  ten  feet  above  the  limiting  height  for  frame  ; 
buildings  and  do  not  cover  an  aggregate  area  of  more  than  . 
fifteen  per  cent,  of  the  roof  area  of  the  building,  and  that 
the  greatest  horizontal  dimension  of  any  one  tower,  turret  ’ 
or  minaret  is  not  more  than  fifteen  feet.  ; 

2.  Church  spires.  Outside  of  the  fire  limits  and  the  subur-  { 
ban  limits,  towers  or  spires  of  frame  construction  may  be  j 
erected  on  frame  buildings  occupied  or  used  exclusively  as  ^ 
churches  or  other  places  of  worship,  provided  they  do  not  ^ 
exceed  a height  of  seventy-five  feet  above  the  curb  or  ground  ; 
level. 

3.  Covering.  All  towers  or  other  structures  provided  for 

in  this  section  shall  be  covered  on  the  exterior  with  approved 
incombustible  roofing.  ^ 

476  §476.  Piazzas.  Within  the  fire  limits  and  the  subur-  . 
ban  limits,  piazzas  or  balconies  of  wood  may  be  erected  on  | 
residence  buildings  having  not  more  than  fifteen  sleeping 
rooms,  provided  they  do  not  exceed  twelve  feet  in  width, 
and  do  not  extend  more  than  three  feet  above  the  second  ^ 
story  floor  beams.  The  roofs  of  all  such  piazzas  or  bal- 
conies shall  be  covered  with  incombustible  material. 

477  §477.  Minor  structures.  1.  Sheds.  Within  the  Are  j 
limits  and  the  suburban  limits  sheds,  open  on  at  least  one 


108 


side,  may  be  erected  of  wood,  but  such  sheds  shall  not  ex- 
ceed fifteen  feet  in  height,  shall  not  cover  an  area  exceeding 
twenty-five  hundred  square  feet,  shall  not  be  placed  nearer 
than  four  feet  to  any  lot  line,  and  shall  be  covered  on  the 
sides  and  roof  with  incombustible  materials. 

2.  Outhouses.  Outhouses  of  wood  to  be  used  exclusively 
for  privies,  or  for  the  storage  of  coal  or  wood  for  domestic 
purposes,  may  be  erected  on  the  lot  with  any  residence  build- 
ing within  the  fire  limits  or  the  suburban  limits,  provided 
they  do  not  exceed  eight  feet  in  height,  or  one  hundred  and 
fifty  square  feet  in  area,  and  have  the  roofs  covered  with 
incombustible  materials. 

3.  Builders*  shanties.  One-story  buildings  for  the  use  of 
builders  in  connection  with  any  building  operation  for  which 
a permit  has  been  issued,  may  be  constructed  of  wood  and 
placed  on  the  lot  or  plot  where  such  building  operation  is 
carried  on,  or  on  adjoining  lots  or  plots  if  they  do  not  in- 
terfere with  the  safe  occupancy  of  any  buildings  thereon,  or 
on  the  sheds  which  may  be  required  or  provided  over  the 
sidewalks  in  front  of  such  building  operation. 

4.  Fences.  Fences  of  wood  within  the  fire  limits  or  the 
suburban  limits  shall  not  exceed  twelve  feet  in  height. 

§478.  Temporary  structures.  1.  Meaning.  Temporary  478 
structures  shall  be  taken  to  mean  platforms,  reviewing  stands, 
gospel  tents,  circus  tents  and  other  structures  that  are 
erected  to  serve  their  purpose  for  a limited  time. 

2.  Permit.  Temporary  structures  shall  not  be  erected  un- 
til a permit,  specifying  the  purpose  and  the  period  of  main- 
tenance, shall  have  been  obtained  from  the  superintendent  of 
buildings. 

3.  Hoifu  located.  Within  the  fire  limits  or  the  suburban 
limits  no  temporary  structure  which  is  enclosed  in  any  man- 
ner shall  be  placed  on  any  lot  nearer  than  four  feet  to  the 
lot  line. 

4.  Removal.  Every  temporary  structure  shall  be  removed 
at  the  expiration  of  the  period  for  which  the  permit  was  is- 
sued, unless  such  permit  is  renewed. 

5.  Unlawful  use.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  use  any  tempo- 
rar>"  structure  for  any  other  purpose  than  that  designated  in 
the  permit. 

§479.  Miscellaneous  frame  structures.  Frame  struc-  ^^9 
tures  which  are  of  an  unusual  character  and  to  which  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter  do  not  directly  apply,  including 
among  others,  buildings  for  fair  and  exhibition  purposes, 
towers  for  observation,  amusement  devices,  greenhouses  and 
lumber  sheds,  and  temporary  structures  of  any  kind  shall  be 
erected  in  conformity  to  such  rules,  consistent  with  the 


109 


provisions  of  this  chapter  and  securing  the  general  intent 
thereof,  as  may  be  adopted  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 

480  . .^480.  Permissible  alterations.  1.  Application.  Sub- 
ject to  the  requirements  of  this  chapter  as  to  construction, 
occupancy  and  location,  any  existing  frame  building  within 
the  fire  limits  or  the  suburban  limits  occupied  exclusively  as 
a residence  building  and  having  not  more  than  fifteen  sleep- 
ing rooms,  may  be  altered  and  enlarged  of  frame  construc- 
tion as  hereafter  specified  in  this  section,  provided  that  no 
such  building  shall  be  altered  or  enlarged  to  be  used  for 
any  other  purpose. 

2.  Raising  in  height,  a.  Any  such  building  situated  in  a 
row  of  frame  buildings  may  be  increased  in  height  to  con- 
form to  the  height  of  adjoining  buildings. 

b.  Any  such  building  already  exceeding  twenty-five  feet 
in  height,  that  has  a peaked  roof,  may  be  raised  for  the  pur- 
pose of  making  a flat  roof  thereon,  provided  that  the  new 
roof  is  covered  with  incombustible  material,  and  that,  when 
so  raised,  the  building  shall  not  exceed  forty  feet  in  height 
to  the  highest  part  thereof. 

c.  Nothing  in  this  section  shall  prohibit  one-story  and  base- 
ment residence  buildings  from  being  increased  one  additional 
story  in  height. 

3.  Extensions,  a.  Any  such  building  may  be  extended 
either  on  the  front  or  rear  to  a depth  of  not  more  than  fifteen 
feet  and  not  more  than  the  width  of  the  building  and  not 
more  than  two  stories  and  basement  in  height. 

b.  If  any  such  building  has  an  extension  of  less  width 
than  the  main  building  the  same  may  be  increased  in  width 
to  the  full  width  and  height  of  the  main  building. 

4.  Bay  windows.  Any  such  building  may  have  bay  win- 
dows of  wood  placed  on  any  story,  the  roofs  of  which  may 
be  covered  with  the  same  material  as  the  roof  of  the  main 
building,  except  when  such  a bay  window  would  increase  the 
width  of  the  building  to  more  than  eighty-five  per  cent,  of 
the  width  of  the  lot. 

481  §481.  Use  of  masonry  walls.  In  case  approved  ma- 
sonry or  reinforced  concrete  is  used  for  the  exterior  walls 
of  any  building  which  under  the  provisions  of  this  chapter 
is  permitted  to  be  of  frame  construction,  nothing  in  this 
chapter  shall  prohibit  all  other  parts  of  the  building  from 
being  constructed  as  though  the  entire  building  were  of 
frame  construction. 


110 


Article  23 

Buildings  of  a Public  Character 
(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 

Section  490.  Public  safety. 

491.  Aisles  and  passageways. 

492.  Enforcement  of  article. 

493.  Exemptions. 

§490.  Public  safety.  In  all  buildings  of  a public  char-  490 
acter,  such  as  hotels,  churches,  theatres,  restaurants,  railroad 
depots,  public  halls,  and  other  buildings  used  or  intended  to 
be  used  for  purposes  of  public  assembly,  amusement  or  in- 
struction, and  including  department  stores  and  other  business 
and  manufacturing  buildings  where  large  numbers  of  people 
are  congregated,  the  halls,  doors,  stairways,  seats,  passage- 
ways and  aisles,  and  all  lighting  and  heating  appliances  and 
apparatus  shall  be  arranged  as  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings shall  direct,  to  facilitate  egress  in  cases  of  fire  or  acci- 
dent, and  to  afford  the  requisite  and  proper  accommodation 
for  the  public  protection  in  such  cases. 

§491.  Aisles  and  passageways.  All  aisles  and  passage-  491 
ways  in  said  buildings  shall  be  kept  free  from  camp  stools, 
chairs,  sofas  and  other  obstructions,  and  no  person  shall  he 
allowed  to  stand  in  or  occupy  any  of  said  aisles  or  passage- 
ways during  any  performance,  service,  exhibition,  lecture, 
concert,  ball  or  any  public  assemblage. 

§492.  Enforcement  of  article.  The  superintendent  of  492 
buildings  may  at  any  time  serve  a written  or  printed  notice 
upon  the  owner,  lessee  or  manager  of  any  of  said  buildings, 
directing  any  act  or  thing  to  be  done  or  provided  in  or  about 
the  said  buildings  and  the  several  appliances  therewith  con- 
nected, such  as  halls,  doors,  stairs,  windows,  seats,  aisles, 
fire  walls,  fire  apparatus  and  fire-escapes,  as  he  may  deem 
necessary.  -r— -- 

§493.  Exemptions.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  be  493 
''onstrued  to  authorize  or  require  any  other  alterations  to 
theatres  existing  prior  to  June  9,  1885,  than  are  specified  in 
r ^s  article. 

Article  24 

Motion  Picture  Theatres 
(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 

Section  500.  Plans. 

501.  Restrictions. 

502.  Construction. 

503.  Means  of  egress. 

504.  Booth  for  projecting-machine  and  film. 

505.  Application  to  existing  theatres. 

506.  Open-air  motion  picture  theatres. 

Ill 


500  §500.  Plans.  Before  the  erection,  construction  or  al- 
teration of  a building  or  part  thereof,  to  be  used  as  a 
motion-picture  theatre,  as  defined  in  § 30  of  chapter  3 of  this 
ordinance,  there  must  be  filed  with  the  appropriate  superin- 
tendent of  buildings  complete  plans  and  the  detailed  state- 
ment of  the  specifications  therefor,  required  by  § 3 of  this 
chapter.  The  plans  must  show  clearly  and  fully  the  location 
and  width  of  all  aisles,  passageways,  exits,  stairways  and 
fire  escapes;  the  arrangement  of  seats;  the  size  of  floor 
beams,  walls  and  supports;  the  location  and  construction  of 
the  enclosure  for  the  motion-picture  machinery  and  other 
apparatus ; a diagram  of  the  lot  or  plot  upon  which  the 
theatre  is  to  be  erected  or  constructed,  showing  the  outlets 
from  all  exits,  and  also  such  other  statements,  plans  and 
details  as  may  be  required  by  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings having  jurisdiction. 

501  §501.  Restrictions.  No  motion  picture  theatre,  as  de- 
fined aforesaid,  shall  be  constructed  in  a frame  building 
within  the  fire  limits,  nor  in  a hotel,  tenement  house  or 
lodging  house,  nor  in  a factory  or  workship,  except  where 
the  theatre  is  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  building  by 
unpierced  fire  walls  and  floors,  and  in  no  case  shall  such  a 
theatre  be  constructed  or  operated  above  or  below  the  ground 
floor  of  any  building. 

502  ^ §503;  Construction.  In  all  motion-picture  theatres,  as 
defined  aforesaid,  to  be  hereafter  constructed,  the  following 
requirements  shall  be  complied  with,  namely : 

1.  Ceilings.  The  ceilings  of  all  theatres  and  of  all  rooms 
used  in  connection  therewith  shall  be  plastered  with  3 coats 
of  first  class  plaster  on  wire  mesh  or  metal  lath,  or  covered 
with  I^^-inch  plaster  boards,  and  plastered  or  covered  with 
metal.  If  there  be  a basement  or  cellar,  the  ceiling  under  the 
floor  of  the  theatre  must  be  plastered  with  3 coats  of  first 
class  plaster  on  wire  mesh  or  expanded  metal  lath,  or  may 
be  covered  with  metal  on  ^-inch  plaster  boards. 

2.  Floor-loads.  The  flooring  of  that  portion  of  the  build- 
ing devoted  to  the  uses  or  accommodation  of  the  publi ' 
must  be  of  sufficient  strength  to  bear  safely  a live  load  of 
90  pounds  per  square  foot. 

3.  Galleries  and  stairways.  A gallery  may  be  permitted, 
except  in  a theatre  constructed  on  a lot  less  than  20  feet  in 
width,  but  it  shall  not  include  more  than  25  per  cent,  of 
the  total  seating  capacity  of  the  theatre.  Entrance  to  and 
exit  from  the  gallery  shall  in  no  case  lead  to  the  main  floor 
of  the  theatre,  and  the  gallery  shall  be  provided  with  a stair- 
wa}^  or  stairways  equipped  with  handrails  on  both  sides. 
Stairways  over  7 feet  wide  shall  be  provided  with  centre 


X12 


handrails.  The  risers  of  the  stairways  shall  not  exceed  7^4 
inches,  and  the  treads,  excluding  nosings,  shall  not  be  less 
than  9^  inches.  There  shall  be  no  circular  or  winding  stair- 
wa3^s.  The  total -width  of  the  stairways  shall  not  be  less  than 
I 8 feet  in  the  clear  where  the  gallery  accommodates  150  peo- 
: pie ; for  every  50  people  less  than  150,  accommodated  by  the 
I gallery,  said  width  may  be  reduced  1 foot.  Stairways  shall 
be  constructed  of  fireproof  material,  and  such  material  and 
I the  bearing  capacity  of  such  stairways  shall  be  approved  by 
the  bureau  of  buildings. 

I 4.  Gradients.  To  overcome  any  difference  of  level  be- 
tween corridors,  lobbies  and  aisles  in  a theatre,  gradients  of 
not  over  1 foot  in  10  feet,  or  steps  having  a rise  not  over  8 
inches  and  a width  of  not  less  than  10  inches  shall  be  used. 

5.  Walls.  Tf  the  walls  of  the  theatre  contain  wooden 
studs  they  shall  be  covered  either  with  expanded  metal  lath 
or  wire  mesh  and  plastered  with  3 coats  of  first  class  plaster, 
or  with  metal  on  ^-inch  plaster  boards,  and  all  joints  shall 
!be  properly  filled  with  mortar. 

I §503.  Means  of  egress.  1.  Aisles.  All  aisles  in  a 503 
motion  picture  theatre  or  m a gallery  thereof  must  be  at 
least  3 feet  in  the  clear. 

2.  Chair  space.  All  chairs  in  such  a theatre,  except  those 
iContained  in  the  boxes,  must  not  be  less  than  32  inches  from 
back  to  back  and  must  be  firmly  secured  to  the  floor;  no 
seat  shall  have  more  than  7 seats  intervening  between  it  and 
an  aisle,  and  the  space  occupied  b}’’  each  person  shall  be 
separated  from  the  adjoining  space  by  means  of  an  arm  or 
other  suitable  device. 

3.  Exits.  A building  to  be  erected  or  to  be  altered  for  use 
as  a motion  picture  theatre  must  be  provided,  on  the  main 
floor  thereof,  with  at  least  2 separate  exits,  one  of  which 
shall  be  in  the  front  and  the  other  in  the  rear  of  the  struc- 
ture and  both  leading  to  unobstructed  outlets  to  the  street. 

Where  the  main  floor  of  the  theatre  accommodates  more 
than  300  people,  there  shall  be  at  least  3 such  exits,  the  ag- 
gregate width  in  feet  of  which  shall  not  be  less  than  one- 
twentieth  of  the  number  of  persons  to  be  accommodated 
therein.  No  exit  shall  be  less  than  5 feet  in  width,  and  there 
shall  be  a main  exit,  not  less  than  10  feet  in  total  width. 

All  exit  doors  must  be  fireproof  and  made  to  open  outward- 
ly, and  be  so  arranged  as  not  to  obstruct  the  required  width 
of  exit  or  court  when  opened.  All  doors  leading  to  fire 
escapes  must  be  not  less  than  40  inches  wide  in  the  clear, 
and  shall  be  located  at  the  opposite  side  or  end  of  the  gal- 
ler\^  from  other  exit  doors. 


113 


504 


4.  Exit  passageway  to  street.  In  any  such  building,  if  an 

unobstructed  exit  to  a street  cannot  be  provided  at  the  rear 
thereof  as  herein  specified,  either  an  open  court  or  a fire- 
proof passageway  or  corridor  must  be  provided,  extending 
from  the  rear  exit  to  the  street  front,  at  least  4 feet  in  the 
clear  for  theatres  accommodating  100  persons  or  less ; the 
width  to  be  increased  8 inches  for  every  additional  100  per- 
sons to  be  accommodated.  Such  passageway  or  corridor  must 
be  constructed  of  fireproof  material  and  be  at  least  10  feet 
high  in  the  clear.  The  walls  forming  such  passageway  or 
corridor  must  be  at  least  8 inches  thick,  and  shall  be  con- 
structed of  brick  or  other  approved  fireproof  material.  If 
there  be  a basement,  the  wall  on  the  auditorium  side  should 
either  run  1 foot  below  the  cellar  bottom,  or  may  be  carried 
in  the  cellar  on  iron  columns  and  girders  properly  fireproofed, 
according  to  § 350  of  this  chapter.  The  ceiling  of  such  pas- 
sageway must  be  constructed  as  required  by  § 352  of  this  i 
chapter.  If  unobstructed  rear  exits  or  exits  to  a street  are 
provided,  they  must  be  of  the  same  total  width  required  for  i 
the  court,  passageway  or  corridor  above  mentioned.  The  level  ' 
of  the  open  court  or  passageway  at  the  front  of  the  build-;  i 
ing  shall  not  be  greater  than  1 step  above  the  level  of  the 
sidewalk,  and  the  grade  shall  not  be  more  than  1 foot  in  10, 
with  no  perpendicular  risers.  \ 

5.  Fire-escapes.  Galleries  must  also  be  provided  with  af 
least  one  line  of  fire  escapes,  leading  to  an  open  court,  fire- 
proof passage  or  street  without  re-entering  the  same  or  any] 
other  building.  If  the  fire  escape  leads  to  a point  in  the 
court  nearer  the  street  than  any  exit,  there  must  be  a width 
of  not  less  than  4 feet  in  the  clear  between  the  outer  edge 
of  the  fire  escape  and  the  outer  wall  of  the  court.  All  fire(| 
escapes  must  have  balconies,  not  less  than  3 feet  4 inche^l 
in  width  in  the  clear,  and  not  less  than  4 feet  6 inches  long,'fl 
and  from  said  balconies  there  shall  be  staircases  extending! 
to  the  ground  level,  with  a rise  of  not  over  inches  and  I 
a step  of  not  less  than  inches,  and  the  width  of  the  stairs' 
must  not  be  less  than  3 feet  4 inches. 

§504.  Booth  for  projecting-machine  and  film.  Ap- : 
paratus  for  projecting  motion-pictures  shall  be  contained  tn  ; 
a fireproof  booth  or  enclosure  constructed  as  required  by  r 
law.  The  booth  in  which  the  picture  machine  is  operated' 
shall  be  provided  with  an  opening  in  its  roof,  or  in  the  upper  j( 
part  of  its  side  walls,  leading  to  the  outdoor  air,  and  with  a 1 1 
vent  flue,  which  shall  have  a minimum  cross  sectional  area  J 
of  50  square  inches  and  shall  be  fireproof.  When  the  booth  i 
is  in  use,  there  shall  be  a constant  current  of  air  passing  ‘i; 
outward  through  said  opening  or  vent  flue,  at  the  rate  of 
not  less  than  30  cubic  feet  per  minute.  The  requirements  1 


114 


of  this  section  shall  apply  to  portable  booths  and  booths  in 
Dpen-air  theatres,  as  well  as  to  motion-picture  theatres. 

§505.  Application  to  existing  theatres.  All  the  pro-  505 
/isions  of  this  article  shall  apply  to  existing  places  of  enter- 
ainment  where  motion  pictures  are  exhibited  under  common 
how  licenses,  in  case  the  seating  capacity  be  increased ; and, 
n case  the  seating  capacity  be  not  increased,  all  the  provi- 
ions.of  this  article  shall  apply,  except  the  provisions  of  §§ 

00,  501 ; subdivisions  1,  3 and  5 of  §502  and  subdivisions  3, 
and  5 of  §503,  but  the  commissioner  of  licenses  shall  have 
lower  in  his  discretion  to  enforce  the  provisions  of  subdi- 
isions  3 and  4 of  §503,  relating  to  exits  and  courts. 

An  existing  place  of  entertainment  seating  300  persons  or 
3ss,  where  motion  pictures  are  exhibited  in  conjunction  with 
ny  other  form  of  entertainment,  must  comply,  before  a 
eissuance  of  its  license,  with  the  provisions  of  article  25  of 
bis  chapter,  relating  to  theatres  seating  more  than  300  per- 
ons.  But,  if  such  existing  place  of  entertainment  shall  dis- 
ontinue  all  other  form  of  entertainment  except  the  exhibi- 
on  of  motion  pictures,  it  may  be  licensed  in  accordance 
ith  the  provisions  of  first  paragraph  of  this  section. 

§506.  Open-air  motion-picture  theatres.  The  seating  5Q0 
apacity  of  each  open-air  motion-picture  theatre,  as  defined 

I §30  of  chapter  3 of  this  ordinance,  shall  be  such  as  shall 
;s  prescribed  by  the  commissioner  of  licenses.  All  such 
leatres  shall  conform  to  the  following  requirements : 

1.  Aisles.  The  number  and  width  of  all  aisles  shall  be 
I?  prescribed  by  the  commissioner  of  licenses,  but  no  aisle 
ball  be  less  than  4 feet  wide; 

^ 2.  Exits.  At  least  2 separate  exits,  remote  from  each 
|:her,  shall  be  provided,  and  no  exit  shall  be  less  than  5 feet 
f width;  for  every  25  persons  to  be  accommodated  in  ex- 
ess  of  300,  the  total  width  of  exits  shall  be  increased  1 foot. 

II  exits  must  be  indicated  by  signs  and  red  lights,  and  doors 
ust  open  outwardly; 

3.  Seats.  Seats  must  be  stationary,  with  backs  32  inches 
)art,  and  so  arranged  that  no  seat  shall  have  more  than  7 
ats  intervening  between  it  and  an  aisle.  Chairs  must  be 
ther  securely  fastened  to  a wood  or  concrete  floor,  or  all 
lairs  in  a row  must  be  fastened  together,  and  at  least  4 
•ws  must  be  securely  fastened  to  1 frame;  except  that, 
here  refreshments  are  served,  tables  and  unattached  chairs 

benches  used  with  them  may  be  permitted ; 

4.  Floors.  The  floor  must  be  constructed  either  of  wood, 

|ith  sleepers,  or  concrete;  it  must  extend  at  least  5 feet  from 
le  seats  on  all  sides;  provided,  however,  that,  in  the  discre- 
)n  of  the  commissioner  of  licenses,  a gravel  floor  may  be 
i bstituted  for  wood  or  concrete. 

1 


115 


In  addition  to  the  foregoing  requirements,  the  provisions 
of  subdivisions  2 and  4 of  §502,  and  §504  of  this  artich 
shall  apply  to  all  open-air  motion  picture  theatres. 


Article  25 


Theatres  and  Other  Places  of  Amusement 
(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 


Section  520. 

Application  of  article. 

521. 

Buildings  must  be  approved. 

522. 

Auditorium  walls. 

523. 

Dressing  rooms. 

524. 

Fire  extinguishing  appliances. 

525. 

Heating  plant. 

526. 

Lights. 

527. 

Means  of  egress. 

528. 

Partitions  and  walls. 

529. 

Proscenium  construction. 

530. 

Protective  curtain. 

531. 

Roof  of  auditorium. 

532. 

Seats. 

533. 

Stage. 

534. 

Miscellaneous  requirements. 

535. 

Storage  rooms;  workshops. 

536. 

Use  and  occupancy. 

537. 

Jurisdiction  of  fire  commissioner. 

538. 

Saving  clause. 

520  §520.  Application  of  article.  Every  theatre  or  opetl 
house  or  other  building  intended  to  be  used  for  theatrica 
or  operatic  purposes,  or  for  public  entertainment  of  any  kin(| 
hereafter  erected  for  the  accommodation  of  more  than  30J 
persons,  shall  be  built  to  comply  Avith  the  requirements  o* 
this  article.  No  building  Avhich,  at  the  time  of  the  passage 
of  this  ordinance  is  not  in  actual  use  for  theatrical  or  opeil 
atic  purposes,  and  no  building  hereafter  erected  not  in  con 
formity  with  the  requirements  of  this  section,  shall  be  nsec 
for  theatrical  or  operatic  purposes,  or  for  public  entertain- 
ments of  any  kind,  until  the  same  shall  have  been  made  tc 
conform  to  the  requirements  of  this  article. 

521  §521.  Buildings  must  be  approved.  No  building  del 
scribed  in  the  preceding  section  of  this  article  shall  be  opence 
to  the  public  for  theatrical  or  operatic  purposes,  or  for  pub- 
lic entertainments  of  any  kind,  until  the  fire  commissioner 
and  the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  have  approved  tb( 
same  in  writing  as  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  tbii 
article. 


116 


, §523.  Auditorium,  walls.  Interior  walls  built  of  fire  KOO 

proofing  materials  shall  separate  the  auditorium  from  the 
I entrance  vestibule,  and  from  any  room  or  rooms  over  the 
same,  also  from  lobbies,  corridors,  refreshment  or  other 
rooms. 

; §523.  Dressing  rooms.  Dressing  rooms  may  be  placed  KOQ 
in  the  fly  galleries,  provided  that  proper  exits  are  secured 
I'therefrom  to  the  fire  escapes  in  the  open  courts,  and  that  the 
partitions  and  other  matters  pertaining  to  dressing  rooms 
(shall  conform  to  the  requirements  herein  contained,  but  the 
jstairs  leading  to  the  same  shall  be  fireproof.  All* dressing 
irooms  shall  have  an  independent  exit  leading  directly  into  a 
i..ourt  or  street,  and  shall  be  ventilated  by  windows  in  the 
■external  walls;  and  no  dressing  room  shall  be  below  the 
istreet  level.  All  windows  shall  be  arranged  to  open,  and 
lone  of  the  windows  in  outside  walls  shall  have  fixed  sashes 
iron  grills  or  bars.  ’ 

j §534.  Fire-extinguishing  appliances.  In  every  building  RO/l 
jlescnbed  in  §520  of  this  article  there  shall  be  provided : 

1.  Hose.  A proper  and  sufficient  quantity  of  3^-inch 
lose,  not  less  than  100  feet  in  length,  fitted  with  the  regula- 

i.ion  couplings  of  the  fire  department  and  with  nozzles  at- 
1 ached  thereto,  and  with  hose  spanners  at  each  outlet,  shall 
always  be  kept  attached  to  each  hose  attachment  as  the  fire 
i/;ommissioner  may  direct. 

2.  Sprinkler  system.  A separate  and  distinct  system  of 
automatic  sprinklers,  with  fusible  plugs,  approved  by  the  su- 
)erintendent  of  buildings,  supplied  with  water  from  a tank 
ocated  on  the  roof  over  the  stage  and  not  connected  in  any 
manner  with  the  stand  pipes,  shall  be  placed  at  each  side  of 
he  proscenium  opening  and  on  the  ceiling  or  roof  over  the 
tage  at  such  intervals  as  will  protect  every  square  foot  of 
tage  surface  when  said  sprinklers  are  in  operation.  Auto- 
latic  sprinklers  shall  also  be  placed,  wherever  practicable, 

1 the  dressing  rooms  under  the  stage  and  in  the  carpenter 
hop,  paint  rooms,  store  rooms  and  property  room. 

3.  ^ Standpipes.  Stand  pipes  4 inches  in  diameter  shall  be 
rovided  with  hose  attachments  on  every  floor  and  gallery 
s follows,  namely:  One  on  each  side  of  the  auditorium  in 
ach  tier,  also  on  each  side  of  the  stage  in  each  tier,  and  at 
iast  one  in  the  property  room  and  one  in  the  carpenter's 
lop,  if  the  same  be  contiguous  to  the  building.  All  such 
:and  pipes  shall  be  kept  clear  from  obstruction.  Said  stand 
)ipes  shall  be  separate  and  distinct,  receiving  their  supply  of 
ater  direct  from  the  power  pump  or  pumps,  and  shall  be 
tted  with  the  regulation  couplings  of  the  fire  department, 
id  shall  be  kept  constantly  filled  with  water  by  means  of 


117 


an  automatic  power  pump  or  pumps,  of  sufficient  capacit 
to  supply  all  the  lines  of  hose  when  operated  simultaneousl> 
and  said  pump  or  pumps  shall  be  supplied  from  the  stree 
main  and  be  ready  for  immediate  use  at  all  times  during  an 
performance  in  said  building.  In  addition  to  the  require 
ments  contained  in  this  section,  the  stand  pipes  shall  als* 
conform  to  the  requirements  contained  in  §581  of  this  chap 
ter. 

4.  Miscellaneous.  There  shall  also  be  kept  in  readines 
for  immediate  use  on  the  stage,  at  least  4 casks  full  of  watei 
and  2 buckets  to  each  cask.  Said  casks  and  buckets  shall  b 
painted  red.  There  shall  also  be  provided  hand  pumps  o 
other  portable  fire  extinguishing  apparatus  and  at  least 
axes  and  2 25-foot  hooks,  2 15-foot  hooks,  and  2 10-foo 
hooks  on  each  tier  or  floor  of  the  stage. 

§525.  Heating  plant.  Every  steam  boiler  which  may  b 
required  for  heating  or  other  purposes  shall  be  located  out 
side  of  the  building.  The  space  allotted  to  the  same  shall  b’ 
inclosed  by  walls  of  masonry  on  all  sides,  and  the  ceiling  o 
such  space  shall  be  constructed  of  fireproof  materials.  Aj 
doorways  in  the  walls  of  boiler-rooms  shall  have  fireprocj 
doors.  No  floor  register  for  heating  shall  be  permitted.  N‘ 
coil  or  radiator  shall  be  placed  in  any  aisle  or  passageway 
used  as  an  exit,  but  all  said  coils  and  radiators  shall  be  place? 
in  recesses  formed  in  the  wall  or  partition  to  receive  th 
same.  All  supply,  return  or  exhaust  pipes  shall  be  proper! 
incased  and  protected  where  passing  through  floors  or  nea 
woodwork. 

§526.  Lights.  1.  Adequacy.  Every  portion  of  tH 
building  devoted  to  the  uses  or  accommodation  of  the  public 
also  all  outlets  leading  to  the  streets  and  including  the  opej 
courts  or  corridors,  shall  be  well  and  properly  lighted  duriii* 
every  performance,  and  the  same  shall  remain  lighted  unt; 
the  entire  audience  has  left  the  premises.  When  interior  g^ 
lights  are  not  lighted  by  electricity,  other  suitable  appliances 
to  be  approved  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  shall  b 
provided. 

2.  Corridors  and  passageways.  All  gas  or  electric  light 
in  the  halls,  corridors,  lobby  or  any  other  part  of  said  build 
ings  used  by  the  audience,  except  the  auditorium,  must  b 
controlled  by  a separate  shut-off,  located  in  the  lobby  an 
controlled  only  in  that  particular  place. 

3.  Fireproofing.  No  gas  or  electric  light  shall  be  in 
serted  in  the  walls,  woodwork,  ceilings,  or  in  any  part  of  th 
building,  unless  protected  by  fireproof  materials. 

4.  Gas  connections.  Gas  mains  supplying  the  buildin 
shall  have  independent  connections  for  the  auditorium  an 


118 


the  stage,  and  provision  shall  be  made  for  shutting  off  the 
|as  from  the  outside  of  the  building. 

5.  Nettings.  All  suspended  or  bracket  lights  surrounded 
by  glass  m the  auditorium,  or  in  any  part  of  the  building 
devoted  to  the  public,  shall  be  provided  with  proper  wir*^ 
netting  underneath.  All  lights  in  passages  and  corridors  in 
said  buildings,  wherever  deemed  necessary  by  the  superin- 
tendent of  buildings,  shall  be  protected  with  proper  wire 
network. 


G.  Stage  lights.  All  stage  lights  shall  have  strong  metal 
wire  guards  or  screens,  not  less  than  10  inches  in  diameter, 
so  constructed  that  any  material  in  contact  therewith  shall 
be  out  of  reach  of  the  flames  of  said  stage  lights,  and  must 
be  soldered  to  the  fixture  in  all  cases.  The  foot  lights,  in 
addition  to  the  wire  network,  shall  be  protected  with  a strong 
wire  guard  and  chain,  placed  not  less  than  2 feet  distant  from 
said  foot  lights,  and  the  trough  containing  them  shall  be 
formed  of  and  surrounded  by  fireproof  materials.  All  border 
, lights  shall  be  constructed  according  to  the  best  known 
methods,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  superintendent  of 
buildings,  and  shall  be  suspended  for  10  feet  by  wire  rope. 

7.  Ventilators.  All  ducts  or  shafts  used  for  conducting 
heated  air  from  the  main  chandelier,  or  from  any  other  light 
or  lights,  shall  be  constructed  of  metal  and  made  double,  with 
an  air  space  between. 


i §527.  Micans  of  egress.  1.  Exits  to  streets.  Every 
theatre  accommodating  300  persons  shall  have  at  least  2 exits ; 
when  accommodating  500  persons,  at  least  3 such  exits  shall 
be  provided;  these  exits  not  referring  to  or  including  the 
lexits  to  the  open  court  at  the  side  of  the  theatre.  Every 
such  building  shall  have  at  least  one  front  on  the  street,  and 
in  such  front  there  shall  be  suitable  means  of  entrance  and 
exit  for  the  audience,  not  less  than  25  feet  in  width.  The 
entrance  of  the  main  front  of  the  building  shall  be  not  on  a 
higher  level  from  the  sidewalk  than  four  steps,  unless  ap- 
proved by  the  superintendent  of  buildings.  Each  exit  shall 
ibe  at  least  5 feet  in  width  in  the  clear  and  provided  with 
doors  of  iron  or  wood ; if  of  wood,  the  doors  shall  be  con- 
'structed  as  hereinbefore  prescribed  in  this  chapter.  All  of 
said  doors  shall  open  outwardly,  and  shall  be  fastened  with 
movable  bolts,  the  bolts  to  be  kept  drawn  during  perform- 
inces. 


527 


2.  Exits  to  courts.  In  addition  to  the  aforesaid  entrances 
and  exits  on  the  street,  there  shall  be  reserved  for  service  in 
:ase  of  an  emergency  an  open  court  or  space  in  the  rear 
and  on  the  side  not  bordering  on  the  street,  where  said  build- 
ng  is  located  on  a corner  lot ; and  in  the  rear  and  on  both 


no 


sides  of  said  building,  where  there  is  but  one  frontage  oi; 
the  street  as  hereinafter  provided.  The  width  of  such  oper 
court  or  courts  shall  be  not  less  than  10  feet  where  the  seat 
ing  capacity  is  not  over  1,000  people,  above  1,000  and  no 
more  than  1,800  people  12  feet  in  width,  and  above  1,800  peo 
pie  14  feet  in  width.  Said  open  court  or  courts  shall  extern 
the  full  length  and  height  of  the  building  and  across  on  eacl 
side  and  rear  thereof  where  its  sides  or  side  does  not  abut  or 
a street  or  alley,  and  shall  be  of  the  same  width  at  all  points 
and  exits  hereafter  specified  shall  lead  into  such  open  courts 
From  the  auditorium  opening  into  the  said  open  courts  o: 
on  the  side  street,  there  shall  be  not  less  than  2 exits  on  eacl 
side  in  each  tier  from  and  including  the  parquet  and  eacl 
gallery.  The  said  open  courts  and  corridors  shall  not  be  usee 
for  storage  purposes,  or  for  any  purposes  whatsoever,  excep 
for  exit  and  entrance  from  and  to  the  auditorium  and  stage 
and  must  be  kept  free  and  clear  during  performances. 

3.  Doorways  of  exits.  Doorways  of  exit  or  entrance  fo‘ 
the  use  of  the  public  shall  be  not  less  than  5 feet  in  width 
and  for  every  additional  100  persons  or  portions  thereof  t( 
be  accommodated,  in  excess  of  500,  an  aggregate  of  20  inchej 
additional  exit  width  must  be  allowed.  All  doors  of  exit  o' 
entrance  shall  open  outwardly  and  be  hung  to  swing  in  suc| 
a manner  as  not  to  become  an  obstruction  in  a passage  q 
corridor,  and  no  such  doors  shall  be  closed  and  locked  durin|j 
any  representation,  or  when  the  building  is  open  to  the  pub 
lie. 

4.  Foyers,  lobbies  and  corridors.  The  foyers,  lobbies,  cor 
ridors,  passages  and  rooms  for  the  use  of  the  audience,  nq 
including  aisles  spaced  between  seats,  shall  on  the  first  a 
main  floor,  where  the  seating  capacity  exceeds  500  or  mor^ 
be  at  least  16  feet  clear,  back  of  the  last  row  of  seats,  an| 
on  each  balcony  or  gallery  at  least  12  feet  clear  of  the  las 
row  of  seats.  The  level  of  said  corridors  at  the  front  en^ 
trance  to  the  building  shall  be  not  greater  than  one  ste] 
above  the  level  of  the  sidewalk  where  they  begin  at  the  stree 
entrance.  During  the  performance  the  doors  or  gates  in  tin 
corridors  shall  be  kept  open  by  proper  fastenings ; at  othe 
times  they  may  be  closed  and  fastened  by  movable  bolts  o 
blocks. 

5.  Aisles.  All  aisles  on  the  respective  floors  of  the  audi 
torium  shall  be  not  less  than  3 feet  wide  where  they  begin 
and  shall  be  increased  in  width  toward  the  exits  in  a ratio  o 
1^2  inches  to  5 running  feet. 

6.  Gradients.  Gradients  or  inclined  planes  shall  be  em 
ployed  instead  of  steps  where  possible  to  overcome  sligh 
difference  of  level  in  or  between  aisles,  corridors  and  pas 
sages.  To  overcome  any  difference  of  level  in  and  betweei 


120 


courts,  corridors,  lobbies,  passages  and  aisles  on  the  ground 
floor,  gradients  shall  be  employed  of  not  over  1 foot  in  12 
feet,  with  no  perpendicular  rises. 

7.  Gallery  exits.  Distinct  and  separate  places  of  exit  and 
entrance  shall  be  provided  for  each  gallery  above  the  first. 
A common  place  of  exit  and  entrance  may  serve  for  the  main 
floor  of  the  auditorium  and  the  first  gallery,  provided  its 
capacity  be  equal  to  the  aggregate  capacity  of  the  outlets 
from  the  main  floor  and  the  said  gallery.  No  passage  lead- 
ing to  any  stairway  communicating  with  any  entrance  or 
exit  shall  be  less  than  4 feet  in  width  in  any  part  thereof. 
From  the  auditorium  opening  into  the  said  open  courts  or 
on  the  side  street,  there  shall  be  not  less  than  2 exits  on  each 
side  in  each  tier  from  and  including  the  parquet  and  each 
and  every  gallery. 

8.  Staircases  to  galleries.  Where  the  seating  capacity  is 
for  more  than  1,000  people,  there  shall  be  at  least  2 inde- 
pendent staircases,  with  direct  exterior  outlets,  provided  for 
each  gallery  in  the  auditorium,  where  there  are  not  more  than 
2 galleries,  and  the  same  shall  be  located  on  opposite  sides 
of  said  galleries.  Where  there  are  more  than  2 galleries,  1 
or  more  additional  staircases  shall  be  provided,  the  outlets 
from  which  shall  communicate  directly  with  the  principal 
exit  or  other  exterior  outlets.  All  such  staircases  shall  be  of 
width  proportionate  to  the  seating  capacity  as  elsewhere 
herein  prescribed.  Where  the  seating  capacity  is  for  1,000 
people,  or  less,  2 direct  lines  of  staircases  only  shall  be  re- 
quired, located  on  opposite  sides  of  the  galleries,  and  in 
both  cases  shall  extend  from  the  sidewalk  level  to  the  upper 
gallery,  with  outlets  from  each  gallery  to  each  of  said  stair- 
cases. All  inside  stairways  leading  to  the  upper  galleries 
of  the  auditorium  shall  be  inclosed  on  both  sides  with  walls 
of  fireproof  materials.  Stairs  leading  to  the  first  or  lower 
gallery  may  be  left  open  on  one  side,  in  which  case  they 
shall  be  constructed  as  herein  provided  for  similar  ^tairs  lead- 
ing from  the  entrance  hall  to  the  main  floor  of  the  audi- 
torium. But  in  no  case  shall  stairs  leading  to  any  gallery 
be  left  open  on  both  sides.  No  door  shall  be  open  immedi- 
ately upon  a flight  of  stairs,  but  a landing  at  least  the  width 
of  the  door  shall  be  provided  between  such  stairs  and  such 
door. 

9.  Stage  staircases.  At  least  2 independent  staircases, 
with  direct  exterior  outlets,  shall  also  be  provided  for  the 
service  of  the  stage  and  shall  be  located  on  the  opposite 
sides  of  the  same. 

10.  Stairways.  All  staircases  for  the  use  of  the  audience 
shall  be  inclosed  with  walls  of  brick,  or  of  fireproof  ma- 
terials approved  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  in  the 


121 


stories  through  which  they  pass,  and  the  openings  to  said 
staircases  from  each  tier  shall  be  of  the  full  width  of  said 
staircase.  All  stairs  within  the  building  shall  be  constructed 
of  fireproof  material  throughout.  Stairs  from  balconies  and 
galleries  shall  not  communicate  with  the  basement  or  cellar. 
All  stairs  shall  have  treads  of  uniform  width  and  risers  of 
uniform  height  throughout  in  each  flight.  Stairways  serving 
for  the  exit  of  50  people  shall  be  at  least  4 feet  wide  between 
railings  or  between  walls,  and  for  every  additional  50  peo- 
ple to  be  accommodated  6 inches  must  be  added  to  their 
width.  The  width  of  all  stairs  shall  be  measured  in  the  clear 
between  hand  rails.  In  no  case  shall  the  risers  of  any  stairs 
exceed  7J4  inches  in  height,  nor  shall  the  treads,  exclusive  of 
nosings,  be  less  than  10j4  inches  wide  in  straight  stairs.  No 
circular  or  winding  stairs  for  the  use  of  the  public  shall  be 
permitted.  When  straight  stairs  return  directly  on  them- 
selves, a landing  of  the  full  width  of  both  flights,  without 
any  steps,  shall  be  provided.  The  outer  line  of  landings 
shall  be  curved  to  a radius  of  not  less  than  2 feet  to  avoid 
square  angles.  Stairs  turning  at  an  angle  shall  have  a proper 
landing  without  winders  introduced  at  said  turn.  In  stairs, 
when  2 side  flights  connect  with  one  main  flight,  no  winders 
shall  be  introduced,  and  the  width  of  the  main  flight  shall  be 
at  least  equal  to  the  aggregate  width  of  the  side  flights.  All 
stairs  shall  have  proper  landings  introduced  at  convenient 
distances. 

11.  Stairway  hand  rails.  All  inclosed  staircases  shall  have, 
on  both  sides,  strong  hand  rails  firmly  secured  to  the  wall 
about  3 inches  distant  therefrom  and  about  3 feet  above  the 
stairs,  but  said  hand  rails  shall  not  run  on  level  platforms 
and  landings  where  the  same  is  more  in  length  than  the 
width  of  the  stairs.  All  staircases  8 feet  and  over  in  width 
shall  be  provided  with  a centre  hand  rail  of  metal,  not  less 
than  2 inches  in  diameter,  placed  at  a height  of  about  3 feet 
above  the  centre  of  the  treads,  and  supported  on  wrought 
metal  or  brass  standards  of  sufficient  strength,  placed  not 
nearer  than  4 feet  nor  more  than  6 feet  apart,  and  se- 
curely bolted  to  the  treads  or  risers  of  stairs,  or  both,  and 
at  the  head  of  each  flight  of  stairs,  on  each  landing,  the  post 
or  standard  shall  be  at  least  6 feet  in  height,  to  which  the 
rail  shall  be  secured. 

12.  Fire-escapes.  There  shall  be  balconies  not  less  than 
6 feet  in  width  in  the  said  open  court  or  courts  at  each 
level  or  tier  above  the  parquet,  on  each  side  of  the  audi- 
torium, of  sufficient  length  to  embrace  the  2 exits,  and  from 
said  balconies  there  shall  be  staircases  extending  to  the 
ground  level,  with  a rise  of  not  over  8^  inches  to  a step 
and  not  less  than  9 inches  tread,  exclusive  of  the  nosing. 


122 


The  staircase  from  the  upper  balcony  to  the  next  below  shall 
be  not  less  than  48  inches  in  width  clear,  and  from  the  first 
balcony  to  the  ground  4 feet  in  width  in  the  clear  where 
the  seating  capacity  of  the  auditorium  is  for  1,000  people  or 
less,  4 feet  6 inches  in  the  clear  where  above  1,000  and  not 
more  than  1,800  people,  and  5 feet  in  the  clear  where  above 
1,800  people  and  not  more  than  2,500  people,  and  not  over 
5 feet  6 inches  in  the  clear  where  above  2,500  people.  All 
the  before  mentioned  balconies  and  staircases  shall  be  con- 
structed of  iron  throughout,  including  the  floors,  and  of  ample 
strength  to  sustain  the  load  to  be  carried  by  them,  and  they 
shall  be  covered  with  a metal  hood  or  awning,  to  be  con- 
structed in  such  manner  as  shall  be  approved  by  the  super- 
intendent of  buildings.  Where  one  side  of  the  building 
borders  on  the  street,  there  shall  be  balconies  and  staircases 
of  like  capacity  and  kind,  as  before  mentioned,  carried  to 
the  ground. 

13.  Diagram  of  exits.  A diagram  or  plan  of  each  tier, 
gallery  or  floor,  showing  distinctly  the  exits  therefrom,  each 
occupying  a space  not  less  than  15  square  inches,  shall  be 
printed  in  black  lines  in  a legible  manner  on  the  programme 
of  the  performance.  Every  exit  shall  have  over  the  same 
on  the  inside  the  word  “Exit"’  painted  in  legible  letters  not 
less  than  8 inches  high. 

§528.  Partitions  and  walls.  The  partitions  in  that  coq 
portion  of  the  building  which  contains  the  auditorium,  the 
entrance  and  vestibule  and  every  room  and  passage  devoted 
to  the  use  of  the  audience  shall  be  constructed  of  fireproof 
materials  including  the  furring  of  outside  or  other  walls. 

The  walls  separating  the  actors*  dressing  rooms  from  the 
stage  and  the  partitions  dividing  the  dressing  rooms,  to- 
gether with  the  partitions  of  every  passageway  from  the  same 
to  the  stage,  and  all  other  partitions  on  or  about  the  stage, 
shall  be  constructed  of  fireproof  material  approved  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings.  All  doors  in  any  of  said  par- 
titions shall  be  fireproof. 

§529.  Proscenium  construction.  A fire  wall,  built  of  §29 
brick,  shall  separate  the  auditorium  from  the  stage.  The 
same  shall  extend  at  least  4 feet  above  the  stage  roof,  or  the 
auditorium  roof,  if  the  latter  be  the  higher,  and  shall  be 
coped.  Above  the  proscenium  opening  there  shall  be  an 
iron  girder  of  sufficient  strength  to  safely  support  the  load 
above,  and  the  same  shall  be  covered  with  fireproof  materials 
to  protect  it  from  the  heat.  Should  there  be  constructed  an 
orchestra  over  the  stage,  above  the  proscenium  opening,  the 
said  orchestra  shall  be  placed  on  the  auditorium  side  of  the 
proscenium  fire  wall,  and  shall  be  entered  only  from  the 
auditorium  side  of  said  wall.  The  molded  frame  around  the 


123 


proscenium  opening  shall  be  formed  entirely  of  fireproof  ma- 
terials ; if  metal  be  used,  the  metal  shall  be  filled  in  solid 
with  non-combustible  material  and  securely  anchored  to  the 
wall  with  iron.  No  doorway  or  opening  through  the  pros- 
cenium wall,  from  the  auditorium,  shall  be  allowed  above 
the  level  of  the  first  floor,  and  such  first  floor  openings  shall 
have  fireproof  doors  on  each  face  of  the  wall,  and  the  doors 
shall  be  hung  so  as  to  be  opened  from  either  side  at  all 
times. 

§530.  Protective  curtain.  The  proscenium  opening  shall 
be  provided  with  a fireproof  metal  curtain,  or  a curtain  of 
asbestos  or  other  fireproof  material  approved  by  the  superin- 
tendent of  buildings,  sliding  at  each  end  with  iron  grooves, 
securely  fastened  to  the  brick  wall  and  extending  into  such 
grooves  to  a depth  not  less  than  6 inches  on  each  side  of  the 
opening.  The  proscenium  curtains  shall  be  placed  at  least  3 
feet  distant  from  the  foot-lights,  at  the  nearest  point.  Said 
fireproof  curtain  shall  be  raised  at  the  commencement  of  each 
performance  and  lowered  at  the  close  thereof,  and  be  operated 
by  approved  machinery  for  that  purpose. 

§531.  Roof  of  auditorium.  The  roof  over  the  audi- 
torium and  the  entire  main  floor  of  the  auditorium  and  vesti- 
bule, also  the  entire  floor  of  the  second  story  of  the  front 
superstructure  over  the  entrance,  lobby  and  corridors,  and 
all  galleries  and  support  for  the  same  in  the  auditorium  shall 
be  constructed  of  iron  and  steel  and  fireproof  materials,  not 
excluding  the  use  of  wood  floorboards  and  necessary  sleepers 
to  fasten  the  same  to,  but  such  sleepers  shall  not  mean  tim- 
bers of  support,  and  the  space  between  the  sleepers,  excepting 
a portion  under  the  stepping  in  the  galleries,  which  shall  be 
properly  fire  stopped,  shall  be  solidly  filled  with  incombusti- 
ble material  up  to  under  side  of  the  floor  boards. 

§532.  Seats.  All  seats  in  the  auditorium,  excepting 
those  contained  in  boxes,  shall  be  not  less  than  32  inches 
from  back  to  back,  measured  in  a horizontal  direction,  and 
firmly  secured  to  the  floor.  No  seat  in  the  auditorium  shall 
have  more  than  6 seats  intervening  between  it  and  an  aisle 
on  either  side.  No  stool  or  seat  shall  be  placed  in  any  aisle. 
All  platforms  in  galleries  formed  to  receive  the  seats  shall 
not  be  more  than  21  inches  in  height  of  riser,  nor  less  than 
32  inches  in  width  of  platform. 

§533.  Stage.  1.  Construction.  All  that  portion  of  the 
stage  not  comprised  in  the  working  of  scenery,  traps  and 
other  mechanical  apparatus  for  the  presentation  of  a scene, 
usually  equal  to  the  width  of  the  proscenium  opening,  shall 
be  built  of  iron  or  steel  beams  filled  in  between  with  fire- 
proof material,  and  all  girders  for  the  support  of  said  beams 


shall  be  of  wrought  iron  or  rolled  steel.  The  fly  galleries 
entire,  including  pin-rails,  shall  be  constructed  of  iron  or 
steel,  and  the  floors  of  said  galleries  shall  be  composed  of 
iron  or  steel  beams,  filled  with  fireproof  materials,  and  no 
wood  boards  or  sleepers  shall  be  used  as  covering  over  beams, 
but  the  said  floors  shall  be  entirely  fireproof.  The  rigging- 
loft  shall  be  fireproof. 

2.  Skylights.  There  shall  be  provided  over  the  stage, 
metal  skylights  of  an  area  or  combined  area  of  at  least  ks  ' 
the  area  of  said  stage,  fitted  up  with  sliding  sash  and  glazed 
with  double  thick  sheet  glass  not  exceeding  1-12  of  an  inch 
thick,  and  each  pane  thereof  measuring  not  less  than  300 
square  inches  and  the  whole  of  which  skylight  shall  be  so 
constructed  as  to  open  instantly  on  the  cutting  or  burning  of 

a hempen  cord,  which  shall  be  arranged  to  hold  said  sky- 
lights closed,  or  some  other  equally  simple  approved  device 
for  opening  them  may  be  provided.  Immediately  underneath 
the  glass  of  said  skylights  there  shall  be  wire  netting,  but 
wire  glass  shall  not  be  used  in  lieu  of  this  requirement. 

3.  Scenery  and  fittings.  All  stage  scenery,  curtains  and 
decorations  made  of  combustible  material,  and  all  woodwork 
on  or  about  the  stage,  shall  be  painted  or  saturated  with 
some  non-combustible  material  or  otherwise  rendered  safe 
against  fire,  and  the  finishing  coats  of  paint  applied  to  all 
woodwork  through  the  entire  building  shall  be  of  such  kind 
as  will  resist  fire  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  superintendent 
of  buildings  having  jurisdiction. 

§534.  Miscellaneous  requirements.  1.  Ceilings.  The  534 
ceiling  under  each  gallery  shall  be  entirely  formed  of  fire- 
’'Toof  materials.  The  ceiling  of  the  auditorium  shall  be 
formed  of  fireproof  materials. 

2.  Ceiling  coverings.  None  of  the  walls  or  ceilings  shall 
be  covered  with  wood  sheathing,  canvas  or  any  combustible 
material.  But  this  shall  not  exclude  the  use  of  wood  wain- 
scoting to  a height  not  to  exceed  6 feet,  which  shall  be  filled 
in  solid  between  the  wainscoting  and  the  wall  with  fireproof 
materials. 

3.  Fronts  of  galleries.  The  fronts  of  each  gallery  shall 
be  formed  of  fireproof  materials,  except  the  capping,  which 
may  be  made  of  wood. 

4.  Lathing.  All  lathing,  whenever  used,  shall  be  of  wire 
or  other  metal. 

5.  Shelving  and  cupboards.  All  shelving  and  cupboards 
in  each  and  every  dressing  room,  property  room  or  other 
storage  rooms,  shall  be  constructed  of  metal,  slate  or  some 
fireproof  material. 


125 


535  §535.  Storage  rooms;  workshops.  No  workshop,  stor- 
age or  general  property  room  shall  be  allowed  above  *the 
auditorium  or  stage,  or  under  the  same  or  in  any  of  the  fly 
galleries.  All  of  said  rooms  or  shops  may  be  located  in  the 
rear  or  at  the  side  of  the  stage,  but  in  such  cases  they  shall 
be  separated  from  the  stage  by  a brick  wall,  and  the  open- 
ings leading  into  said  portions  shall  have  fireproof  doors  on 
each  side  of  the  openings,  hung  to  iron  eyes  built  into  the 
wall. 

536  §536.  Use  and  occupancy,  1.  Restrictions.  No  por- 
tion of  any  building  hereafter  erected  or  altered,  used  or  in- 
tended to  be  used  for  theatrical  or  other  purposes  as  in  this 
Section  specified,  shall  be  occupied  or  used  as  a hotel,  board- 
ing or  lodging  house,  factory,  workshop  or  manufactory,  or 
for  storage  purposes,  except  as  may  be  hereafter  specially 
provided  for.  This  restriction  relates  not  only  to  that  por- 
tion of  the  building  which  contains  the  auditorium  and  the 
stage,  but  applies  also  to  the  entire  structure  in  conjunction 
therewith.  No  store  or  room  contained  in  the  building,  or 
the  offices,  stores  or  apartments  adjoining,  as  aforesaid,  shall 
be  let  or  used  for  carrying  on  any  business,  dealing  in  arti- 
cles designated  as  specially  hazardous  in  the  classification  of 
the  New  York  Board  of  Fire  Underwriters,  or  for  manu- 
facturing purposes.  No  lodging  accommodations  shall  be  al- 
lowed in  any  part  of  the  building  communicating  with  the 
auditorium.  When  located  on  a corner  lot,  that  portion  of 
the  premises  bordering  on  the  side  street  and  not  required 
for  the  uses  of  the  theatre  may,  if  such  portion  be  not  more 
than  25  feet  in  width,  be  used  for  offices,  stores  or  apart- 
ments, provided  the  walls  separating  this  portion  from  the 
theatre  proper  are  carried  up  solidly  to  and  through  the  roof, 
and  that  a fireproof  exit  is  provided  for  the  theatre  on  each 
tier,  equal  to  the  combined  width  of  exits  opening  on  op- 
posite sides  in  each  tier,  communicating  with  balconies  and 
staircases  leading  to  the  street  in  manner  provided  elsewhere 
in  this  section;  said  exit  passages  shall  be  entirely  cut  off  by 
brick  walls  from*  said  offices,  stores  or  apartments,  and  the 
floors  and  ceilings  in  each  tier  shall  be  fireproof.. 

2.  Above  theatre.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall  prevent 
a roof  garden,  art  gallery  or  rooms  for  similar  purposes  be- 
ing placed  above  a theatre  or  public  building,  provided  the 
floor  of  the  same,  forming  the  roof  over  such  theatre  or 
building,  shall  be  constructed  of  iron  or  steel  and  fireproof 
materials,  and  that  said  floor  shall  have  no  covering  boards 
or  sleepers  of  wood,  but  shall  be  of  tile  or  cement.  Every 
roof  over  said  garden  or  rooms  shall  have  all  supports  and 
rafters  of  iron  or  steel,  and  be  covered  with  glass  or  fire- 
proof materials,  or  both,  but  no  such  roof  garden,  aii 


J26 


1 

gallery  or  room  for  any  public  purposes  shall  be  placed  over 
or  above  that  portion  of  any  theatre  or  other  building  which 
is  used  as  a stage. 

§537.  Jurisdiction  of  fire  commissioner.  The  stand  537 
pipes,  gas  pipes,  electric  wires,  hose,  foot  lights  and  all  ap- 
paratus for  the  extinguishing  of  fire  or  guarding  against 
the  same,  as  in  this  article  specified,  shall  be  in  charge  and 
under  control  of  the  fire  department,  and  the  fire  commis- 
sioner is  hereby  directed  to  see  that  the  provisions  of  this 
article  relating  thereto  are  carried  out  and  enforced. 

: §538.  Saving  clause.  The  provisions  of  the  foregoing  533 

article  shall  not  be  construed  to  mean  or  made  to  apply  to 
any  theatre,  opera  house  or  building  intended  to  be  used  for 
theatrical  or  operatic  purposes,  lawfully  erected  prior  to 
June  3,  1904. 


Section  560. 

561. 

562. 

563. 

564. 

565. 

566. 

567. 

568. 

I §560.  Definitions.  For  the  purposes  of  this  article : 

I a — the  term  elevator  shall  mean  any  device  within  or  m 
connection  with  a building  or  structure  used  for  carrying 
)ersons  or  things  upward  or  downward ; 

b — the  term  passenger  elevator  shall  mean  and  include  am 
levator  designed  and  used  for  carrying  persons  other  than 
hose  necessary  for  its  safe  operation  or  for  the  handling  or 
hings  carried  by  it; 

c — the  term  freight  elevator  shall  mean  and  include  an} 
ijevator  designed  and  used  for  the  carrying  of  things  and  of 
iuch  persons  only  as  are  necessary  for  its  safe  operation  01 
jhe  handling  of  things  carried  by  it; 


Article  26 
(Repealed) 

Article  27 

Elevators  » 

(In  Effect  March  14,  1916) 

Definitions. 

Rules. 

Permits. 

Certificate. 

Record  of  passenger  elevators 
Inspection. 

Riding  on  elevators  restricted 
Operators. 

Accidents. 


127 


d — the  term  amusement  device  shall  mean  and  include  alh 
mechanically  operated  devices  which  are  rrsed  to  convey  per-^ 
sons  in  any  direction  as  a form  of  amusement. 

561  §561.  Rules.  The  superintendent  of  buildings  shall 
make  rules  consistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  article, 
regulating,  with  a view  to  safety,  the  construction,  main- 
tenance and  operation  of  all  elevators  and  amusement  de- 
vices, now  existing  or  hereafter  installed. 

562  §562.  Permits.  No  passenger  or  freight  elevator  shall 

hereafter  be  installed  or  altered  in  any  building  nor  shall  any 
amusement  device  be  hereafter  constructed  or  altered,  until 
the  owner  or  lessee,  or  the  agent,  architect  or  contractor  of 
either,  shall  have  submitted  to  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings, in  such  form  as  the  superintendent  may  prescribe,  an 
application  accompanied  by  plans  and  drawings  showing  the 
proposed  construction  and  mode  of  operation,  and  such  ap- 
plication has  been  approved  by  the  superintendent  and  a 
permit  has  been  issued  by  him.  Repairs  to  elevators  and  ! 
amusement  devices  may  be  made  without  filing  such  appli-  | 
cation,  except  when  such  repairs  include  a change  in  the  type'j 
of  elevator  or  of  its  motive  power,  or  when  any  change  in' 
safety  devices  or  operating  mechanism  is  made.  *\ 

563  §563.  Certificate.  Whenever  a passenger  or  freight 
elevator  or  an  amusement  device  is  hereafter  installed  orji 
constnicted,  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  the  owner  or  lessee  toJ 
operate  or  permit  the  operation  or  use  of  the  same  until  a 
certificate  shall  have  been  obtained  from  the  superintendent 
of  buildings  that  such  elevator  or  amusement  device  has  been.' 
inspected  and  has  been  found  to  be  safe.  The  superintendent; 
of  buildings  shall  within  a reasonable  time  after  being  re--| 
quested  to  do  so  inspect  or  cause  to  be  inspected  any  ele-|| 
vator  or  amusement  device  hereafter  installed  or  constructedjj 
and  if  the  same  is  found  to  be  safe  and  in  conformity  with»i 
the  provisions  of  this  article  and  the  rules  adopted  there-^l 
under,  shall  issue  a certificate  to  that  effect.  Nothing  here-- 
in  contained  shall  prevent  the  temporary  use  under  a cer- 
tificate issued  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings  of  any  ele- 
vator during  construction,  provided  a notice  is  conspicu- 
ously posted  on  or  in  connection  with  such  elevator  to  the 
effect  that  such  elevator  has  not  been  officially  approved. 

564  §564.  Record  of  passenger  elevators.  Every  passengcn 
elevator  shall  be  given  a serial  number  for  purposes  of  iden^ 
tification.  In  the  case  of  elevators  hereafter  installed  such 
serial  number  shall  be  assigned  when  the  first  certificate  is 
issued,  and  in  the  case  of  existing  elevators,  as  soon  as  in- 
spection can  be  made  for  that  purpose.  A docket  of  all  pas-^ 

senger  elevators  shall  be  kept  in  each  borough,  giving  under 

% 

7 

A' 

i 


128 


the  corresponding  serial  number  a description  of  its  location 
, sufficient  for  identification,  together  with  such  other  infor- 
I mation  as  type  of  construction,  motive  power,  rise,  rated 
I speed,  inspection,  etc.,  as  the  superintendent  of  buildings 
may  deem  desirable.  The  owner  or  lessee,  or  agent  of  either, 

; shall  cause  such  number,  together  with  the  most  recent  cer- 
tificate of  inspection,  to  be  attached  or  posted  in  the  ele- 
vator car  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  rule^. 

§565.  Inspection.  The  superintendent  of  , buildings  565 
shall  cause  an  inspection  of  all  passenger  elevators  to  be 
made  at  least  once  in  every  three  months  and  of  freight 
elevators  and  amusement  devices  at  least  twice  in  each  year. 

Upon  notice  from  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  or  his  duly 
authorized  representative,  any  repairs  found  necessary  to  such 
elevators  or  amusement  devices  shall  be  made  without  delay 
by  the  owner  or  lessee,  and  in  case  defects  are  found  to 
exist  in  the  continued  use  of  such  elevator  or  amusement 
device  are  dangerous  to  life  or  limb,  then  the  use  of  such 
elevator  or  amusement  device  shall  cease,  and  it  shall  not 
again  be  used  until  a certificate  shall  be  first  obtained  from 
said  superintendent  of  buildings  that  such  elevator  or  amuse- 
, ment  device  has  been  made  safe.  After  every  inspection 
•which  shows  any  elevator  or  amusement  device  to  be  safe 
land  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of  this  article  and 
I the  rules  adopted  thereunder,  the  superintendent  of  buildings 
! shall  issue  a certificate  to  that  effect. 

§566.  Riding  on  elevators  restricted.  It  shall  be  un-  g00 
lawful  for  any  person,  other  than  the  operator  or  those  neces- 
sary to  handle  freight  to  ride  on,  or  for  the  owner  or  lessee 
of  any  elevator  knowingly  to  permit  any  person  to  ride  on 
any  elevator  other  than  a passenger  elevator.  Every  freight 
elevator  shall  have  a notice  posted  conspicuously  thereon  as 
follows:  THIS  IS  NOT  A PASSENGER  ELEVATOR. 

IT  IS  UNLAWFUL  FOR  ANY  PERSON  OTHER  THAN 
THE  OPERATOR  OR  THOSE  NECESSARY  TO  HAN- 
DLE FREIGHT,  TO  RIDE  ON  THIS  ELEVATOR. 

§567.  Operators.  Except  as  may  be  specifically  pro-  g0*7 
vided  in  any  other  other  law  or  ordinance,  every  passenger 
elevator,  except  full  automatic  push  button  elevators  and 
escalators,  must  be  in  charge  of  a competent  operator  of  re- 
liable and  industrious  habits,  not  less  than  eighteen  years  of 
age,  with  sufficient  previous  experience  in  running  an  ele- 
vator under  the  instruction  of  a competent  person.  No 
operators  of  amusement  devices  known  as  electrically  oper- 
ated scenic  railroads  shall  be  employed  who  have  not  attained 
the  age  of  twenty-one  years  and  who  have  not  secured  a cer- 
tificate of  competency  from  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 


129 


In  case  the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  find  that  th( 
person  engaged  in  running  an  elevator  is  incompetent  or  no 
qualified,  the  owner  or  lessee  of  such  elevator  shall,  upot 
notice  from  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  at  once  discon 
tinue  the  operation  of  such  elevator  by  such  operator.  N( 
person  shall  employ  or  permit  any  person  to  operate  am 
passenger  elevator  who  does  not  possess  the  qualification 
prescribed  therefor  by  this  or  any  other  law  or  ordinance. 

568  §568.  Accidents.  The  owner  or  lessee,  or  person  ir 

charge  of  any  passenger  or  freight  elevator  or  amusemen 
device  shall  immediately  notify  the  superintendent  of  build 
ings  of  each  and  every  accident  to  a person  or  damage  tc 
apparatus  on  about  or  in  connection  with  such  elevator  oi 
amusement  device,  and  shall  afford  the  superintendent  o 
buildings  or  his  representative  every  facility  for  investigating 
such  accident  or  damage.  The  superintendent  of  building? 
shall  without  delay,  after  being  notified,  make  an  investiga- 
tion, and  shall  place  on  file  in  the  bureau  of  buildings  a ful‘ 
and  complete  report  of  such  investigation.  Such  report  shal 
give  in  detail  all  material  facts  and  information  available 
and  the  cause  or  causes  so  far  as  they  can  be  determined; 
and  shall  be  open  to  public  inspection  at  all  reasonable  hours 
When  an  accident  involves  the  failure  or  destruction  of  an> 
part  of  the  construction  or  operating  mechanism  of  a pas-t 
senger  elevator  or  amusement  device,  said  passenger  elevatof 
or  amusement  device,  shall  not  be  used  until  it  has  beer 
made  safe,  and  the  superintendent  of  buildings  may,  if 
deemed  necessary,  order  the  discontinuance  of  the  same 
until  a certificate  has  been  issued  by  him  for  its  use,  but  nc 
part  of  the  damaged  construction  or  operating  mechanism 
shall  be  removed  from  the  premises  until  permission  to  dcc 
so  has  been  granted  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings  or  hi| 
representative. 

f 

Article  28 

Fire  Extinguishing  Appliances 
(In  Effect  March  7,  1916) 

Section  580.  General  provisions. 

581.  Standpipes. 

580  General  provisions.  Except  as  otherwise  specifi- 

cally provided  in  this  article  or  by  any  law  or  ordinance, 
all  buildings  now  existing  or  hereafter  erected,  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  such  tanks,  standpipes,  automatic  sprinklers,  hose 


130 


lozzles,  wrenches,  fire  extinguishers,  hooks,  axes  and  such 
other  appliances  as  may  be  required  by  and  conforming  to 
;he  rules  of  the  fire  commissioner,  adopted  or  amended  in 
he  manner  prescribed  by  this  chapter  for  the  rules  of  the 
aiperintendent  of  buildings. 

§581.  Standpipes.  1.  When  required.  Standpipes,  §31 
:onstructed  and  installed  as  hereinafter  required,  shall  be 
|)rovided 

a — in  every  building  now  existing  and  exceeding  eighty- 
ive  feet  in  height,  which  is  not  already  provided  with  a 
hree-inch  or  larger  standpipe. 

, b— in  every  building  hereafter  erected  or  altered  to  exceed 
[;ighty-five  feet  in  height ; and 

. c — in  every  building  exceeding  ten  thousand  square  feet  in 
;irea. 

2.  Size.  Standpipes  hereafter  placed  in  any  building  shall 
lot  be  less  than  four  inches  in  diameter  for  buildings  or  parts 
jhereof  not  exceeding  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  height, 
lot  less  than  six  inches  in  diameter  for  buildings  or  parts 
hereof  exceeding  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  and  not  ex- 
j-.eeding  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  height,  and  not  less 
ban  eight  inches  in  diameter  for  buildings  or  parts  ^^ereof 
■exceeding  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet  in  height. 

[ 3.  Number  and  location.  The  number  of  standpipes  in 
Uy  building  shall  be  such  that  all  parts  of  each  story  are 
[vithin  the  reach  of  at  least  one  stream  supplied  by  hose 
lot  exceeding  one  hundred  feet  in  length.  When  a building 
f-equiring  standpipes  faces  on  more  than  one  street,  at  least 
one  standpipe  shall  be  installed  for  each  street  front,  pro- 
dded that  for  intersecting  street  fronts  one  standpipe  shall 
>e  sufficient  for  each  intersection.  So  far  as  practicable 
tandpipes  shall  be  placed  within  stair  enclosures;  otherwise 
hey  shall  be  as  near  the  stairs  as  possible.  All  standpipes 
hall  extend  from  the  lowest  story  to  and  above  the  roof. 

4.  Construction.  All  standpipes  hereafter  installed  shall 
e constructed  as  prescribed  by  the  rules  of  the  fire  commis- 
ioner  and  shall  be  provided  with  such  outlets  and  equipped 
nth  such  appliances  as  required  by  said  rules.  All  stand- 
I'ipes  shall  extend  to  the  street  and  shall  be  provided  at  or 
jiear  the  sidewalk  with  approved  Siamese  connections.  When 
here  is  more  than  one  standpipe  in  any  building  all  shall  be 
ross-connected  in  an  approved  manner  below  the  sidewalk 
2vel. 


131 


Article  29 


Plumbing  and  Other  Systems  of  Piping 
(In  Effect  March  30,  1915) 


Section  600. 

Rules. 

601. 

Shut-off  valves. 

602. 

Tests  of  plumbing. 

603. 

Tests  of  gas-piping. 

604. 

Registration  of  plumbers. 

§600.  Rules.  The  plumbing  and 

600  §600.  Rules.  The  plumbing  and  drainage  system 
water  supply  pipes,  gas,  piping,  steam  or  hot  water  heatir 
or  power  systems,  refrigerating  systems  and  other  systems  c 
pipes  or  apparatus  for  holding  or  conveying  gases,  vapors  < 
fluids  hereafter  installed  and  maintained  in  or  upon  an 
building  in  the  city  shall  conform  to  such  rules  as  may  I 
provided  for  by  law  or  may  be  found  necessary  for  tb 
protection  of  life,  health  or  property,  and  adopted  by  tb 
superintendent  of  buildings.  No  person  shall  use  or  perm- 
the  use  of  any  such  system,  piping  or  apparatus  installed  ^ 
maintained  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  art’ 
cle  or  the  rules  adopted  hereunder.  Said  rules,  hereaftc 
adopted,  and  any  changes  thereof,  shall  be  published  in  tb| 
City  Record  on  8 successive  Mondays  before  they  shall  b< 
come  operative. 

Nothing  herein  contained  or  in  the  rules  adopted  hereundc 
shall  require  the  alteration  or  reconstruction  of  any  existin 
work  that  was  lawfully  installed,  nor  prevent  repairs  or  tb' 
addition  of  new  fixtures  to  existing  work  in  conformity  wi^ 
the  practice  followed  in  the  original  installation;  provider 
however,  that,  when  such  repairs  involve  the  removal 
alteration  of  more  than  one-half  of  the  existing  work  a^ 
fected  by  the  repairs,  the  rules  in  force  at  the  time  of  sud 
repairs  shall  apply.  < 

601  §601.  Shut  off  valves.  Every  building  hereafter  erecte 
and  also  every  existing  building,  other  than  residence  builc 
ings  occupied  exclusively  by  one  or  two  families  and  havin 
not  more  than  15  sleeping  rooms,  which  may  be  suoplie 
from  some  outside  source  with  gas,  vapor  or  fluid,  sha 
have  a conveniently  accessible  stopcock  or  other  suitabl 
device  fixed  to  the  supply  pipes  leading  into  the  building  s 
a place  outside  of  the  building,  so  arranged  as  to  allow  th 
supply  to  be  shut  off.  Such  stopcock  or  other  device  sha! 
be  so  marked  as  to  indicate  either  the  contents  and  purpos 
of  the  supply  pipe  to  which  it  is  attached,  or  the  compan 
to  which  the  device  belongs. 


132 


I §602.  Tests  of  plumbing.  No  person  shall  use  or  602 
|)ermit  the  use  of  any  new  system  of  plumbing  and  drainage 
[lereafter  installed  in  any  building  before  the  same  has  been 
;:ested  under  the  supervision  of  the  bureau  of  buildings  and 
jn  accordance  with  its  rules,  to  insure  the  tightness  of  the 
[ystem,  nor  until  a proper  and  adequate  water  supply  has 
i)een  provided.  The  superintendent  of  buildings  shall,  within 

reasonable  time  after  being  requested  to  do  so,  cause  to 
[)e  inspected  and  tested  any  system  of  plumbing  and  drainage 
jhat  is  ready  for  such  inspection  and  test,  and,  if  the  work  is 
j:ound  satisfactory  and  the  test  requirements  are  complied 
ivith,  shall  issue  a certificate  to  that  effect.  Nothing  herein 
contained  shall  prevent  the  inspection  and  test  of  part  of  a 
ystem  or  the  issuance  of  a partial  certificate,  nor  prevent  the 
ise  of  such  part  of  a larger  system  provided  that  such  part 
;:onstitutes  by  itself  a complete  system  properly  tested  and 
upplied  with  water. 

§603.  Tests  of  gas-piping.  No  person  shall  use  or  permit  603 
he  use  of  any  new  system  or  an  extension  of  an  old  system 
|>f  gas  piping  in  any  building  before  the  same  has  been  in- 
ipected  and  tested  under  the  supervision  of  the  bureau  of 
[►uildings  and  in  accordance  with  its  rules,  to  insure  the  tight- 
less  of  the  system.  The  superintendent  of  buildings  shall, 
vithin  a reasonable  time  after  being  requested  to  do  so,  cause 
o be  inspected  and  tested  any  system  of  gas  piping  that  is 
eady  for  such  inspection  and  test,  and  if  the  work  is  found 
latisfactory  and  the  test  requirements  are  complied  with,  he 
hall  issue  a certificate  to  that  effect.  Nothing  herein 
ontained  shall  prevent  the  use  of  existing  systems  of  gas 
uping  without  further  inspection  or  test,  unless  the  super- 
ntendent  of  buildings  has  reason  to  believe  that  defects 
xist  which  make  the  system  dangerous  to  life  or  property. 

§604.  Registration  of  plumbers.  Once  in  each  year  every  00^. 
mploying  or  master  plumber  carrying  on  his  trade,  business 
r calling  in  the  city  shall  register  his  name  and  address 
t the  office  of  the  bureau  of  buildings  in  the  borough  of 
he  said  city  in  which  he  performs  work,  under  such  rules 
s the  said  bureau  may  prescribe.  No  person,  corporation 
r copartnership  shall  engage  in  or  carry  on  the  trade,  busi- 
.ess  or  calling  of  employing  or  master  plumber  in  the  city 
nless  the  name  and  address  of  such  person  and  the  president, 
ecretary  or  treasurer  of  the  corporation,  or  of  each  and 
very  member  of  the  copartnership  shall  have  been  registered 
s above  provided. 


Article  30 
(Repealed) 

Article  31 


Unsafe  Buildings  and  Collapsed  Structures 
(In  Effect  December  21,  1915) 


Section  630. 

631. 

632. 

633. 

634. 

635. 

636. 

637. 

638. 

639. 


Removal  or  repair  of  buildings. 

Record  and  notice  of  unsafe  buildings. 
Voluntary  abatement. 

Disregard  of  notice;  survey. 

Judicial  review  of  survey. 

Repair  or  removal  under  precept. 

Provision  for  expense  of  executing  precept. 
Return  of  precept ; reimbursement  of  city. 
Fallen  buildings;  buildings  imminently  dan 
gerous. 

Emergency  fund.  « 


630  or  repair  of  buildings.  Any  buildinj 
of  part  of  a building,  staging  or  other  structure  that  frori 
any  cause  may  now  be,  or  shall  at  any  time  hereafter  be 
come  dangerous  or  unsafe,  shall  be  taken  down  and  remove^ 
or  made  safe  and  secure. 

631  I^ecord  and  notice  of  unsafe  building.  Imme 

diately  upon  the  receipt  of  a report  by  any  officer  or  employe^' 
of  the  bureau  of  buildings  that  a building  or  part  of  ( 
building,  staging  or  structure  is  unsafe  or  dangerous,  tE’ 
superintendent  of  buildings  shall  cause  the  same  to  be  en# 
tered  upon  a docket  of  unsafe  buildings  to  be  kept  in  hi] 
bureau ; and  the  owner,  or  some  one  of  the  owners,  executor.^ 
administrators,  agents,  lessees  or  any  other  person  who  ma.t 
have  a vested  or  contingent  interest  in  the  same,  shall  bi 
served  with  a printed  or  written  notice  containing  a de< 
scription  of  the  premises  or  structure  deemed  unsafe  oi 
dangerous,  a statement  of  the  particulars  in  which  the 
building  or  structure  is  unsafe  or  dangerous,  and  an  ordei 
requiring  the  same  to  be  made  safe  and  secure  or  removed 
as  may  be  deemed  necessary  by  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings. Such  notice  shall  require  the  person  thus  served  to  ini-| 
mediately  certify  to  the  superintendent  his  assent  or  refusal 
to  secure  or  remove  the  same.  4 

632  §632.  Voluntary  abatement.  If  the  person  served  witll 
a notice  specified  in  §631,  shall  immediately  certify  his 
assent  to  the  securing  or  removal  of  said  unsafe  or  danger- 
ous building,  premises  or  structure,  he  shall  be  allowed 

i 

i 


134 


twenty-four  hours  after  the  service  of  such  notice,  in  which 
to  commence  the  securing  or  removal  of  the  same ; and  he 
shall  employ  sufficient  labor  and  assistance  to  secure  or 
remove  the  same  as  expeditiously  as  can  be  done. 

Disregard  of  notice;  survey.  1.  Notice  of 
survey.  Upon  the  refusal  or  neglect  of  the  person  served 
with  the  notice  for  which  provision  is  made  in  §§631  and 
632,  to  comply  with  any  of  the  requirements  thereof,  a further 
notice  shall  be  served  upon  him,  in  the  manner  heretofore 
prescribed,  notifying  him  that  a survey  of  the  premises 
named  in  said  notice  will  be  made  at  the  time  and  place 
therein  named,  which  time  shall  not  be  less  than  twenty-four 
hours  nor  more  than  three  days  from  the  time  of  the  service 
of  said  notice,  by  three  competent  persons,  of  whom  one 
shall  be  the  superintendent  of  buildings  or  an  inspector  des- 
ignated in  writing  by  said  superintendent,  another  shall  be  an 
architect,  appointed  either  by  the  New  York  Chapter  or  the 
Brooklyn  Chapter  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects,  or 
by  the  New  York  Society  of  Architects,  and  the  third  shall 
be  a practical  builder,  engineer  or  architect  appointed  by  the 
person  thus  notified.  In  case  the  person  served  with 
such  notice  shall  neglect  or  refuse  to  appoint  such 
surveyor,  the  other  two  surveyors  shall  make  the 
survey,  and  in  case  of  a disagreement  of  the  latter, 
shall  appoint  a third  person  to  take  part  in  such  survey, 
who  shall  also  be  a practical  builder,  engineer  or  architect 
of  at  least  ten  year’s  practice  and  whose  decision  shall  be 
final.  The  notice  shall  also  set  forth  that  in  case  the  prem- 
ises referred  to  therein  shall  be  reported  unsafe  or  dangerous 
under  such  survey,  the  said  report  will  be  placed  before 
the  Supreme  Court  as  indicated  in  the  notice,  and  that 
la  trial  upon  the  allegations  and  statements  contained  in 
said  report,  be  the  report  of  said  surveyors  more  or  less 
than  is  contained  in  the  said  notice  of  survey,  will  be  had 
Defore  said  court  at  a time  and  place  therein  named,  to 
determine  whether  said  unsafe  or  dangerous  building  or 
premises  shall  be  repaired  and  secured  or  taken  down  and 
removed,  and  that  a report  of  said  survey,  reduced  to  writing 
>hall  constitute  the  issue  to  be  placed  before  the  court  for 
rial. 

2.  Posting  report  of  survey.  A copy  of  the  report  of 
;he  survey  shall  be  posted  on  the  building  the  subject 
hereof  by  the  persons  holding  the  survey  immediately  on 
heir  signing  such  report. 

3.  Compensation  of  surveyor.  The  architect  appointed 
)y  the  Chapters  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects, 
IS  hereinbefore  provided,  who  may  act  on  any  survey  called 


633 


135 


in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  article,  and  th< 
third  surveyor  who  may  have  been  called  in  the  case  o: 
disagreement  provided  for  in  this  section,  shall  be  entitlec 
to  and  receive  each  the  sum  of  $25,  to  be  paid  by  th( 
comptroller  upon  the  voucher  of*  the  superintendent  oi 
buildings.  A cause  of  action  is  hereby  created  for  the 
benefit  of  the  City  against  the  owner  of  said  building 
staging  or  structure,  and  of  the  lot  or  parcel  of  lane 
on  which  the  same  is  situated,  for  the  amount  so  paid  witf 
interest.  The  amount  so  collected  shall  be  paid  over  tc 
the  comptroller  in  reimbursement  of  the  amounts  paid  b} 
him  as  aforesaid. 

634  §634.  Judicial  review  of  survey.  1.  Institution  on 

proceeding.  Whenever  the  report  of  any  such  survey  had 
as  aforesaid  shall  recite  that  the  building,  premises  or  struc- 
ture thus  surveyed  is  unsafe  or  dangerous,  the  corporatior 
counsel  shall  at  the  time  specified  in  the  notice  place  sucb 
notice  and  report  before  the  justice  holding  a special  tern' 
of  the  court  named  in  the  notice. 

2.  Precedence  of  proceeding.  The  determination  of  the 
issue  in  an  unsafe  building  proceeding  shall  have  precedence 
over  every  other  business  of  such  court,  and  a trial  of  th^ 
issue  shall  be  held  without  delay  at  the  time  specified  ir 
the  notice  by  the  justice  holding  said  court,  or  a refereed 
whose  decision  or  report  in  the  matter  shall  be  final,  unless 
a jury  trial  is  demanded,  in  which  case  the  verdict  of  sucb 
jury  shall  be  final. 

3.  Postponement  of  trial.  If  for  any  reason  the  issue 
shall  not  be  tried  at  the  time  specified  in  said  notice,  or  tq 
which  the  trial  may  be  adjourned,  the  same  may  be  brought 
to  trial  at  any  time  thereafter  by  the  superintendent  o| 
buildings  without  a new  survey,  upon  not  less  than  thre^ 
day’s  notice  of  trial  to  the  person  upon  whom  the  original 
notice  was  served,  or  to  his  attorney.  Such  notice  o| 
trial  may  be  served  in  the  same  manner  as  said  original 
notice. 

4.  Precept  to  abate.  Upon  the  rendition  of  a verdict  or 
decision  of  the  court  or  referee,  if  the  said  verdict  or  decision 
shall  find  the  said  building,  premises  or  structure  to  be 
unsafe  or  dangerous,  the  justice  trying  the  cause,  or  to 
whom  the  report  of  the  referee  trying  said  cause  shall  be 
presented,  shall  immediately  issue  a precept  directed  to 
the  superintendent  of  buildings,  reciting  said  verdict  or 
decision,  and  commanding  him  forthwith  to  repair  and  secure, 
or  take  down  or  remove,  as  the  case  may  be,  the  unsafe  or 
dangerous  building  or  part  thereof,  staging,  structure  or 
other  premises  that  shall  have  been  named  in  the  said  report, 
in  accordance  with  such  verdict  or  decision. 


136 


§635.  Repair  or  removal  under  precept.  1.  Execution  635 
of  precept.  Upon  receiving  a precept  issued  under  the  pro- 
visions of  the  preceding  section,  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings referred  to  therein  shall  immediately  proceed  to  execute 
the  same,  as  therein  directed,  and  may  employ  such  labor 
and  assistance  and  furnish  such  materials  as  may  be  nec- 
essary for  that  purpose,  provided,  nevertheless,  that  imme- 
diately upon  the  issuing  of  said  precept,  the  owner  of  said 
building  or  part  thereof,  staging  or  structure,  or  premises, 
or  any  party  interested  therein,  upon  application  to  the 
superintendent  of  buildings,  shall,  upon  the  payment  of 
all  costs  and  expenses  incurred  up  to  that  time  by  the  city, 
be  allowed  to  perform  the  requirements  of  the  precept  at  his 
own  proper  cost  and  expense,  if  the  same  shall  be  done 
immediately  and  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  said 
precept.  The  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  have  author- 
ity to  modify  the  requirements  of  any  precept  upon  applica- 
tion to  him  therefor,  in  writing,  by  the  owner  of  said  building 
or  part  thereof,  staging  or  structure,  or  his  representative, 
when  he  shall  be  satisfied  that  such  change  shall  secure 
equally  well  the  safety  of  said  building,  or  part  thereof, 
staging  or  structure. 

2.  Interference  prohibited.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person,  whether  interested  or  not  in  the  property  affected, 
to  interfere,  obstruct  or  hinder  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings or  his  representative  or  any  person  who,  acting  under 
the  authority  conferred  on  him  by  such  superintendent,  is 
performing  the  work  directed  by  a precept  issued  out  of 
any  court  as  in  this  article  provided,  or  ordered  by  the 
superintendent  in  accordance  with  such  precept  under  the 
provisions  of  this  chapter. 

§636.  Provision  for  expense  of  executing  precept.  In  636 
and  about  all  preliminary  proceedings,  as  well  as  the  carrying 
into  effect  any  order  of  the  court  or  any  precept  issued  by 
any  court,  the  superintendent  of  buildings  may  make  re- 
quisition upon  the  comptroller  for  such  amount  of  money 
as  shall  be  necessary  to  meet  the  expenses  thereof ; and 
upon  the  approval  of  the  statement  of  expenses  thereof  by 
any  justice  of  the  court  from  which  the  said  order  or  pre- 
cept was  issued,  the  comptroller  shall  pay  the  same,  and 
for  that  purpose  shall  borrow  and  raise  upon  re\enue  bonds, 
issued  as  provided  by  law,  the  several  amounts  that  may 
from  time  to  time  be  required,  which  shall  be  reimbursed  by 
the  payment  of  the  amount  and  interest  at  six  per  cent, 
out  of  any  judgment  obtained  as  hereinafter  provided,  when 
said  amount  and  interest  shall  have  been  collected. 

§637.  Return  of  precept;  reimbursement  of  city.  Upon 
compliance  with  any  precept  issued  to  him  in  an  unsafe 


137 


building  proceeding,  the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall 
make  return  thereof,  with  an  indorsement  of  the 
action  thereunder  and  the  cost  and  expenses  thereby  incurred, 
to  the  justice  then  holding  the  special  term  of  the  court 
from  which  such  precept  issued,  and  thereupon  said  justice 
shall  tax  and  adjust  the  amount  indorsed  upon  said  precept, 
and  shall  adjust  and  allow  the  disbursements  of  the  pro- 
ceeding, together  with  the  preliminary  expenses  of  searches 
and  surveys  thereof,  which  shall  be  inserted  in  the  judg- 
ment in  said  action  or  proceeding,  and  shall  render  judg- 
ment for  such  amount,  and  for  the  sale  of  the  said  premises 
in  the  said  notice  named,  together  with  all  the  right,  title 
and  interest  that  the  person  named  in  the  said  notice  had 
in  the  lot,  ground  or  land  upon  which  the  said  building  or 
structure  was  placed,  at  the  time  of  the  filing  of  a notice 
of  lis  pendens  in  the  said  proceedings,  or  at  the  time  of  the 
entry  of  judgment  therein  to  satisfy  the  same,  which  shall 
be  in  the  same  manner  and  with  like  effect  as  sales  under 
judgment  in  foreclosure  of  mortgages.  The  notice  of  lis 
pendens  provided  for  in  this  section  shall  consist  of  a copy 
of  said  notice  of  survey  and  shall  be  filed  in  the  office  of  a 
county  clerk  in  the  county  where  the  property  affected  by 
such  action,  suit  or  proceeding  is  located. 

638  §638.  Fallen  buildings;  building  imminently  dangerous. 

1.  Recovery  of  bodies  from  wrecked  building.  In  case  of 
the  falling  of  any  building  or  part  thereof  in  the  city,  where 
persons  are  known  or  believed  to  be  buried  under  the  ruins, 
the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  cause  an  examination 
of  the  premises  to  be  made  for  the  recovery  of  the  bodies 
of  the  killed  and  injured.  Whenever,  in  making  such  ex- 
amination, it  shall  be  necessary  to  remove  any  debris  from 
the  premises,  the  commissioners  of  the  departments  of 
docks,  parks  and  street  cleaning,  and  the  superintendent 
of  the  appropriate  bureau  of  highways,  respectively,  when 
called  upon  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  shall  co- 
operate with  said  superintendent  in  carrying  out  the  purpose 
of  this  section  and  shall  provide  suitable  and  convenient 
places  for  the  deposit  of  such  debris. 

2.  Temporary  safeguards  for  dangerous  buildings.  In 
case  there  shall  be,  in  the  opinion  of  the  superintendent  of 
buildings,  actual  and  immediate  danger  of  the  falling  of 
any  building  or  part  thereof  so  as  to  endanger  life  or  prop- 
erty, he  shall  cause  the  necessary  work  to  be  done  to  render 
said  building  or  part  thereof  temporarily  safe  until  the  proper 
proceedings  provided  for  unsafe  buildings  by  this  article 
are  instituted. 

3.  Vacating  buildings ; closing  streets  and  sidewalks.  The 
superintendent  of  buildings  is  hereby  authorized  and 


138 


Empowered  in  such  cases,  and  also  where  any  building  or  part 
thereof  has  fallen  and  life  is  endangered  by  the  occupation 
thereof,  to  order  and  require  the  inmates  and  occupants 
of  such  building  or  part  thereof  to\acate  the  same  forthwith, 
and  the  superintendent  may,  when  necessary  for  the  public 
safety,  temporarily  close  sidewalks,  streets,  buildings,  struc- 
tures and  places  adjacent  to  such  building  or  part  thereof, 
and  prohibit  the  same  from  being  used.  The  police  commis- 
sioner, when  called  upon  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings 
to  co-operate,  shall  enforce  such  orders  or  requirements. 

4.  Laborers  and  materials.  For  the  purposes  of  this  sec- 
tion, the  superintendent  of  buildings  shall  employ  such 
laborers  and  materials  as  may  be  necessary  to  perform  said 
work  as  speedily  as  possible. 

§639.  Emergency  fund.  1.  Sources.  The  corporation  639 
counsel  shall,  on  the  first  day  ot  each  and  every  month, 
render  to  each  superintendent  of  buildings  an  account  ot 
and  pay  over  to  him  the  amount  of  such  penalties  and  costs 
received  by  him,  together  with  his  bill  for  all  necessary  dis- 
bursements incurred  or  paid  in  said  suits,  keeping  a separate 
account  for  each  superintendent.  Each  superintendent  shall 
pay  over  monthly  the  amount  of  such  penalties  and  costs 
so  collected  to  the  comptroller,  as  a fund  for  the  use  and 
benefit  of  his  bureau. 

2.  Purposes.  The  fund  aforesaid  shall  be  used  for  the 
purpose  of  paying  expenses  incurred  by  the  several  super- 
intendents of  buildings  under  §638  of  this  chapter,  and 
also  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  into  effect  any  order  or  pre- 
cept issued  by  any  court,  judge  or  justice  to  any  superin- 
tendent of  buildings.  Upon  the  requisition  of  the  super- 
intendent having  jurisdiction  the  comptroller  shall  pay  such 
sums  as  may  be  allowed  and  adjusted  by  any  court  of  record 
for  such  purposes. 


Article  32 


Enforcement  of  Chapter 
(In  Effect  November  29,  1915) 


Section  650. 

651. 

652. 

653. 

654. 

655. 


Notices  of  requirements  or  of  violations. 
Emergency  measures. 

Judicial  remedies. 

Judicial  orders. 

Penalties. 

When  violation  is  a misdemeanor. 


§650.  Notice  of  requirements  or  of  violations.  1 650 
Issue.  All  notices  of  the  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions 
of  this  chapter,  and  all  notices  required  or  authorized  by 


139 


651 


this  chapter,  directing  any  thing  to  be  done,  including  notices 
that  any  building,  structure,  premises,  or  any  part  thereof, 
is  deemed  to  be  unsafe  or  dangerous,  shall  be  issued  by 
the  superintendent  of  buildings,  and  shall  have  his  name 
affixed  thereto. 

2.  Contents.  Each  such  notice  or  order,  in  addition  to 
the  statement  of  requirements,  shall  contain  a description  of 
the  building,  premises  or  property  affected. 

3.  Personal  service.  All  such  notices,  and  any  notice  or 
order  issued  by  any  court  in  any  proceeding,  instituted  pur- 
suant to  this  chapter,  to  restrain  or  remove  any  violation, 
or  to  enforce  compliance  with  any  provision  or  requirement 
of  this  chapter,  may  be  served  by  delivering  to  and  leaving 
a copy  of  the  same  with  ^ny  person  violating,  or  who  may 
be  liable  under  any  provisions  of  this  chapter,  or  who  may 
be  designated  as  provided  in  subdivision  4 of  §653  of  this 
article.  They  may  be  served  by  any  officer  or  employee  of 
the  bureau  of  buildings,  or  by  any  person  authorized  by  the 
said  bureau. 

4.  Notice  by  posting.  If  the  person  to  whom  such  order 
or  notice  is  addressed  cannot  be  found  within  The  City  of 
New  York  after  diligent  search  shall  have  been  made  for  him, 
then  such  notice  or  order  may  be  served  by  posting  the 
same  in  a conspicuous  place  upon  the  premises  where  such 
violation  is  alleged  to  have  been  placed  or  to  exist,  or  to 
which  such  notice  or  order  may  refer,  or  which  may  be 
deemed  unsafe  or  dangerous,  and  also  depositing  a copy 
thereof  in  a post-office  in  The  City  of  New  York,  inclosed 
in  a sealed,  postpaid  wrapper  addressed  to  said  person 
at  his  last  known  place  of  residence,  which  shall  be  equiva- 
lent to  a personal  service  of  said  notice  or  order  upon  all 
parties  for  whom  such  search  shall  have  been  made,  whether 
residents  or  non-residents  of  the  State  of  New  York. 

§651.  Emergency  measures.  1.  Stopping  work;  vacat- 
ing and  securing  building.  In  case  there  shall  be,  in  the 
opinion  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  danger  to  life 
or  property  by  reason  of  any  defective  or  illegal  work  in 
violation  of  or  not  in  compliance  with  any  of  the  provisions 
or*requirments  of  this  chapter,  the  superintendent,  or  such 
person  as  may  be  designated  by  him,  shall  have  the  right 
and  he  is  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  order  all 
further  work  to  be  stopped  in  and  about  said  buliding,  and 
to  require  all  persons  in  and  about  said  building  forthwith 
to  vacate  the  same,  and  to  cause  such  work  to  be  done  in 
and  about  the  building  as  in  his  judgment  may  be  necessary 
to  remove  any  danger  therefrom. 


140 


2.  Closing  street  temporarily.  The  superintendent  of  build- 
ings may,  when  necessary  for  the  public  safety,  temporarily 
close  the  sidewalks,  streets,  buildings,  structures  or  places 
adjacent  to  said  building  or  part  thereof,  and  the  police 
commissioner,  or  any  of  his  subordinates,  when  called  upon 
by  the  said  superintendent  of  buildings  to  co-operate,  shall 
enforce  all  orders  or  requirements  made  under  this  section. 

§652.  Judicial  remedies.  1.  Action  or  proceeding,  generally.  052 
Whenever  the  superintendent  of  buildings  is  satisfied  that  any 
building  or  structure,  or  any  portion  thereof,  or  any  drainage 
or  plumbing,  the  erection,  construction  or  alteration,  execution 
or  repair  of  which  is  regulated,  permitted  or  forbidden  by 
this  chapter,  is  being  erected,  constructed,  altered  or  repaired, 
or  has  been  erected,  constructed,  altered  or  repaired,  in 
violation  of,  or  not  in  compliance  with,  any  of  the  provisions 
or  requirements  of  this  chapter,  or  in  violation  of  any  de- 
tailed statement  of  specifications  or  plans  submitted  and 
approved  thereunder,  or  of  any  certificate  or  permit  issued 
thereunder,  or  that  any  provision  or  requirement  of  this 
chapter,  or  any  order  or  direction  made  thereunder  has  not 
been  complied  with,  or  that  plans  and  specifications  for 
plumbing  and  drainage  have  not  been  submitted  or  filed  as  re- 
quired by  this  chapter,  the  superintendent  may,  in  his  discre- 
tion, through  the  corporation  counsel,  institute  any  appro- 
priate action  or  proceeding  at  law  or  in  equity  to  restrain, 
correct  or  remove  such  violation,  or  the  execution  of  any 
work  thereon,  or  to  restrain  or  correct  the  erection  or  alter- 
ation of,  or  to  require  the  removal  of,  or  to  prevent  the 
occupation  or  use  of,  the  building  or  structure  erected,  con- 
structed, or  altered,  in  violation  of,  or  not  in  compliance 
with,  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  or  with  respect 
to  which  the  requirements  thereof,  or  of  any  order  or  direc- 
tion made  pursuant  to  any  provisions  contained  therein,  shall 
not  have  been  complied  with.  Any  person  who  shall  main- 
tain or  continue  any  building  or  structure,  or  any  portion 
thereof,  or  any  drainage  or  plumbing,  in  violation  of  any 
of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  after  having  been  duly 
notified  as  in  this  chapter  provided  that  such  building  or 
structure,  or  any  portion  thereof,  or  that  such  drainage  or 
plumbing  is  in  violation  of  any  provision  of  this  chapter, 
shall  be  subject  to  any  action  or  proceeding  and  any  penalty 
that  is  provided  in  this  article  for  the  commission  of  the 
violation. 

2.  Corporation  counsel  to  act.  The  corporation  counsel 
shall  institute  any  and  all  actions  and  proceedings,  either  legal 
or  equitable,  that  may  be  appropriate  or  necessary  for  the 
enforcement  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 


141 


3.  Courts  having  jurisdiction.  All  courts  of  civil  juris* 
diction  in  the  city  shall  have  cognizance  of  and  jurisdiction 
over  any  and  all  suits  and  proceedings  authorized  by  this 
chapter  to  be  brought  for  the  recovery  of  any  penalty  or 
the  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this  chapter,  and  shall 
give  preference  to  such  suits  and  proceedings  over  all  others. 
No  court  shall  lose  jurisdiction  of  any  action  hereunder  by 
reason  of  a plea  that  the  title  to  real  estate  is  involved ; 
provided  the  object  of  the  action  is  to  recover  a penalty 
for  the  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 
All  civil  courts  in  said  city  are  hereby  invested  with  full 
legal  and  equitable  jurisdiction  to  hear,  try  and  determine 
all  such  actions  and  proceedings,  and  to  make  appropriate 
orders  and  render  judgment  therein  according  to  law,  so 
as  to  give  force  and  effect  to  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 

4.  Restraining  order.  In  any  such  action  or  proceeding 
the  city  may,  in  the  discretion  of  the  superintendent  of 
buildings  and  on  his  affidavit  setting  forth  the  facts,  apply  to 
any  court  of  record  in  said  city  or  to  a judge  or  justice 
thereof,  for  an  order  enjoining  and  restraining  all  persons 
from  doing,  or  causing  or  permitting  to  be  done,  any  work 
in  or  upon  such  building  or  structure,  or  in  or  upon  such 
part  thereof  as  may  be  designated  in  said  affidavit,  or  from 
occupying  or  using  said  building  or  structure,  or  such  por- 
tion thereof  as  may  be  designated  in  said  affidavit,  for  any 
purpose  whatever,  until  the  hearing  and  determination  of 
said  action  and  the  entry  of  final  judgment  therein.  The 
court,  or  judge  or  justice  thereof,  to  whom  such  application 
is  made,  is  hereby  authorized  forthwith  to  make  any  or  all 
of  the  orders  above  specified,  as  may  be  required  in  such 
application,  with  or  without  notice,  and  to  make  such  other 
or  further  orders  or  directions  as  may  be  necessary  to  render 
the  same  effectual.  No  undertaking  shall  be  required  as  a 
condition  to  the  granting  or  issuing  of  such  injunction  order, 
or  by  reason  thereof. 

5.  Judgment.  All  courts  in  which  any  action  or  proceed- 
ing is  instituted  under  this  chapter  shall,  upon  the  rendition  of 
a verdict,  report  of  a referee,  or  decision  of  a judge  or 
justice,  render  judgment  in  accordance  therewith. 

6.  Lien  of  judgment.  Any  judgment  rendered  in  an 
action  or  proceeding  instituted  under  this  chapter  shall  be 
and  become  a lien  upon  the  premises  named  in  the  complaint 
in  such  action,  to  date  from  the  time  of  filing  a notice  of 
lis  pendens  in  the  county  clerk’s  office  of  the  county,  wherein 
the  property  affected  by  such  action,  suit  or  proceeding,  is 
located.  Every  such  lien  may  be  enforced  against  said 
property,  in  every  respect,  notwithstanding  the  same  may 
be  transferred  subsequent  to  the  filing  of  the  said  notice. 


142 


7.  Lis  pendens.  The  notice  of  lis  pendens  referred  to  in 
this  section  shall  consist  of  a copy  of  the  notice  issued  by 
the  superintendent  of  buildings,  requiring  the  removal  of 
the  violation  and  a notice  of  the  suit  or  proceedings  insti- 
tuted, or  to  be  instituted  thereon.  Such  notice  of  lis  pendens 
may  be  filed  at  any  time  after  the  service  of  the  notice  issued 
by  the  superintendent  as  aforesaid ; provided  he  may  deem  the 
same  to  be  necessary,  or  is  satisfied  that  the  owner  of  the 
property  is  about  to  transfer  the  same  to  avoid  responsibility 
for  having  violated  a provision  of  this  chapter.  Any  notice 
of  lis  pendens  filed  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter  may  be  vacated  and  cancelled  of  record  upon  an 
order  of  a justice  of  the  court  in  which  such  suit  or  pro- 
ceeding was  instituted  or  is  pending,  or  upon  the  consent 
in  writing  of  the  corporation  counsel.  The  clerk  of  the 
county  where  the  notice  is  filed,  is  hereby  directed  and  re- 
quired to  mark  any  such  notice  of  lis  pendens,  and  any 
record  or  docket  thereof,  as  vacated  and  cancelled  of  record, 
upon  the  presentation  and  filing  of  a certified  copy  of  an 
order  or  of  the  consent,  as  aforesaid. 

8.  Costs.  In  no  case  shall  a bureau  of  buildings,  or  any 
officer  thereof,  of  the  city,  be  liable  for  costs  in  any  action, 
suit  or  proceeding  that  may  have  been,  or  may  hereafter  be, 
instituted  or  commenced  in  pursuance  of  this  chapter. 

9.  Officers  not  liable  for  damages.  No  officer  of  a bureau 
of  buildings,  acting  in  good  faith  and  without  malice,  shall 
be  liable  for  damages  by  reason  of  anything  done  in  any 
action  or  proceeding  instituted  under  any  provision  of  this 
chapter,  or  by  reason  of  any  act  or  omission  in  the  per- 
formance of  his  official  duties. 

§653.  Judicial  orders.  1.  To  comply  with  building  653 

notices.  In  case  any  notice  or  direction  authorized  to  be 
issued  by  this  chapter  is  not  complied  with  within  the  time 
designated  therein,  the  city,  by  the  corporation  counsel,  may, 
at  the  request  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  apply  to 
the  Supreme  Court,  at  a special  term  thereof,  for  an  order 
directing  the  superintendent  to  proceed  to  make  the  altera- 
tions or  remove  the  violation,  as  the  same  may  be  specified 
in  said  notice  or  direction. 

2.  To  vacate  for  violations.  Whenever  any  notice  or 
direction  so  authorized  shall  have  been  served  as  directed 
in  this  article,  and  the  same  shall  not  have  been  complied 
with  within  the  time  designated  therein,  the  corporation 
counsel  shall,  at  the  request  of  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings, in  addition  to,  or  in  lieu  of  any  other  remedy  provided 
for  by  this  chapter,  apply  to  the  Supreme  Court,  at  a special 
term  thereof,  for  an  order  directing  the  superintendent  to 
vacate  such  building  or  premises,  or  so  much  thereof  as  he 


143 


may  deem  necessary,  and  prohibiting  the  same  to  be  used 
or  occupied  for  any  purpose  specified  in  said  order  until 
such  notice  shall  have  been  complied  with. 

3.  Responsibility  of  lessees  or  occupants.  In  case  any  of 
the  notices  or  orders  of  the  court  herein  mentioned  shall 
be  served  upon  any  lessee  or  party  in  possession  of  the 
building  or  premises  therein  described,  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  person  upon  whom  such  service  is  made  to  give 
immediate  notice  to  the  owner  or  agent  of  the  building  or 
premises  named  in  the  notice,  if  such  person  shall  be  within 
the  limits  of  the  cit}^,  and  his  residence  be  known  to  such 
person,  and,  if  not  within  the  city,  by  depositing  said  notice 
in  any  post-office  in  the  city,  properly  inclosed  in  a post- 
paid wrapper  addressed  to  such  owner  or  agent  at  his  then 
known  place  of  residence. 

4.  Designation  by  an  owner  of  a building.  Any  owner 
of  real  estate  or  of  a building  thereon  may  execute  and 
acknowledge  a written  designation  of  a resident  of  said  city  . 
as  a person  upon  whom  may  be  served,  any  notice  of  viola- 
tion, notice  to  make  safe,  or  notice  of  survey,  a summons, ' 
a mandate,  or  any  paper  or  process,  issued  under  a provision  ■ 
of  this  chapter,  and  may  file  the  same,  with  the  written ! 
consent  of  the  person  so  designated,  duly  acknowledged,  m 
the  office  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings.  The  designation  ; 
must  specify  the  location  of  the  property  with  respect  to^ 
which  the  designation  is  made  and  the  residences  and  places 
of  business  of  the  person  making  it  and  the  person  designated. , 
It  shall  remain  in  force  during  the  period  specified  therein, 
if  any,  or  until  revoked  by  the  death  or  legal  incompetency  ’ 
of  either  of  the  parties,  or  by  the  filing  of  a revocation  Dy  ' 
either  of  the  parties,  duly  acknowledged  and  indorsed  with  { 
the  consent  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings.  The  super- 1 
intendent  of  buildings  shall  file  and  index  each  designation  ^ 
and  shall  note,  upon  the  original  designation  and  index,  ‘ 
the  filing  of  a revocation.  While  the  designation  remains  ] 
in  force,  as  prescribed  in  this  section,  a notice  of  violation,  ‘ 
notice  to  make  safe  or  notice  of  survey,  a summons,  a 
mandate,  or  any  paper  or  process  under  the  provisions  of 
this  chapter,  or  either  of  the  same,  shall  be  served  upon  the 
person  so  designated,  in  like  manner  and  with  like  effect,, 
as  if  it  were  served  personally  upon  the  person  making  the‘ 
designation,  notwithstanding  his  presence  in  the  city. 

5.  Reimbursement  of  city  for  expenses.  The  expenses  and’ 
disbursements  incurred  in  the  carrying  out  of  any  order^ 
issued  as  provided  in  subdivision  2 of  this  section,  shallj 
become  a lien  upon  the  building  or  premises  named  in  th^ 
order,  from  the  time  of  filing  of  a copy  of  the  said  order! 
with  a notice  of  the  pendency  of  the  action  or  proceeding! 


144 


as  provided  in  this  chapter,  taken  thereunder,  in  the  office  of 
the  clerk  of  the  county  where  the  property  affected  by  such 
action,  suit  or  proceeding  is  located ; and  the  Supreme  Court, 
to  whom  application  shall  be  made,  is  hereby  authorized  and 
directed  to  grant  any  of  the  orders  above  named,  and  to 
take  such  proceedings  as  shall  be  necessary  to  make  the  same 
effectual,  and  any  justice  to  whom  application  shall  be  made 
is  hereby  authorized  and  directed  to  enforce  such  lien  in 
accordance  with  the  mechanics'  lien  laws  applicable  to  the 
city. 

§654.  Penalties.  1.  General.  Except  as  hereinafter  654 
provided  with  respect  to  the  amount  of  the  penalty  the  owner 
of  any  building,  structure  or  part  thereof,  or  wall,  or  any 
platform,  staging  or  flooring  to  be  used  for  standing  or 
seating  purposes,  or  the  owner  of  the  land  where  any  viola- 
tion of  this  chapter  shall  be  placed,  or  shall  exist,  and  any 
architect,  builder,  plumber,  carpenter,  mason  or  other  person 
who  may  be  employed  or  assist  in  the  commission  of  any 
such  violation,  and  any  and  all  persons  who  shall  violate 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  chapter  or  fail  to  comply 
! therewith,  or  any  requirement  thereof,  or  who  shall  violate 
ior  fail  to  comply  with  any  detailed  order  or  rules  made 
thereunder,  or  who  shall  build  in  violation  of  any  detailed 
statement  of  specifications  or  plans,  submitted  and  approved 
(thereunder,  shall  severally,  for  each  and  every  such  violation 
tand  non-compliance,  respectively,  forfeit  and  pay  a penalty 
lin  the  sum  of  not  less  than  ten  dollars  nor  more  than  fifty 
;dollars. 

2.  Heating  plant  and  fire  prevention  violations.  Any 
^person  who  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  chap- 
ter, as  to  the  construction  of  chimneys,  fireplaces,  flues,  hot- 
air pipes  and  furnaces,  or  who  shall  violate  any  of  the  pro- 
visions thereof  relating  to  the  framing  or  trimming  of 
timbers,  girders,  beams,  or  other  woodwork  in  proximity 
to  chimney  flues  or  fireplaces,  shall  forfeit  and  pay  a penalty 
in  the  sum  of  one  hundred  dollars. 

3.  'Continuing  violation,  after  notice.  Any  person  who 
having  been  served  with  a notice  as  in  this  chapter  prescribed, 
to  remove  any  violation,  or  comply  with  any  requirement 
of  this  chapter,  or  with  any  order  or  rule  made  thereunder, 
shall  fail  to  comply  with  said  notice  within  ten  days  after 
such  service  or  shall  continue  to  violate  any  requirement 
of  this  chapter  in  the  respect  named  in  said  notice  shall 
pay  a penalty  of  not  less  than  fifty  dollars  nor  more  than  two 
ihundred  and  fifty  dollars. 

4.  Jurisdiction  of  penalty  actions.  For  the  recovery  of  any 
said  penalty  or  penalties  an  action  may  be  brought  in  any 
municipal  court,  or  court  of  record,  in  said  city  in  the  name 


145 


of  the  city;  and  whenever  any  judgment  shall  be  renders 
therefor,  the  same  shall  be  collected  and  enforced,  as  pri 
scribed  and  directed  by  the  code  of  civil  procedure  of  tf 
state  of  New  York. 

5.  Discontinuance  of  action  upon  removal  of  violation, 
If  any  violation  shall  be  removed  or  be  in  process  of  remov: 
within  ten  days  after  the  service  of  a notice  as  in  th 
chapter  prescribed,  the  liability  of  such  penalty  shall  ceas 
and  the  corporation  counsel,  on  request  of  the  superintendei 
of  buildings,  shall  discontinue  any  action  pending  to  recov( 
the  same,  upon  such  removal  or  the  completion  therec 
within  a reasonable  time. 

6.  Remission  of  penalty.  The  superintendent  of  building 
through  the  corporation  counsel,  is  hereby  authorized,  in  h 
discretion  and  upon  good  and  sufficient  cause  being  show 
therefor,  to  remit  any  penalty  which  any  person  may  ha\ 
incurred,  or  may  hereafter  incur,  under  any  of  the  pn 
visions  of  this  chapter;  but  no  such  penalty  shall  be  remitt^ 
until  the  violation  shall  have  been  ’removed.  Said  superir 
tendent  is  further  authorized  in  his  discretion  to  remit  ah 
costs  allowed  or  obtained  in  any  penalty  suit  or  any  oth^ 
action  or  proceeding  instituted  under  the  provisions  of  th; 
article. 

655  §655.  When  violation  is  a misdemeanor.  Any  perso! 

who  shall  receive  and  fail  to  comply  with  any  written  pei 
emptory  order  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings  issue 
only  when  an  immediate  compliance  with  such  order  is  e^ 
sential  to  the  public  peace  or  safety,  within  the  time  specific 
in  such  order,  shall  be  guilty  of  a misdemeanor.  ; 

i 

> 


1 

V 


146 


ELEVATOR  REGULATIONS 

At  a conference  of  the  superintendents  of  buildings  the 
following  regulations  were  adopted  to  apply  uniformly  to 
the  five  Boroughs  of  the  City  of  New  York.  These  regula- 
tions became  effective  in  the  Borough  of  Manhattan  on 
September  1,  1911. 

; All  elevators  installed  or  altered  on  or  after  that  date  shall 
oonform  to  these  regulations,  except  that  in  cases  where 
:ontracts  for  the  installation  of  new  elevators  or  the  altera- 
tions of  existing  elevators  have  been  made  prior  to  that 
fate,  the  same  may  be  made  to  conform  to  the  regulations 
now  in  force,  provided,  however,  that  notice  of  such  contracts 
made  prior  to  September  1,  1911,  shall  be  sent  to  the  super- 
intendent of  buildings  before  that  date. 

I Regulations  Governing  the  Construction,  Inspection  and 
, Operation  of  Elevators  in  the  Borough  of  Manhattan. 

1.  The  term  “elevator’^  as  used  in  these  regulations  shall 
mclude  all  elevators  or  lifts  used  for  the  carrying  of  passen- 
gers or  employees.  The  term  “dumbwaiter”  shall  include  such 
special  form  of  elevator,  the  dimensions  of  which  do  not 
exceed  nine  square  feet  in  horizontal  section,  and  four  feet 
n height,  and  which  is  used  for  the  conveyance  of  small 
packages  and  merchandise.  So  far  as  practicable,  these 
!.  egulations  shall  also  apply  to  escalators.  Where  freight 
devators  are  placed  within  the  same  shaft  enclosure  as 
Passenger  elevators,  such  elevators  must  conform  in  all 
)articulars  to  the  regulations  for  the  construction,  inspection 
ind  operation  of  passenger  elevators.  All  other  freight 
elevators  must  comply  with  sections  3,  4,  6,  7,  10,  12,  13,  14. 

17,  18,  19,  20,  21  and  22  of  the  regulations  for  passenger 
levators.  Any  hand  power  elevator  having  a rise  of  more 
han  thirty-five  feet  shall  comply  with  all  the  requirements 
)f  these  regulations.  No  belt  elevators  driven  from  a 
ountershaft  shall  be  installed  for  passenger  service. 

2. ^  All  elevators  must  be  inspected  as  often  as  possible  by 
n inspector  of  the  bureau  of  buildings,  known  and  desig- 
lated  as  inspector  of  elevators,  in  accordance  with  the 
iiles  and  regulations  of  the  bureau  prescribing  the  duties 
nd  governing  the  actions  of  the  employees. 

3.  Before  any  elevator  shall  hereafter  be  installed  or 
dtered  in  any  building,  the  owner  or  his  agent,  architect  or 
mntractor  shall  • submit,  on  appropriate  blanks  furnished 
'.herefor,  to  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  an  application 
in  triplicate  stating  the  construction  and  mode  of  operation 
'f  such  elevator  to  be  installed  or  altered  and  shall  obtain 


147 


his  approval  therefor.  This  application  shall  be  accompanied  ' 
by  such  plans  and  drawings  as  may  be  necessary.  Before 
any  such  elevator  shall  be  put  into  service,  the  same  shall 
have  been  duly  tested  and  inspected  under  the  supervisior 
of  an  inspector  of  elevators  and  a certificate  of  such  inspec- 
tion issued  and  a formal  approval  obtained  from  the  super- 
intendent of  buildings.  In  making  any  changes  or  alterations 
to  elevator  shafts,  rails,  overhead  machinery  or  power,  all  the 
work  changed  or  altered  must  be  made  to  conform  to  the? 
present  law  and  regulations. 

4.  The  owner,  lessee,  manager  or  other  person  having 

charge  or  control  of  any  elevator  now  in  operation  and  the 
manufacturer  of  any  such  elevator  hereafter  placed  in  an> 
building,  shall  cause  to  be  fastened  in  a conspicuous  plac( 
in  said  elevator  a metal  plate,  having  suitable  raised  letters 
on  same,  which  shall  designate  the  number  of  pounds  whici 
said  elevator  shall  be  permitted  to  carry,  but  in  no  easel 
shall  a carrying  capacity  of  less  than  75  pounds  per  square! 
foot  of  platform  area  inside  the  car  be  permitted  on  anji 
passenger  elevator.  ,! 

4-a.  In  every  elevator  used  for  passenger  service  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  shall  cause  to  be  posted  and 
maintained  in  a conspicuous  place,  for  the  guidance  and 
information  of  operators  and  passengers,  such  rules,  instruct 
tions  and  regulations  as  he  may  deem  necessary  to  insure 
public  safety. 

5.  Every  elevator,  except  full  automatic  push  button  ele-. 
vators  in  private  dwellings  occupied  by  one  family,  must 
be  in  charge  of  a competent  operator  of  reliable  and  inj 
dustrious  habits,  not  less  than  eighteen  years  of  age,  witl^ 
at  least  one  month^s  experience  in  running  an  elevator  unde: 
the  instruction  of  a competent  person.  In  case  the  superinu 
tendent  of  buildings  shall  become  satisfied  that  the  persor 
engaged  in  running  any  elevator  is  incompetent  or  dis-: 
qualified  from  any  cause  to  continue  to  run  the  same,  the 
owner  or  person  managing  or  controlling  the  elevator  shall, 
upon  notice  from  the  superintendent  of  buildings,  at  once 
replace  the  said  operator  by  a competent  operator. 

6.  Elevator  shafts  and  doors  of  same  in  non-fireproof 
buildings  must  be  constructed  fireproof  and  made  solid 
for  their  full  height.  Any  lights  that  may  be  desired  in 
these  doors  must  be  provided  with  wire  glass.  No  onf 
pane  of  wire  glass  shall  exceed  five  square  feet  in  area. 
No  more  than  one  opening  in  the  elevator  shaft  will  be  al- 
lowed on  each  floor,  and  all  openings  in  the  several  stories 


148 


ishall  be  one  above  the  other,  unless  the  elevator  is  used 
'exclusively  for  freight  purposes,  except  that  where  the  oper- 
ating device  of  the  elevator  is  so  placed  that  operator  can 
readily  control  all  doors  without  leaving  the  car  control, 
more  than  one  opening  will  be  permitted  on  a floor. 

7.  In  all  cases  where  the  law  or  regulations  permit  grille 
work  enclosing  the  shaft  or  car,  it  shall  be  of  substantial 
material  and  construction,  properly  braced  and  carried  the 
jfull  height  of  openings,  and  there  shall  be  not  more  than 
jone  and  one-half  inch  space  between  any  two  mem- 
jbers  of  said  grille  work  except  where  plain  straight  bars 
|are  used,  not  filled  in  with  scroll,  when  there  shall  not  be 
|(iiore  than  one  inch  space  between  members. 

8.  All  doors  or  gates  leading  to  any  elevator  shaft  shall 
be  locked  or  bolted  on  the  shaft  side  so  as  to  be  opened 
Dnly  by  the  operator  of  the  car,  and  said  shaft  doors  or 
^ates  and  car  gates  shall  be  closed  before  the  car  is  put  in 
notion. 

9.  All  entrances  to  elevator  cars  must  be  provided  with 
substantial  folding  or  sliding  gates  or  doors,  and  where 

Iloor  tracks  are  used  the  same  must  be  countersunk.  All 
folding  gates  over  three  feet  wide  at  entrance  to  shaft  or 
:ar  shall  have  top  and  bottom  centre  braces. 

10.  All  counterweights  shall  have  their  sections  strongly 
)olted  together.  There  shall  not  be  less  than  three  feet 
dearance  between  the  top  of  counterweigths  and  the  under- 
side of  overhead  beams  when  the  car  is  resting  on  the 
mmpers.  No  continuous  forged  straps  shall  be  permitted 
)n  counterweights. 

[I  11.  Where  counterweights  run  in  the  same  shaft  as  the 
||:ar  they  must  be  protected  with  a substantial  screen  of  iron 
^'Tom  the  top  of  rail  to  a point  fifteen  feet  below,  except 
ivhere  the  plunger  or  traction  type  of  elevator  is  used. 

I 12.  All  elevators,  except  direct  plunger  elevators  and 
Teight  elevators  having  a rise  of  fifteen  feet  or  less,  shall 
jiave  a governor  or  speed  regulator  properly  connected  to  the 
i.afety  devices  on  the  car,  in  such  a manner  that  the  car  will 
be  brought  to  rest  with  an  easy  and  gradual  stop,  or  in  a 
listance  not  greater  than  eight  feet  for  a speed  of  seven 
liundred  feet  per  minute,  except  that  on  elevators  having  a 
peed  of  100  feet  per  minute  or  less  safeties  of  the  instan- 
taneous type  may  be  used.  Every  elevator  operating  on  alter- 
iiating  current  electricity  shall  be  equipped  with  an  electro 
:aechanical  brake,  or  some  such  device  as  will  insure  the 


149 


brake  being  applied  at  any  time  should  the  current  be  inter- 
rupted from  the  service.  All  electric  car  controlling  devices 
shall  be  self-centering  and  self -locking  in  inoperative  position. 
All  hoisting  machines  of  the  drum  type  shall  have  an  auto- 
matic slack  cable  device  that  will  stop  the  machine  if  the 
hoist  or  drum  weight  cables  shall  become  slack  from  any 
cause.  All  elevators  shall  have  upper  and  lower  limit  devices 
on  the  machine  or  in  the  shaft.  No  elevator  shall  be  used 
for  the  carrying  of  safes  or  other  material  of  a greater 
weight  than  the  normal  lifting  power  of  such  elevator,  unless 
the  car  is  equipped  with  a locking  device  which  will  hold 
it  fixed  at  any  landing  independent  of  the  rope  while  such 
safe  or  other  material  is  being  loaded  or  unloaded. 

13.  The  car  of  all  elevators  must  be  constructed  of  in- 
combustible materials,  except  that  interior  trim  and  flooring 
may  be  of  hardwood.  There  shall  be  not  more  than  one 
and  one-quarter  inches  space  between  the  floor  of  the  car 
and  the  floor  saddles,  and  where  the  saddles  project  into, 
the  shaft  the  same  shall  be  properly  beveled  on  the  under- 
side. The  underside  of  the  car  must  be  of  incombustible' 
materials.  Cars  for  all  elevators  shall  be  properly  lighted,  i 

♦ 

14.  All  guide  rails  for  both  car  and  counterweights  shall' 

be  of  iron  or  steel,  and  shall  be  fastened  to  the  sides  of  the^ 
shaft  with  wrought  or  cast-iron  brackets,  so  spaced  that^ 
the  guide  rails  will  be  rigid.  ^ 

15.  There  shall  be  not  less  than  two  cables  independently 
connected  to  the  car  and  to  each  set  of  counterweights. 
The  lifting  and  weight  cables  shall  have  at  least  one  full 
turn  of  the  cable  on  the  drum  when  they  have  reached  the' 
limit  of  travel.  Such  cables  shall  be  of  a diameter  to  insure^ 
a factor  of  safety  of  five.  All  cables  used  in  the  operations 
of  elevators  shall  be  of  steel,  iron  or  “Marlin’"  covered.^ 
Where  overhead  machines  are  installed  the  use  of  equalizer 
arms  will  be  permitted  on  the  car  and  counterweights. 

16.  No  elevator  shall  be  permitted  to  have  attached  above,* 
below  or  on  the  inside  of  the  car  a freight  compartment  or 
similar  device. 

17.  Immediately  under  the  sheaves  at  the  top  of  every 
elevator  shaft  in  any  building  there  shall  be  provided  and 
placed  a substantial  grating  of  iron  or  steel  having  not  more 
than  one  and  one-half  inch  space  between  any  two  members 
of  said  grating,  and  of  such  construction  as  shall  be  approved 
by  the  bureau  of  buildings. 

18.  A clear  space  of  not  less  than  three  feet  must  be 
provided  between  the  bottom  of  the  shaft  and  the  lowest 
point  of  the  underside  of  the  car  floor  when  the  car  is  at 


150 


its  lowest  landing,  and  between  the  top  of  the  cross-head  o^ 
the  car  and  the  underside  of  the  overhead  grating  when  the 
car  is  at  its  top  landing,  provided  that  for  elevators  of 
greater  speed  than  350  feet  per  minute,  the  distance  between 
the  top  of  the  cross-head  of  the  car  and  the  underside  of 
the  overhead  grating,  when  the  car  is  at  its  top  landing, 
shall  be  not  less  than  five  feet,  except  in  the  case  of  elevators 
where  the  rise  does  not  exceed  thirty  feet  and  the  speed 
of  the  elevator  is  not  more  than  one  hundred  feet  per  minute, 
such  clear  space  at  the  top  of  the  shaft  shall  be  not  less 
than  two  feet  between  the  top  of  the  car  and  the  under- 
side of  the  overhead  grating  when  the  car  is  at  its  top 
landing. 

19.  All  parts  of  the  elevator  machinery  must  be  properly 
enclosed  by  suitable  partitions  of  incombustible  materials, 
,and  such  inclosures  must  be  lighted.  Free  and  safe  access 
must  be  provided  to  all  parts  of  elevator  machinery.  Where 
the  machine  is  located  at  the  bottom  of  the  shaft  the  same 
shall  be  protected  with  a substantial  pit  pan. 

I 20.  The  speed  of  all  elevators  must  not  exceed  five  hun- 
dred feet  per  minute,  except  that  express  elevators  may  run 
seven  hundred  feet  per  minute  for  that  portion  of  the  shaft 
in  which  no  intermediate  stops  are  made.  Express  elevators 
[shall  mean  only  such  elevators  as  run  eighty  feet  or  more 
(without  stop.  The  speed  of  mechanically  controlled  electric 
elevators  must  not  exceed  one  hundred  and  fifty  feet  per 
ninute. 

! 21.  At  the  bottom  of  all  elevator  shafts  there  shall  be 
placed  substantial  buffer  springs  for  car  and  counterweights. 
IWhere  the  car  does  not  travel  to  the  bottom  of  the  shaft 
i^he  bumper  beams  shall  be  supported  independent  of  the 
:ar  rails.  All  plunger  or  traction  type  of  elevators  shall 
De  provided  with  substantial  oil  buffers  at  the  bottom  of  the 
bhaft  for  both  car  and  counterweight. 

22.  The  carrying  beams  for  all  machinery  shall  be  of 
wrought  iron  or  steel. 

23.  Every  passenger  elevator  shall  have  a trap  door  in 
he  top  of  the  car  of  such  size  as  to  afford  easy  egress  for 
passengers,  or  where  two  cars  are  in  the  same  shaft  such 
neans  of  egress  may  be  provided  in  the  side  of  each  car. 

24.  Any  infraction  of  these  regulations  or  failure  to  com- 
)ly  with  their  provisions  after  due  notice  from  the  super 
mtendent  of  buildings  shall  be  treated  the  same  as  a violation 
)f  the  building  code,  and  shall  subject  the  owner  to  the 
•ame  penalties  as  prescribed  in  section  150  (new  section  654), 
)f  the  building  code  for  such  violation. 


151 


RULES  AND  REGULATIONS  FOR  PLUMBINC 
AND  DRAINAGE,  WATER  SUPPLY,  | 
GAS  PIPING  AND  VENTILATION 
OF  BUILDINGS 

Adopted  by  the  superintendents  of  buildings  of  The  Cit} 
of  New  York,  and  published  in  accordance  with  the  pro 
visions  of  section  141  of  the  building  code  and  section  40t 
of  the  Greater  New  York  Charter  as  amended.  Effectivt 
April  23,  1912. 

Once  in  each  year,  every  employing  or  master  plumbei 
carrying  on  his  trade,  business  or  calling  in  the  city  of  New 
York  shall  register  his  name  and  address  at  the  office  oj 
the  bureau  of  buildings  in  the  borough  in  which  his  place  oi 
business  is  located,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  saic 
bureau  shall  prescribe,  in  accordance  with  section  141  (new 
section  604)  of  the  building  code  of  the  city  of  New  York. 

A plumber  proposing  to  do  work  in  a borough  other  thaf 
that  in  which  he  is  registered  shall  present  his  certificate 
at  the  office  of  the  bureau  of  buildings  in  that  borough 
before  commencing  work,  so  that  the  fact  of  his  having  beei; 
properly  registered  may  be  recorded. 

Filing  of  Drawings,  Descriptions,  Etc.  \ 

1.  Drawings  and  triplicate  descriptions,  on  forms  fur: 
nished  by  the  bureau  of  buildings  for  all  plumbing  and 
drainage,  shall  be  properly  filled  in,  and  filed  by  the  ownei 
or  architect  in  the  said  bureau.  The  plans  must  be  drawti 
to  scale  in  ink,  on  cloth,  or  they  must  be  cloth  prints  of 
such  scale  drawings,  and  shall  consist  of  such  floor  plans 
and  sections  as  may  be  necessary  to  show  clearly  all  plumb^ 
ing  work  to  be  done,  and  must  show  partitions  and  method^ 
of  ventilating  water-closet  apartments. 

2.  The  said  plumbing  and  drainage  shall  not  be  commencec?; 
or  proceeded  with  until  said  drawings  and  descriptions  shall 
have  been  so  filed  and  approved  by  the  superintendent  of 
buildings. 

3.  No  modification  of  the  approved  drawings  and  descrip-' 

tions  will  be  permitted  unless  either  amended  drawings  andi 
triplicate  descriptions,  or  an  amendment  to  the  original  draw-| 
ings  and  descriptions,  covering  the  proposed  change  or, 
changes,  are  so  filed  and  approved  by  the  superintendent  of| 
buildings.  I 

4.  The  drainage  and  plumbing  of  all  buildings,  both! 
public  and  private,  shall  be  executed  in  accordance  with  thej 
rules  and  regulations  of  the  bureau  of  buildings. 

5.  Repairs  or  alterations  of  plumbing  or  drainage  may  be 
made  without  filing  drawings  and  descriptions  in  the  bureau: 


H of  buildings,  but  such  repairs  or  alterations  shall  not  be 
construed  to  include  cases  where  new  vertical  lines  or  horh 
I zontal  branches  of  soil,  waste,  vent  or  leader  pipes  are  pro- 
! posed  to  be  used. 

6.  Notice  of  such  repairs  or  alterations  shall  be  given 
to  the  said  bureau  before  the  same  are  commenced  in  such 
cases  as  shall  be  prescribed  by  the  rules  and  regulations  of 
I the  said  bureau,  and  the  work  shall  be  done  in  accordance 
I with  the  said  rules  and  regulations. 

! 7.  Where  repairs  or  alterations,  ordered  by  the  board  of 

I health  or  tenement  house  department  for  sanitary  reasons, 
include  cases  where  new  vertical  and  horizontal  lines  of  soil, 
waste,  vent  or  leader  pipes  are  proposed  to  be  used  or  old 
ones  replaced,  drawings  and  descriptions  must  be  filed  with 
and  approved  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings  before  same 
shall  be  commenced  or  proceeded  with. 

8.  Repairs  and  alterations  may  comply  in  all  respects  with 
the  weight,  quality,  arrangement  and  venting  of  the  rest 
of  the  work  in  the  building.  Except  when  an  existing  soil, 
waste  or  vent  line  has  been  damaged  by  fire  or  other  causes 
to  the  extent  of  50  per  cent,  or  more  of  its  entire  length, 
same  must  be  replaced  by  new  lines  installed  in  accordance 
with  the  rules  and  regulations  governing  new  lines. 

9.  No  plumbing  and  drainage  or  any  part  thereof  shall 
be  commenced  until  the  plumber  who  is  to  do  the  work 
shall  sign  the  specifications  and  make  affidavit  that  he  is 
duly  authorized  to  proceed  with  the  work.  Affidavit  must 
give  the  name  and  address  of  owner  and  plumber,  etc. 
No  registered  plumber  shall  sign  the  specifications  and  act  as 
the  agent  for  a plumber  who  has  not  obtained  a certificate 
of  competency  from  the  examining  board  of  plumbers  as  an 
employing  or  master  plumber.  A violation  of  this  rule 
will  be  deemed  sufficient  reason  by  the  superintendent  of 
buildings  of  the  cancellation  of  a certificate  of  registration, 
in  accordance  with  chapter  803,  Laws  of  1896.  (Amended 
Laws  1913,  chapter  754). 

10.  One  set  of  specifications  will  be  received  for  not  more 
than  ten  houses,  and  then  only  when  on  adjoining  lots  and 
houses  are  exactly  alike. 

11.  Written  notices  must  be  given  to  the  superintendent 
of  buildings  by  the  plumber  when  any  work  is  begun,  and 
at  such  times  as  the  work  is  ready  for  inspection. 

Definition  of  Terms. 

12.  The  term  “private  sewer”  is  applied  to  main  sewers 
that  are  not  constructed  by  and  under  the  supervision  of 
the  department  of  public  works. 

153 


13.  The  term  “house  sewer'’  is  applied  to  that  part  of 
the  main  drain  or  sewer  extending  from  a point  two  feet 
outside  of  the  outer  front  wall  of  the  building,  vault  or 
area  to  its  connection  with  public  sewer,  private  sewer  or 
cesspool. 

14.  The  term  “house  drain”  is  applied  to  that  part  of  the 
main  horizontal  drain  and  its  branches  inside  the  walls  of 
the  building,  vault  or  area  and  extending  to  and  connecting 
with  the  house  sewer. 

15.  The  term  “soil  line”  is  applied  to  any  vertical  line  of 
pipe  having  outlets  above  the  floor  of  first  story  for  water 
closet  connections. 

16.  The  term  “waste  line”  is  applied  to  any  vertical  line 
of  pipe  having  outlets  above  the  first  floor  for  fixtures  other 
than  water  closet. 

17.  The  term  “vent  pipe”  is  applied  to  any  special  pipe, 

provided  to  ventilate  the  system  of  piping  and  to  prevent 
trap  siphonage  and  back  pressure.  = 

Materials  and  Workmanship.  j 

18.  All  materials  must  be  of  the  best  quality,  free  from 
defects,  and  all  work  must  be  executed  in  a thoroughly* 
workmanlike  manner. 

19.  All  cast-iron  pipes  and  fitttings  must  be  uncoated, 

sound,  cylindrical  and  smooth,  free  from  cracks,  sand  holes 
and  other  defects,  and  of  uniform  thickness,  and  of  the  grade  ” 
known  in  commerce  as  “extra  heavy.”  ! 

20.  Pipe,  including  the  hub,  shall  weigh  not  less  than  the? 

following  average  weights  per  linear  foot : | 


Diameters. 

Weights  Pei- 
Linear  Foot. 

2 inches  

3 inches  

4 inches  

5 inches  

6 inches  

7 inches  

27  pounds 

8 inches  

10  inches  

45  pounds 

12  inches  

21.  The  size. 

weight  and  maker's  name  must  be  cast  on 

each  length  of  pipe. 


.ii 


154 


22.  All  joints  must  be  made  with  picked  oakum  and  molten 
lead  and  be  made  gas-tight.  Twelve  (12)  ounces  of  fine, 
soft  pig  lead  must  be  used  at  each  joint  for  each  inch  in  the 
diameter  of  the  pipe. 

23.  All  wrought  iron  and  steel  pipe  must  be  equal  in 
quality  to  “standard”  and  must  be  properly  tested  by  the 
manufacturer.  All  pipe  must  be  lap-welded.  No  plain  black 
or  uncoated  pipe  will  be  permitted. 

24.  All  wrought  iron  or  steel  water  supply,  vent,  waste 
and  soil  pipes  must  be  galvanized. 

25.  Where  galvanized  wrought  iron  or  steel  pipe  is  re- 
quired the  fittings  used  on  same  must  also  be  galvanized. 

26.  Fittings  for  waste  or  soil  and  refrigerator  waste- 
pipes  must  be  the  special  extra  heavy  cast-iron  recessed  and 
threaded  drainage  fittings,  with  smooth  interior  waterway, 
and  threads  tapped,  so  as  to  give  a uniform  grade  to  branches 
of  not  less  than  one-fourth  of  an  inch  per  foot. 

27.  Short  nipples  on  wrought  iron  or  steel  pipe,  where 
the  unthreaded  part  of  the  pipe  is  less  than  one  and  one-half 
inches  long,  must  be  of  the  thickness  and  weight  known  as 
“extra  heavy”  or  “extra  strong.” 

28.  The  pipe  shall  not  be  less  than  the  following  average 
thickness  and  weight  per  linear  foot: 


Weigths  Per 

Diameters.  Thicknesses.  Linear  Foot. 


inches  14  inches  2.68  pounds 

2 inches  15  inches  3.61  pounds 

2^  inches  20  inches  5.74  pounds 

3 inches  21  inches  7.54  pounds 

3J4  inches  22  inches  9.00  pounds 

4 inches  23  inches  10.66  pounds 

414  inches  24  inches  12.34  pounds 

5 inches  25  inches  14.50  pounds 

6 inches  28  inches  18.76  pounds 

7 inches  30  inches  23.27  pounds 

8 inches  32  inches  28.18  pounds 

9 inches  34  inches  33.70  pounds 

10  inches  36  inches  40.06  pounds 

11  inches  37  inches  45.02  pounds 

12  inches  37  inches  48.98  pounds 


29.  All  brass  pipe  for  soil,  waste  and  vent  pipes  and 
, solder  nipples  must  be  thoroughly  annealed,  drawn,  brass 
tubing,  of  standard  iron-pipe  gauge. 

155 


i 


30.  Connections  on  brass  pipe  and  between  brass  pipe  and 
traps  on  iron  pipe  must  not  be  made  with  slip  joints  or 
couplings.  Threaded  connections  on  brass  pipe  must  be  of 
the  same  size  as  iron  pipe  thread  for  same  size  of  pipe  and 
be  tapered. 

31.  The  following  average  thickness  and  weights  per 
linear  foot  will  be  required : 


Weights  Per 

Diameters.  Thicknesses.  Linear  Foot. 


inches  14  inches  2.84  pounds 

2 inches  15  inches  3.82  pounds 

2^  inches  20  inches  6.08  pounds 

3 inches  21  inches  7.92  pounds 

334  inches  22  inches  9.54  pounds 

4 inches  23  inches  11.29  pounds 

4^  inches  24  inches  13.08  pounds 

5 inches  25  inches  15.37  pounds 

6 inches  28  inches  19.88  pounds 


32.  Brass  ferrules  must  be  best  quality,  extra  heavy,  cast 
brass,  not  less  than  four  inches  long  and  two  and  one-  , 
quarter,  three  and  one-half  inches  and  four  and  one-half  i\ 
inches  in  diameter,  and  not  less  than  the  following  weights : : 


Diameters.  Weights. 


234  inches  1 pound  0 ounces  ; 

3^2  inches  1 pound  12  ounces  # 

434  inches  2 pounds  8 ounces  ] 


33.  One  and  one-half  inch  ferrules  are  not  permitted.  c: 

34.  Soldering  nipples  must  be  heavy  cast  brass  or  of  ! 
brass  pipe,  iron  pipe-size.  When  cast  they  must  not  be  less  ‘ 
than  the  following  weights: 


Diameters.  Weights. 


134  inches  0 pound  8 ounces 

2 inches  0 pound  14  ounces  ' 

234  inches  1 pound  6 ounces ' 

3 inches  2 pounds  0 ounces  t 

4 inches  3 pounds  8 ounces? 


35.  Brass  screw  caps  for  cleanouts  must  be  extra  heavy,j 
not  less  than  one-eighth  of  an  inch  thick.  The  screw  cap! 


156 


must  have  a solid  square  or  hexagonal  nut,  not  less  than 
one  inch  high,  with  a least  diameter  of  one  and  one-half 
inches.  The  body  of  the  cleanout  ferrule  must  be  at  least 
equal  in  weight  and  thickness  to  the  caulking  ferrule  for  the 
same  size  of  pipe. 

36.  Where  cleanouts  are  required  by  rules  and  by  the  ap- 
proved plans,  the  screw  cap  must  be  of  brass.  The  engag- 
ing part  must  have  not  less  than  six  threads  of  iron-pipe  size 
and  be  tapered.  Cleanouts  must  be  of  full  size  of  trap  up 
to  four  inches  in  diameter,  and  not  less  than  four  inches  for 
larger  traps. 

37.  The  use  of  lead  pipes  is  restricted  to  the  short 
branches  of  the  soil  and  waste  pipes,  bends  and  traps,  roof 
connections  of  inside  leaders. 

“Short  branches^'  of  lead  pipe  shall  be  construed  to  mean 
not  more  than : 

8 feet  of  inch  pipe. 

5 feet  of  2 inch  pipe. 

2  feet  of  3 inch  pipe. 

2 feet  of  4 inch  pipe.. 

38.  All  connections  between  lead  pipes  and  between  lead 
and  brass  or  copper  pipes  must  be  made  by  means  of  “wiped*^ 
solder  joint. 

39.  All  lead  waste,  soil,  vent  and  flush  pipes  must  be  of 
the  best  quality,  known  in  commerce  as  “D”  and  of  not  less 
than  the  following  weights  per  linear  foot : 


Weights  Per 


Diameters.  Linear  Foot. 


1J4  inches  (for  flush  pipes  only)  2^2  pounds 

1J4  inches  3 pounds 

2 inches  4 pounds 

3 inches  6 pounds 

4 and  4^2  inches  8 pounds 


40.  All  lead  traps  and  bends  must  be  of  the  same  weights 
and  thicknesses  as  their  corresponding  pipe  branches.  Sheet 
lead  for  roof  flashings  must  be  six-pound  lead,  and  must  ex- 
tend not  less  than  six  inches  from  the  pipe,  and  the  joint 
made  watertight. 

41.  Copper  tubing,  when  used  for  inside  leader  roof  con- 
nections, must  be  seamless  drawn  tubing,  not  less  than  22 
gauge,  and  when  used  for  roof  flashings  must  be  not  less 
than  18  gauge. 


157 


General  Regulations. 

42.  Each  building  must  be  separately  and  independently 
connected  with  a public  or  private  sewer,  or  cesspool,  ex- 
cept where  a building  is  located  on  the  rear  of  the  same 
lot  with  another  building,  when  its  plumbing  and  drainage 
system  may  be  connected  to  the  house-drain  of  the  front 
building  behind  the  house  trap  and  fresh  air  inlet  which 
shall  be  used  for  both  buildings  if  sewer-connected;  or  may 
be  connected  to  an  existing  cesspool  of  front  house  and  be 
provided  with  a separate  house  trap  and  fresh  air  inlet. 

43.  Every  building  must  have  its  sewer  connections  di- 
rectly in  front  of  the  building,  unless  permission  is  other- 
wise granted  by  the  Superintendent  of  Buildings. 

44.  Where  there  is  no  sewer  in  the  street  or  avenue,  and 

it  is  possible  to  construct  a private  sewer  to  connect  in  an 
adjacent  street  or  avenue,  a private  sewer  must  be  con- 
structed. It  must  be  laid  outside  the  curb,  under  the  road- 
way of  the  street.  : 

45.  Cesspools  and  privy  vaults  will  be  permitted  only  after; 
it  .has  been  shown  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  superintendent, 
of  buildings  that  their  use  is  absolutely  necessary. 

46.  When  allowed,  they  must  be  constructed  strictly  in- 
accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  permit  issued  by  the  super- 
intendent of  buildings. 

47.  Cesspools  must  not  be  used  as  privy  vaults  nor  cair 
privy  vaults  be  used  as  cesspools.  Cesspools  and  privy  vaults 
must  be  located  at  least  15  feet  from  any  building  and  on, 
the  same  lot  as  the  building  for  w hich  their  use  is  intended.: 
Walls  of  cesspools  and  privy  vaults  when  constructed  of{ 
brick  must  be  8 inches  thick;  if  of  stone,  18  inches  thick] 
Bottoms  of  cesspools  and  privy  vaults  must  be  of  stone  con-! 
Crete  6 inches  thick.  The  entire  interior  surface  of  cess-^ 
pools  and  privy  vaults  must  be  finished  with  a coating  of 
Portland  cement  mortar  1 inch  thick. 

48.  As  soon  as  it  is  possible  to  connect  with  a public 
sewer,  the  owner  must  have  the  cesspool  and  privy  vault 
emptied,  cleaned  and  disinfected  and  filled  with  fresh  earth, 
and  have  a sewer  connection  made  in  the  manner  herewith 
prescribed. 

49.  All  pipe  lines  must  be  supported  at  the  base  on  brick 
piers,  or  by  heavy  iron  hangers  from  the  cellar-ceiling: 
beams,  and  along  the  line  by  heavy  iron  hangers  at  inter- 
vals of  not  more  than  ten  feet. 

50.  All  pipes  issuing  from  extensions  or  elsewhere,  which 
would  otherwise  open  within  20  feet  of  the  window  of  any 
building,  must  be  extended  above  the  top  of  any  window 


158 


located  within  such  distance.  When  a building  exceeds  in 
height  that  of  an  adjoining  building,  and  windows  or  openings 
are  cut  in  the  wall  on  the  lot  line  within  20  feet  of  the  roof 
terminal  of  any  soil,  waste  or  vent  line  now  in  place  or  sub- 
sequently installed  in  the  lower  building,  the  owner  of  the 
higher  building  shall  defray  the  expense  of  extending  said 
soil,  waste  or  vent  lines  above  the  roof  of  the  higher  build- 
ing or  shall  himself  make  such  alteration. 

51.  The  arrangement  of  all  pipes  must  be  as  straight  and 
direct  as  possible.  Offsets  will  be  permitted  only  when  un- 
avoidable. 

52.  All  pipes  and  traps  should,  where  possible,  be  exposed 
to  view.  They  should  always  be  readily  accessible  for  in- 
spection and  repairing. 

53.  In  every  building  where  there  is  a leader  connected 
to  the  drain,  if  there  are  any  plumbing  fixtures,  there  must 
be  at  least  one  four  (4)  inch  pipe  extending  above  the  roof 
for  ventilation. 


Yard,  Area  and  Other  Drains. 

54.  All  yards,  areas  and  courts  exceeding  15  square  feet 
in  area  must  be  drained  into  the  sewer.  A shaft  open  at 
the  top  not  exceeding  25  square  feet  in  area,  and  which 
cannot  be  connected  in  back  of  a leader,  yard,  court  or  area 
drain  trap,  may  be  drained  into  a publicly-placed,  water- 
supplied,  properly-trapped  and  vented  slop  sink. 

55.  These  drains,  when  sewer-connected,  must  have  con- 
nections not  less  than  three  inches  in  diameter.  They  should 
be  controlled  by  one  trap — the  leader  trap,  if  possible. 

56.  Floor  drains  will  only  be  permitted  when  it  can  be 
shown  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings 
that  their  use  is  absolutely  necessary  and  arrangements  made 
to  maintain  a permanent  water  seal  in  the  traps. 

57.  Cellar  drains  may  be  connected  in  back  of  and  con- 
trolled by  a leader,  yard,  court  or  area  drain  trap  which  need 
not  be  vented. 

58.  Subsoil  drains  should  discharge  into  a sump  or  re- 
ceiving tank,  the  contents  of  which  if  discharged  by  gravity 
may  be  discharged  into  a rain  leader,  yard,  court  or  area 
drain  behind  the  trap  controlling  same  or  may  be  discharged 
through  a properly  trapped  and  vented,  water  supplied  re- 
ceptacle. Where  mechanical  force  is  required  to  discharge 
the  contents  into  the  plumbing  and  drainage  system,  a proper 
automatic  cut-off  or  check  valve  must  be  provided  on  the 
I connection  between  house-drain  and  apparatus  used  for 
raising  the  contents  of  sump-pit. 


159 


59.  The  contents  of  settling  chamber  or  dust  receptacle: 
for  vacuum  cleaners  may  be  discharged  into  a Plumbing  anc 
Drainage  system,  the  same  as  sub-soil  drain  sump-pits. 

Leaders. 

60.  Every  building  shall  be  kept  provided  with  propei 
metallic  gutters  and  rain  leaders  for  conducting  water  fron 
all  roofs  in  such  manner  as  shall  protect  the  walls  anc 
foundations  from  injury.  In  no  case  shall  the  water  fron 
any  rain  leader  be  allowed  to  flow  upon  the  sidewalk  or  ad- 
joining property,  but  the  same  shall  be  conducted  by  propei 
pipes  to  the  sewer.  If  there  be  no  sewer  in  the  street  upor 
which  the  building  fronts,  then  the  water  from  said  leader: 
may  be  conducted  by  proper  pipes  laid  below  the  surface  oi 
sidewalk  to  the  street  gutter,  or  may  be  conducted  by  extr^ 
heavy  cast-iron  pipe  to  a leeching  cesspool  located  at  least 
20  feet  from  any  building.  No  plumbing  fixtures  shall  dis- 
charge into  a leeching  cesspool. 

61.  In  side  leaders  must  be  made  of  cast  iron,  wroughi 
iron  or  steel,  with  roof  connections  made  gas  and  watei 
tight  by  means  of  a heavy  lead  or  copper-drawn  tubing 
wiped  to  a brass  ferrule  or  nipple  caulked  or  screwed  intd 
the  pipe. 

62.  Outside  leaders  may  be  made  of  sheet  metal,  but  thei 
must  connect  with  the  house  drain  by  means  of  a cast-iror 
pipe  extending  vertically  five  feet  above  the  grade  level. 

63.  Leaders  must  be  trapped  with  cast-iron  running  trap: 

so  placed  as  to  prevent  freezing.  j 

64.  Rain-water  leaders  must  not  be  used  as  soil,  waste  oi 
vent  pipes  nor  shall  any  such  pipe  be  used  as  a leader.  i 

The  House  Sewer,  House  Drain,  House  Trap  and  Fresf{ 
Air  Inlet,  ^ 

65.  Old  house  sewers  can  be  used  in  connection  with  thiii 

new  buildings  or  new  plumbing  only  when  they  are  found;| 
on  examination  by  the  plumbing  inspector,  to  conform  in  abj 
respects  to  the  requirements  governing  new  sewers.  | 

66.  When  a proper  foundation  consisting  of  a natural' 

bed  of  earth,  rock,  etc.,  can  be  obtained,  the  house  seweij 
can  be  of  earthenware  pipe.  i 

67.  Where  the  ground  is  made  or  filled  in,  or  where  thej 

pipes  are  less  than  three  feet  deep,  or  in  any  case  wherej 
there  is  danger  of  settlement  by  frost  or  from  any  cause, | 
and  when  cesspools  are  used,  the  house  sewer  must  be  oi| 
extra  heavy  cast-iron  pipe,  with  lead-caulked  joints.  I 

68.  No  earthenware  house-drain,  when  found  in  a leaky 

or  defective  condition,  shall  be  repaired  or  replaced  except! 
with  heavy  cast-iron  pipe.  j 


160 


69.  The  house  drain  and  its  branches  must  be  of  extra 
heavy  cast-iron  when  underground,  and  of  extra  heavy  cast- 
iron  or  galvanized  wrought  iron  or  steel  when  above  ground. 

70.  The  house  drain  must  properly  connect  with  the  house 
sewer  at  a point  two  feet  outside  of  the  outer  front  vault 
or  area  wall  of  the  building.  An  arched  or  other  proper 
opening  must  be  provided  for  the  drain  in  the  wall  to  pre- 
vent damage  by  settlement. 

71.  The  house  drain  if  above  the  cellar  floor  must  be 
supported  at  intervals  of  ten  feet  by  eight-inch  brick  piers 
or  suspended  from  the  floor  beams,  or  be  otherwise  properly 
supported  by  proper  hangers  placed  not  more  than  10  feet 
apart. 

72.  No  steam-exhaust,  boiler  blow-off  or  drip-pipe  shall 
be  connected  with  the  house-drain.  Such  pipes  must  first 
discharge  into  a proper  condensing  tank,  and  from  this  a 
proper  outlet  to  the  house  sewer  outside  of  the  building  must 
be  provided.  In  low  pressure  steam  systems  the  condensing 
tank  may  be  omitted,  but  the  waste  connections  must  be 
otherwise  as  above  required. 

73.  The  house-drain  and  house-sewer  must  be  run  as 
direct  as  possible,  with  a fall  of  at  least  one-quarter  inch 
per  foot,  all  changes  in  direction  made  with  proper  fittings, 
and  all  connections  made  with  Y branches  and  one-eighth 
land  one-sixteenth  bends. 

74.  The  house  sewer  and  house-drain  must  be  at  least 
4 inches  in  diameter  when  receiving  the  discharge  of  a water- 
idoset.  Where  rain  leaders  are  connected  to  the  plumbing 
system,  the  sizes  of  house  sewer,  house  drain  and  leader 
connections  shall  be  computed  according  to  the  square  feet 
of  area  drained  into  them.  No  house  sewer  or  house-drain 
shall  be  of  less  diameter  than  the  largest  line  of  pipe  con- 
nected thereon.  The  following  table  is  the  maximum  area 
allowed  to  drain  into  pipes  of  given  diameter: 


Fall  Fall 

Diameter  of  Pipe.  % Inch  Per  Foot.  ^ Inch  Per  Foot. 

! 3 1,200  square  feet.  1,500  square  feet. 

4 2,500  square  feet.  3,200  square  feet. 

5 4,500  square  feet.  6,000  square  feet. 

6 8,000  square  feet.  10,000  square  feet. 

7 12,400  square  feet.  15,600  square  feet. 

8 18,000  square  feet.  22,500  square  feet. 

9 25,000  square  feet.  31,500  square  feet. 

0 41,000  square  feet.  59,000  square  feet 

.2  69,000  square  feet.  98,000  square  feet. 


161 


75.  Full  size  Y and  T branch  fittings  for  handhole  clean  ^ 
out  must  be  provided  'where  required  on  house-drain  and  it: 
branches.  No  clean-out  need  be  larger  than  6 inches  it 
diameter. 

76.  An  iron  running  trap  must  be  placed  in  the  house  i 
drain  near  the  front  wall  of  the  house,  and  on  the  sew'e: 
side  of  all  connections,  except  a Y fitting  used  to  receivti 
the  discharge  from  an  automatic  sewage  lift,  oil  separator  | 
or  a drip-pipe  where  one  is  used.  If  placed  outside  of  th( ' 
house  or  below  the  cellar  floor,  it  must  be  made  accessible « 
in  a brick  manhole,  the  walls  of  which  must  be  eight  inche:  j 
thick,  with  an  iron  or  flagstone  cover.  When  outside  the ! 
house  it  must  never  be  less  than  three  feet  below  the  surface  i 
of  the  ground. 

77.  When  the  plumbing  system  of  any  building  is  alterec 
by  the  addition  of  a new  soil,  waste  or  vent  line,  and  nc 
house  trap  and  fresh  air  inlet  or  leader  trap  exists  on  the 
house-drain,  same  shall  be  provided. 

78.  The  house  trap  must  have  two  cleanouts,  with  brass 

screw  cap  ferrules  caulked  in.  j 

79.  A fresh  air  inlet  pipe  must  be  connected  with  the 

house-drain  just  inside  of  the  house  trap  and  extended  to 
the  outer  air,  terminating  with  a return  bend,  with  open  end 
one  foot  above  the  grade  at  most  available  point  to  be  de^ 
termined  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings  and  shown  or 
plans.  The  fresh  air  inlet  pipe  must  be  of  the  same  diametei 
as  the  house-drain.  An  automatic  device  approved  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  may  be  used,  when  set  in  2 
manner  satisfactory  to  him.  \ 

80.  No  curb  box  or  similar  device  with  grating  placed  ir| 
sidewalk  will  be  permitted  for  fresh  air  inlets. 

Soil  and  Waste  Lines. 

81.  All  main,  soil,  waste  or  vent  pipes  must  be  of  ironji 
steel  or  brass. 

82.  When  they  receive  the  discharge  of  fixtures  on  any|;« 
floor  above  the  first,  they  must  be  extended  in  full  calibre  atjj 
least  one  foot  above  the  roof  coping,  and  well  away  fromi 
all  shafts,  windows,  chimneys  or  other  ventilating  openings. ' 
When  less  than  four  inches  in  diameter,  they  must  be  en- > 
larged  to  four  inches  at  a point  not  less  than  one  foot  be-., 
low  the  roof  surface  by  an  increaser  not  less  than  nine  (9)  1 
inches  long. 

83.  No  caps,  cowls  or  bends  shall  be  affixed  to  the  top  of 
such  stack. 


162 


84.  In  all  buildings,  wire  baskets  must  be  securely  fas- 
tened into  the  opening  of  each  pipe  in  an  accessible  posi- 
tion. When  roofs  are  used  for  drying  purposes  or  roof 
gardens,  all  pipes  shall  be  extended  to  a height  of  seven 
feet. 

85.  Necessary  offsets  above  the  highest  fixture  branch 
must  not  be  made  at  an  angle  of  less  than  forty-five  degrees 
:o  the  horizontal. 

86.  Soil  and  waste  pipes  must  have  proper  Y or  TY 
tranches  for  all  fixture  connections. 

87.  No  connection  to  lead  branches  for  water-closets  or 
;lop  sinks  will  be  permitted,  except  the  required  branch  vent. 

88.  Branch  soil  and  waste  pipe  must  have  a fall  of  at 
east  one-quarter  inch  per  foot. 

• 89.  Short  TY  branches  will  be  permited  on  vertical  lines 
only.  Long  one-quarter  bends  and  long  TYs  are  permitted. 
Short  one-quarter  bends  and  double  hubs,  short  roof  in- 
^:reasers  and  common  offsets,  and  bands  and  saddles,  are  pro- 
libited. 

^ 90.  The  diameters  of  soil  and  waste  pipes  must  not  be 
jess  than  those  given  in  the  following  table : 

ivlain  soil  stacks  4 inches 

idain  soil  stacks  for  water-closets  on  5 or  more 

I.  floors  5 inches 

Branch  soil  pipes  4 inches 


jdain  waste  stacks  2 inches 

yfain  waste  stacks  for  kitchen  sinks  on  5 or  more 

floors 3 inches 

Branch  wastes  for  slop  sinks 3 inches 

Branch  waste-pipes  for  laundry  tubs  inches 

Yhen  set  in  ranges  of  three 2 inches 

ilranch  waste  for  kitchen  sinks  2 inches 

iBranch  waste  for  urinals  2 inches 

Branch  waste  for  other  fixtures VA  inches 


j Vent  Pipes. 

r 91.  All  traps  must  be  protected  from  siphonage  and  back- 

I'ressure  and  the  drainage  system  ventilated  by  special  lines 
f vent  pipes. 

. 92.  All  vent  pipe  lines  and  main  branches  must  be  of  iron, 
teel  or  brass.  They  must  be  increased  in  diameter  and 
xtended  above  the  roof  as  required  for  waste-pipes.  They 
,iay  be  connected  with  the  adjoining  soil  or  waste  line  well 
fbove  the  highest  fixture,  but  this  will  not  be  permitted 
/hen  there  are  fixtures  on  more  than  six  floors. 

163 


93.  All  offsets  must  be  made  at  an  angle  of  not  less  than 
forty-five  degrees  to  the  horizontal,  and  all  lines  must  be 
connected  at  the  bottom  with  a soil  or  waste  pipe  or  the 
drain  in  such  a manner  as  to  prevent  the  accumulation  ol 
rust  scale. 

94.  Branch  vent  pipes  shall  be  kept  above  the  top  of  all 
connecting  fixtures,  so  as  to  prevent  the  use  of  vent  pipes 
as  soil  pipes  or  waste-pipes.  Branch  vent  pipes  shouk 
be  connected  not  less  than  six  inches  nor  more  than  twc 
feet  from  crown  of  trap  or  side  of  lead  bend. 

95.  Vent  connections  for  water-closets  and  slop  sinks  ; 
must  be  made  from  the  branch  soil  or  waste-pipe  just  belovv 
the  trap  of  the  fixture,  and  this  branch  vent  pipe  must  b( 
so  connected  as  to  prevent  obstruction  and  no  waste-pip( ; 
connected  between  it  and  the  fixtures.  Earthenware  traps  j 
must  have  no  vent  horns. 

96.  No  sheet  metal,  brick  or  other  flue  shall  be  used*  as  ^ 
a vent  pipe. 

97.  The  sizes  of  vent-pipes  throughout  must  not  be  less 
than  the  following:  For  main  vents,  two  inches  in  diameter ^ 
for  water-closets  on  three  or  more  floors,  three  inches  ir 
diameter;  for  other  fixtures  on  less  than  seven  floors,  tw<i 
inches  in  diameter;  three-inch  vent  pipe  will  be  permitee^ 
for  less  than  nine  stories ; for  more  than  eight  and  less  that 
sixteen  stories,  four  inches  in  diameter;  for  more  thar 
fifteen  and  less  than  twenty-two  stories,  five  inches  in  diam 
eter ; for  more  than  twenty-one  stories  the  size  of  ^ ven' 
pipe  shall  be  determined  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings.; 

For  fixtures  other  than  water-closets  and  slop  sinks  an(( 
for  more  than  eight  stories,  vent  pipes  may  be  one  inc^ 
smaller  in  diameter  than  above  stated.  ^ 

For  long  branch  vent  pipes  over  10  feet  in  length  buj 
not  exceeding  25  feet,  two  inches  in  diameter;  when  ove: 
25  feet  in  length,  but  not  exceeding  50  feet,  three  inche* 
in  diameter.  No  branch  vent  pipe  can  exceed  50  feet  ti 
length,  nor  can  any  main  vent  be  of  less  diameter  than  th( 
largest  branch  vent  connecting  to  same.  I 

98.  When  plumbing  fixtures  installed  in  any  building  ar(j 
arranged  in  groups  or  batteries  and  the  number  of  brancfP 
vents  from  the  traps  of  fixtures  connecting  to  any  mairl 
branch  vent  exceeds  the  number  and  size  given  in  ^ the 
following  table,  a 3-inch  main  branch  vent  must  be  provided 
for  the  additional  vent  connections. 

2 — 114  inch  branches  on  a inch  main  branch. 

4—2  inch  branches  on  a 2 inch  main  branch. 


164 


inch  branches  on  a 2 


7 — inch  branches  on  a 2 
2-2 
i-VA  i 

^ I inch  branches  on 


inch  main  branch, 
inch  main  branch. 

inch  main  branch. 


Traps. 


99.  No  form  of  trap  will  be  permitted  to  be  used  unless 
it  has  been  approved  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 

100.  No  mason’s  cesspoll,  bell,  pot,  bottle  or  D-trap  will 
be  permitted,  nor  any  form  of  trap  that  is  not  self-cleaning, 
nor  that  has  interior  chamber  or  mechanism,  nor  any  trap 
except  earthernware  ones  that  depend  upon  interior  parti- 
tions for  a seal.  Backwater  or  tide  valves  will  only  be 
permitted  when  it  can  be  shown  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  that  their  use  is  absolutely  nec- 
essary and  of  a type  as  approved  by  him. 

101.  Every  fixture  must  be  separately  trapped  by  a water- 
sealing trap  placed  as  close  to  the  fixture  outlet  as  possible, 
and  no  trap  shall  be  placed  more  than  2 feet  0 inches  from 
any  fixture. 

102.  A set  of  not  more  than  three  wash  trays  may  connect 
with  a single  trap,  or  into  the  trap  of  an  adjoining  sink, 
provided  both  sink  and  tub  waste  outlets  are  on  the  same 
side  of  the  waste  line,  and  the  sink  is  nearest  the  line.  When 
so  connected,  the  waste-pipe  from  the  wash-trays  must  be 
branched  in  below  the  water-seal. 

103.  The  discharge  from  any  fixture  must  not  pass  through 
more  than  one  trap  before  reaching  the  house-drain. 

104.  All  traps  must  be  well  supported  and  set  true  with 
respect  to  their  water  levels. 

105.  All  fixtures,  other  than  water-closets  and  urinals,  must 
have  strong  metallic  strainers  or  bars  over  the  outlets  to 
prevent  obstruction  of  the  waste-pipe. 

106.  All  exposed  or  accessible  traps,  except  water-closet 
traps,  must  have  brass  trap  screws  for  cleaning  the  trap 
placed  on  the  inlet  side,  or  below  the  water  level. 

107.  All  iron  traps  for  house-drain,  yard  and  other  drains 
and  leaders  must  be  running  traps  with  handhole  cleanouts 
of  full  size  of  the  traps,  when  same  are  less  than  five  (5) 
inches.  All  traps  under  ground  must  be  made  accessible  by 
brick  manholes  with  proper  covers. 

108.  Overflow  pipes  from  fixtures  must  in  all  cases  be 
connected  on  the  inlet  side  of  traps. 

109.  All  earthenware  traps  must  have  approved  heavy 
brass  floor  plates  properly  secured  to  the  branch  soil  pipe 


165 


and  bolted  to  the  trap  flange,  and  the  joint  made  gas-tight. 
The  use  of  rubber  washers  for  floor  connections  is  pro- 
hibited. All  floor  flanges  must  be  set  in  place  and  inspected 
before  any  water-closet  is  set  thereon. 

110.  No  trap  shall  be  placed  at  the  foot  of  main  soil 
and  waste  pipe  lines. 

111.  Plunge  baths  should  be  provided  with  a trap  at  least 
four  inches  in  diameter,  the  waste  from  trap  to  bath  to  be 
reduced  two  diameters  and  this  waste  to  be  controlled  by 
a gate  valve.  Overflow  pipes,  if  provided,  must  be  connected 
on  inlet  side  of  trap.  Traps  must  be  ventilated  by  a separate 
vent  line  extended  above  roof.  Vent  lines  shall  be  the  same 
size  as  trap  and  waste  connection. 

112.  The  sizes  for  traps  must  not  be  less  than  those  given 
in  the  following  table : 


Traps  for  water-closets 
Traps  for  slop  sinks  . 
Traps  for  kitchen  sinks 
Traps  for  wash  trays  . 

Traps  for  urinals  

Traps  for  shower-baths 
Traps  for  other  fixtures 


4 inches  in  diameter. 

3 inches  in  diameter., 

2 inches  in  diameter. 

2 inches  in  diameter.' 

2 inches  in  diameter., 

2 inches  in  diameter.* 

1J4  inches  in  diameter. 


Traps  for  leaders,  area,  floor  and  other  drains  must  be| 
at  least  3 inches  in  diameter. 


113.  Dental  cuspidors  must  be  separately  trapped  by  a 
trap  of  at  least  154  inches  in  diameter,  properly  vented  and 
placed  as  close  to  the  fixtures  as  possible.  The  connection- 
between  trap  and  cuspidor  may  be  54  ii^ch  in  diameter.  ; 

114.  No  plumbing  fixtures,  except  bar  sinks,  soda  fountains^ 
or  drinking  fountains,  shall  be  installed  with  an  indirecti 
waste  connection  to  the  plumbing  and  drainage  system.  Thei 
waste  of  every  bar-sink,  soda-fountain  and  drinking- fountain* 
if  not  directly  connected,  must  discharge  over  a properly] 
water-supplied,  trapped  and  vented  sink.  The  main  waste’ 
lines  shall  be  2 inches  in  diameter,  and  the  branches  to 
fixtures  at  least  1^4  inches  in  diameter.  Drinking  fountains 
must  be  trapped  and  the  waste  line  extended  through  the 
roof.  No  vent  connections  need  be  provided. 


Safe  and  Refrigerator  Waste  Pipes. 

115.  Safe  and  refrigerator  waste-pipes  must  be  of  galvan- 
ized iron,  and  be  not  less  than  1^  inches  in  diameter  nor 
larger  than  154  inches  in  diameter  with  ppe  branches  at 
least  1 inch  in  diameter  with  strainers  over  each  inlet. 

IIG.  Safe  and  refrigerator  waste-pipes  shall  not  be  trapped. 
They  must  discharge  over  a properly  water-supplied,  trapped 


166 


ind  vented  sink,  publicly  placed,  not  more  than  4 feet  above 
he  floor.  In  no  case  shall  any  refrigerator  or  safe  waste- 
)ipe  discharge  over  a sink  located  in  a room  used  for 
iving  purposes. 

117.  The  branches  on  vertical  lines  must  be  made  by  Y 
)r  TY  fittings  and  carried  up  to  the  safe  with  as  much 
litch  as  possible. 

118.  Lead  safes  must  be  graded  and  neatly  turned  over 
•evel  strips  at  their  edges. 

119.  Where  there  is  an  offset  on  a refrigerator  waste-pipe 
1 the  cellar,  there  must  be  cleanouts  to  control  the  horizontal 
art  of  the  pipe. 

120.  In  all  lodgings  and  tenement  houses  the  safe  and 
efrigerator  waste-pipes  must  extend  above  the  roof. 

Water  Closets,  Sinks  and  Washtubs. 

121.  In  all  buildings,  occupied  as  stores,  dwellings,  lodging 
r boarding  houses,  hotels,  offices,  lofts,  work-shops,  factories 
r storage  houses,  there  must  be  at  least  one  water-closet 
1 each  building.  There  must  be  sufficient  water-closets  so 
lat  there  will  never  be  more  than  15  persons  to  each  water- 
loset.  In  places  of  public  assembly,  the  number  of  toilets 
nd  the  most  available  location  are  to  be  determined  by  the 
,iperintendent  of  buildings. 

' 122.  Separate  water-closets  and  toilet  rooms  must  be  pro- 
ided  for  each  sex  in  buildings  used  as  workshops,  lofts, 
jffice  buildings,  factories,  hotels  and  all  places  of  public 
jssembly. 

: 123.  In  lodging  houses,  there  must  be  one  water-closet 
each  floor,  and  where  there  are  more  than  15  persons  on 
by  floor  there  must  be  an  additional  water-closet  on  that 
ioor  for  every  15  additional  persons  or  fraction  thereof. 
124.  In  tenement  houses,  lodging  houses,  factories,  work- 
lops,  and  all  public  buildings,  the  entire  water-closet  apart- 
iient  and  side  walls  to  a height  of  six  inches  from  the  floor, 
jccept  at  the  door,  must  be  made  water-proof  with  asphalt, 
';ment,  tile,  metal  or  other  water-proof  material  as  approved 
'j  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 

! 125.  In  all  buildings,  the  water-closet  and  urinal  apart- 
I ents  must  be  ventilated  to  the  outer  air  by  windows  opening 
b the  same  lot  as  the  building  is  situated  on  or  by  a venti- 
:ting  skylight  placed  over  each  room  or  apartment  wherein 
iich  fixtures  are  located. 

:«126.  In  all  buildings,  the  outside  partition  of  any  water- 
oset  or  urinal  apartment  must  be  air-tight  and  extend 


167 


to  the  ceiling  or  be  independently  ceiled  over.  When  nec- 
essary to  properly  light  such  apartments,  the  upper  part  of 
the  partitions  must  be  provided  with  translucent  glass.  The 
interior  partitions  of  such  apartments  must  be  dwarfed 
partitions. 

127.  The  general  water-closet  accommodation  of  any  build- 
ing cannot  be  placed  in  the  cellar,  nor  can  any  water-closet 
be  placed  outside  of  a building  except  to  replace  an  existing 
water-closet. 

128.  In  alteration  work  where  it  is  not  practicable  to 
ventilate  a water-closet  or  urinal  apartment  by  windows  or 
a skylight  directly  to  the  outer  air,  there  may  be  provided 
a galvanized  wrought  iron  vent  duct  extended  to  the  outer 
air  which  must  be  equal  in  area  to  at  least  144  square  inches 
for  one  water-closet  or  urinal,  and  an  additional  72  square 
inches  for  each  water-closet  added  therein. 

129.  Where  water-closets  will  not  support  a rim-seat,  the 
seat  must  be  supported  on  galvanized  iron  legs. 

130.  Every  earthenware  water-closet  with  connection 

through  the  floor  in  all  new  work,  and  in  all  alterations^ 
must  be  set  on  an  approved  floor  slab  of  porcelain,  slate  oi 
other  material  impervious  to  moisture,  same  to  be  not  less 
in  size  than  the  base  of  the  water-closet  set  thereon.  t 

131.  All  water-closets  must  have  earthenware  flushing 
rim  bowls.  They  must  be  set  entirely  free  and  open  from 
all  enclosing  woodwork. 

132.  Pan,  plunger,  offset-washout  and  washout,  or  other 

water-closets  having  an  unventilated  space,  or  whose  walls 
are  not  thoroughly  washed  out  at  each  discharge,  will 
not  be  permitted.  | 

133.  Long  hopper  water-closets  will  not  be  permitted,  ex{ 

cept  earthenware  hoppers  where  there  is  an  exposure  to 
frost.  ¥ t 

134.  Drip  trays  on  water-closets  will  not  be  permitted.  i 

135.  Water-closets  and  urinals  must  never  be  connected  i 

directly  with  or  flushed  from  the  water-supply  pipes,  except! 
when  flushometer  valves  are  used.  I 

136.  Each  water-closet  and  urinal  must  be  flushed  from^ 
a separate  cistern,  the  water  from  which  is  used  for  no 
other  purpose,  or  may  be  flushed  through  flushometer  valves. 

137.  Where  “Flushometers’’  are  used,  they  must  be  supplied 
from  tank  pressure,  unless  otherwise  permitted  by  the  super-l 
intendent  of  buildings ; the  rising  lines  shall  be  at  least  one  ; 
and  one-half  inches  in  diameter,  and  the  branches  shall 

at  least  one  and  one-quarter  inches  in  diameter  for  water*  ji 
closets  and  three-quarter  inch  in  diameter  for  urinals.  I 


168 


138.  The  overflow  of  cisterns  may  discharge  into  the  bowls 
of  the  closet,  but  in  no  case  connect  with  any  part  of  the 
drainage  system. 

139.  Iron  water-closet  and  urinal  cisterns  and  automatic 
water-closet  and  urinal  cisterns  are  prohibited,  unless  ap- 
proved by  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 

140.  The  copper  lining  of  water-closet  and  urinal  cisterns 
must  not  be  lighter  than  ten  (10)  ounce  copper. 

141.  Water-closet  flush  pipes  must  be  not  less  than  one 
and  one-fourth  inches  and  urinal  flush-pipes  one  (1)  inch 
in  diameter,  and  if  of  lead  must  not  weight  less  than  two 
and  one-half  pounds  and  two  pounds  per  linear  foot.  Flush 
couplings  must  be  of  full  size  of  the  pipe. 

142.  Rubber  connections  and  elbows  are  not  permitted  on 
flush  pipes. 

143.  Latrines,  trough  water-closets  and  similar  appliances 
may  be  used  only  on  written  permit  from  said  superintendent 
of  buildings,  and  must  be  set  and  arranged  as  may  be  re- 
quired by  the  terms  of  the  permit. 

144.  All  urinals  must  be  constructed  of  materials  imper- 
vious to  moisture,  and  that  will  not  corrode  under  the  action 
of  urine.  The  floor  and  wall  of  the  urinal  apartments  must 
be  lined  with  similar  non-absorbent  and  non-corrosive  ma- 
terial. 

145.  The  platforms  of  treads  of  urinal  stalls  must  never 
be  connected  independently  to  the  plumbing  system,  nor 
can  they  be  connected  to  any  safe  waste-pipe. 

146.  Iron  trough  water-closets  and  trough  urinals  must  be 
enameled  or  galvanized. 

147.  In  all  houses,  sinks  must  be  entirely  open,  on  iron 
legs  or  brackets  without  any  enclosing  woodwork. 

148.  Wooden  washtubs  are  prohibited,  except  when  used 
in  hotels,  restaurants  or  bottling  establishments  for  washing 
dishes  or  bottles.  Cement  or  artificial  stone  tubs  will  not 
be  permitted  unless  approved  by  the  superintendent  of  bulid- 
ings. 

Water  Supply  for  Fixtures. 

149.  All  water-closets  and  other  plumbing  fixtures  must 
be  provided  with  a sufficient  supply  of  water  for  flushing 
to  keep  them  in  a proper  anl  cleanly  condition. 

Flush  tanks  must  have  a capacity  of  eight  gallons  for 
water-closets  and  five  gallons  for  urinals. 

150.  House  service  pipes  must  be  connected  to  the  street 
mains  by  means  of  taps,  and  a stop-cock  or  valve  under  the 


169 


sidewalk  at  the  curb,  in  compliance  with  the  rules  and  under 
the  supervision  of  the  department  of  water  supply,  gas  and 
electricity. 

151.  A separate  stop  or  valve  must  be  placed  upon  the 
service  pipe  inside  the  front  wall. 

152.  The  diameters  of  street  service  pipe  must  not  be 
less  than  three-quarters  inch  for  dwellings  and  tenements 
occupied  by  six  families  or  less;  one  inch  for  tenements  or 
apartment  houses  occupied  by  more  than  six  families  and 
one  and  one-half  inch  for  hotels,  factories  and  other  mis-* 
cellaneous  buildings,  provided  that  in  no  case  can  the  diam- 
eter of  the  service  pipes  be  less  than  the  diameter  of  the 
tap  installed  under  the  supervision  of  the  department  of 
water  supply,  gas  and  electricity. 

153.  That  all  rising  lines  have  a stop  cock  or  valve  at 
the  foot  of  each  line  and  in  all  buildings,  except  dwellings, 

a separate  stop  cock  or  valve  must  be  placed  on  the  branches  ' 
from  riser  for  each  fixture  if  isolated  or  each  group  of 
fixtures  such  as  bathrooms,  kitchens,  etc.,  located  to  be 
accessible  at  all  times.  The  diameters  of  all  rising  lines 
must  not  be  less  than  three-quarters  of  an  inch,  but  where 
lead  or  brass  pipe  is  used  the  minimum  diameter  may  be  , 
one-half  inch.  ? 

154.  Diameters  of  branches  to  any  fixture  must  not  be  ^ 

less  than  one-half  inch,  except  when  used  to  supply  water-  [ 
closets,  cisterns  or  lavatories.  When  the  material  used  is 
lead  or  brass  pipe,  the  minimum  diameter  may  be  three-  “ 
eighths  inch.  Branches  for  flush  valves  for  water-closets  ! 
must  not  be  less  than  one  and  one-quarter  inch  in  diameter  ^ 
and  for  urinals  not  less  than  three-quarters  of  an  inch  in  i 
diameter.  I 

155.  Where  a hot  water  supply  system  is  installed,  the  » 
distance  between  the  hot  and  cold  risers  should  not  be  ] 
less  than  six  inches.  Where  it  is  impossible  to  place  them  ‘ 
six  inches  or  more  apart,  the  hot  water  riser  must  be  covered 
with  an  approved  insulating  material  and  a method  of  cir- 
culation provided  that  will  insure  a prompt  delivery  of  hot 
water  at  the  faucet  when  required. 

156.  All  risers  and  branches  must  be  properly  fastened. 

157.  When  the  water  pressure  is  not  sufficient  to  supply 

freely  and  continuously  all  fixtures,  a house  supply  tank 
must  be  provided  of  sufficient  size  to  afford  an  ample  supply 
of  water  to  all  fixtures  at  all  times.  Such  tanks  must  be 
supplied  from  the  pressure  or  by  power  pumps,  as  may  be  , 
necessary;  when  from  the  pressure,  ball  cocks  must  be  [ 
provided.  ; 


k 


170 


158.  House  supply  tanks  must  be  metal-covered  so  as  to 
exclude  dust  and  so  located  as  to  prevent  water  contamina- 
tion by  gas  and  odors  from  plumbing  fixtures. 

159.  House  supply  tanks  must  be  of  wood  or  iron,  or  of 
wood  lined  with  tinned  and  planished  copper. 

160.  House  tanks  must  be  supported  on  iron  beams. 

161.  The  overflow  pipe  should  discharge  upon  the  roof, 
where  possible,  and  in  such  cases  should  be  brought  down 
to  within  six  (6)  inches  of  the  roof,  or  it  must  be  trapped 
and  discharged  over  an  open  and  water-supplied  sink  not 
in  the  same  room,  not  over  three  and  one-half  feet  above 
the  floor.  In  no  case  shall  the  overflow  be  connected  with 
any  part  of  the  plumbing  system. 

162.  Emptying  pipes  for  such  tanks  must  be  provided, 
and  be  discharged  in  the  manner  required  for  overflow  pipes, 
and  may  be  branched  into  overflow  pipes.  Emptying  pipes 
for  tanks  containing  more  than  five  hundred  (500)  gallons 
must  be  four  (4)  inches  in  diameter  and  provided  with  a 
valve  of  same  size  fitted  with  a wheel  or  lever  handle. 

163.  Acid  wastes  must  be  “B”  lead  pipe  or  earthen 
pipe;  if  of  lead  pipe  they  must  be  at  least  two  inches  in 
diameter,  and  if  of  earthen  pipe  at  least  three  inches  in 
diameter.  They  must  be  extended  through  roof  for  ven- 
tilation and  continued  down  to  the  lowest  story  of  building 
and  so  arranged  as  to  discharge  into  a lime  box  and  diluting 
sink  properly  trapped  and  vented  and  connected  inside  of 
house  trap.  If  the  lime  box  and  diluting  sink  is  not  used 
the  acid  waste  must  be  extended  to  an  earthen  house  sewer 
or  separately  and  independently  connected  to  a public  or 
private  sewer  in  street  and  provided  with  an  accessible  run- 
ning trap  located  just  inside  of  front  wall  of  building.  All 
branches  and  joints  on  lead  acid  wastes  must  be  made  by 
means  of  burnt  lead  joints.  If  earthenware  pipe  is  used, 
vertical  joints  must  be  made  with  a mixture  of  asphaltum 
and  cement.  Each  length  of  pipe  on  vertical  runs  and 
on  horizontal  runs  when  above  the  cellar  floor  must  be 
supported  at  each  hub  by  proper  supports.  All  floor  drains 
and  fixture  connections  must  be  trapped  and  run  as  direct 
as  possible. 

Sewage  Lifts. 

164.  When  it  is  necessary  to  use  a sump  system  and 
sewage  lift  to  receive  the  discharge  from  the  waste  or  soil 
.connection  of  fixtures,  same  shall  be  arranged  to  be  accessible. 
Hf  discharged  with  compressed  air  it  shall  be  connected  to 
the  house  drain  on  the  sewer  side  of  all  leader  or  area 
drain  traps  and  fixture  connections  or  may  be  connected 


171 


to  house  drain  on  the  sewer  side  of  house  trap.  A separate 
trap  and  fresh  air  inlet  must  be  provided  on  the  inlet  side 
of  sump  and  a 4-inch  pipe  line  continued  from  drain  dis- 
charging into  sump  up  to  and  above  roof,  for  purposes  of 
ventilation.  Relief  pipes  must  be  provided  on  sewage  re- 
ceptacles of  sumps.  Traps  of  fixtures  connected  to  sump 
systems  must  not  be  vented  to  vent  lines  which  are  used 
to  ventilate  traps  of  fixtures  on  gravity  system.  Sump 
systems  should  be  entirely  separate  both  as  to  discharge  and 
venting  from  rest  of  plumbing  system  in  buildings. 

Oil  Separators. 

165.  Oil  separators  installed  in  any  building  where  volatile 
fluids  are  used,  must  be  arranged  to  be  readily  accessible. 
They  must  not  receive  the  discharge  of  any  water-closet, 
rain  leader,  yard,  court  or  area  drain. 

166.  They  must,  if  discharged  by  gravity,  be  connected 
by  a Y branch  fitting  to  the  house  drain  behind  the  house 
trap  in  such  a manner  that  they  will  not  interfere  with  the 
house  drain  and  the  rest  of  the  plumbing  and  drainage  sys- 
tem. When  mechanical  force  is  used  to  discharge  the 
contents,  the  connection  must  be  made  by  a Y branch  fitting 
on  the  sewer  side  of  house  trap. 

167.  No  separate  running  trap  need  be  provided  on  the 
drain  entering  oil  separators,  but  a separate  fresh  air  inlet 
and  vent  line  must  be  provided  to  keep  the  system  of  drain- 
age controlled  by  the  oil  separator  entirely  separate  from  the 
rest  of  plumbing  and  drainage  system. 

168.  The  size  of  fresh  air  inlet  shall  be  determined  hy 
the  size  of  inlet  connection  to  oil  separator,  which  shall 
be  considered  the  same  as  the  term  house-drain  for  deter- 
mining the  size  of  all  fresh  air  inlets,  which  shall  conform 
to  the  same  requirements  as  regards  size  and  arrangement 
of  terminals  for  fresh  air  inlets  as  called  for  in  regulations. 

169.  Vent  lines  shall  conform  in  all  respects  to  vent  lines 
for  plumbing  fixtures  as  regards  size  and  arrangement. 

170.  Relief  pipes  must  be  provided  at  least  1J4  inches 
in  diameter.  They  may  be  connected  to  a vent  line  when 
installed  as  a separate  system  or  must  be  carried  indepen- 
dently above  the  roof. 

Testing  the  Plumbing  System. 

171.  The  entire  plumbing  and  drainage  system  within 
the  building  must  be  tested  by  the  plumber,  in  the  presence  of 
a plumbing  inspector,  under  a water  test.  All  pipes  must 
remain  uncovered  in  every  part  until  they  have  successfully 
passed  the  test.  The  plumber  must  securely  close  all  openings, 


172 


as  directed  by  the  inspector  of  plumbing.  The  use 
of  wooden  plugs  for  this  purpose  is  prohibited. 

172.  The  water  test  will  be  applied  by  closing  the  lower 
end  of  the  main  house-drain  and  filling  the  pipes  to  the 
highest  opening  above  the  roof  with  water.  The  water  test 
shall  include  at  one  time  the  house  drain  and  branches,  all 
vertical  and  horizontal  soil,  waste  and  vent  and  leader  lines 
and  all  branches  therefrom  to  a point  above  the  surface  of 
the  finished  floor  and  beyond  the  finished  face  of  walls  and 
partitions.  If  the  drain  or  any  part  of  the  system  is  to 
be  tested  separately,  there  must  be  a head  of  water  at  least 
six  (6)  feet  above  all  parts  of  the  work  so  tested,  and 
special  provision  must  be  made  for  including  all  joints  and 
connections  in  at  least  one  test. 

173.  After  the  completion  of  the  plumbing  work  in  any 
new  or  altered  building  and  before  the  building  is  occupied, 
a final  smoke  test  must  be  applied  in  the  presence  of  a 
plumbing  inspector.  Except  that  for  a building  not  over 
6 stories  in  height,  a peppermint  test  may  be  applied. 

174.  The  material  and  labor  for  the  tests  must  be  fur- 
nished by  the  plumber.  Where  the  peppermint  test  is 
used,  two  ounces  of  oil  of  peppermint  must  be  provided 
for  each  line  up  to  five  stories  and  cellar  in  height  and  an 
additional  ounce  of  oil  of  peppermint  must  be  provided  for 
each  line  when  lines  are  more  than  five  stories  in  height. 

Plumbing  in  Tenement  Hones. 

175.  All  sections  or  parts  of  sections  of  the  tenement 
house  law  relating  to  plumbing  and  drainage  of  tenement 
houses  are  to  be  observed,  and  are  hereby  made  a part  of 
these  rules  and  regulations. 

Gas  Piping  and  fixtures. 

176.  Hereafter  the  gas  piping  and  fixtures  in  all  new 
buildings  and  all  alterations  and  extensions  made  to  the 
gas  piping  or  fixtures  in  old  buildings  must  be  done  in 
accordance  with  the  following  rules,  which  are  made  in 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  section  (see  General  Index 
in  back  of  book)  of  the  building  code. 

For  additional  requirements  of  public  buildings,  threatres, 
and  places  of  assemblage,  (see  General  Index  in  back  of 
book) . 

177.  Before  the  construction  or  alteration  of  any  gas 
piping  in  any  building  or  part  of  any  building,  a permit 
must  be  obtained  from  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 
This  permit  will  be  issued  only  to  a registered  plumber. 


173 


Small  alterations  may  be  made  by  notifying  the  bureau  of 
buildings,  using  the  same  blank  forms  provided  for  altera 
tions  and  repairs  to  plumbing. 

178.  All  gas  pipe  shall  be  of  the  best  quality  wrought 
iron  or  steel  and  of  the  kind  classed  as  standard  pipe,  and 
shall  weigh  according  to  the  following  scale : 


Weights  per 

Diameters.  Linear  Foot. 


^ inch 
inch 
54  Inch 

1 inch 

154  inch 

154  inch 

2 inch 
inch 

3 inch 
354  inch 

4 inch 


0.56  pound 
0.85  pound 
1.12  pound 

1.67  pound 
2.24  pounds 

2.68  pounds 
3.61  pounds 
5.75  pounds 
7.54  pounds 
9.00  pounds 

10.66  pounds 


No  pipe  allowed  of  less  than  54  inch  in  diameter. 

179.  All  fittings  (except  stop-cocks  or  valves)  shall  be 
of  malleable  iron, 

180.  There  shall  be  a heavy  brass  straightway  cock  or 
valve  on  the  service  pipe  immediately  inside  the  front  foun- 
dation wall.  Iron  cocks  or  valves  are  not  permitted. 

181.  Where  it  is  not  impracticable  so  to  do,  all  risers  shall 
be  left  not  more  than  five  feet  from  front  wall. 

182.  No  pipe  shall  be  laid  so  as  to  support  any  weight 
(except  fixtures)  or  be  subjected  to  any  strain  whatsoever 
All  pipe  shall  be  properlv  laid  and  fastened  to  prevent  be- 
coming trapped,  and  shall  be  laid,  when  practicable,  above 
timbers  or  beams  instead  of  beneath  them.  Where  running 
lines  or  branches  cross  beams,  they  must  do  so  within  thirty- 
six  inches  of  the  end  of  the  beams,  and  in  no  case  shall 
the  said  pipes  be  let  into  the  beams  more  than  two  inches 
in  depth.  Any  pipe  laid  in  a cold  or  damp  place  shall  be 
properly  drinped.  protected  and  painted  with  two  coats  of 
red  lead  and  boiled  oil  or  tarred. 

183.  No  gas  pipe  shall  be  laid  in  cement  or  concrete  un- 
less the  pipe  or  channel  in  which  it  is  placed  is  well  covered 
with  tar. 

184.  All  drops  must  be  set  plumb  and  securely  fastened, 
each  one  having  at  least  one  solid  strap.  Drops  and  outlets 


174 


less  than  ^ of  an  inch  in  diameter  shall  not  be  left  more 
than  one  inch  below  plastering,  centre-pieces,  or  wood- 
work. 

185.  All  outlets  and  risers  shall  be  left  capped  until 
covered  by  fixtures. 

186.  No  unions  or  running  threads  shall  be  permitted. 
Where  necessary  to  cut  out  to  repair  leaks  or  make  ex- 
tensions, pipe  shall  be  again  put  together  with  right  and  left 
couplings. 

187.  No  gasfitters*  cement  shall  be  used,  except  in  putting 
fixtures  together. 

188.  All  gas  brackets  and  fixtures  shall  be  placed  so  that 
the  burners  of  same  are  not  less  than  three  feet  below 
any  ceiling  or  woodwork,  unless  the  same  is  properly  pro- 
tected by  a shield,  in  which  case  the  distance  shall  not  be 
less  than  eighteen  inches. 

No  swinging  or  folding  gas  brackets  shall  be  placed  against 
any  stud  partition  or  woodwork. 

No  gas  brackets  on  any  lath  and  plaster  partition  or  wood- 
work shall  be  less  than  five  inches  in  length,  measured  from 
the  burner  to  the  plaster  surface  or  woodwork. 

Gas  lights  placed  near  window  curtains  or  any  other  com- 
bustible material  shall  be  protected  by  a proper'  shield. 

189.  Gas  outlets  for  burners  shall  not  be  placed  under 
tanks,  back  of  doors  or  within  four  feet  of  any  meter. 

190.  All  buildings  shall  be  piped  according  to  the  follow- 
ing scale: 


Diameter. 


^ inch 
inch 
inch 

1 inch 

1^  inch 

V/z  inch 

2 inch 
inch 

3 inch 

354  inch 

4 inch 


Length.  Burners. 


. 26 

feet 

3 

. 36 

feet 

6 

. 60 

feet 

20 

. 80 

feet 

35 

. 110 

feet 

60 

. 150 

feet 

100 

. 200 

feet 

200 

. 300 

feet 

300 

. 450 

feet 

450 

. 500 

feet 

600 

. 600 

feet 

750 

191.  Outlets  for  gas  ranges  shall  have  a diameter  not  less 
than  required  for  six  burners,  and  all  gas  ranges  and  heaters 
shall  have  a straightway  cock  on  service  pipe. 


175 


192.  When  brass  piping  is  used  on  the  outside  of  plaster- 
ing or  woodwork,  it  shall  be  classed  as  fixtures. 


193.  All  brass  tubing  used  for  arms  and  stems  of  fixtures 
shall  be  at  least  No.  18  standard  gauge  and  full  size  outside 
so  as  to  cut  a full  thread. 

All  threads  on  brass  pipe  shall  screw  in  at  least  5-16  of  an 
inch.  All  rope  or  square  tubing  shall  be  brazed  or  soldered 
into  fittings  and  distributors,  or  have  a nipple  brazed  into 
the  tubing. 

194.  All  cast  fittings,  such  as  cocks,  swing  joints,  double 
centres,  nozzles,  etc.,  shall  be  extra  heavy  brass.  The  plugs 
of  all  cocks  must  be  ground  to  a smooth  and  true  surface 
for  their  entire  length,  be  free  from  sandholes,  have  not 
less  than  54  of  an  inch  bearing  (except  in  cases  of  special 
design),  have  two  flat  sides  on  the  end  for  the  washer,  and 
have  two  nuts  instead  of  a tail  screw.  All  stop  pins  to 
keys  or  cocks  shall  be  screwed  into  place. 


195.  After  all  piping  is  fitted  and  fastened  and  all  outlets 
capped  up,  there  must  be  applied  by  the  plumber,  in  the 
presence  of  an  inspector  of  the  Bureau  of  Buildings,  a test 
with  air  to  a pressure  equal  to  a column  of  mercury  6 inches 
in  height,  and  the  same  to  stand  for  five  minutes ; only 
mercury  gauge  shall  be  used.  No  piping  shall  be  covered  up,  i 
nor  shall  any  fixture,  gas  heater  or  range  be  connected  there-  ? 
to  until  a card  showing  the  approval  of  this  test  has  been  : 
issued  by  the  Superintendent  of  Buildings. 

196.  No  meter  will  be  set  by  any  gas  company  until  a 

certificate  is  filed  with  them  from  the  Bureau  of  Buildings  ' 
certifying  that  the  gas  pipes  and  fixtures  comply  with  the  ' 
foregoing  rules.  { 


Modifications. 


197.  When  for  any  reason  it  may  be  impracticable  to  ^ 
comply  strictly  with  the  foregoing  rules,  the  superintendent  ; 
of  buildings  shall  have  power  to  modify  their  provisions 
so  that  the  spirit  and  substance  thereof  shall  be  complied 
with.  Such  modifications  shall  be  indorsed  upon  the  per- 
mit over  the  signature  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 


NEW  YORK  PLASTERING  LAW 

' Chapter  156 

An  Act  to  amend  the  general  city  law,  in  relation  to  the 
supervision  and  regulation  o£  plastering  in  cities  of  the 
first  class. 

Became  a law  May  19,  1911,  with  the  approval  of  the 
Governor.  Passed,  three-fifths  being  present. 

The  People  of  the  State  of  New  York,  represented  in 
Senate  and  Assembly,  do  enact  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Chapter  twenty-six  of  the  laws  of  nineteen 
hundred  and  nine,  entitled  ‘‘An  Act  in  relation  to  cities, 
CK>nstituting  chapter  twenty-one  of  the  consolidated  laws,” 
is  hereby  amended  by  inserting  therein  a new  article,  to 
ke  article  four-a  thereof,  to  read  as  follows: 


Article  4-a. 


Supervision  and  regulation  of  plastering 


Section  60. 
iment. 

1 61. 

' 62. 

■ 63. 

[ 64. 

I 65. 

i 66. 

! 67. 

^ 68. 


Supervision  of  plastering  by  building  depart- 

Three  coat  work  required  on  lath. 

Key  space. 

First  coat  or  scratch  coat. 

Second  coat. 

Finishing. 

Cornices  or  coves. 

Patent  plasters. 


§60.  Supervision  of  plastering  by  building  department. 
The  building  department  of  every  city  of  the  first 
class  shall  have  jurisdiction  over  all  plastering  except  where 
|it  conflicts  with  the  duties  of  any  other  department  or 
conflicts  with  any  law  conferring  on  any  other  department 
supervision  of  any  portion  of  plastering.  For  such  purpose 
there  shall  be  appointed  in  each  building  department  in  a 

city  of  the  first  class  by  the  head  thereof  a sufficient  num- 

ber of  inspectors  to  perform  such  work  as  is  necessary  in 
the  enforcement  of  this  article  who,  in  addition  to  such 

qualifications  as  may  be  required  by  the  civil  service  law, 

shall  be  competent  plasterers  of  at  least  ten  years*  practical 
experience. 

§61.  Three  coat  work  required  on  lath.  All  plastering 
in  tenements,  apartments,  hospitals,  schools  and  other  public 
buildings  when  on  lath  shall  be  known  as  three  coat  work, 
namely,  scratch  coat,  brown  coat  and  finish. 


177 


§62.  Key  space.  All  ceilings,  ^tud  partitions  a 1 
furred  walls  in  tenements,  apartments,  hospitals,  schools  a I 
other  public  buildings  where  plastered  with  lime  on  wo 
lath  shall  have  not  less  than  three-eighths  space  betwe 
lath.  All  grounds  and  jambs  shall  mean*  not  less  th 
seven-eighths  from  the  stud. 

§63.  First  coat  or  scratch  coat.  First  or  scrat 
coat  shall  be  of  first  quality  to  be  scratched  thoroughly 
make  a key  to  retain  second  coat;  and  shall  be  thorougl 
dry  or  set  before  applying  second  coat. 

§64.  Second  coat.  Second  coat  or  brown  mortar  sh; 
be  of  first  quality.  All  browning  must  be  straight,  true  wi 
no  unevenness  or  irregularity  of  surface. 

§65.  Finishing.  When  white  mortar,  or  any  oth 
material  of  a like  character  is  used  for  finish  coat,  it  sh; 
be  laid  on  regular  and  troweled  to  a smooth  surface  showi’ 
neither  deficiencies  or  brush  marks.  ; 

§66.  Cornices  or  coves.  All  cornices  or  coves  slu 
be  run  straight,  true  and  smooth.  5 

§67.  Patent  plaster.  When  patent  plasters,  such  i 
ivory,  acme,  Windsor,  etcetera,  are  used,  lathing,  if  of  wo? 
lath,  shall  not  be  less  than  one-quarter  inch  key  spa^ 
First  coat  shall  be  thoroughly  scratched  to  make  key  to  i 
tain  second  coat,  and  shall  be  set  before  second  coat 
applied. 

§68.  Nothing  in  this  article  contained  shall  effect  tl 
tenement  house  act  and  the  enforcement  of  the  provisio' 
thereof  by  the  city  of  New  York.  { 

Section  2.  This  act  shall  take  effect  January  first,  ninete^ 
hundred  and  twleve.  ! 


(*Sp  in  original.  Should  read  “be.”) 


178 


lULES  FOR  INSPECTORS  OF  PLASTERING 

1.  WOOD  LATH. 

a.  All  wood  lathing  shall  be  done  with  the  best  quality 
liawn  white  pine  or  spruce  lath  set  not  less  than  ^ inch 
lipart  for  lime  or  lime  and  cement  mortars  and  not  less  than 
14  inch  apart  for  hard  wall  plaster  mortars. 

b.  The  lath  shall  not  be  less  than  1%  inches  x % inch, 
lor  wider  than  inches. 

c.  The  wood  shall  be  well  seasoned  and  free  from  bark, 
apwood  or  dead  knots. 

d.  All  wall  and  ceiling  lath  shall  be  nailed  with  at  least 
bur  nails  to  each  lath  where  studding  or  furring  is  16 
nches  on  centers,  and  with  five  nails  to  each  lath  where 
urring  is  spaced  12  inches  on  centers. 

j e.  Lath  in  walls  shall  be  laid  horizontally,  and  in  ceilings 
lhall  run  in  one  direction  only.  The  joints  shall  be  broken 
It  least  every  tenth  lath. 

! f.  Three-coat  work,  scratch,  brown  and  finish  coats, 
hall  be  required  on  wood  lath. 

[ 2.  METAL  LATH. 

a.  All  expanded  metal  and  sheet  metal  lath  shall  be  not 
ighter  than  No.  27  U.  S.  gauge,  galvanized,  painted  with 
n asphaltum  compound,  or  japanned. 

b.  All  wire  lath  shall  be  not  lighter  than  No.  20  U.  S. 
auge,  galvanized,  painted  with  an  asphaltum  compound,  or 
apanned. 

c.  All  metal  lath  shall  be  lapped  at  least  1 inch  at  the 
nds,  and  at  the  sides  of  the  sheet  the  lath  shall  be  lapped  in 
uch  a manner  to  insure  a good  job. 

d.  All  expanded  sheet  metal  and  wire  lath  shall  be  of 
type  suitable  to  form  a proper  key  and  firmly  retain  the 

faster. 

e.  In  furring  over  structural  sheathing  or  solid  wood 
pvork,  metal  lath  shall  be  kept  at  least  ^ inch  away  from 
‘ he  wood  surface  by  furring  strips. 

f.  All  metal  lath  without  stiffeners  shall  be  tied  or  laced 
t least  every  six  inches  vertically  to  the  furring  or  studs 

ivith  No.  18  U.  S.  gauge  annealed,  galvanized  wire,  and  all 
[.dth  with  stiffeners  at  least  at  8-inch  intervals ; at  lap  joints 
-lorizontally,  between  the  studs,  a similar  tie  shall  be  pro- 
ided.  The  ends  of  all  tie  wires  shall  be  twisted  tight  wit!i 
j.  double  turn  and  bent  back  flush  with  the  face  of  the  lath. 

g.  Expanded  or  sheet  metal  lath  of  No.  24  gauge  or  less 
astened  to  wood  studs,  shall  be  stapled  at  least  at  6-inch 


179 


intervals  and  the  laps  between  the  studs  securely  lace 
All  stiffened  wire  lath  on  wood  studs,  shall  be  stapled  ov 
the  rod  or  “V’"  stiffener,  and  the  laps  between  studs  proper 
tied. 

3.  FURRING  AND  STUDDING  FOR  METAL  LAT 
AND  PLASTER  OR  PLASTER  BOARD  PARTITIOIS 
AND  CEILINGS. 

a.  All  furring  o:  studding  for  metal  lath  and  plast 
partitions  shall  have  a minimum  spacing  of  12  inches  and 
maximum  spacing  of  16  inches  corresponding  to  the  la 
as  specified  in  Table  1. 

b.  All  furring  in  ceiling  shall  have  a minimum  spacir 
of  12  inches  and  a maximum  spacing  of  16  inches  correspond 
ing  to  the  lath  as  specified  in  Table  1. 


c.  Table  1. 


Types  of  Metal  Lath 

U.  S.  Standard  Gauge. 

Maximum 

Studding 

Spacing  < 
or  Furring 

( 

Hung  and 
Clipped 
Ceilings 

Solid  anc 
Hollow 
Partitions; 

No.  22  gauge  expanded  metal  lath 
with  ribs  at  least  3-32  in.  wide, 
weighing  at  least  4 1-3  pounds 
per  square  yard  

16-inch 

16-inch  , 

No.  24  gauge  expanded  metal  lath 
with  ribs  at  least  2-32  in.  wide, 
weighing  at  least  3 1-3  pounds 
per  square  yard  

14-inch 

.j 

16-inch  ! 

No.  24  gauge  expanded  metal  lath 
of  less  weight  

12-inch 

16-inch  , 

No.  27  gauge  expanded  metal  lath 
or  sheet  metal  lath  

12-inch 

No.  18  gauge  wire  lath  2 by  2 mesh. 

12-inch 

14-inch 

No.  18  gauge  wire  lath  2^2  by  2^ 
mesh  

12-inch 

16-inch 

No.  20  gauge  wire  lath  2^  by  2^4 
mesh  

12-inch 

14-inch 

No.  20  gauge  V-stiffened  wire  lath 
or  with  rods  or  stiffeners 
754  or  8 inch  on  centers 

16-inch 

i 

1 

■ 

16-inch 

d.  For  both  solid  and  hollow 

metal  lath 

and  plaste  > 

partitions,  the  studs  or  furring  bars  shall  be  1-inch  x J^-incl 


1 

ix  j4-inch,  channels  or  angles,  tees  or’  flats  of  equivalent 
sectional  area  and  strength  spaced  12-inch  to  16-inch  centers 
iccording  to  the  lath  used.  Where  necessary,  the  steel  fur- 
ring strips  shall  be  properly  braced  and  bolted  laterally; 
ind  shall  be  securely  fastened  to  floor  and  ceiling  construc- 
:ion  by  bent  knees,  slotted  clips  or  runner  plates  of  approved 
::ypes. 

e.  All  furring  for  suspended  or  clipped  ceilings  shall  be  of 
j|iufficient  weight  and  strength  to  support  the  load  imposed  and 
;hail  consist  of  at  least  ^-inch  channels  or  their  equivalent 
-;or  spans  up  to  five  feet  and  not  lighter  than  1-inch  x ^-inch 
;;c  34-inch  channels  or  other  approved  sections  of  equivalent 
ij^trength  for  spans  up  to  seven  feet.  The  spacing  of  fur- 
ling bars  shall  correspond  with  the  type  of  lath  used.  For 
ipans  over  seven  feet,  the  sectional  area  and  the  strength 
>f  furring  bars  shall  be  increased  proportionately  or  inter- 
[nediate  supports  shall  be  provided,  of  hangers  or  clips 
Securely  fastened  to  the  bottom  flanges  of  steel  beams  or 
iLnchored  to  the  arch  construction  above.  All  supporting 
ilips  used  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  and  supporting  the 
urring  bars  for  ceilings  shall  be  made  from  stock  weighing 
lot  less  than  0.4  pounds  per  lineal  foot  and  of  sufficient 
rtrength  to  sustain  the  dead  load  imposed. 

[ f.  Cross-furred  and  suspended  ceilings  shall  be  constructed 
if  continuous  running  bars  equivalent  in  strength  and  sec- 
iional  area  to  a 134 -inch  x 1^-inch  x 3-16-inch  angle  sus- 
jended  by  hangers  from  the  lower  flanges  of  the  structural 
iteel  framing.  The  cross-furring  shall  be  securely  bolted 
;ir  clipped  to  or  passed  through  the  running  bars.  If  “hair- 
fln”  clips  are  used  they  shall  be  of  not  less  than  No.  9 
llnnealed  and  galvanized  wire  and  shall  pass  up  on  both 
liides  of  the  furring  bar  and  be  securely  hooked  over  the 
anning  bar.  The  hangers  shall  be  of  not  less  than  1-inch  x 
-16-inch  flats,  clamped  to  both  sides  of  the  steel  beams, 

g.  Clipped  ceilings  shall  be  not  more  than  4 inches  below 
le  steel  beams. 

h.  Bolts  used  for  atttaching  running  bars  to  hangers 
lall  be  not  less  than  ^-inch  in  diameter  and  for  attaching 
T arring  irons  to  running  bars  not  less  than  34-inch  bolts 
lall  be  used. 

i.  In  the  case  of  heavy,  ornamental  ceiling  work,  special 
revision  shall  be  made  to  sustain  the  load, 

j.  Proper  ventilation  should  be  provided  where  hung 
/filings  are  used  to  take  care  of  the  condensation  of  moisture, 

k.  Three-coat  work,  scratch,  brown  and  finish  coats,  shall 
required  on  metal  lath. 

I 


181 


4.  PLASTER  BOARD. 

a.  All  plaster  boards  consisting  of  plaster  of  Paris  rein- 
forced with  strong  fibre  shall  be  not  less  than  ^-inch  thick, 
except  in  tenement  houses,  where  a minimum  thickness  oi 
}4-inch  is  required,  and  shall  be  of  a type  approved  by  the 
Bureau  of  Buildings. 

b.  The  boards  shall  be  spaced  l^-inch  apart  on  all  sides  [ 
and  shall  be  nailed  directly  to  all  wood  studding  or  furring  i 
with  lJ4-inch  wire  nails  at  least  No.  11J4  gauge,  with  flat 
^-inch  heads.  The  nails  shall  be  spaced  not  more  than 
6 inches  apart  for  walls,  and  not  more  than  4 inches  apart 
for  ceilings. 

c.  The  joints  shall  be  broken  every  other  board  horizon- 
tally on  walls,  and  at  right  angles  to  the  furring  on  ceilings.  . 

d.  All  joints  and  spaces  between  plaster  boards  shall  be 
filled  with  hard  wall  plaster  mortar  and  allowed  to  thoroughly 
set  before  browning. 

e.  When  three-coat  work  is  specified,  the  joints  or  spaces  : 

between  the  boards  may  be  filled  at  the  time  of  putting  on  > 

the  scratch  coat,  using  the  same  material.  = 

f.  Plaster  boards  shall  not  be  wet  before  plastering.  ; 

g.  Two-coat  work  of  hard  plaster  mortars  shall  be  re-» 
quired  on  plaster  boards  of  the  above  description. 

5.  LIME.  ' 

a.  Lime  used  for  plastering  shall  be  of  the  best  quality 

evenly  and  thoroughly  burned  limestone.  It  shall  be  free 
from  clinkers  with  not  more  than  15  per  cent,  of  other  im-’ 
purities.  It  shall  slake  readily  in  water,  forming  a fine,> 
smooth  paste  without  residue  in  excess  of  15  per  cent.  ; 

6.  SAND.  j 

a.  The  sand  shall  be  of  angular  grains,  sharp,  properly! 

screened  and  free  from  loam  and  other  deleterious  sub-' 

stances.  ^ 

7.  HAIR  BINDER.  ‘ 

a.  The  binder  shall  be  water-soaked,  well  beaten,  clean, 

long  winter  hair  or  approved  vegetable  fibre  cut  in  2-inch 

to  3-inch  lengths. 

8.  SCRATCH  COAT. 

a.  The  scratch  coat  shall  be  at  least  3-16-inch  to  ^-inch 
thick,  and  shall  be  well  keyed  into  the  lath.  It  shall  be 
scored  or  scratched  with  diagonal  lines  nearly  through  its 
thickness. 

b.  The  mortar  shall  be  mixed  in  the  proportions  of  one 
barrel  of  lump  lime,  2J4  barrels  of  clean,  sharp  sand,  and 
the  binder  in  the  proportion  of  two  pounds  of  hair  or  three 


182 


pounds  of  fibre  to  100  pounds  of  lump  lime.  Or  the  mix 
may  be  proportioned  as  follows:  to  1,000  pounds  of  un- 
slaked lime  of  standard  quality,  add  one  cubic  yard  of 
screened,  sharp  sand  and  10  pounds  of  hair. 

9.  BROWN  COAT. 

a.  The  brown  coat  shall  be  at  least  ^-inch  thick  and 
shall  not  be  applied  until  the  scratch  coat  is  dry.  It  shall 
be  brought  to  a true  plane  by  screeding  horizontally  or 
some  other  acceptable  method  and  floating  to  an  even  sur- 
face. The  brown  coat  must  be  straight  and  true. 

b.  The  mortar  shall  be  composed  of  one  barrel  of  lump 
lime  to  five  barrels  of  sand  with  binder  in  the  proportion  of 
one  pound  of  hair  or  fibre  to  100  pounds  of  lump  lime.  Or 
the  mix  may  be  proportioned  as  follows:  to  500  pounds 
of  unslaked  lime  add  one  cubic  yard  of  screened,  sharp  sand 
and  2^  pounds  of  hair. 

10.  FINISH  COAT. 

a.  The  hard  finish  coat  shall  be  the  best  quality  of  pre- 
pared finish  or  well  slaked  lime  putty  gauged  with  plaster 
of  Paris,  or  plaster  of  Paris  with  marble  dust  of  white 
sand  in  combination. 

b.  The  mix  shall  be  proportioned  as  follows : to  one  part 
of  plaster  add  two  parts  of  white  mortar. 

c.  If  sand  finish  is  used  it  shall  be  applied  before  the 
brown  coat  is  quite  dry,  or  if  dry,  the  brown  coat  should 
oe  wet  down  and  the  sand  coat  trowelled  or  floated  to  the 
desired  finish. 

11.  MIXING. 

a.  Scratch  coat.  The  lime  shall  be  thoroughly  slaked,  the 
putty  being  allowed  to  cool  before  incorporating  the  hair 
:o  avoid  burning.  The  proper  amount  of  sand  shall  then 
be  added  and  thoroughly  mixed  and  the  mortar  banked  for 
It  least  three  days. 

b.  Brown  coat.  The  mortar  shall  be  prepared  as  for 
icratch  coat,  and  banked  for  at  least  three  days  before  using. 

c.  Finish  coat  or  white  mortar.  The  lime  shall  be 
horoughly  slaked  in  a box,  mixing  in  a small  proportion  of 
vhite  sand  or  marble  dust.  It  shall  be  then  run  through 
i No.  10  mesh  wire  seive  into  a storage  box  and  allowed 
0 stand  for  at  least  48  hours  before  gauging  with  plaster 
ind  applying  the  finish  coat. 

d.  Machine-mixed  mortar  shall  be  made  from  lime  putty. 

e.  Hydrated  limes  of  approved  brands  may  be  used  in 
()lace  of  lump  lime. 

f.  All  frozen  mortar  shall  be  discarded. 


183 


12.  PLASTERING  NOTES, 
a.  All  plastering  on  lath  in  tenements,  apartments,  hospitals,! 


schools  and  other  public  buildings  shall  be  known  as  three- 
coat  work,  namely  scratch  coat,  brown  coat  and  finish  coat. 

b.  On  brick  and  fireproofing,  all  plastering  shall  be  done 
in  the  brown  and  finishing  coats.  Where  waterproofing  is 
applied  to  the  interior  surface  of  the  wall,  the  same  shall 
be  furred  down  before  plastering,  or  the  mortar  gauged 
with  plaster  of  Paris. 


c.  When  plastering  is  applied  to  concrete  surfaces,  the 
surface  shall  be  clean,  free  from  oil  and  properly  prepared 
for  binding  and  keying  the  plaster;  or  the  work  shall  be 
furred  down. 


d.  Walls  of  brick  or  stone  must  be  thoroughly  cleaned  | 

and  the  joints  left  rough  or  open  before  the  plastering  isj 
applied.  | 

e.  The  brown  coat  shall  be  well  floated  to  a true  and  even' 

surface  flush  with  the  grounds.  j 

f.  No  “laid  off”  work  shall  be  permitted  but  each  coati 

shall  be  thoroughly  dry  or  set  before  the  next  coat  is  ap-1 
plied.  I 

g.  All  surfaces  shall  be  straight  edged  in  every  direction,, | 

ceilings  level  and  all  jambs  and  angles  straight  and  true.  j 

h.  When  plastering  is  done,  the  building  shall  be  keptj 
in  working  condition  and  properly  enclosed  against  the  i 
weather. 


13.  GROUNDS. 

a.  Base  grounds.  In  all  rooms  and  halls  there  shall  be^j 
e base  ground  or  what  is  known  as  a ribbon  ground.  Soldierj! 
grounds  can  be  placed  from  floor  to  ribbon  ground  and  ifH 
such  are  used,  they  must  not  extend  out  past  ribbon  grounds,! 
or  partition  plates  on  floor.  Where  picture  moulding  or 
Dutch  shelf  grounds,  etc.,  are  used,  they  should  receive  the  i 
same  treatment  as  the  base  grounds. 

b.  Window  and  door  grounds.  All  windows  shall  be  j 
grounded  top  and  bottom  unless  equivalent  provision  is  | 
made  through  the  use  of  window  frames. 

All  door,  portiere  or  grill  openings  shall  be  grounded  top ; 
and  sides  with  bucks  formed  by  turning  joist  on  4-inch  way,  | 
or  with  a plain  ground  which  shall  not  extend  past  base 
or  moulding  grounds.  j 

c.  On  brickwork,  concrete  and  terra  cotta,  }4-inch  grounds  j 

shall  be  used.  Where  wood  lath  is  used,  the  ground  and 
jambs  shall  project  not  less  than  ^-inch  from  the  stud,  j 
and  where  metal  lath  is  used,  not  less  than  f^-inch.  ! 


184 


14.  BATH  ROOMS.  TILE  ON  METAL  LATH. 

a.  Where  bath  rooms  are  furred  with  metal  lath  to 
receive  tile,  the  motar  shall  be  composed  of  one  part  of 
Portland  cement,  three  parts  of  clean,  sharp  sand  and  ten 
per  cent,  of  lime  putty  or  hydrated  lime  with  sufficient 
hair. 

b.  The  scratch  coat  shall  be  well  keyed  into  the  lath  and 
scratched  with  diagonal  lines  to  receive  the  tile. 

15.  CORNICES,  GROINED,  DOME  AND  BARREL 
CEILINGS. 

a.  All  cornices,  coves  and  bull  noses  shall  be  run  with 
moulds  and  properly  furred  and  metal  lathed. 

b.  Ornamental  ceilings  shall  be  constructed  in  a manner 
similar  to  suspended  ceilings  with  the  necessary  modifications 
of  brackets,  frames  and  supports  to  conform  to  the  required 
outline.  All  furring  should  be  bolted  and  clipped  together 
and  securely  anchored.  No  furring  shall  be  tied  up. 

16.  PATENT  OR  HARD  WALL  PLASTERS. 

a.  Hard  wall  plasters  shall  be  of  approved  brands  and 
shall  be  received  at  the  building  operations  in  the  manu- 
facturers’ original  packages  and  shall  be  mixed  and  applied 
in  accordance  with  his  specifications. 

17.  KEENE  CEMENTS. 

a.  Keene  cements  shall  be  of  approved  brands,  and  shall 
be  applied  according  to  the  manufacturers’  specifications. 

b.  The  base  coat  may  be  prepared  with  Portland  cement 
in  the  proportions  of  one  part  Portland  cement,  to  three 
parts  clean,  sharp  sand. 

c.  The  finish  shall  be  well  trowelled  to  a polished  surface. 


185 


CODE  OF  ORDINANCES 

Excerpt  from  Chapter  10 — Explosives  and  Hazardous  Trades 
Regulations  of  the  Municipal  Explosives  Commission 
Article  11 
GARAGES 


§152.  Construction.  1.  General  regulations.  Except  as 
hereinafter  provided  in  this  section,  all  garages  hereafter 
erected  shall  be  of  strictly  fireproof  construction  as  to  all 
rooms  and  compartments,  where  motor  vehicles  with  gaso- 
line in  their  fuel  tanks,  are  stored  ; and  all  garages  heretofore 
erected  shall  have  all  walls,  ceilings  and  floors  covered  with 
fire  retarding  material  in  all  rooms  and  compartments  where 
motor  vehicles,  with  gasoline  in  their  fuel  tanks,  are  stored. 

2.  N on-fireproof  roofs,  doors  and  windows — where  per- 
mitted. Garages  not  exceeding  one  story  in  height  may  have 
non-fireproof  roofs  and  garages  not  exceeding  two  stories  in 
height  may  likewise  have  non-fireproof  roofs,  provided  the 
same  are  covered  on  the  inside  with  approved  fire  retarding 
material  in  all  cases  where  motor  vehicles,  with  volatile  in^ 
flammable  oil  in  their  fuel  tanks,  are  stored  or  kept  on  the 
upper  floor.  Window  openings  and  outside  doors  in  such 
garages  removed  at  least  thirty  feet  from  the  nearest  ex- 
posure, may  be  non-fireproof. 

3.  Non-fireproof  construction,  where  permitted.  Nothing 
in  this  section  shall  prohibit  the  erection  or  the  granting  of 
a permit  for  a garage  of  non-fireproof  construction  while 
the  following  conditions  exist: 

(a)  No  volatile  inflammable  oil  is  stored  except  in  the 
fuel  tanks  of  the  motor  vehicles; 

(b)  Fuel  tanks  of  the  motor  vehicles  stored,  are  not 
opened,  filled  or  drawn  from  in  the  garage; 

(c)  Not  more  than  four  motor  vehicles  are  stored; 

(d)  All  motor  vehicles  stored  are  the  property  of  the 
owner  and  not  for  sale,  rent  or  hire ; 

(e)  The  garage  is  situated  at  least  fifteen  feet  from  the 
nearest  building,  unless  the  nearest  wall  of  such  building  or 
the  wall  of  the  garage  nearest  such  building  is  of  unpierced 
fireproof  construction;  the  provisions  of  this  sub-division, 
however,  to  apply  only  to  garages  hereafter  to  be  erected. 

4.  Converted  buildings.  The  requirements  herein  stated 
for  garages  hereafter  erected  shall  apply  to  buildings  erected 
after  May  1,  1915,  for  any  purpose,  and  thereafter  converted 


for  use  for  garage  purposes. 

NOTE. — ^^Opinion  of  Corporation  Counsel,  rendered  to  the  Board 
of  Examiners  on  February  29,  1916,  states  that  “Section  152  of  Arti- 
cle 11,  Chapter  10,  of  the  Code  of  Ordinances  should  be  construed 
as  constituting  an  exception  to  the  general  provisions  of  Sections  72 
and  73  of  Article  4,  Chapter  5,  of  the  said  Code,  and  that  the  said 
Sections  72  and  73  should  now  be  read  as  limited  by  the  provisions 
of  said  Section  152.** 


185A 


CITY  OF  NEW  YORK 


CODE  OF  ORDINANCES 
Excerpts  from  Chapter  23 — Streets 

Article  13. 

OBSTRUCTIONS  AND  INCUMBRANCES 

§140.  Special  uses  of  streets.  No  person  shall  in- 
! cumber  or  obstruct  any  street  or  sidewalk  which  has  been 
I opened,  regulated  or  graded,  according  to  law,  with  any 
article  or  thing  whatsoever,  without  first  having  obtained 
t written  permission  from  the  president  of  the  borough  in 
I which  such  street  or  sidewalk  is  situated.  (C.  O.,  §219.) 

§141.  Building  construction,  sidewalk  bridges.  Per- 
il-sons  who  desire  to  erect  large  buildings  may  erect  and 
'maintain  a bridge,  not  to  exceed  7 feet  in  height  above  the 
I ‘Sidewalk  and  6 feet  in  width,  extending  the  whole  length 
jof  the  proposed  building;  the  steps  leading  to  the  same  to 
irest  upon  the  sidewalk  of  the  adjoining  premises.  (C.  O., 

:j§211.) 

§142.  Building  material.  1.  Permit.  The  president 
of  each  borough  shall  have  the  power  to  grant  permits  to 
[builders  to  occupy  not  to  exceed  one-third  of  the  carriage- 
Iway  of  any  street  with  building  material;  provided  in  his 
(opinion  the  interests  and  convenience  of  the  public  will  not 
i suffer  thereby.  (§1,  Brooklyn  ords.) 

: 2.  Conditions.  Such  permits  shall  provide  expressly  that 

ij'they  are  given  upon  condition  that  the  sidewalks  and  gut- 
: Iters  shall  at  all  times  be  kept  clear  and  unobstructed,  and 
j|that  all  dirt  and  rubbish  shall  be  promptly  removed  from 
[jtime  to  time  by  the  party  obtaining  such  permit,  and  that 
lall  such  permits  may  be  revoked  by  the  borough  president, 
jat  pleasure.  (Id.) 

: 3.  Deposits.  Except  as  otherwise  specifically  provided  in 
ilthis  article,  no  such  permit  shall  be  granted  to  any  builder 
ij'unless  he  shall,  at  the  time  said  permit  is  granted,  have  on 

{deposit  with  the  borough  president  the  sum  of  $50,  as  a 
■guarantee  that  he  will  promptly  comply  with  the  conditions  of 
|dl  permits  which  may  be  so  granted,  including  the  prompt 
• removal  of  all  dirt  and  rubbish  placed  upon  the  street  from 
f:ime  to  time,  and  also  for  the  prompt  removal,  after  the 


186 


1 


expiration  or  revocation  of  any  such  permit,  of  any  building 
material  placed  upon  any  street  thereunder.  Each  borough 
president  is  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  use  so 
much  of  the  moneys  so  deposited  as  may  be  required  to 
effect  the  prompt  removal  of  such  dirt  or  rubbish  as  may, 
from  time  to  time,  be  left  upon  the  streets  by  the  party 
making  the  deposit,  and  also  for  the  purpose  of  removing 
any  building  material  which  may  remain  thereon,  after  the 
expiration  or  revocation  of  any  permit,  under  which  it  was 
so  placed.  In  case  any  such  deposit  shall  become  impaired 
or  exhausted,  by  its  use  by  a borough  president  in  the  re- 
moval of  dirt,  rubbish,  or  building  material,  the  amount 
shall  be  made  up  immediately,  to  the  sum  of  $50,  on  notice 
from  the  borough  president,  and,  in  default  thereof,  all 
permits  theretofore  issued  to  the  builder  failing  to  com- 
ply with  such  notice  shall  be  revoked,  and  no  permit  shall 
be  thereafter  granted  to  him  until  such  deposit  be  made  good. 
Any  builder  may,  at  any  time,  withdraw  his  deposit ; pro-  < 
vided  he  shall  hold  no  unexpired  permits  and  have  fully 
complied  with  all  the  conditions  of  all  permits  theretofore  . 
issued,  otherwise  said  builder  shall  be  only  entitled  to  with- 
draw and  receive  as  much  of  the  deposit  as  may  remain  < 
unexpended  after  the  provisions  of  this  section,  relative  to 
the  use  of  said  money  for  the  removal  of  dirt,  rubbish  or  ' 
building  material,  as  the  case  may  be,  have  been  carried  into 
effect.  (Id.) 

4.  Restrictions,  a.  In  placing  building  materials  in  a ^ 
street,  the  material  shall  be  so  placed  as  not  to  occupy  more  | 
than  one-third  of  the  width  of  the  carriageway  of  the 
street.  In  a street  upon  which  there  is  a railroad,  materials  ^ 
shall  not  be  placed  nearer  to  the  track  than  2 feet.  (C.  O.,  j 
§211.)  ^ 

b.  In  no  case  shall  building  material  be  placed  upon,  nor  ; 
shall  mortar,  cement  or  other  material  be  mixed  upon  the  : 
pavement  of  a street  paved  with  asphalt,  asphalt  block  or 
wood,  except  under  a permit  issued  by  the  borough  president 
having  jurisdiction,  which  shall  contain  a provision  that 
such  pavement  shall  be  protected  by  first  laying  planks 
thereon.  Borough  presidents,  or  other  officers  issuing  per- 
mits to  builders  to  use  the  streets,  shall  insert  in  each  such  , 
permit  a clause  requiring  compliance  with  this  provision.  (C.  | 
O.,  §270.)  I 

5.  Unauthorized  obstructions.  Whenever  any  wood,  tim-  |i 
ber,  stone,  iron  or  other  building  material  has  been  or  shall  | 
be  put  or  placed  in  or  upon  any  street,  without  a permit, 
the  borough  president  having  jurisdiction  shall  forthwith 
cause  the  same  to  be  taken  up  and  removed.  (C.  O.,  §146.) 


187 


§150.  Storm-doors.  Storm-doors  not  exceeding  10 
feet  in  height,  nor  more  than  2 feet  wider  than  the  doorway 
or  entrance  of  any  building,  may  be  temporarily  erected  with- 
in the  stoop-lines;  providing  a permit  therefor  shall  have 
been  obtained  from  the  borough  president  having  jurisdic- 
tion; but  in  no  case  shall  any  storm-door  extend  more  than 
6 feet  outside  the  house-line.  No  structure  under  the  name 
of  “storm-door”  shall  be  lawful  which  shall  practically  be 
an  extension  of  the  building  front  or  house  front  within  the 
stoop-line,  or  an  enlargement  of  the  ground  floor  of  any 
premises.  (C.  O.,  §263.) 


CODE  OF  ORDINANCES 
Chapter  23 
Article  14 

PROJECTIONS  AND  ENCROACHMENTS 


§160.  Projections  prohibited.  No  areas,  steps  or  other 
projections  beyond  the  building  line  except  those  indicated 
in  paragraphs  c,  d,  e,  f and  h of  subdivision  4,  §170,  chap- 
ter 5 of  this  Code  of  Ordinances,  shall  be  built,  erected  or 
made  upon  the  following  streets,  namely: 

a.  Grand  Boulevard  and  Concourse  in  the  Borough  of 
The  Bronx,  between  East  161st  Street  and  Mosholu  Park- 
way; 

b.  On  Coney  Island  Avenue,  from  the  Plaza  at  Park- 
side  Avenue  to  Neptune  Avenue,  in  the  Borough  of  Brook- 
lyn; 

c.  On  Newkirk  Avenue,  between  Flatbush  Avenue  and 
Coney  Island  Avenue,  in  the  Borough  of  Brooklyn. 

§164.  Cellar  doors  and  steps.  Every  entrance  or  flight 
of  steps,  now  existing  and  projecting  beyond  the  line  of 
the  street  and  descending  into  any  cellar  or  basement  story 
of  any  house  or  other  building,  where  such  entrance  or 
flight  of  steps  shall  not  be  covered,  shall  be  enclosed  with 
a railing  on  each  side,  permanently  put  up,  from  3 to  354  feet 
high,  with  a gate  to  open  inwardly,  or  with  2 iron  chains 
across  the  front  of  the  entrance-way,  1 near  the  top  and  1 
in  the  centre  of  the  railing,  to  be  closed  during  the  night, 
unless  there  be  a burning  light  over  the  steps,  to  prevent 
accidents. 


188 


CODE  OF  ORDINANCES 


CHAPTER  23 
Article  16 


SfGNS  AND  SHOW  BILLS 


Section  210. 

General  provisions 

211. 

Ground  signs  and  roof  signs. 

212. 

Ground  signs,  special  provisions. 

213. 

Roof  signs,  special  provisions. 

214. 

Signs  on  walls. 

215. 

Electric  signs. 

216. 

Unsafe  signs. 

217. 

Unlawful  signs. 

218. 

Alteration  of  existing  signs. 

219. 

Exemptions. 

220. 

Retroactive  effect. 

221. 

Inspections. 

222. 

Public  signs,  protection  of. 

223. 

Violations. 

§210.  General  provisions.  Except  as  otherwise  speci- 
fied in  the  succeeding  sections  of  this  article,  signs,  show-  ” 
bills  and  showhoards  may  be  placed  on  the  fronts  of  build-  i 
ings,  with  the  consent  of  the  owner  thereof.  They  shall  be*^ 
securely  fastened,  and  shall  not  project  more  than  1 foot  i 
from  the  house  wall,  except  that  signs  may  be  hung  or  at-  i 
tached  at  right  angles  to  any  building  and  extend  not  to  ex-  i 
ceed  3 feet  therefrom  in  the  space  between  the  second  floor  d 
(the  ground  floor  being  considered  the  first  floor)  and  a i| 
point  8 feet  in  the  clear  above  the  level  of  the  sidewalk  in  | 
front  of  such  building.  Signs  may  be  attached  to  the  sides  i 
of  stoops,  but  not  to  extend  above  the  railing  or  beyond  the  [ 
stoop-line  of  any  stoop.  No  sign,  showbill  or  showboard  | 
shall  be  placed,  hung  or  maintained  except  as  prescribed  I 
in  this  article.  1 

§211.  Ground  signs  and  roof  signs.  1.  Permits  re-  } 
quired.  No  ground  sign  or  roof  sign  shall  be  erected  until 
a permit  therefor  shall  have  been  issued  by  the  superintendent 
of  buildings  having  jurisdiction.  Each  superintendent  of 
buildings  may  prescribe  suitable  regulations,  consistent  with  | 
the  provisions  of  this  article,  concerning  the  forms  and  con-  j 
tents  of  applications  for  the  various  forms  of  permits. 


Id9 


2.  Plans  and  specifications.  No  such  permit  shall  be  is- 
sued unless  plans  and  specifications,  showing  the  dimen- 
sions, material  and  details  of  construction  of  the  proposed 
sign,  accompanied  by  the  written  consent  of  the  owner  or 
lessee  of  the  property  upon  which  it  is  to  be  erected,  shall 
have  been  filed  with  the  superintendent  of  buildings  having 
jurisdiction,  nor  until  all  of  the  provisions  of  the  Building 
Code,  relating  to  such  structures,  shall  have  been  complied 
with. 

3.  Electric  wiring  and  appliances.  In  the  case  of  a sign 
illuminated  by  electricity,  a certificate  must  also  be  procured 
from  the  department  of  water  supply,  gas  and  electricity, 
certifying  that  the  electric  wiring  and  electric  appliances  of 
the  proposed  sign  are  in  conformity  with  the  rules  and  regu- 
lations of  that  department. 

4.  Fees.  Before  any  permit  shall  be  issued  under  this 

section,  a fee  therefor  shall  be  paid  to  the  appropriate  bureau 
of  buildings  as  follows : For  ground  signs,  $2 ; for 

roof  signs  having  a tight,  closed  or  solid  surface,  $5 ; for 
roof  signs  not  having  a tight,  closed  or  solid  surface;  $10 ; 
provided  that  each  face  of  any  such  sign  structure,  when 
fronting  on  different  streets  shall  be  considered  to  be  a 
separate  sign. 

5.  Existing  structures.  Permits  shall  be  issued  for  exist- 
ing signs  not  conforming  to  the  requirements  of  this  article, 
provided  such  signs  were  erected  in  conformity  with  the 
legal  requirements  in  effect  when  they  were  erected,  but 
no  fees  shall  be  charged  for  permits  or  registration  for  ex- 
isting signs. 

6.  Registration  and  identification.  Every  ground-sign  and 
roof-sign  existing  or  hereafter  erected,  shall  be  registered 
with  the  bureau  of  buildings  of  the  borough  in  which  such 
structure  is  situated,  by  the  person  maintaining  the  same, 
and  shall  have  displayed  upon  the  front  thereof  the  name 
and  address  of  such  person,  and  the  serial  number  of  the 
permit  issued  for  such  structure.  The  bureau  of  buildings 
may  issue  permits  in  several  series  so  as  to  distinguish  be- 
tween existing  signs  and  new  sign  structures  erected  in  con- 
formity with  this  article,  or  between  various  classes  of 
signs. 

§212.  Ground  signs;  special  provisions.  1.  Con- 
struction. No  ground,  fence,  billboard  or  sign  within  the 
fire  limits  of  the  city  shall  be  at  any  point  over  12  feet 
above  the  ground ; provided  that  when  the  face  of  any  sign, 
excepting  the  ornamental  moulding  thereof,  shall  be  con- 
structed entirely  of  metal  or  of  wood  covered  on  all  sides 
with  sheet  metal,  the  sign  shall  not  be  at  any  point  over  24 
feet  above  the  ground. 


190 


2.  Maintenance,  Any  person,  occupying  any  vacant  lot 
or  premises  with  a billboard,  sign  or  other  advertising  struc-| 
ture  or  device,  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  duties  and  re-j 
sponsibilities  as  the  owner  of  the  lot  or  premises,  with| 
respect  to  keeping  the  same  clean,  sanitary,  inoffensive  and 
free  and  clear  of  all  noxious  substances  in  the  vicinity  of 
such  billboard,  sign,  structure  or  device;  and  with  respect 
to  the  removal  of  snow  from  the  sidewalk  and  curb  in  front 
thereof. 

§213.  Roof-signs;  special  provisions.  1.  Construc- 
tion. All  roof  sign  structures  shall  be  so  constructed  as  to 
leave  a clear  space  of  at  least  7 feet  between  the  roof  level 
and  the  lowest  part  of  the  structure,  and  at  least  5 feet 
between  the  vertical  supports  thereof ; such  structures  shall 
be  set  back  at  least  6 feet  from  the  face  of  the  front  and 
rear  walls  and  shall  not  interfere  with  any  openings  in  the 
roof  or  with  any  fire  escape.  Such  structures,  excepting  thel 
ornamental  surface  moulding  thereof,  shall  be  constructed! 
entirely  of  metal,  including  the  uprights,  supports  and  braces 
for  same,  and  shall  be  required  to  bear  a wind  pressure  of 
not  less  than  30  pounds  to  the  square  foot  of  area  subject  td 
such  pressure.  < 

2.  Restrictions,  a.  No  roof  sign  structure  having  a tight, ; 
closed  or  solid  surface  shall  be  at  any  point  over  31  ieeU 
above  the  roof  level.  ' 

b.  Roof  sign  structures  not  having  a tight,  closed  or  solid ; 
surface  may  be  erected  upon  fireproof  buildings  to  a height  j 
not  exceeding  75  feet  above  the  roof  level,  and  upon  non- j 
fireproof  buildings  to  a height  not  exceeding  50  feet  above : 
the  roof  level,  but  the  portions  of  such  structures  coveredft 
and  exposed  to  wind  pressure  shall  not  exceed  35  per  cenb; 
of  the  total  area. 

§214.  Signs  on  walls.  1.  Construction.  No  sign  shalHi 
be  erected  upon  the  front,  rear  or  side  wall  of  any  buildind 
so  as  to  project  above  either  the  roof  cornice  or  parapetj 
wall,  or  above  the  roof  level,  where  there  is  no  cornice  or, 
parapet  wall ; except  that  a sign  erected  at  a right  angle  to| 
the  building  wall,  the  horizontal  width  of  which  sign  parallel! 
to  such  wall  does  not  exceed  2 feet,  may  be  erected  to  aj 
height  not  exceeding  2 feet  above  the  roof  comice  or  para-| 
pet  wall,  nor  above  the  roof  level  where  there  is  no  cornice: 
or  parapet  wall.  A sign  attached  to  a comer,  and  parallel | 
to  the  vertical  line  of  such  corner,  shall  be  deemed  erected! 
at  a right  angle  to  the  building  wall. 

2.  Restrictions.  No  such  sign  shall  be  so  erected  as  to| 
cover  the  doors  or  windows  of  any  building,  or  otherwisej^ 
prevent  free  ingress  or  egress  to  or  from  any  window,  door.i 
or  fire  escape  on  any  building.  j 


§215.  Electric  signs.  1.  Application  of  preceding 
sections.  Except  as  hereinafter  specifically  prescribed,  all 
provisions  of  §§211  to  214,  inclusive,  of  this  article,  shall 
apply  to  the  continuance,  construction,  alteration,  reconstruc- 
tion and  maintenance  of  electric  signs,  as  hereinafter  defined. 

2.  Issue  of  permits.  All  permits  for  electric  signs  shall 
be  issued  by  the  city  clerk,  upon  applications  therefor  ap- 
proved by  the  commissioner  of  water  supply,  gas  and  elec- 
tricity and  the  superintendent  of  buildings  having  jurisdic- 
tion. 

3.  Definition.  Any  letter,  word,  model,  sign,  device  or 
representation,  used  in  the  nature  of  an  advertisement,  an- 
nouncement or  direction,  illuminated  by  electricity,  erected 
on  any  building  and  extending  beyond  the  building  line,  shall 
be  deemed  to  be  an  electric  sign. 

4.  Fee  for  permit.  The  applicant  for  a permit  to  con- 
struct or  maintain  an  electric  sign  shall  pay  to  the  city  clerk 
an  annual  fee  of  10  cents  for  each  square  foot  of  sign  space 
or  part  of  square  foot  of  such  sign  space  displayed  on  such 
electric  sign,  to  be  computed  and  collected  by  the  city  clerk. 

IThe  square  feet  of  sign  space  on  one  side  of  an  electric 
sign,  however,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  the  entire  number  of 
square  feet  of  sign  space,  for  the  purpose  of  computing  the 
|license  fee  herein  referred  to  and  required  tu  be  paid. 

I 5.  Consent  of  owner  of  adjoining  residence.  No  permit 
shall  be  issued  for  the  erection  of  an  electric  sign  on  a build- 
ing which  adjoins  another  occupied  exclusively  as  a private 
residence,  until  the  applicant  for  the  permit  shall  have  filed 
‘[he  written  consent  of  the  owner  of  such  residence  to  the 
erection  of  the  proposed  sign. 

6.  Restrictions,  a.  No  electric  sign  shall  extend  more 
;han  8 feet  from  the  building  line,  nor  shall  any  such  sign 
3e  less  than  10  feet  in  the  clear  above  the  level  of  the  side- 
walk beneath  the  same. 

b.  All  electric  signs  shall  be  constructed  entirely  of  metal 
)r  other  incombustible  material,  except  the  insulation  there- 
of, including  the  uprights,  supports  and  braces  for  the  same, 
ind  shall  be  properly  and  firmly  attached  to  the  building,  and 
Eall  be  so  constructed  as  not  to  be  or  become  dangerous. 

§216.  Unsafe  signs.  Should  any  fence,  sign,  billboard 
)r  roof  sign  or  sign  structure  be  or  become  insecure,  or  in 
langer  of  falling,  or  otherwise  unsafe,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
.uperintendent  of  buildings,  the  owner  thereof,  or  the  per- 
;on  maintaining  the  same,  shall,  upon  notice  from  the  super- 
t ntendcnt,  forthwith  in  case  of  immediate  danger,  and,  in 
my  case  within  10  days,  secure  the  same,  under  the  super- 
■dsion  of  and  in  the  manner  to  be  approved  by  the  superin- 
! endent,  in  conformity  with  the  provisions  of  this  article. 


§217.  Unlawful  signs.  In  case  any  sign  or  structure 
shall  be  attached  at  other  than  a right  angle  to  the  wall  olj 
the  building,  extending  outside  the  building  line  and  pro-j 
jecting  above  the  roof  cornice  or  parapet  wall  or  above  the 
roof  level,  where  there  is  no  cornice  or  parapet  wall,  or  shall 
be  so  erected  as  to  prevent  free  ingress  and  egress  to  and 
from  any  door,  window  or  fire  escape  of  any  building,  the 
fire  commissioner  shall  notify,  by  registered  mail,  the  ownei 
or  lessee  thereof  to  alter  such  sign  or  structure,  so  as  tc 
comply  with  this  article,  or  to  remove  the  same.  If  sucl; 
order  is  not  complied  with  within  60  days,  the  fire  commis-j 
sioner  shall  remove  such  sign  or  sign  structure  at  the  ex-j 
pense  of  the  owner  or  lessee  thereof.  j 

§218.  Alteration  of  existing  signs.  No  existing  fence i 
sign,  billboard  or  roof  sign  or  sign  structure  shall  be  en-j 
larged,  rebuilt,  structurally  altered  or  relocated,  except  ir| 
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  article ; provided  thalj 
this  requirement  shall  not  apply  to  the  relettering  or  rewir- 
ing of  electric  signs.  I 

§219.  Exemptions.  No  part  of  the  foregoing  sections! 
of  this  article  shall  apply  to  walls  constructed  wholly  o^| 
principally  of  stone,  marble,  brick,  terra  cotta,  concrete  oii 
other  like  material  composing  a masonry  or  monolithic  wall; 
nor  to  back  yard  fences  on  the  ground  in  the  interior  of  ^ 
court;  nor  to  picket  fences  and  ornamental  metal  fences. 

§220.  Retroactive  effect.  Except  as  expressly  provided 
in  §§216  and  217  hereof,  this  article  shall  have  no  retroactive 
effect. 

§221.  Inspections.  Every  sign  or  sign-structure,  fo^ 
which  a permit  shall  have  been  issued  under  any  provisiotj 
of  this  article,  shall  be  inspected  at  least  once  in  each  cab 
endar  year,  by  or  under  the  direction  of  the  superintendent; 
of  buildings  having  jurisdiction. 

§222.  Public  signs,  protection  of.  No  person  shall  in^ 
jure,  deface,  obliterate,  mar,  remove,  take  down,  loosen,  de- 
stroy or  in  any  other  manner  interfere  with  or  disturb  an>i 
signboard  containing  the  name  of  any  street  or  public  place,! 
whether  it  be  upon  public  or  private  property. 

§223.  Violations.  1.  Punishment.  No  person  shall 
violate  any  provision  of  this  article  under  a penalty  of  $100 
for  each  offense.  No  sign  or  sign  structure  shall  be  main- 
tained, contrary  to  the  provisions  of  this  article,  under  a 
penalty  of  $10  for  each  day  or  part  of  a day  the  same  shall 
be  so  maintained. 

2.  Abatement.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in  this  arti- 
cle, any  fence,  sign,  billboard  or  roof-sign  structure  erected 
or  maintained  in  violation  of  this  article  shall  be  subject, 
upon  notice,  to  abatement  by  the  superintendent  of  build- 
ings having  jurisdiction.  * 


193 


MOVING  PICTURES 


j LAWS  OF  NEW  YORK,  CHAPTER  308 

IAN  ACT  to  amend  the  general  business  law,  in  rela- 
ion  to  the  operation  of  the  cinematograph  or  any  other  ap- 
)aratus  for  projecting  moving  pictures.  Became  a law 
\.pril  17,  1913. 

Article  12-A 


' \blic  Entertainments  or  Exhibitions  by  Cinematograph  or 
any  Other  Apparatus  for  Projecting  Moving  Pictures 


Section  209. 

210. 

211. 

212. 

213. 

214. 

215. 

216. 


Fireproof  booth  for  cinematograph  or  any 
other  apparatus  for  projecting  moving  pic- 
tures. 

Construction  of  booth;  approval  of  plans  and 
specifications. 

This  article  not  retroactive  under  certain 
conditions. 

Inspection ; certificate  for  permanent  booths. 

Portable  booth  for  temporary  exhibitions. 

Exemption  and  requirements  for  miniature 
cinematograph  machines. 

Inspection ; certificate  for  portable  booths  and 
inclosures  for  miniature  cinematograph  ma- 
chines. 

Penalty  for  violating  this  article. 


§209.  Fireproof  booth  for  cinematograph  or  any 
ther  apparatus  for  projecting  moving  pictures.  No 
nematograph  or  any  other  apparatus  for  projecting  moving 
ictures,  save  as  excepted  in  §§211  and  213  of  this  article, 
hich  appparatus  uses  combustible  films  of  more  than  ten 
iches  in  length,  shall  be  set  up  for  use  or  used  in  any 
-hiding,  place  of  public  assemblage  or  entertainment,  unless 
;ich  apparatus  for  the  projecting  of  moving  pictures  shall 
e inclosed  therein  in  a booth  or  inclosure  constructed  of 
bncrete,  brick,  hollow  tile  or  other  approved  fireproof  ma- 
rial  or  any  approved  fireproof  framework  covered  or  lined 
ith  asbestos  board,  or  with  some  other  approved  fire  re- 
sting material,  and  unless  such  booth  shall  have  been 
mstructed  as  provided  in  §210  of  this  article  and  the  cer- 
ficate  provided  in  §212  of  this  article  shall  have  been  issued 
the  owner  or  lessee  of  the  premises  wherein  such  booth 
situated. 

’ §210.  Construction  of  booth;  approval  of  plans 
id  specifications.  The  booths  provided  for  in  §209  of  this 


194 


article  shall  be  constructed  according  to  plans  and  spec  1 
fications  which  shall  have  been  first  approved,  in  a city,  t 
the  mayor  or  chief  executive  officer  of  the  city  departmeir^ 
having  supervision  of  the  erection  of  buildings  in  such  cit)  3 
in  a village,  by  the  president  of  such  village;  in  a tow f 
outside  the  boundaries  of  a city  or  village,  by  the  supervise 
of  such  town.  Provided,  however,  that  no  plans  and  spec 
fications  for  the  construction  of  such  booths  shall  be  aj 
proved  by  any  public  official,  unless  the  following  requin : 
ments  are  substantially  provided  for  in  such  plans  an 
specifications. 

1.  Dimensions.  Such  booths  shall  be  at  least  six  feet  ii: 

height.  If  one  machine  is  to  be  operated  in  such  booth  tl 
floor  space  shall  be  not  less  than  forty-eight  square  feet.  I j 
more  than  one  machine  is  to  be  operated  therein,  an  add  k 
tional  twenty-four  square  feet  shall  be  provided  for  eac^ 
additional  machine.  ^ 

2.  General  Specifications.  In  case  such  booth  is  not  coij 
structed  of  concrete,  brick,  hollow  tile  or  other  appprovej 
fireproof  material  than  asbestos,  such  booth  shall  be  cor, 
structed  with  an  angle  framework  of  approved  fireproof  m^ 
terial,  the  angles  to  be  not  less  than  one  and  one-quartc 
inches  by  three-sixteenths  of  an  inch  thick,  the  adjacerl 
members  being  joined  firmly  with  angle  plates  of  met^l 
The  angle  members  of  the  framework  shall  be  spaced  nd 
more  than  four  feet  apart  on  the  sides  and  not  more  tha| 
three  feet  apart  on  the  front  and  back  and  top  of  such  bootll 
The  sheets  of  asbestos  board  or  other  approved  fire-resisl 
ing  material  shall  be  at  least  one-quarter  of  an  inch  in  thicll 
ness  and  shall  be  securely  attached  to  the  framework  b| 
means  of  metal  bolts  and  rivets.  The  fire-resisting  materhj 
shall  completely  cover  the  sides,  tops  and  all  joints  of  suqi 
booth.  The  floor  space  occupied  by  the  booth  shall  be  co^i 
ered  with  fire-resisting  material  not  less  than  three-eighti;  I 
of  an  inch  in  thickness.  The  booth  shall  be  insulated  s I 
that  it  will  not  conduct  electricity  to  any  other  portion  c ' 
the  building.  There  shall  be  provided  for  the  booth  a doci; 
not  less  than  two  feet  wide  and  five  feet  ten  inches  higl  1 
consisting  of  an  angle  frame  of  approved  fireproof  materk  i 
covered  with  sheets  of  approved  fireproof  material  one 
quarter  of  an  inch  thick,  and  attached  to  the  framework  0 
the  booth  by  hinges,  in  such  a manner  that  the  door  sha  I 
be  kept  closed  at  all  times,  when  not  used  for  ingress  0 ' 
egress. 

The  operating  windows,  one  for  each  machine  to  be  op 
erated  therein  and  one  for  the  operator  thereof,  shall  be  n f: 
larger  than  reasonably  necessary,  to  secure  the  desired  servi 
ice,  and  shutters  of  approved  fireproof  material  shall  b 


195 


a 

provided  for  each  window.  When  the  windows  are  open, 
the  shutters  shall  be  so  suspended  and  arranged  that  they 
will  automatically  close  the  window  openings,  upon  the  op- 
erating of  some  suitable  fusible  or  mechanical  releasing 
device. 

Where  a booth  is  so  built  that  it  may  be  constructed 
to  open  directly  on  the  outside  of  the  building  through  a 
window,  such  window  shall  be  permitted  for  the  comfort 
of  the  operator,  but  such  booth  shall  not  be  exempted 
from  the  requirement  of  the  installation  of  a vent  flue  as 
hereinafter  prescribed.  Said  booth  shall  contain  an  ap- 
iproved  fireproof  box  for  the  storage  of  films  not  on  the 
iprojecting  machine.  Films  shall  not  be  stored  in  any 
other  place  on  the  premises ; they  shall  be  rewound  and 
repaired  either  in  the  booth  or  in  some  other  fireproof  in- 
closure. The  booth  in  which  the  picture  machine  is  op- 
erated shall  be  provided  with  an  opening  or  vent  flue  in 
its  roof  or  upper  part  of  its  side  wall  leading  to  the 
outdoor  air.  The  vent-flue  shall  have  a minimum  cross- 
sectional  area  of  fifty  square  inches  and  shall  be  fire- 
proof. When  the  booth  is  in  use  there  shall  be  a con- 
stant current  of  air  passing  outward  through  said  open- 
ing or  vent  flue  at  the  rate  of  not  less  than  thirty  cubic 
feet  per  minute. 

I §211.  This  article  not  retroactive  under  certain 
conditions.  §§209  and  210  of  this  article  shall  not  be 
retroactive  for  any  booth  approved  by  the  appropriate  pub- 
lic authority  or  official  prior  to  this  article  taking  effect, 
provided  such  booth  have  or  be  so  reconstructed  of  the 
same  material  as  to  have  dimensions  as  specified  in  §210 
of  this  article ; provided  such  booth  conform  to  the  speci- 
fication of  §210  as  regards  vent  flue,  box  for  storage  of 
films,  specifications  for  windows  and  doors,  and  provided 
such  booth  be  of  rigid  fireproof  material,  and  be  insulated 
so  as  not  to  conduct  electricity  to  any  other  part  of  the 
! building  and  be  so  separated  from  any  adjacent  com- 
bustible material  as  not  to  communicate  fire  through  in- 
[tense  heat  in  case  of  combustion  within  the  booth. 

i §212.  Inspection;  certificate  for  permanent  booths. 
tAfter  the  construction  of  such  booth  shall  have  been  com- 
pleted, the  public  officer  charged  herein  with  the  duty  of 
I passing  upon  the  plans  and  specifications  therefor  shall  with- 
n three  days  after  receipt  of  notice  in  writing  that  such 
oooth  has  been  completed  cause  such  booth  to  be  inspected. 
j[f  the  provisions  of  §§209  and  210  of  this  article  have  been 
:omplied  with,  such  public  officer  shall  issue  to  the  owner 
|)r  lessee  of  the  premises  wherein  such  booth  is  situated  a 


196 


certificate  stating  that  the  provisions  of  §§209  and  210  of  thil 
article  have  been  complied  with.  | 

§213.  Portable  booth  for  temporary  exhibitions.  Wherj 
motion  pictures  are  exhibited  daily  for  not  more  than  oni 
month,  or  not  oftener  than  three  times  a week,  in  educa 
tional  or  religious  institutions  or  bona  fide  social,  scientific 
political  or  athletic  clubs,  a portable  booth  may  be  subst 
tuted  for  the  booth  required  in  §§209  and  210  of  the  article  | 
Such  booth  shall  have  a height  of  not  less  than  six  feet  an 
an  area  of  not  less  than  twenty  square  feet  and  shall  b 
constructed  of  asbestos  board,  sheet  steel  of  no  less  gaug 
than  twenty-four;  or  some  other  approved  fireproof 
terial.  Such  portable  booth  shall  conform  to  the  specifics 
tions  of  §210  of  this  article  with  reference  to  windows  an 
door,  but  not  with  reference  to  vent  flues.  The  floor  of  sue  i 
booth  shall  be  elevated  above  the  permanent  support  on  whic 
it  is  placed  by  a space  of  at  least  one-half  inch,  sufficiei: : 
to  allow  the  passage  of  air  between  the  floor  of  the  bootij 
and  the  platform  on  which  the  booth  rests,  and  the  boot  ] 
shall  be  insulated  so  that  it  will  not  conduct  electricity  Ijj 
any  other  portion  of  the  building.  ♦ 

§214.  Exemption  and  requirements  for  miniaturjl 
cinematograph  machines.  The  above  sections,  209,  210,  21  j 
212  and  213,  referring  to  permanent  and  portable  booths,  shaM 
not  apply  to  any  miniature  motion  picture  machine  in  whic| 
the  maximum  electric  current  used  for  light  shall  be  threij 
hundred  and  fifty  watts.  Such  miniature  machine  shall  b 
operated  in  an  approved  box  of  fireproof  material  constriicte 
with  a fusible  link  or  other  approved  releasing  device  t 
close  instantaneously  and  completely  in  case  of  combustid, 
within  the  box.  The  light  in  said  miniature  machine  shall 
completely  inclosed  in  a metal  lantern  box  covered  with 
unremovable  roof. 

§215.  Inspection;  certificate  for  portable  booths  anj^ 
miniature  cinematograph  machines.  Before  moving  pic 
tures  shall  be  exhibited  with  a portable  booth,  under  §213  oj 
this  article,  and  before  a miniature  machine  without  a bootl 
shall  be  used  as  prescribed  in  §214  of  this  article,  there  shai; 
be  obtained  from  the  appropriate  authority,  as  defined  in  §2l| 
of  this  article,  a certificate  of  approval. 

§216.  Penalty  for  violating  this  article.  The  violatioif 
of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  article  shall  constitute  a mis 
demeanor.  This  act  shall  not  apply  to  cities  which  have  loca[, 
laws  or  ordinances  now  in  force  which  provide  for  fireprooj 
booths  of  any  kind  for  moving  picture  machines  or  apparatus| 

I 


197 


CHARTER 

GREATER  NEW  YORK 


Chapter  9 
Title  2 


Bureau  of  Buildings 


[Note — Portions  of  the  text  of  no  special  interest  to 
the  general  public  have  been  omitted. 


Section  405. 

406. 

407. 

408. 

409. 

410. 

411. 

412. 

413. 

414. 

415. 

416. 


Appointmenr  oi  superintendents ; qualifica- 
tions; jurisdiction;  salaries. 

Duties  of  superintendents;  appointment  and 
removal  of  subordinates. 

Continuation  and  repeal  of  existing  laws; 
building  code. 

General  provisions  relative  to  existing  build- 
ing laws. 

Rules  and  regulations. 

Power  to  vary  the  provisions  of  law. 

Appeals. 

Accounts;  annual  estimates;  expenditures. 

Record  of  applications. 

Books,  plans,  etc.,  to  be  delivered  to  borough 
presidents. 

Annual  registration  of  plumbers  in  Bureau 
of  Buildings. 

Carrying  on  business  of  plumber  in  New 
York  City  without  registration,  punishable 
by  fine  or  imprisonment. 


§405.  Appointment  of  Superintendents;  qualifications; 
jurisdiction;  salaries.  There  shall  be  in  the  office  of 
each  borough  president  a bureau  to  be  known  as  “the  bureau 
of  buildings  for  the  borough  of  ” The  presi- 

dents of  the  Boroughs  of  Manhattan,  The  Bronx  and  Brook- 
lyn shall,  each  within  the  borough  for  which  he  is  elected, 
appoint  a superintendent  of  buildings  for  the  borough.  The 
presidents  of  the  Boroughs  of  Queens  and  Richmond  may, 
whenever  appropriation  is  made  therefor  by  the  Board  of 
Aldermen  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Board  of  Esti- 
mate and  Apportionment,  each  within  the  borough  for  which 
he  is  elected,  in  like  manner  appoint  a superintendent  of 
buildings  for  the  borough.  Every  superintendent  of  build- 
ings so  appointed  shall  be  a competent  architect  or  builder 


198 


of  at  least  ten  years’  experience.  The  president  of  a bor- 
ough may,  whenever  in  his  judgment  the  public  interests 
shall  require,  remove  the  superintendent  of  buildings  of  his 
borough.  Every  such  superintendent  shall  hold  office  until 
his  successor  is  appointed  and  has  qualified.  * * * L 1897, 
ch.  378,  §644. 

§406.  Duties  of  superintendents;  appointment  and  re- 
moval of  subordinates.  Each  superintendent  of  buildings 
shall,  within  the  borough  or  boroughs  in  which  he  has  juris- 
diction, have  charge  of  the  administration  of,  and  it  shall 
be  his  duty,  subject  to  and  in  accordance  with  the  general 
rules  and  regulations  established  by  the  president  of  the 
borough,  to  enforce  such  rules  and  regulations  and  the  pro- 
visions of  this  chapter  and  of  such  ordinances  as  may  be 
established  by  the  Board  of  Aldermen,  and  of  the  laws  re- 
lating to  the  construction,  alteration  and  removal  of  build- 
ings or  other  structures  erected  or  to  be  erected  within 
such  borough.  Each  superintendent  of  buildings  within  the 
limits  of  his  appropriation  shall  have  the  power  to  appoint 
subordinate  officers,  as  follows : Such  chief  inspectors  of 
buildings,  and  such  inspectors  of  buildings,  engineers,  clerks,  ^ 
messengers,  assistants  and  other  subordinates  as  in  his  judg-  S 
ment  may  be  necessary  and  proper  to  carry  out  and  enforce 
such  rules  and  regulations  and  ordinances  and  the  provisions  ! 
of  said  laws  of  this  chapter  within  the  borough  under  his 
jurisdiction.  The  chief  inspector  of  buildings  shall  be  a ; 
competent  architect,  engineer  or  builder  of  at  least  ten  years’ 
practice.  The  inspectors  shall  be  competent  men,  either 
architects,  engineers,  masons,  carpenters,  plumbers,  or  iron  , 
workers,  who  shall  have  served  at  least  five  years  as  such.  It  ' 
shall  not  be  lawful  for  any  officer  or  employee  in  the  build-  ^ 
ing  bureau  of  any  borough  to  be  engaged  in  conducting  or  | 
carrying  on  business  as  an  architect,  civil  engineer,  carpenter,  ' 
plumber,  iron  worker,  mason  or  builder,  while  holding  office  ‘ 
in  the  bureau,  or  to  be  engaged  in  the  manufacture  or  sale  of  ; 
articles  entering  into  the  construction  of  buildings,  or  act  as 
agent  for  any  person  engaged  in  the  manufacture  or  sale  of 
such  articles,  or  own  stock  in  any  corporation  engaged  in 
the  manufacture  or  sale  of  such  articles.  Each  superintend- 
ent of  buildings  shall  have  power  to  designate  in  writing 
one  of  the  inspectors  so  appointed  by  him  to  act  on  any  sur- 
vey authorized  by  law,  or  to  perform  such  other  duties  as 
the  said  superintendent  may  direct.  Each  superintendent 
of  buildings  may  designate  a chief  inspector  of  buildings, 
who,  during  the  absence  or  inability  of  such  superintendent 
shall  possess  all  the  powers  and  perform  all  his  duties  so  far 
as  they  relate  to  buildings.  Each  superintendent  of  build- 
ings shall  have  power  to  punish  any  employee,  for  neglect  of 


199 


duty,  or  omission  to  properly  perform  his  duty,  for  violation 
of  rules,  or  neglect  or  disobedience  of  orders,  or  incapacity, 
or  absence  without  leave,  by  forfeiting  and  withholding  pay 
for  a specified  time,  or  by  suspension  from  duty  with  or 
without  pay  not  exceeding  thirty  days,  or  subject  to  the  re- 
quirements of  the  civil  service  law  remove  or  dismiss  any 
inspector  of  buildings  or  other  subordinate  appointed  by  him 
or  by  any  predecessor  in  office  from  the  service  of  the 
bureau  at  any  time  in  his  discretion.  Any  officer  or  employee 
of  or  in  the  bureau  of  buildings  of  any  borough,  or  police 
officer  thereto  detailed,  who  shall  ask,  solicit  or  accept  or 
receive  any  money  or  other  compensation  for  enforcing  or 
for  modifying  or  changing  any  order  or  requirement  of  said 
bureau  shall  be  guilty  of  a felony.  (As  amended  by  L.  1905, 
ch.  648.)  L.  1897,  ch.  378,  §648. 

§407.  Continuation  and  repeal  of  existing  laws;  build- 
ing code.  The  Board  of  Aldermen  is  authorized  by  or- 
dinance to  regulate  and  restrict  the  height  of  buildings  to 
be  hereafter  erected  in  the  city.  * * * building  code 

which  shall  be  in  force  in  The  City  of  New  York  on  the 
first  day  of  January,  nineteen  hundred  and  two,  and  all  then 
existing  provisions  of  law  fixing  the  penalties  for  violation  of 
said  code,  and  all  then  existing  laws  affecting  or  relating  to 
the  construction,  alteration  or  removal  of  buildings  or  other 
structures  within  The  City  of  New  York  are  hereby  declared 
to  be  binding  and  in  force  in  The  City  of  New  York,  and 
shall  continue  to  be  so  binding  and  in  force  except  as  the 
same  may  from  time  to  time  be  revised,  altered,  amended  or 
repealed  as  herein  provided.  No  right  or  remedy  of  any 
character  shall  be  lost  or  impaired  or  affected  by  reason  of 
this  chapter.  This  chapter  shall  not  affect  or  impair  any  act 
done  or  right  accruing,  accrued  or  acquired  or  penalty,  for- 
feiture or  punishment  incurred  prior  to  the  time  when  this 
act  takes  effect  or  by  virtue  of  any  law  repealed  or  modified 
by  this  chapter,  but  the  same  may  be  asserted,  enforced, 
prosecuted  or  inflicted  as  fully  and  to  the  same  extent  as  if 
this  act  had  not  been  passed  or  said  law  had  not  been  re- 
pealed or  modified.  The  board  of  aldermen  shall  have 
power  from  time  to  time  to  amend  said  building  code  and 
said  laws  and  to  provide  therein  for  all  matters  concerning, 
affecting  or  relating  to  the  construction,  alteration  or  re- 
moval of  buildings  or  structures  erected  or  to  be  erected  in 
The  City  of  New  York,  and  for  the  purpose  of  preparing  or 
amending  such  code  to  appoint  and  employ  a commission  of 
experts.  The  said  building  code  which  is  in  force  May  first, 
nineteen  hundred  and  four,  shall  constitute  a chapter  of  the 
code  of  ordinances  of  The  City  of  New  York.  (As  amended 


200 


oy  L.  1904,  ch.  628,  §2.)  L.  1897,  ch.  378,  §647.  Compare  L. 
1904,  ch.  602,  also  amending  this  section. 

§408.  General  provisions  relative  to  existing  building 
laws.  The  superintendent  of  buildings  appointed  by  the 
president  of  the  Borough  of  Manhattan  shall  within  such 
borough  in  addition  to  the  powers,  rights  and  duties  express- 
ly conferred  or  imposed  upon  him  by  this  act,  possess  and 
exercise  all  the  powers,  rights  and  duties,  and  shall  be  sub- 
ject to  all  the  obligations  heretofore  vested  in,  conferred 
upon  or  required  of  the  board  of  buildings  of  The  City  of 
New  York  and  of  the  commissioner  of  buildings  appointed 
for  the  Boroughs  of  Manhattan  and  The  Bronx  so  far  as 
they  relate  to  the  Borough  of  Manhattan  and  except  in  su 
far  as  the  same  are  inconsistent  with  or  are  modified  by  this 
act.  * * * L.  1897^  ch.  378,  §646. 

§409.  Rules  and  Regulations.  Each  president  of  a 
borough  shall  have  power  to  establish  general  rules  and 
regulations  for  the  administration  of  the  building  depart- 
ment of  his  borough,  and  such  other  rules  and  regulations 
as  were  authorized  by  law  at  the  time  of  the  passage  of; 
chapter  three  hundred  and  seventy-eight  of  the  laws  o£ 
eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-seven  to  be  established  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  in  The  City  of  New  York,  or 
by  the  commissioner  of  the  department  of  buildings  in  the 
City  of  Brooklyn,  as  said  cities  were  formerly  constituted. 
Such  rules  and  regulations  shall,  so  far  as  practicable,  be 
uniform  in  all  the  boroughs,  but  the  president  of  the  borough 
shall  have  power,  from  time  to  time,  to  amend  or  repeal 
such  rules  and  regulations  when  in  his  opinion  it  shall  seem' 
necessary  or  desirable.  L.  1897,  ch.  378,  §645.  ^ 

§410.  Power  to  vary  the  provisions  of  law.  Each 
superintendent  of  buildings  shall  have  power,  with  the  ap-^ 
proval  of  the  president  of  the  borough  in  case  the  superin 
tendent  of  buildings  is  a different  individual  from  the  presi- 
dent of  the  borough,  to  vary  or  modify  any  rule  or  regula- 
tion of  the  president  of  the  borough  or  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter  or  of  any  existing  law  or  ordinance  relating  to  the 
construction,  alteration  or  removal  of  any  building  or  struc- 
ture erected  or  to  be  erected  within  his  jurisdiction  upon 
an  application  to  him  therefor  in  writing  by  the  owner  of 
such  building  or  structure,  or  his  duly  authorized  agent, 
where  there  are  practical  difficulties  in  the  way  of  carrying 
out  the  strict  letter  of  the  law,  so  that  the  spirit  of  the 
law  shall  be  observed  and  public  safety  secured  and  sub- 
stantial justice  done.  Where  such  application  has  been  filed 
with  a superintendent  of  buildings  the  owner  of  such  build- 
ings or  structure  or  his  duly  authorized  agent  shall  have  the 


201 


right  to  present  a petition  to  such  superintendent  of  buildings, 
setting  forth  the  grounds  for  the  desired  variation  or  modi- 
fication, and  may  appear  before  him  and  be  heard.  The  said 
officer  shall  fix  a date  within  a reasonable  time  for  a hear- 
ing upon  such  application  and  shall  as  soon  as  practicable 
render  a decision  thereon,  which  decision  shall  be  final.  The 
particulars  of  each  such  application  and  of  the  decision  there- 
on shall  be  entered  upon  the  records  of  the  building  de- 
partment of  such  borough,  and  if  the  application  is  granted 
a certificate  therefor,  together  with  a statement  of  the  rea- 
sons for  such  decision,  shall  be  issued  by  the  officer  to  whom 
the  application  is  made  and  shall  be  countersigned  by  the 
president  of  the  borough.  L.  1897,  ch.  378,  §650. 

§411.  Appeals.  Each  superintendent  of  buildings  shall 
have  power  and  it  shall  be  his  duty,  subject  to 
the  provisions  of  law  and  of  the  ordinances  of 

the  Board  of  Aldermen,  and  the  general  rules  and 

regulations  established  according  to  law  to  pass  upon 
any  question  relative  to  the  mode,  manner  of  construction 
or  materials  to  be  used  in  the  erection  or  alteration  of  any 
building  or  other  structure  erected  or  to  be  erected  within 
the  borough  under  his  jurisdiction  which  is  included  within 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter,  or  of  any  existing  law  ap- 
plicable to  such  borough  relating  to  the  construction,  altera- 
tion or  removal  of  buildings  or  other  structures,  and  to  re- 
quire that  such  mode,  manner  of  construction  or  materials 
shall  conform  to  the  true  intent  and  meaning  of  the  several 
provisions  of  this  chapter  and  of  the  laws  and  ordinances 
aforesaid,  and  the  rules  and  regulations  established  by  the 
president  of  the  borough.  Whenever  a superintendent  of 
buildings  to  whom  such  question  has  been  submitted  shall 
reject  or  refuse  to  approve  the  mode,  manner  of  construc- 
tion or  materials  proposed  to  be  followed  or  used  in  the 
erection  or  alteration  of  any  such  building  or  structure,  or 
when  it  is  claimed  that  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  pres- 
ident of  the  borough  or  the  provisions  of  law  or  of  said  ordi- 
nances do  not  apply,  or  that  an  equally  good  and  more  de 
sirable  form  of  construction  can  be  employed  in  any  specific 
case,  the  owner  of  such  building  or  structure,  or  his  duly 
authorized  agent,  may  appeal  from  the  decision  of  such  su 
perintendent  where  the  amount  involved  by  such  decisio 
shall  exceed  the  sum  of  one  thousand  dollars.  Such  appeal 
shall  be  heard  by  a board  of  examiners  consisting  of  one 
member  of  the  New  York  chapter  of  the  American  Institute 
of  Architects,  one  member  of  the  New  York  Board  of  Fire 
Underwriters,  two  members  of  the  Mechanics  and  Traders’ 
Exchange  of  said  city,  one  of  whom  shall  be  a master  mason 


202 


and  one  a master  carpenter,  one  member  of  the  Society  of 
Architectural  Iron  Manufacturers  of  said  city,  and  one  mem- 
ber of  the  Real  Estate  Owners  and  Builders’  Association  of 
said  city,  who  shall  be  an  architect  or  builder,  all  of  whom 
shall  be  appointed  by  their  respective  associations,  and  so 
certified  to  annually  to  the  mayor  of  The  City  of  New  York, 
and  the  chief  of  the  fire  department  of  The  City  of  New 
York.  The  said  examiners  shall  each  take  the  usual  oath 
of  office  before  entering  upon  the  performance  of  their 
duties.  The  mayor  shall  annually  designate  one  of  said  ex- 
aminers as  the  presiding  officer  of  said  board.  At  least  five 
affirmative  votes  shall  be  necessary  to  the  granting  of  any 
petition  by  said  board.  No  member  of  said  board  shall  pass 
upon  any  question  in  which  he  is  personally  interested.  The 
said  board  shall  meet  once  a week  upon  notice  from  any  of 
the  superintendents  of  buildings.  The  members  of  said 
board  of  examiners  shall  be  entitled  to  and  shall  receive  ten 
dollars  for  each  attendance  at  a meeting  of  said  board,  to  be 
paid  by  the  comptroller  from  an  appropriate  fund,  to  be  pro- 
vided by  the  board  of  estimate  and  apportionment  and  the 
board  of  aldermen,  upon  the  voucher  of  the  clerk  of  said 
board  of  examiners.  The  clerk  of  the  board  of  examiners 
shall  be  appointed  and  may  be  removed  by  the  mayor  of  The 
City  of  New  York,  and  shall  receive  a salary  of  one  thousand 
five  hundred  dollars.  The  appeal  authorized  by  this  section 
may  be  taken  within  ten  days  from  the  entry  of  a decision 
upon  the  records  of  the  superintendent  of  buildings  by  filing 
with  the  officer  rendering  such  decision  and  with  the  clerk 
of  the  board  of  examiners,  and  by  filing  with  the  clerk  of  the 
board  of  examiners  copies  of  all  papers  required  by  law  or 
by  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  president  of  the  borough, 
to  be  submitted  upon  an  application  for  a building  permit, 
and  the  board  of  examiners  shall  thereafter  fix  a day  within 
a reasonable  time  for  the  hearing  of  such  appeal,  and  upon 
such  hearing  the  appellant  may  be  represented  either  in  per- 
son or  by  his  agent  or  attorney.  The  decision  of  the  board 
of  examiners,  upon  such  appeal,  shall  be  rendered  without 
unnecessary  delay,  and  such  decision  shall  be  final.  L.  1897, 
ch.  378,  §649. 

§412.  Accounts;  annual  estimates;  expenditures. 
* * * L.  1897,  ch.  378,  §651. 

§413.  Record  of  applications.  Each  superintendent  of 
buildings  shall  keep  a record  of  all  applications  presented  to 
him  concerning,  affecting  or  relating  to  the  construction,  al- 
teration or  removal  of  buildings  or  other  structures.  Such 
record  shall  include  the  date  of  the  filing  of  each  such  appli 
cation ; the  name  and  address  of  the  applicant ; the  name  and 


address  o£  the  owner  of  the  land  on  which  the  structure  men- 
tioned in  such  application  is  situated ; the  names  and  ad- 
dresses of  the  architect  and  builder  employed  thereon ; a 
designation  of  the  premises  by  street  number,  or  otherwise, 
sufficient  to  identify  the  same;  a statement  of  the  nature  and 
proposed  use  of  such  structure;  and  a brief  statement  of  the 
nature  of  the  application,  together  with  a memorandum  of 
the  decision  of  the  superintendent  upon  such  application  and 
the  date  of  the  rendition  of  such  decision.  The  books  con- 
taining such  records  are  hereby  declared  to  be  public  records, 
and  shall  be  open  to  inspection  at  all  reasonable  times.  L. 
1897,  ch.  378,  §652. 

§414.  Books,  plans,  etc.,  to  be  delivered  to  borough 
presidents.  * * * 

§415.  Annual  registration  of  plumbers  in  bureau  of 
buildings,  (a).  Once  in  each  year  every  employing  or 
master  plumber  carrying  on  his  trade,  business  or  calling  in 
the  City  of  New  York  shall  register  his  name  and  address 
at  the  office  of  the  bureau  of  buildings  in  the  borough  of  the 
said  city  in  which  he  performs  work,  under  such  rules  and 
regulations  as  the  said  bureau  prescribes,  and  thereupon  he 
shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a certificate  of  such  registration 
from  said  bureau,  if,  at  the  time  of  applying  for  such  regis- 
tration he  holds  a certificate  from  the  examining  board  of 
plumbers  of  said  city  and  is  a citizen  of  the  United  States. 
Each  person  obtaining  such  certificate  from  the  examining 
board  of  plumbers  after  the  date  fixed  by  the  bureau  of 
buildings  for  registration,  may,  however,  register  with  the 
bureau  of  buildings  within  thirty  days  after  the  issuance  of 
such  certificate.  Such  registration  may  be  cancelled  by  the 
superintendent  of  buildings  for  a violation  of  the  rules  and 
regulations  for  plumbing  or  drainage  of  such  city  duly 
adopted,  or  in  force  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  this  sec- 
tion, or  whenever  the  person  so  registered  ceases  to  hold  a 
certificate  from  the  examining  board  of  plumbers  or  to  be 
actually  engaged  in  the  business  of  master  or  employing 
plumber,  after  a hearing  had  before  said  superintendent, 
upon  prior  notice  of  not  less  than  ten  days. 

(b)  The  plumbing  and  drainage  of  all  buildings,  both 
public  and  private  in  the  City  of  New  York,  shall  conform 
to  the  rules  and  regulations  lawfully  adopted  by  the  super- 
intendents of  buildings  of  the  various  boroughs.  Said  rules 
and  regulations  hereafter  adopted,  and  any  changes  thereof, 
shall  be  published  in  the  City  Record  on  eight  successive 
Mondays  before  they  shall  become  operative.  Suitable  draw- 
ings and  descriptions  of  plumbing  and  drainage  shall  in  all 
cases  be  submitted  and  placed  on  file  in  the  bureau  of 


204 


buildings  of  the  borough  in  which  the  work  is  to  be  per- 
formed, and  the  same  shall  not  be  commenced  or  proceeded 
with  until  the  said  drawings  and  descriptions  shall  have  been 
so  filed  and  approved  by  the  superintendent  of  buildings. 
Repairs  and  alterations  of  plumbing  or  drainage  may  be 
made  without  the  filing  and  approval  of  drawings  and  de- 
scriptions in  the  bureau  of  buildings,  where  such  repairs  and 
alterations  do  not  include  the  use  of  new  vertical  or  hori- 
zontal lines  of  soil,  waste,  vent  or  leader  pipes.  Notice  of 
such  repairs  or  alterations,  however,  shall  be  given  to  the 
said  bureau  before  they  are  commenced,  in  accordance  with 
the  rules  and  regulations  of  said  bureau.  The  superintend- 
ents of  buildings  shall  have  power  to  require  sworn  state- 
ments from  persons  registering  under  the  provisions  of  this 
act  before  granting  any  permit  to  proceed  with  the  work. 

(c)  The  bureau  of  buildings  in  each  borough  is  hereby 
charged  with  the  enforcement  of  the  provisions  of  this  sec- 
tion and  the  next  succeeding  section,  and  in  addition  to  such 
officers  or  employees  as  are  now  provided  by  law,  the  super- 
intendent of  buildings  may  appoint  inspectors  of  plumbing, 
when  appropriation  for  the  salaries  of  the  same  shall  have 
been  duly  made.  Inspectors  of  plumbing  shall,  under  the 
direction  of  the  superintendents  of  buildings,  in  addition  to 
their  other  duties,  ascertain  whether  persons  performing 
plumbing  work  in  the  City  of  New  York  are  registered,  as 
in  this  section  provided,  and  shall  file  written  reports  in  the 
bureau  as  to  their  investigations.  (Added  by  L.  1913,  ch. 
754.) 

§416.  Carrying  on  business  of  plumber  in  New  York 
City  without  registration  punishable  by  fine  or  im- 
prisonment. (a).  It  shall  not  be  lawful  for  any  person  or 
co-partnership  to  engage  in,  perform,  or  carry  on  the  trade, 
business  or  calling  of  employing  or  master  plumber  in  the 
city  of  New  York  unless  such  person  or  each  member  of 
such  co-partnership  shall  have  been  registered  as  provided 
in  the  foregoing  section. 

(b)  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  co-partner- 
ship in  the  city  of  New  York,  unless  said  person  or  co- 
partnership shall  have  complied  with  the  requirements  of  the 
preceding  paragraph,  to  hold  him  or  themselves  out  to  the 
public  as  a master  or  employing  plumber  by  the  use  of  the 
word  “plumber”  or  “plumbing”  or  words  of  similar  import 
or  meaning  on  signs,  cards,  stationery  or  in  any  other  man- 
ner whatsoever. 

(c)  No  person  registered  as  provided  in  the  preceding 
section,  or  who  holds  a certificate  from  the  examining  board 
of  plumbers,  shall,  for  the  benefit  of  any  person  engaged  in 

205 


the  plumbing  business  who  is  not  so  registered,  apply  for, 
receive  or  make  use  of,  any  permit  granted  to  him  by  rea- 
son of  being  so  registered,  or  holding  such  certificate  from 
the  examining  board  of  plumbers. 

(d)  Any  person  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
section  or  the  preceding  section  shall  be  fined  for  such  of- 
fense in  a sum  not  exceeding  two  hundred  and  fifty  dollars 
or  by  imprisonment  for  a term  not  exceeding  three  months, 
or  by  both,  and  in  addition  shall  forfeit  any  certificate  of  the 
examining  board  of  plumbers  or  any  certificate  of  registra- 
tion he  may  hold  at  the  time  of  such  conviction. 

(e)  Nothing  in  this  section  or  the  preceding  section  shall 
abrogate  or  impair  any  of  the  powers  of  the  health  depart- 
ment, the  tenement  house  department,  the  board  of  aider- 
men,  and  the  board  of  estimate  and  apportionment  of  the 
city  of  New  York,  with  respect  to  the  regulation  of  plumb- 
ing and  drainage  in  the  said  city.  (Added  by  L.  1913,  ch. 
754.) 


GENERAL  INDEX 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

A 

Abatement  of  unsafe  conditions, 

voluntary  

632 

134 

Absorption  test  for  hollow  build- 

ing  blocks  

29 

3 

14 

Accidents,  elevator  

568 

130 

Adjoining : 

chimneys — raising  of  

392 

9 

96 

roofs  and  skylights,  protec- 

tion  of  

193 

49 

property — excavations  affect- 

ing  

230 

53 

walls  affected  by  excavations.. 

230 

3 

53 

Affidavit  to  accompany  appli- 

cation  for  permit  

3 

6 

Aggregate : 

for  concrete  

28 

2 

13 

for  reinforced  concrete  

332 

74 

Aisles : 

and  passageways  in  buildings 

of  public  character  

491 

111 

widths  of,  in  theatres  

527 

5 

120 

Alcove  rooms  in  residences,  light 

and  ventilation  of  

130 

3 

34 

Alcoves,  recesses  for  

261 

2 

66 

Allowable : 

stresses  and  loads  for  ma- 

terials   

2 

11 

stresses,  under  wind  loads  . . 

54 

3 

20 

Alterations : 

affecting  exits  

160 

43 

affecting  light  and  ventilation. 

137 

36 

of  buildings,  when  to  be  fire- 

proofed   

72 

2 

24 

of  buildings,  when  permitted 

to  be  non-fireproof  

73 

2 

24 

of  existing  signs — Sec.  218, 

Art.  16,  Ch.  23,  Streets 

193 

to  frame  buildings  

480 

110 

Building  Code  (only) 


207 


1 

Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

, Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Alterations — Continued. 

to  projections  beyond  build- 

ing  line  

172 

47 

Altered  buildings — certificate  of 

occupancy  for  

5 

2 

9 

Amendment : 

of  rules  governing  construe- 

tion  

7 

3 

11 

to  application  

3 

5 

7 

Amusement — theatres  and  places 

of  

25 

116 

Anchorage  for  wind  pressure.. 

54 

2 

20 

Anchoring  wood  beams  and 

girders  

280 

4 

67 

Anchors  for  ashlar  

255 

62 

Appeal  from  Superintendent’s 

order  as  to  exits  

161 

43 

Appeals  to  Board  of  Exam- 

iners — Charter  Sec.  411  .... 

202 

Appliances,  fire  extinguishing — 

general  provisions  

580 

130 

Applications : 

amendments  to  

3 

5 

7 

for  permits  

3 

6 

record  of — Charter  Sec.  413.. 

203 

Approval : 

of  application  for  permit.... 

4 

1 

7 

of  application  for  permit,  in 

part  

4 

2 

8 

of  buildings  for  theatrical  pur- 

poses   

521 

116 

of  fireproof  construction  and 

materials,  new  

358 

2 

86 

of  fireproof  materials  previ- 

ously granted  

358 

1 

86 

of  materials  after  test  

22 

3 

12 

of  materials — conditions  at- 

taching to  

22 

4 

12 

of  materials — publication  of. . 

22 

3 

12 

Approved : 

defined  

2 

C 

5 

masonry  defined  

250 

a 

60 

materials  to  be  marked  or 

branded  

22 

4 

12 

208 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Approved — Continued. 

materials,  appliances  and  con- 

struction  — publication  of 

lists  of  

8 

Arches : 

brick,  .for  floors  and  roofs... 

354 

2 

door  and  window  

251 

6 

flat  terra  cotta  floor  

354 

3 

C 

of  masonry  

263 

of  masonry — tierods  for  

263 

material  for  terra  cotta  floor. 

354 

3 

a 

materials  for  concrete  floor. . 

354 

4 

a 

reinforcement  for  concrete 

floor  

354 

4 

b 

rise  of  brick  floor  

354 

2 

segmental  concrete  floor  . ; . . . 

354 

4 

c 

segmental  terra  cotta  floor  . . 

354 

3 

b 

strength  of  terra  cotta  floor. . 

354 

3 

d 

trimmer  

393 

2 

Area: 

buildings  of  excessive  

72 

1 

1 

effective,  of  reinforced  con- 

crete column  

330 

d 

floor,  defined  

150 

a 

floor,  number  of  exits  required 

from  

152 

3 

c 

net,  for  tension  members 

305 

3 

number  of  occupants  accord- 

ing  to  

152 

2 

of  buildings  affecting  occu- 

pancy  

72 

of  frame  buildings  

471 

1 

of  windows  for  ventilation... 

134 

projecting  beyond  building 

line  

170 

4 

a 

Areas,  restricted  

5 

Armories  

70 

2 

Ashlar : 

anchors  for  

255 

bonding  of  

257 

4 

a 

increased  thickness  of  walls 

with  

257 

4 

a 

Assembly  Halls  

70 

2 

Assembly — loads  for  places  of.. 

53 

3 

209 


I 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

1" 

Asylums  

70 

2 

22 

Auditorium : 

in  theatres,  interior  walls  for 

522 

117 

in  theatres,  roof  of  

531 

124 

Authority; 

of  Board  of  Estimate  as  to 

projections  beyond  building 

line  

174 

47 

of  Superintendent  to  adopt 

rules  as  to  construction 

7 

1 

10 

Authorization  of  owner  

3 

2 

6 

Automatic,  defined  

370 

i 

87 

iVwnings  projecting  beyond 

building  line  

170 

4 

i 

46 

B 

lacking  of  metal  fronts  

312 

73 

lalconies  for  fire  towers  

155 

41 

balustrades  projecting  beyond 

building  line  

170 

4 

d 

45 

^»arns,  car  

70 

4 

22 

^lase  courses  projecting  beyond 

; building  line  

170 

4 

g 

46 

lases  for  columns  of  iron  and 

steel  

302 

71 

lath  houses  

70 

2 

22 

lath  rooms — light  and  ventila- 

tion for  

133 

35 

B^ay  and  show  window  construc- 

1 tion  

446 

106 

'learn  girders — separators  for. . 

303 

2 

71 

iieams ; 

anchoring  of  wood  

280 

4 

67 

land  girders — fireproofing  of.. 

351 

3 

79 

and  girders — lateral  bracing 

for  

303 

4 

71 

bridging  for  wood 

280 

3 

67 

concrete  tee  

335 

2 

76 

cutting  floor  

445 

106 

floor,  concentrated  load  on  . . 

53 

4 

19 

method  of  design  for  steel 

floor  

53 

4 

19 

: supports  for  wood 

280 

2 

67 

210 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Beams — Continued. 

web  reinforcement  of  concrete 

335 

4 

width  of  wood  

280 

1 

wood,  bearing  for  ends  of  . . . 

280 

2 

wood,  bevel  cuts  for  

280 

2 

wood,  trimmed  around  flues. 

280 

5 

a 

Bearing : 

capacity  of  soil — ^presumptive. 

231 

2 

for  ends  of  wood  beams 

280 

2 

wall  defined  

250 

b 

Bedding  stone  masonry 

253 

1 

Bevel  cuts  for  wood  floor  beams 

280 

2 

Blast  furnace  chimneys  

395 

Blocks : 

hollow  concrete  building  .... 

29 

1 

hollow  terra  cotta  building... 

29 

2 

Board  of : 

estimate  and  apportionment — 

authority  of,  as  to  projec- 

tions  beyond  building  line. 

174 

examiners — appeals  to — Char- 

ter Sec.  411  

survey  on  fire  escapes  

161 

survey  on  unsafe  conditions.. 

633 

1 

survey — posting  of  report  of. 

633 

2 

Bolt  holes  for  cast  iron  columns 

300 

3 

c 

Bodies  from  wrecked  build- 

ings— recovery  of  

638 

1 

Bolting : 

of  steel  work  

307 

of  wood  construction  

282 

Bonding  of : 

ashlar  

257 

4 

a 

brick  masonry  

252 

piers  

251 

5 

stone  masonry  

253 

2 

veneer  on  hollow  block  walls.. 

254 

2 

walls  at  intersections  

251 

4 

Booths  for  projecting  machines 

in  motion  picture  theatres. 

504 

Bracing : 

forms  for  concrete  

28 

4 

lateral,  for  beams  and  girders. 

303 

4 

of  walls  during  construction.. 

251 

8 

Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Brackets  and  lugs—fireproofing 

of  column 

351 

2 

C 

79 

Branding  of  approved  materials 

22 

4 

12 

Brick : 

arches  for  floors  and  roofs... 

354 

2 

80 

arches  for  floors — rise  of  ... 

354 

2 

80 

foundation  walls — thickness  of 

236 

3 

59 

hollow  

262 

1 

66 

masonry,  bonding  of  

252 

61 

quality  of  

23 

13 

wetting  of  

251 

3 

60 

Brickwork  stepped  up  from 

footings  

236 

4 

59 

Bridging  for  wood  beams  

280 

3 

67 

Bronx : 

fire  limits  

90 

2 

25 

suburban  limits  

2 

30 

Brooklyn : 

fire  limits  

90 

3 

27 

suburban  limits  

91 

3 

31 

Builders’  shanties — construction 

of  

477 

3 

109 

Building  blocks : 

absorption  of  hollow  

29 

3 

14 

f hollow  concrete  

29 

1 

14 

1 hollow  terra  cotta  

29 

2 

14 

Building  Code : 

' charter  Sec.  407  

200 

: enforcement  of  

32 

139 

general  provisions  of  

1 

4 

matters  covered  by  

1 

2 

4 

remedial  

1 

3 

4 

Building  laws : 

p general  provisions  as  to  exist- 

[i  ing — Charter  Sec.  408 

201 

power  of  Superintendent  to 

vary — Charter  Sec.  410  .... 

201 

Building  line : 

ii  areas  projecting  beyond  

170 

4 

a 

45 

authority  of  Board  of  Esti- 

; mate  as  to  projections  be- 

; yond  

174 

47 

1 awnings  and  marquises  pro- 

i jecting  beyond  

170 

4 

i 

46 

212 


Building  line — Continued. 
balustrades  projecting  beyond 
base  courses  projecting  beyond 
columns  projecting  beyond  . . 
cornices  projecting  beyond... 
encroachments  beyond,  main- 
tenance of  

fire  escapes  projecting  beyond 
footings  projecting  beyond... 
hose  connections  projecting 

beyond  

mouldings  projecting  beyond, 
ornaments  projecting  beyond., 
permissible  projectings  beyond 
pilasters  projecting  beyond... 

projections  beyond  

projections  beyond,  general 

restrictions  as  to  

projections  beyond,  to  be  re- 
movable   

projections  beyond,  when  al- 
tered   

rules  governing  projections 

beyond  

rustications  and  quoins  pro- 
jecting beyond  

steps  projecting  beyond  

structural  supports  projecting 

beyond  

vaults  projecting  beyond  

Buildings : 

altered,  when  to  be  fire- 
proofed   

altered,  when  permitted  to  be 

non-fireproof  

appointment  of  surveyors  for 

damaged  

area  of  frame  

business,  defined  

character  of  construction  in 

enlarged  frame  

classes  of,  designated  

classification  of  

exhibition  


213 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Buildings — Continued. 

extended,  when  to  be  hre- 

proof  

72  . 

2 

a 

24 

fireproof  

72 

1 

23 

frame,  in  process  of  construe- 

tion  

95 

32 

frame,  permitted  

96 

33 

increased  in  height,  when  to 

be  fireproof  

72 

2 

b 

24 

new,  when  permitted  to  be 

non-fireproof  

73 

1 

24 

occupancy  of  

70 

21 

of  doubtful  classification  .... 

70 

5 

22 

of  excessive  area  

72 

1 

1 

23 

of  mixed  occupancy  

70 

6 

22 

of  public  character  

23 

111 

of  public  character,  defined . . 

490 

111 

of  public  character — aisles  and 

passageways  in  

491 

111 

of  public  character — enforce- 

ment of  Art.  23  

492 

111 

of  public  character — exemp- 

tions   

493 

111 

office  

70 

4 

22 

on  same  plot  

136 

36 

public,  defined  

70 

2 

22 

repair  of  damaged  

630 

134 

repair  or  removal  of  

630 

134 

required  to  be  fireproof  

72 

23 

residence,  defined  

70 

3 

22 

survey  of  damaged  

93 

2 

32 

thickness  of  walls  for  public 

257 

3 

63 

thickness  of  walls  for  resi- 

dence   

257 

2 

63 

Bulkhead : 

construction  of  

426 

2 

104 

definition  of  

426 

1 

a 

104 

roofs — special  construction  for 

354 

6 

83 

Business  Buildings : 

defined  

70 

4 

22 

light  and  ventilation  of  rooms 

in  

131  j 

34 

thickness  of  walls  for  

257  ! 

3 

63 

214 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art.  j Sec. 

1 

Subd. 

Par. 

Buttresses  and  piers : 

1 

for  reinforcement  of  walls... 

! 257 

1 

e 

in  lieu  of  increased  wall 

! 

thickness  

257 

1 

d 

C 

Caissons : 

foundation  piers  and  

234 

open  

234 

pneumatic  

234 

Capacity : 

estimate  of  floor  

55 

1 

of  soil — ^presumptive  bearing. 

231 

2 

posting  of  floor  

55 

2 

revision  of  estimate  for  floor 

55 

1 

safe  carrying,  for  materials 

and  forms  of  construction. 

51 

Car  barns  . . » 

70 

4 

Casing  for  ducts  

402 

2 

Cast  iron  

30 

1 

Cast  iron  columns : 

bolt  holes  for  

300 

3 

c 

flanges  for  

300 

3 

b 

inspection  of  

300 

5 

joints  for  

300 

3 

a 

limitation  of  use  of  

300 

4 

minimum  dimensions  of  .... 

300 

1 

unsupported  length  of  

300 

1 

({  n a 

52 

Cast  iron  lintels: 

maximum  spans  for  

303 

1 

minimum  thickness  of  ma- 

terial  for  

303 

1 

Cast  steel  

30 

2 

Ceilings : 

cellar  

440 

in  theatres 

.534 

Cellar : 

ceilings  

440 

drainage  during  construction. 

198 

floors  

441 

partitions  

442 

Cement  

26 

215 


Cement  and  lime  mortar  

Cement  mortar: 
materials  and  proportions  for 

prescribed  use  of  

Certificate,  elevator  

Certificate  of  occupancy: 

contents  of  

for  altered  buildings  

for  existing  buildings  

for  new  buildings  

Change  in  wall  thickness  to  oc- 
cur at  top  of  beams  

Change  of  occupancy  

Character  of  soil  to  be  indicated 
in  application  for  permit... 
Charter  of  City  of  New  York, 
sections  affecting  Bureau  of 

Buildings  

Chases  and  recesses  in  walls — 
limitation  of  size  and  spac- 
ing of ; 

1 Chases  in  walls  for  pipes 

Chimneys  and  heating  apparatus 
Chimneys : 

defined  

for  cupolas  

materials  and  construction  of 

raising  and  adjoining  

safety  and  cleanliness  of.... 

supports  for  

Churches : 

classified  

public  safety  of  

spires  for  

Classes : 

of  buildings  

of  construction  

Classification : 

buildings  of  doubtful  

of  buildings  

Cleanliness  and  safety  of  chim- 
neys   

Cleanout  doors  for  smoke  flues 

« « « ((  u 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

27 

2 

13 

27 

1 

13 

256 

62 

563 

128 

5 

6 

9 

5 

2 

9 

5 

3 

9 

5 

1 

8 

j 

251 

4 

60 

5 

4 

9 

231 

1 

54 

198 

261 

4 

66 

261 

3 

66 

19 

93 

390 

1 

a 

93 

395 

98 

392 

1 

95 

392 

9 

96 

392 

7 

96 

392 

2 

95 

70 

2 

22 

! 

490 

111 

475 

2 

108 

70 

1 

21 

71 

1 

22 

70 

5 

22 

4 

21 

392 

7 

96 

394 

1 

97 

396 

99 

216 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Clearance  for  smoke  pipes  .... 

403 

2 

Clip  bonds  or  ties — increased 

thickness  of  walls  with 

257 

4 

a 

Closets — ducts  in  

402 

5 

Closing : 

protectives  for  openings 

375 

5 

sidewalks  

638 

3 

streets  

638 

3 

« 

651 

2 

Club  houses  

70 

3 

Coal  pockets  

70 

4 

« « 

72 

1 

j 

Coarse  aggregate  for  reinforced 

concrete  

332 

2 

b 

Cold  air  ducts  

402 

8 

Collapsed  structures  and  unsafe 

buildings  

31 

Colleges  

70 

2 

Column  bases  

302 

Columns : 

and  compression  members — 

unit  stresses  for  cast  iron 

and  steel  

52 

4 

and  lintels  of  stone  in  fire- 

proof construction  

352 

and  posts  of  wood  

281 

bolt  holes  for  cast  iron  

300 

3 

c 

brackets  and  lugs  for — fire- 

proofing of  

351 

2 

c 

eccentric  loads  on  concrete  . . 

337 

5 

eccentrically  loaded  

52 

3 

effective  area  of  reinforced 

concrete  

330 

d 

fireproofing,  for  embedding 

pipes  in  forbidden 

351 

7 

flanges  for  cast  iron  

300 

3 

b 

in  exterior  walls — fireproofing 

of  

351 

2 

a 

in  interior  walls — fireproofing 

of  

351 

2 

b 

inspection  of  cast  iron  

300 

5 

joints  for  cast  iron  

300 

3 

a 

joints  in  steel  

301 

3 

length  of  reinforced  concrete 

330 

c 

217 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Columns — Continued. 

limitation  of  use  of  cast  iron 

300 

4 

70 

longitudinally  and  laterally  re- 

inforced  concrete  

337 

2 

77 

longitudinally  reinforced  con- 

Crete  

337 

1 

76 

minimum  dimensions  of  cast 

iron  

300 

1 

69 

minimum  thickness  of  metal 

for: 

cast  iron  

300 

2 

69 

steel  and  iron  

301 

2 

70 

projecting  beyond  building  line 

170 

4 

C 

45 

reinforced  concrete  

337 

76 

stay  plates  for  steel  

301 

2 

70 

structural  steel  and  concrete. 

337 

3 

77 

unit  stresses  for  wood  

52 

5 

18 

unsupported  length  for  con- 

Crete  

337 

6 

77 

unsupported  length  of  

52 

2 

18 

unsupported  length  of  steel.. 

301 

1 

70 

working  stresses  for  

52 

17 

Combustible  structures : 

in  fire  limits  

90 

24 

partly  completed  

95 

32 

moved  

94 

32 

Compensation  of  surveyor  

633 

3 

135 

Completion  of  frame  structures 

in  process  of  construction.. 

95 

32 

Compression  members: 

and  columns — unit  stresses  for 

52 

4 

18 

of  iron  and  steel  trusses 

305 

4 

72 

Computations  for  working 

stresses  and  loads  

50 

15 

Concentrated  loads  on  floor 

beams  

53 

4 

19 

Concrete : 

aggregate  for  

28 

2 

13 

aggregate  for  reinforced  . . . 

332 

74 

beams — web  reinforcement  for 

335 

4 

76 

columns — eccentric  loads  on. 

337 

5 

77 

columns — effective  area  of  re- 

inforced   

330 

74 

218 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Concrete — Continued. 

columns  — longitudinally  and 

laterally  reinforced  

337 

2 

columns — longitudinally  rein- 

forced  

337 

1 

columns — structural  steel  and 

337 

3 

columns — unsupported  length 

for  

337 

6 

columns — working  stresses  in 

reinforced  

337 

consistency  of  

28 

3 

construction — reinforced  

16 

enclosure  walls — reinforced  . . 

338 

for  piles  

235 

3 

e 

floor  arches — material  for  . . . 

354 

4 

a 

floor  arches  — reinforcement 

for  

354 

4 

b 

floor  arches — segmental  

354 

floor  construction — fillers  in . . 

336 

floor  construction — ^thickness 

of  

354 

4 

d 

footings  

233 

3 

forms  for  

28 

4 

foundation  walls — thickness  of 

236 

3 

gravel  for  

28 

2 

hollow  building  blocks  

29 

1 

in  fireproof  construction — re- 

inforced   

353 

joints  between  old  and  new.. 

28 

5 

joints  in  

28 

5 

mass  

28 

2 

mixture  of  

28 

1 

mixture  for  reinforced  

332 

1 

piles  

235 

3 

piles — allowable  loads  on  .... 

235 

3 

d 

piles,  molded  in  place  

235 

3 

c 

piles,  premolded  

235 

3 

b 

placing  of  reinforcement  for 

335 

3 

precautions  against  freezing  of 

28 

6 

protection  of  reinforcement 

for  

339 

previously  adopted  rules  gov- 

erning reinforced  

341 

reinforced,  aggregate  for  .... 

332 

219 


Page 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

' Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Concrete — Continued. 

slab  floor  construction,  work- 

ing  stresses  for  

354 

4 

e 

slabs — thickness  of  

335 

1 

specifications  for  steel  rein- 

forcement  for  

333 

steel  fabric  reinforcement  for 

333 

steel  wire  reinforcement  for.. 

333 

structures — load  test  for  rein- 

forced  

340 

tamping  of  

28 

3 

tee  beams  

335 

2 

use  of  prohibited,  after  initial 

set  

28 

3 

working  stresses  for  rein- 

forced  

334 

Consistency  of  concrete  

28 

3 

Construction ; 

classes  of  

71 

1 

in  enlarged  buildings  within 

fire  limits — character  of.... 

92 

safeguards  during  

10 

to  agree  with  plans  

4 

5 

Continuing  violation  — penalty 

for  

654 

3 

Convents  

70 

3 

Cooling  towers — -construction  of 

429 

Coping  for  parapet  walls 

259 

Corner  lot — theatre  on 

536 

1 

Cornices  and  gutters : 

construction  of  

422 

1 

repairs  to  

422 

2 

Cornices  projecting  beyond 

building  line  

170 

4 

f 

Corridor  levels  in  theatres 

527 

4 

Corridors  and  passageways  in 

theatres,  lights  for  

526 

2 

Corridors  in  theatres  

527 

4 

Corporation  Counsel  to  insti- 

tute proceedings  

652 

2 

Corrosion,  protection  of  steel 

and  iron  against  

310 

Costs  of  proceedings  

652 

8 

Court  houses  

70 

2 

82 

76 

75 

75 

75 

78 

14 

76 

14 

75 

14 

22 

32 

48 

8 

145 

22 

105 

66 

126 

103 

103 

46 

120 

118 

120 

141 

73 

143 

22 


220 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec 

Subd. 

1 Par. 

Courts  having  jurisdiction  in 

proceedings  

652 

3 

Courts : 

exits  to  

527 

2 

for  light  and  ventilation 

135 

loads  for  

53 

9 

Covering : 

for  frame  towers  

475 

3 

for  steam  and  hot  water  pipes 

404 

2 

for  theatre  ceilings  and  walls 

534 

2 

of  floors  during  construction, 

195 

Covers  for  tanks  

428 

4 

Crushing  strength  of  reinforced 

concrete  

332 

1 

Cupboards  in  theatres  

534 

5 

Cupola  chimneys  

395 

Curb  defined  

2 

f 

Curtain  walls — thickness  of  ... 

257 

9 

Curtains  in  theatres — protective 

530 

Cutting  fireproof  floors  

354 

10 

Cutting  floor  beams  

445 

D 

Damaged  buildings: 

appointment  of  surveyors  for 

93 

2 

repair  of  

93 

1 

survey  of  

93 

2 

Dance  Halls  

70 

2 

Dangerous  buildings,  safe- 

guards for  

638 

2 

Defective  work,  action  of  Su- 

perintendent in  general  as  to 

652 

1 

Demolition : 

notice  of  

3 

3 

precautions  to  be  taken  during 

200 

safeguards  during  construc- 

tion and  

10 

Department  stores,  public  safety 

of  

490 

Depots : 

1 

freight  

70 

4 

passenger  

70 

2 

Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd.  1 

Par. 

Page 

Design  of: 

footings  

233 

6 

56 

steel  floor  beams — method  for 

53 

4 

19 

Designation  of  representative  by 

owner  

653 

4 

144 

Diagram  of : 

exits  of  theatres  

527 

13 

123 

lot  to  be  followed  

4 

6 

8 

Discontinuance  of  penalty  action 

654 

5 

146 

Disputes  as  to  retaining  walls. 

214 

52 

Door : 

fastenings  

158 

3 

42 

lintels  

251 

6 

60 

Doors : 

and  windows — arches  over. . . 

251 

6 

60 

and  windows  of  roof  houses 

426 

4 

104 

cleanout  for  smoke  flues  

394 

1 

97 

ft  ft  ft  ft 

396 

99 

hanging  of  

158 

2 

42 

width  of  

158 

1 

42 

Doorways  of  exits  

527 

3 

120 

Dormer : 

and  mansard  roofs  and  bulk- 

heads— special  construction 

for  

354 

6 

83 

windows — construction  of  ... 

427 

2 

105 

Dormitories  

70 

3 

22 

Drainage  of  cellar  during  con- 

struction  

198 

50 

Dressing  rooms  in  theatres  

523 

117 

Driving : 

of  rivets  

306 

5 

72 

wood  piles  

235 

2 

b 

57 

Drying  rooms  

398 

99 

Ducts : 

casing  for  

402 

2 

100 

cold  air  

402 

8 

101 

defined  

390 

1 

C 

93 

horizontal  

402 

7 

101 

hot  air 

402 

9 

101 

in  closets  

402 

5 

100 

in  floors  

402 

4 

100 

in  general  

402 

1 

100 

in  partitions  

402 

3 

1 100 

222 


Buildiivff  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Ducts — Continued. 

passing  through  partitions  and 

floors  

402 

6 

Dumbwaiter  shafts : 

defined  

370 

enclosure  for  existing  

373 

8 

in  non-fireproof  buildings.... 

373 

^ i 

protection  of  openings  in.... 

373 

9 j 

Duty  of  policemen  and  firemen 

1 

as  to  fire  escapes  

162 

4 

Dwellings  classified  

70 

3 

E 

i 

Eccentric  loads  on  concrete  col- 

i 

umns  

337 

5 i 

Eccentrically  loaded  columns . . . 

52 

3 

Edge  distance  for  rivets  

306 

3 

Egress  from  motion  picture 

theatres  

503 

Electric  signs — Art.  16,  Chap.  23 

Elevator : 

accidents  

568 

and  stair  recesses  in  walls 

261 

1 

certificate  

563 

definitions  

560 

enclosure  for  existing  

373 

7 

freight,  sign  for  

566 

grain  

72 

1 

it 

70 

4 

in  one  shaft — restricted  num- 

ber of  

373 

13 

inspection  of  

565 

machinery  compartment  

373 

12 

machinery — definition  of  roof 

house  for  

426 

1 

operators  | 

567 

permits  

562 

record  of  passenger  

564 

regulations  

rules — making  of  

561 

use  of,  restrictions  as  to 

566 

Elevator  shafts : 

defined  

370 

in  existing  residence  buildings 

373 

5 

Par. 


g 

d 


j 


a 


f 


^23 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Elevator  shafts — Continued. 

protection  of  openings  in  ... 

373 

9 

C 

90 

Embedding  of  pipes  in  column 

fireproofing  forbidden  

351 

7 

80 

Emergency  fund : 

purposes  of  

639 

2 

139 

sources  of  

639 

1 

139 

Emergency  measures  

651 

140 

<(  (( 

638 

4 

139 

Enclosures : 

for  existing  dumbv^aiter  shafts 

373 

8 

90 

for  existing  elevators  

373 

7 

89 

for  scaffolds  

194 

49 

for  stairs — fireproof  

153 

2 

a 

39 

for  stairs — non-fireproof  

153 

2 

b 

39 

of  shafts  at  bottom  

373 

11 

90 

of  shafts  at  top  

373 

10 

90 

openings  in  stair  

153 

2 

e 

39 

walls  of  reinforced  concrete. 

338 

78 

Encroachments : 

and  projections — Chap.  23, 

Art.  14  

188 

maintenance  of  existing  

173 

47 

Enforcement : 

of  Art.  10,  safeguards  during 

construction  

190 

48 

of  Art.  11,  partitions,  fences 

i 

and  walls  

i 

215 

52 

of  Art.  23,  buildings  of  a pub- 

lic character  

492 

111 

of  building  code  

32 

139 

of  Sec.  374,  hoistway  guards. 

374 

2 

91 

Engineers'  ladders  

152 

6 

38 

Enlarged  buildings  within  fire 

limits — character  of  con- 

struction in  

92 

32 

Entry  of  officers  and  employees 

of  Bureau : 

general  right  of  

10 

11 

regarding  floor  capacities  .... 

55 

1 

20 

Estimates  of  floor  capacities. . . . 

55 

1 

20 

Excavations : 

affecting  adjoining  walls  

230 

3 

53 

and  foundations  

12 

1 53 

224 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Excavations — Continued. 

safeguarding  

230 

1 

Superintendent  may  act  to 

protect  walls  adjoining  

230 

5 

when  retaining  walls  are  re- 

quired  for  

230 

2 

Excessive : 

area — ^buildings  of 

72 

1 

1 

length — increased  wall  thick- 

ness  due  to  

257 

4 

d 

span — increased  wall  thickness 

due  to  

257 

4 

c 

Exemptions,  buildings  of  public 

character  

493 

Exhibition  buildings  

70 

2 

Existing : 

buildings — certificate  of  occu- 

pancy  for  

5 

3 

buildings — exits  for  

161 

dumbwaiter  shafts — enclosure 

for  

373 

8 

elevators,  enclosure  for 

373 

7 

encroachments  beyond  build- 

ing line — maintenance  of... 

173 

projections  beyond  building 

line,  when  altered  

172 

walls  permitted — ^use  of  

258 

1 

Exit : 

diagrams  

527 

13 

facilities  

8 

facilities,  buildings  exempted. 

151 

signs  

159 

1 

Exits : 

affected  by  alterations  

160 

doorways  of  

527 

3 

for  dressing  rooms  in  theatres 

523 

for  existing  buildings  

161 

from  floor  areas — number  of. 

152 

3 

c 

from  galleries  in  theatres  . . . 

527 

7 

from  ground  floor — number  of 

152 

3 

b 

from  rooms — number  of  

152 

3 

a 

horizontal  

156 

kind  of  

152 

1 

lighting  of  

159 

2 

226 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art.  ! 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 



Exits — Continued, 

location  of  

152 

4 

38 

obstruction  of  

159 

3 

43 

stairway  

152 

5 

38 

to  courts  

527 

2 

119 

to  streets  

527 

1 

119 

Expense : 

for  constructing  and  maintain- 

ing  retaining  walls  

211 

51 

for  making  examinations  .... 

55 

1 

20 

Expiration  of  permits  by  limita- 

tion  

4 

4 

8 

Extensions  to  buildings,  when 

to  be  fireproof  

72 

2 

a 

24 

Exterior : 

openings — protection  of  

375 

91 

stacks  

394 

4 

98 

stairways  

154 

41 

windows — fireproof  frames  for 

357 

85 

Extinguishing  appliances — fire . . 

28 

130 

Eye  bars  

305 

5 

72 

[ F 

f^abric  reinforcement  for  con- 

crete   

333 

75 

: factories : 

i classified  

70 

4 

22 

to  be  fireproof  

72 

1 

i 

23 

[^actors  of  safety  

50 

2 

15 

1 •'alien  buildings  

638 

138 

•'alse  fireplaces  

393 

5 

97 

|■''astenings  for  doors  

158 

3 

42 

•'ences : 

and  walls  — enforcement  of 

Art.  11  on  partition  

215 

52 

and  walls — partition  

11 

50 

construction  and  maintenance 

of  

210 

51 

frame  

477 

4 

109 

temporary,  during  construc- 

tion   

192 

49 

'ill  for  top  of  fireproof  floors. 

354 

9 

83 

illers  in  concrete  floor  con- 

struction  

336 

76 

226 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Filling : 

for  floors — fire  tests  of 

354 

5 

a 

in  walls  of  frame  buildings.. 

473 

of  floors  during  construction. 

195 

Finish  in  fireproof  buildings — 

general  restrictions  as  to 

interior  

356 

1 

Fire : 

backs  

393 

1 

commissioner — jurisdiction  of, 

over  theatres  

537 

safeguards  against  spread  of. 

18 

shutters  

375 

2 

stopping  of  studded-oif  spaces 

284 

1 

stops  for  wood-furred  walls. 

262 

3 

test  for  protectives  for  open- 

ings  

376 

2 

test  of  floor  filling  

354 

5 

a 

towers — balconies  for  

155 

towers — construction  of  

155 

towers  required  

152 

3 

d 

wall,  defined  

370 

a 

walls — materials  and  construc- 

tion for  

371 

1 

walls — openings  in  

371 

2 

Fire  escapes : 

board  of  survey  on  

161 

construction  of  

162 

1 

duty  of  policemen  and  fire- 

men as  to  

162 

4 

encumbering  

162 

2 

exit  facilities  

162 

incumbrance  notice  on  

162 

3 

openings  to  

375 

3 

penalty  for  incumbrances  on. 

162 

5 

projecting  beyond  building  line 

170 

4 

j 

for  theatres  

527 

12 

Fire  extinguishing: 

apparatus  for  theatres  

524 

appliances  

28 

appliances — general  provisions 

580 

Fire  houses  

70 

2 

Fire  limits; 

Bronx  Borough  

90 

2 

227 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

"ire  limits — Continued. 

Brooklyn  Borough  

90 

3 

27 

Manhattan  Borough  

90 

1 

24 

Queens  Borough  

90 

4 

28 

"ire  partitions: 

construction  and  supports  for 

372 

87 

defined  

370 

b 

86 

in  non-fireproof  buildings... 

372 

2 

87 

openings  in  

372 

3 

87 

firemen  and  policemen — duty 

of,  as  to  fire  escapes 

162 

4 

44 

fireplace : 

false  

393 

5 

97 

heaters  

393 

3 

97 

mantels  

393 

4 

97 

fireproof : 

alterations  to  buildings,  when 

to  be  

72 

2 

24 

buildings  increased  in  height, 

when  to  be  

72 

2 

b 

24 

1 buildings — interior  finish  in . . 

356 

1 

85 

1 buildings  required  to  be  

72 

24 

1 buildings — walls  for  

350 

78 

[ buildings — woodwork  permit- 

1 ted  in  

356 

2 

85 

! enclosures  for  stairs  

153 

2 

a 

39 

extensions  to  buildings,  when 

to  be  

72 

2 

a 

24 

floors — cutting  and  finishing 

around  pipes  

354 

10 

83 

floors,  omission  of  tierods 

from  

354 

7 

83 

I floors — tierods  for  

354 

7 

83 

■floors — top  fill  for  

354 

9 

83 

‘frames  for  exterior  windows 

357 

85 

materials  and  construction. 

tests  of  new  

358 

2 

86 

materials,  previously  granted 

approvals  of  

358 

1 

86 

when  alterations  are  to  be . . 

72 

2 

24 

reproof  construction: 

article  on  

17 

78 

and  materials — new  approvals 

of  

358 

2 

86 

228 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec 

Subd. 

Par. 

Pa 

Fireproof  construction — Continue 

’d. 

for  floors  and  roofs  in  gen- 

eral  

354 

1 

masonry  in  

352 

reinforced  concrete  in  

353 

stone  columns  and  lintels  in. 

352 

when  required  

72 

when  not  required — garages — 

Sec.  152,  Art.  11,  Ch.  10, 

of  Ordinance  

185 

Fireproof  partitions: 

materials  for  

355 

method  of  construction  and 

support  of  

355 

2 

tests  of  

355 

3 

Fireproofed  wood  

356 

4 

Fireproofing : 

embedding  of  pipes  in  col- 

umn,  forbidden  

351 

7 

for  steel  and  ironwork — thick- 

ness of  

311 

i 

materials  

351 

6 

of  beams  and  girders  

351 

3 

1 

of  column  brackets  and  lugs. 

351 

2 

C 

I 

of  columuns  in  exterior  walls 

351 

2 

a 

t 

of  columns  in  interior  walls. 

351 

2 

b 

i 

of  steel  and  iron  

311 

( 

of  steel  and  iron  lintels  

351 

4 

a 

of  trusses  

351 

5 

a 

< 

omitted  from  roof  trusses  . . 

351 

5 

b 

protection  of  

351 

2 

d 

Flanges  for  cast  iron  columns. 

300 

3 

b 

i 

Flat  concrete  floor  construc- 

tion— thickness  of  

354 

4 

d 

Flat  terra  cotta  floor  arches . . 

354 

3 

c 

i 

Floor : 

lights  

444 

U 

loads  

53 

3 

openings — protection  of  dur- 

ing construction  

196 

£ 

Floor  arches: 

flat  terra  cotta  

354 

3 

c 

8 

material  for  concrete  

354 

4 

a 

8 

material  for  terra  cotta  

354 

3 

a 

8 

229 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Floor  arches — Continued. 

reinforcement  for  concrete... 

354 

4 

b 

82 

segmental  concrete  

354 

80 

segmental  terra  cotta  

354 

3 

b 

81 

strength  of  terra  cotta  

354 

3 

d 

81 

Floor  areas: 

defined  

150 

a 

37 

number  of  exits  from  

152 

3 

c 

38 

Floor  beams: 

anchoring  wood  

280 

4 

67 

bevel  cuts  for  wood  

280 

2 

67 

concentrated  load  on  steel . . . 

53 

4 

19 

cutting  

445 

106 

Floor  capacity: 

estimate  of  

55 

1 

20 

posting  of  

55 

2 

21 

revision  of  estimate  

55 

1 

20 

Floor  construction : 

hollow  block  fillers,  in  con- 

crete   

336 

76 

thickness  of  flat  concrete  . . . 

354 

4 

d 

82 

working  stresses  for  concrete 

slab  

354 

4 

e 

82 

Floor  filling: 

fire  tests  of  

354 

5 

a 

83 

load  tests  for  

354 

5 

b 

83 

maximum  span  for  

354 

8 

83 

Floors : 

cellar  

441 

106 

ducts  in  

402 

4 

100 

it  (t 

402 

6 

101 

loading  of  

55 

3 

21 

tierods  for  fireproof  

354 

7 

83 

to  be  covered  or  filled  during 

construction  

195 

49 

top  fill  for  fireproof  

354 

9 

83 

Floors  and  roofs : 

brick  arches  for  

354 

2 

80 

in  general — fireproof  con- 

struction for  

354 

1 

80 

Flues: 

cleanout  doors  for  smoke... 

394 

1 

97 

ti  ti  « « 

396 

99 

defined  

390 

1 

b 

93 

230 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

1 Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Flues — Continued. 

for  high-grade  heat  produc- 

ing  devices  

392 

5 

for  low-grade  heat  producing 

devices  

392 

3 

for  medium-grade  heat  pro- 

ducing  devices  

392 

4 

or  vent  stacks  containing 

smoke  stacks  

394 

6 

required — certain  

392 

6 

trimming  wood  beams  around 

280 

5 

a 

underground  smoke  

396 

unlawful  use  of  

392 

8 

vent  

401 

Footing  stones  

233 

2 

Footings : 

brickwork  stepped  up  from . . 

236 

4 

concrete  

233 

3 

design  of  

233 

6 

loads  to  be  used  in  determin- 

ing pressure  under  

233 

5 

materials  for  

233 

1 

pressure  under  

233 

5 

projecting  beyond  building  line 

170 

3 

Forms  for  concrete  

28 

4 

Foundation  piers  and  caissons. 

234 

Foundations : 

and  excavations  

12 

general  requirements  

232 

1 

general  requirements  for  pile 

235 

1 

pile  

235 

protection  of  metal  work  in. 

232 

2 

Foundation  walls : 

defined  

236 

1 

materials  for  

236 

2 

restricted  use  of  hollow  blocks 

in  

236 

6 

restricted  use  of  rubble  stone 

in  

236 

5 

thickness  of  

236 

3 

Foyers  in  theatres  

527 

4 

Frame  buildings: 

alterations  to  

480 

area  of  

471 

1 

231 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

1 Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Frame  buildings — Continued. 

article  on  

22 

107 

construction  of  

472 

107 

filling  in  walls  of  

473 

107 

height  of  

470 

107 

masonry  walls  in  

481 

110 

miscellaneous  

479 

109 

party  walls  in— construction  of 

473 

2,3 

107 

permitted  

96 

33 

plot  area  

471 

2 

107 

repairs  to  roofing  

474 

1 

108 

roof  construction  for  

474 

108 

Frame : 

fences  

477 

4 

109 

sheds  defined  

477 

1 

108 

Frame  structures: 

in  process  of  construction — 

completion  of  

95 

32 

miscellaneous  

479 

109 

moved  

94 

32 

within  fire  limits  

90 

24 

Frames  for  exterior  windows — 

fireproof  

357 

85 

Framing  and  connecting  iron 

and  steel  work  

304 

71 

Freezing : 

of  concrete  — precautions 

against  

28 

6 

14 

protection  of  masonry  against 

251 

2 

60 

Freight : 

depots  

70 

4 

22 

elevators — sign  for  

566 

129 

Fronts : 

backing  of  metal  

312 

73 

of  galleries  in  theatres  

534 

3 

125 

Frozen  materials — use  of,  for- 

bidden   

251 

2 

60 

Furring  of  hollow  blocks  on 

brick  walls  

262 

2 

67 

G 

Gallery : 

exits  

527 

i 

121 

fronts  in  theatres  

534 

3 

125 

232 


Building  Code  (only) 


Gallery — Continued. 

staircases  

Garage  defined  . . . 


Art. 


Sec. 


Subd. 


Par 


527  8 

2 j 


Garages : 


occupancy  

when  required  to  be  fireproof 
when  permitted  to  be  non- 
fireproof,  Sec.  152,  Art.  11, 

Ch.  10,  of  Ordinances 

Gas : 


70  4 

72 


g 


connections  in  theatres 

piping — rules  and  regulations 

for  

piping — shut  off  valves  in 

piping — tests  of  

Gates  and  trap  doors  for  exist- 
ing hoistways  

Girders : 


526  4 

601 

603 

374 


anchoring  wood  

and  beams — fireproofing  of., 
and  beams — lateral  bracing 

for  steel  

riveted  

separators  for  double  beam . . 
Glass  and  wood  or  metal  for 

partitions  

Glazing  of  skylights  

Grades  of  heat  producing  ap- 
paratus   

Gradients  in  theatre  aisles 

Grading  of  lots — regulation  of. 

Grain  elevators  

« « 

Gravel  for  concrete  

Grillages,  steel  

Ground  floor — number  of  exits 

from  

Ground  signs.  Art.  16,  Ch.  23 . . 
Guards  for  existing  hoistways. 
Gutters  and  cornices: 

construction  of  

repairs  to  


280  4 c 

351  3 

303  4 

303  3 

303  2 


355  1 
424  2 


h 


391 

527  6 

212 

70  4 

72  1 

28  2 

233  4 


152  3 


b 


374 


422  1 

422  2 


233 


Page 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

H 

Halls; 

assembly  

70 

2 

dance  

70 

2 

lecture  

70 

2 

Hallways  

157 

Hand  rails: 

for  stairs  in  general  

153 

6 

for  theatre  stairs  

527 

11 

Hangers  required — use  of,  for 

wood  beams  

280 

2 

Hanging  of  doors  

158 

2 

Hazardous  trade  — buildings 

used  for  

72 

1 

h 

Headers  for  stone  masonry 

253 

1,2 

Heat  producing  apparatus — 

grades  of  

391 

Heaters — fireplace  

393 

3 

Heating ; 

apparatus  and  chimneys 

19 

apparatus — notice  of  installa- 

tion of  

390 

2 

plant  for  theatres  

525 

Height : 

buildings  increased  in,  when 

to  be  fireproof  

72 

2 

b 

defined  

2 

g 

of  frame  buildings  

470 

of  metal  smokestacks  

394 

2 

of  retaining  walls  for  exca- 

vations   

230 

2 

of  wall  in  proportion  to  thick- 

ness   

257 

(t  u u « 

250 

c 

of  wall,  unsupported  

257 

1 

e 

of  walls  measured  to  nearest 

tier  of  beams  

257 

1 

c 

High  grade  heat  producing  ap- 

paratus : 

classification  of  

391 

c 

flues  for  

392 

22 

22 

22 

42 


40 

122 

67 

42 

23 

61 

94 

97 


93 

94 
118 


24 

5 

107 

98 

53 

62 

60 

63 

63 


94 

95 


234 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Hoistways : 

existing  

374 

guards,  gates  and  trap  doors 

for  

374 

Hoops  for  tanks  

428 

5 

Hollow  block: 

for  walls — limitation  of  use  of 

254 

3 

foundation  walls — thickness 

of  

236 

3 

furring  on  brick  walls  

262 

2 

in  foundation  walls — restrict- 

ed  use  of  

236 

6 

thickness  of  walls  furred  with 

262 

2 

walls — decrease  in  thickness 

of  

254 

1 

walls — terra  cotta  templates 

for  

254 

1 

walls — thickness  of,  for  resi- 

dence  buildings  

257 

7 

walls — veneering  of  

254 

2 

Hollow  brick  

262 

1 

Hollow  building  blocks : 

absorption  of  

29 

3 

masonry  

254 

of  concrete  

29 

1 

of  terra  cotta  

29 

2 

Hollow  walls  

260 

Hoods  over  ranges  

397 

2 

Horizontal : 

exit  defined  

150 

exits  

156 

ducts  

402 

7 

Hose : 

connections  projecting  beyond 

building  line  

170 

4 

for  theatres  

524 

1 

Hospitals  

70 

2 

Hot  air: 

ducts  

402 

9 

registers  

400 

Hot  water  and  steam  pipes : 

coverings  for  

404 

2 

protection  of  

404 

1 

Page 


235 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

! Par. 

Page 

Hotels : 

classification  of  

70 

3 

22 

public  safety  of  

1 

490 

j 

111 

1 

Incombustible  trim,  when  re- 

quired  

356 

3 

85 

Increased  height — buildings  of, 

when  to  be  fireproof 

72 

2 

b 

24 

Increased  thickness  of  walls. 

when  required  

257 

4 

63 

Incumbrance : 

notice — punishment  for  viola- 

tion  as  to  

162 

5 

44 

notice  on  fire  escapes  

on  fire  escapes — duty  of  po- 

162 

3 

43 

licemen  and  firemen  as  to. 

162 

4 

44 

Incumbrances  and  obstructions. 

1 

Chapter  23,  Article  13  .... 

186 

Incumbring  fire  escapes  

162 

2 

43 

Independent  stacks  

Initial  set,  concrete  may  not  be 

394 

3 

98 

used  after  

28 

3 

14 

Inspection : 

of  cast  iron  columns  

300 

5 

70 

of  elevators  

Installation  of  heating  appa- 

565 

129 

ratus — notice  of  

390 

2 

94 

Interior : 

finish  in  fireproof  buildings — 

general  restrictions  as  to . . . 

356 

1 

85 

stacks  

394 

5 

98 

stairs — materials  for  

153 

1 

b 

39 

stairs — strength  of  

walls  and  partitions  for 

153 

1 

a 

38 

theatres  

528 

123 

walls  for  residences  

Iron  and  steel : 

257 

11 

65 

construction  

15 

69 

fireproofing  of  

311 

73 

general  

30 

14 

lintels — fireproofing  of  

351 

4 

a 

79 

under  water — protection  of... 

310 

2 

73 

236 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

( Sec. 

Subd. 

Iron  and  steel — Continued, 

work — framing  and  connect- 

ing  

304 

Iron,  cast  

30 

1 

Isolated  piers  

251 

5 

Issuance  and  filing  of  certificate 

of  occupancy  

5 

7 

J 

Jails  

70 

2 

Joints : 

in  cast  iron  columns  

300 

3 

in  concrete  

28 

5 

in  steel  columns  

301 

3 

Judgment  in  proceedings  under 

building  code  

652 

5 

Judicial: 

order — responsibility  of  lessee 

or  occupant  as  to  

653 

3 

order  to  comply  with  notices 

653 

1 

order  to  vacate  for  violations 

653 

2 

proceedings — cost  of  

652 

8 

proceedings  instituted  by  Cor- 

poration Counsel  

652 

2 

review  of  survey  

634 

1 

Jurisdiction  in  penalty  actions. 

654 

4 

L 

Labor  Law — ^buildings  affected 

by  

72 

1 

Laboratories  

70 

4 

Laborers — employment  of,  in 

emergency  

638 

4 

Ladders — engineers  

152 

6 

Landings : 

and  treads — supports  for  stair 

153 

1 

for  stairs  

153 

5 

Lateral  bracing: 

for  beams  and  girders  

303 

4 

for  trusses  

305 

2 

Lathing  in  theatres  

1 

534 

4 

B37 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Law : 

building — general  provisions 

as  to  existing — Charter  Sec. 

408  

201 

building — ^power  of  Superin- 

tendent  to  vary  provisions 

of — Charter  Sec.  410  

201 

labor — buildings  affected  by. 

72 

1 

i 

23 

plastering,  of  N.  Y.  state 

177 

tenement  house,  buildings  af- 

fected  by  

72 

1 

d 

23 

Leaders  

423 

103 

Lecture  halls  

70 

2 

22 

Legal  proceedings: 

cost  of  

652 

8 

143 

instituted  by  Corporation 

Counsel  

652 

2 

141 

Length : 

for  cast  iron  columns,  unsup- 

ported   

300 

1 

69 

« « « 

52 

17 

for  columns  and  compression 

members,  unsupported  

52 

2 

18 

for  concrete  columns,  unsup- 

ported   

337 

6 

77 

for  steel  columns,  unsup- 

ported   

301 

1 

70 

u a 

52 

17 

of  reinforced  concrete  col- 

umns   

330 

c 

74 

of  rivets — maximum  

306 

4 

72 

unsupported,  for  wood  col- 

umns   

52 

5 

18 

Lessee  responsible  as  to  judicial 

order  

653 

3 

144 

Levels  for  corridors  in  theatres 

527 

4 

120 

Liability : 

of  officers  of  the  building 

bureau — exemption  from  . . 

652 

9 

143 

of  owners  for  expenses  of  in- 

spections   

55 

1 

20 

Libraries  

70 

2 

22 

Lien  of  judgment  

1 652 

6 

142 

238 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Sdbd. 

Par. 

Page 

Light  and  ventilation : 

alterations  affecting  

137 

36 

courts  for  

135 

35 

for  bath  rooms  and  water 

closet  compartments  

133 

35 

general  

7 

33 

of  alcove  rooms  in  residences 

130 

2 

34 

of  rooms  in  business  buildings 

131 

34 

of  rooms  in  public  buildings. 

132 

34 

of  rooms  in  residence  build- 

ings  

130 

33 

Lights : 

floor  

444 

106 

for  corridors  and  passage- 

ways  in  theatres  

526 

2 

118 

for  theatres — adequacy  of 

526 

1 

118 

netting  for  protection  of,  in 

theatres  

526 

5 

119 

on  stage  in  theatres  

526 

6 

119 

ventilators  for,  in  theatres  . . 

526 

7 

119 

Lighting  for  exits  in  general . . 

159 

2 

43 

Lime : 

and  cement  mortar  

27 

2 

13 

mortar  

27 

3 

13 

quality  of  

25 

13 

Limitation : 

expiration  of  permit  by 

4 

4 

8 

of  size  and  spacing  of  chases 

and  recesses  in  walls  

261 

4 

66 

of  use  of  cast  iron  columns. 

300 

4 

70 

of  use  of  hollow  blocks  for 

walls  

254 

3 

62 

Limits : 

fire,  Bronx  Borough  

90 

2 

25 

fire,  Brooklyn  Borough  

90 

3 

27 

fire,  Manhattan  Borough  . . . 

90 

1 

24 

fire.  Queens  Borough  

90 

4 

28 

fire,  garages  within  

72 

1 

g 

23 

suburban,  Bronx  Borough  . . . 

91 

2 

30 

suburban,  Brooklyn  Borough. 

91 

3 

31 

suburban,  Manhattan  Borough 

91 

1 

29 

suburban,  garages  within  .... 

72 

1 

g 

23 

tt  tt  it 

91 

29 

239 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Lining  walls  

258 

2 

65 

Lintels : 

and  columns  of  stone  in  fire- 

proof  construction  

352 

80 

fireproofing  of  iron  and  steel 

351 

4 

a 

79 

maximum  span  for  cast  iron 

303 

1 

71 

minimum  thickness  of  ma- 

terial  for  cast  iron  

303 

1 

71 

restriction  of  use  of  stone... 

351 

4 

b 

79 

templates  for  

251 

6 

60 

timber  

251 

6 

■ 60 

window  and  door  ! . 

251 

6 

60 

Lis  pendens  . . 

65,^. 

7 

143 

Lists : , 1 

of  approved  materials  ....  . . 

Z2 

3 

12 

of  approved  materials,  appli 

ances  and  construction/ — 

publication  of  

8 

11 

Load  tests : 

for  floor  filling  

354 

5 

b 

83 

for  reinforced  concrete  struc- 

tures   

340 

78 

Loading  of  floors  

55 

3 

21 

Loads : 

' and  working  stresses  

3 

15 

and  working  stresses — compu- 

tations for  

50 

1 

15 

concentrated  on  floor  beams. 

53 

4 

19 

court  

53 

3 

19 

eccentric,  on  columns  

52 

3 

18 

1 eccentric,  on  concrete  columns 

337 

5 

77 

floor  

53 

3 

19 

moving  

53 

5 

19 

office  

53 

3 

19 

on  concrete  piles — allowable. 

235 

3 

d 

58 

on  pitched  roofs  

53 

6 

19 

on  vertical  supports — reduced 

53 

7 

19 

on  wood  piles — allowable  .... 

235 

2 

b 

57 

places  of  assembly  

53 

3 

19 

residence  

53 

3 

19 

roof  

53 

3 

19 

schools  and  places  of  instruc- 

tion  

53 

3 

19 

sidewalk  

53 

3 

19 

S40 


• 

Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Pag 

Loads — Continued, 

to  be  used  in  determining 

pressure  under  footings 

233 

5 

5 

vibratory  

53 

5 

1 

wind  

54 

2 

yard  

53 

3 

1 

Lobbies  in  theatres  

Location : 

527 

4 

12 

of  exits  

152 

4 

3 

of  tanks  

428 

3 

10 

Lodge  rooms  

70 

2 

2 

Lodging  houses  

70 

3 

2 

[Note — Also  see  provisions 
of  Greater  New  York  Char- 
ter.] 

* 

Lot : 

diagram  to  be  followed  

4 

6 

dimensions  of  a 

212 

regulation  of  

Low  grade  heat  producing  ap- 

212 

5 

t 

\ 

paratus  : 

classified  

391 

a 

9 

flues  for  

392 

3 

9 

M 

Machinery : 

i 

4 

compartment  for  elevators . . . 

373 

12 

on  floors  

53 

5 

roof  houses  for  elevator  

426 

1 

a 

10 

Maintaining  retaining  walls — 

expense  of  

211 

s 

Maintenance : 

of  existing  encroachments  be- 

yond building  line  

173 

4 

of  fences  and  partition  walls — 

construction  and  

of  retaining  walls — neglect  as 

210 

5 

to  

213 

5! 

Manhattan : 

fire  limits  

90 

1 

2^ 

suburban  limits  

Mansard,  dormer  and  bulkhead 

91 

1 

3( 

roofs — special  construction 
for  

354  1 

8.- 

241 

6 1 

I 



Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Hantels — fireplace  

393 

4 

97 

Barkets  

70 

4 

22 

Barking  of  approved  materials 

22 

4 

12 

parquises  projecting  beyond 

building  line  

170 

4 

i 

46 

Jiasonry : 

approved,  defined  

250 

a 

60 

approved  materials  for  

251 

1 

60 

[ arches  

263 

67 

^ bedding  of  stone  

253 

1 

61 

bonding  of  brick  

252 

61 

bonding  of  stone  

253 

2 

61 

construction  

13 

59 

construction — materials  for 

approved  

251 

1 

60 

headers  for  stone  

253 

1 

61 

hollow  block,  construction  for 

walls  of  

254 

1 

62 

in  fireproof  construction  

352 

80 

protection  against  freezing  of 

251 

2 

60 

walls  in  frame  buildings  

481 

110 

dass  concrete  

28 

2 

13 

vTeadow  land — pile  construction 

for  

235 

2 

d 

57 

dechanical  ventilation  

133 

e 

35 

dedium  grade  heat  producing 

apparatus : 

' classified  

391 

b 

94 

flues  for  

392 

4 

95 

detal : 

fronts — ^backing  of  

312 

73 

1 or  wood  and  glass  for  parti- 

tions   

355 

1 

h 

84 

J smokestacks — construction  of. 

394 

1 

97 

L smokestacks — height  of  

394 

2 

98 

: structural  members  — protec- 

tion of  

351 

1 

78 

1 work  in  foundations — ^protec- 

tion of  

232 

2 

55 

idinor  structures,  frame  sheds. 

477 

108 

discellaneous : 

i fire  extinguishing  apparatus 

for  theatres  

524 

4 

118 

Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Miscellaneous — Continued. 

frame  structures  

479 

requirements  of  Building  Code 

21 

Mixture : 

for  reinforced  concrete  .... 

332 

1 

of  concrete  

28 

1 

Modifications : 

of  the  Building  Code 

6 

power  of  Superintendent  to 

> 

grant— Charter  Sec.  410 

Mortar : 

cement  

27 

1 

cement  and  lime  

27 

2 

cement,  prescribed  use  of . . . . 

256 

lime  

27 

3 

Motion  picture  law,  N.  Y. 

State — Chap.  308  

Motion  picture  theatres: 

booths  for  projecting  ma- 

chines   

504 

construction  of  

502 

egress  from  

503 

existing,  application  of  law  to 

505 

general  

24 

open  air  

506 

plans  for  

500 

prohibited  locations  

501 

restricted  locations  

501 

Mouldings  projecting  beyond 

building  line  

170 

4 

Moving  frame  or  combustible 

buildings  

94 

Moving  loads  

53 

5 

Museums  

70 

2 

N 

Nailing  blocks  in  walls  

251 

7 

Natural  cement  

26 

Neglect  to  maintain  retaining 

wall  

213 

Net  areas  for  tension  members 

305 

3 

Nettings  for  protection  of  lights 

526 

5 

243 


Page 


New : 

buildings — certificate  of  occu- 
pancy   

work  in  general — require- 
ments of  code  as  to  

Non-bearing  walls — thickness  of 
Non-fireproof : 

buildings — dumbwaiter  shafts 

in  

buildings — fire  partitions  in., 
buildings — vent  shafts  in  .... 
buildings — when  permitted  to 

be  

construction  

enclosures  for  stairs  

garage — Sec.  152,  Art.  11,  Ch. 

10,  of  Ordinances  

shafts — approved  construction 

of  

i when  alterations  to  buildings 

may  be  

[Notice : 

against  incumbrances  on  fire 

escapes  

I and  record  of  unsafe  building 

^ of  demolition  

of  installation  of  heating  ap- 
paratus   

of  requirements  or  of  viola- 
tion, to  be  issued  by  Super- 
intendent   

of  requirements  or  of  viola- 
tion order — contents  of  .... 

of  survey  

personal  service  of  

posting  of  

to  build  retaining  wall  

Number : 

of  elevators  in  one  shaft — re- 
stricted   

of  exits  from  floor  areas 

of  exits  from  ground  floor. . 

of  exits  from  rooms  

of  occupants  according  to  area 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art.  Sec.  Subd.  Par, 


1 

257 


373 

372 

373 

73 

71 

153 


373 

73 


162 

631 

3 

390 


650 

650 

633 

650 

650 

215 


373 

152 

152 

152 

152 


6 

2 

6 

1 

1,  3 
2 


13 

3 

3 

3 

2 


4 

64 


89 

88 

89 

24 

22 

39 

85A 

89 

24 


43 

134 

7 

94 


139 

140 
135 
140 
140 

52 


91 

38 

38 

38 

37 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Pag  ■ 

o 

Obstruction  of  exits  

159 

3 

4 

Obstructions  and  incumbrances— 

Chapter  23,  Article  13 

18 

Occupancy : 

] 

and  use  of  theatre  buildings 

536 

1 

12  ] 

change  of  

5 

4 

1 

1 

for  altered  buildings— certifi- 

cate  of  

5 

2 

for  existing  buildings — certifi- 

cate  of  

5 

3 

for  new  buildings — certificate 

of  

5 

1 

of  buildings,  general  

70 

2: 

temporary  

5 

5 

Occupant  responsible  as  to  ju- 

dicial  order  

653 

3 

14' 

Occupants — number  of,  accord- 

ing  to  area  

152 

2 

Occupied,  defined  

2 

b 

i 

Office : 

buildings  

70 

4 

2 

loads  

53 

3 

P 

Old: 

and  new  concrete — joints  be- 

{ 

tween  

28 

5 

1] 

material  (iron  and  steel) — use 

f 

of  

313 

7 

One  story  buildings — walls  for. 

257 

5 

Open  air  motion  picture  theatres 

506 

111 

Open: 

caissons  

234 

5( 

shaft  defined  

370 

d 

8( 

shafts — construction  of  

373 

2 

SI 

shafts — ^protection  of  openings 

in  

373 

9 

a 1 

9( 

stair  wells  

153 

2 

d 

31  ^ 

Openings : 

construction  of  pfotectives  for 

376 

1 

95 

exterior,  protection  of  

375 

Oil 

fire  tests  of  protectives  for.. 

376 

2 

92  il 

in  dumbwaiter  shafts — pro- 

tection of  

1 

373  1 

9 

d 

9C,. 

i 

245 

1 

j 

1 

Page 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Openings — Continued, 

in  elevator  shafts — protection 

of  

373 

9 

C 

in  fire  partitions  

372 

3 

in  fire  walls  

371 

1 

in  floors  to  be  protected  dur- 

ing  construction  

196 

in  open  shafts — protection  of 

373 

9 

a 

in  stair  inclosures  

153 

2 

e 

in  vent  shafts — protection  of 

373 

9 

b 

in  walls — allowed  percentage 

of  

257 

4 

e 

to  fire  escapes  

375 

3 

Operators — elevator  

567 

Ordinary  repairs  

3 

6 

Ornamental  stairs  

153 

2 

c 

Ornaments  projecting  beyond 

building  line  

170 

4 

c 

Out  houses — frame  construction 

for  

477 

2 

Outlets  for  tanks — emergency. . 

428 

2 

Overloading  of  scaffolding,  etc., 

prohibited  

199 

Overturning  due  to  wind — sta- 

bility against  

54 

2 

Owner : 

authorization  of  

3 

2 

defined  

2 

d 

designation  of  representative 

by  

653 

4 

liable  for  expense  of  exam- 

ination   

55 

1 

P 

Painting  of  steel  and  iron  work 

310 

1 

Parapet  walls  

259 

Partial  approval  of  application 

for  permit  

4 

2 

Partitions : 

and  walls  in  theatres  

528 

behind  ranges  

397 

1 

cellar  

442 

90 

88 

87 

50 

90 

39 

90 

64 

92 

129 

7 

39 

45 

109 

105 

50 

20 

6 

5 

144 

20 


73 

66 

8 

123 

99 

106 


246 


Page 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Partitions — Continued. 

construction  and  supports  for 

fire  

372 

construction  and  support  for 

fireproof  

355 

2 

ducts  in  

402 

3 

u << 

402 

6 

fire,  defined  

370 

b 

fireproof  tests  of  

355 

3 

in  non-fireproof  buildings — 

fire  

372 

2 

materials  for  fireproof  

355 

not  to  be  used  as  supports  for 

wood  beams  

280 

2 

of  glass  and  wood  or  metal. 

355 

1 

h 

openings  in  fire  

372 

3 

stud  

283 

tests  of  fireproof  

355 

3 

Partition  fences : 

enforcement  of  Art.  11,  as  to 

215 

and  walls  

11 

and  walls — maintenance  of. . . 

210 

Party  walls: 

and  side  walls — roofing  on . . . 

421 

2 

for  frame  buildings  

473 

2,3 

support  of  

230 

4 

Passageways : 

and  aisles  in  buildings  of  pub- 

lic character  

491 

and  corridors  in  theatres — 

lights  for  

526 

2 

for  theatres  

527 

4 

skylights  over,  protection  of. 

424 

3 

Passenger : 

depots  

70 

2 

elevators — record  of  

564 

Penalty : 

action — discontinuance  of.... 

654 

5 

actions — jurisdiction  in  

654 

4 

for  failure  to  build  retaining 

walls  

215 

for  incumbrances  on  fire 

escapes  

162 

5 

for  violation  of  Building  Code 

654 

247 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Pent  houses : 

construction  of  

426 

3 

104 

defined  

Percentage  of  openings  in  wall — 

426 

1 

b 

104 

allowable  

257 

4 

e 

64 

Permissible  projections  beyond 

building  line  

170 

4 

45 

Permits : 

approval  of  application  for. . 

4 

1 

7 

elevator  

562 

128 

expiration  of,  by  limitation., 
for  construction  or  altera- 

4 

4 

8 

tion — procedure  to  obtain . . 
for  projections  beyond  build- 

3 

1 

6 

ing  line  may  be  revoked . . 

171 

47 

partial  approval  of  i .*.* 

4 

2 

8 

place  of  filing  application  for 

3 

4 

7 

revocation  of  

to  be  signed  by  Superintend- 

4 

7 

8 

ent  of  Buildings  

4 

3 

8 

Piazzas — construction  of  frame 
Piers : 

476 

108 

and  buttresses  for  reinforce- 
ment of  walls  

and  buttresses  in  lieu  of  in- 

257 

1 

e 

63 

creased  wall  thickness  .... 

257 

1 

d 

63 

and  caissons — foundation  . . . 

234 

56 

bonded  into  walls  

251 

4 

60 

bonding  of  

251 

5 

60 

construction  of  

251 

5 

60 

erection  of  walls  and  

251 

4 

60 

proportions  for  

Pilasters  projecting  beyond 

251 

5 

60 

building  line  

170 

4 

c 

45 

Pile: 

construction  in  meadow  land 

235 

2 

d 

57 

foundations  

foundations — general  require- 

235 

56 

ments  for  

235 

1 

56 

Piles : 

concrete  

235 

3 

57 

concrete,  allowable  loads  on . . 

235 

3 

d 

58 

concrete  for  

235 

3 

e 

58 

concrete,  molded  in  place  .... 

235 

3 

c 

58 

248 


BuU 

Art. 

ding  Code  (oi 

Sec.  Subd. 

ily) 

Par. 

Piles — Continued. 

1 

concrete,  premolded  

235 

3 

b 

tests  for  

235 

4 

wood  

235 

2 

wood,  allowable  loads  on  and 

driving  of  

235 

2 

b 

wood,  quality  and  size  of  ... 

235 

2 

a 

wood,  ranging  timbers  for. . . 

235 

2 

c 

wood,  spacing  for  

235 

2 

c 

Pins  and  pinholes  

305 

6 

Pipe: 

chases  in  walls  for 

261 

3 

coverings  for  steam  and  hot 

water  

404 

2 

embedding  of  in  column  fire- 

proofing,  forbidden  

351 

7 

smoke,  defined  

390 

1 

c 

steam  and  hot  water,  protec- 

tion  of  

404 

1 

Piping : 

gas,  rules  and  regulations  for 

600 

systems  of,  rules  for  

600 

systems — shut  off  valves  for. 

601 

tests  for  gas  

603 

Pitched  roofs: 

heights  of  buildings  with 

2 

Z 

loads  on  

53 

6 

Place  of  filing  application  for 

permit  

3 

4 

Placing  of  reinforcement  

353 

3 

Planking  in  roof  construction. 

421 

2 

Plans : 

for  motion  picture  theatres.. 

500 

to  be  followed  as  to  construc- 

tion   

4 

5 

Plastering : 

law.  New  York  State  

• 

rules  for  inspectors  of  

under  wainscoting  

284 

2 

Plot: 

area  of  frame  buildings  

471 

2 

buildings  on  same  

136 

249 


Building  Cade  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Plumbers : 

annual  registration  of,  in  Bu- 

reau  of  Buildings — Charter 

Sec.  415  

204 

in  New  York  City — carrying 

on  business  of,  without  reg- 

istration — Charter  Sec.  416 

205 

registration  of  

604 

133 

Plumbing : 

and  other  systems  of  piping 

39 

132 

and  other  systems  of  piping, 

rules  for  

600 

132 

rules  and  regulations  

152 

tests  of  

602 

133 

Pneumatic  caissons  

234 

56 

Pocket — coal  

72 

1 

j 

23 

Police  stations  

70 

2 

22 

Policemen  and  firemen — duty 

of,  as  to  fire  escapes  

162 

4 

44 

Portland  cement  

26 

13 

Posting : 

floor  capacities  

55 

2 

21 

of  notices  

650 

4 

139 

of  report  of  board  of  survey. 

633 

2 

135 

Postponement  of  judicial  trial 

of  survey  

634 

3 

136 

Posts  and  columns — wood  

281 

68 

Precedence  of  survey  proceed- 

ings  

634 

2 

136 

Precept  to  abate  unsafe  condi- 

tions   

634 

4 

136 

Premolded  concrete  piles  

235 

3 

b 

58 

Pressure : 

of  wind  

54 

20 

of  wind — stability  against  . . . 

54 

2 

20 

under  footings  

233 

5 

56 

under  footings — loads  used  in 

determining  

233 

5 

56 

Procedure  as  to  adoption  of 

rules  governing  construe- 

tion  

7 

2 

10 

Proceedings : 

cost  of  judicial  

652 

8 

143 

Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

, Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Proceedings — Continued. 

legal,  to  be  instituted  by  Cor- 

poration  Counsel  

652 

2 

Prohibited  locations  for  motion 

picture  theatres  

501 

Projecting  machines  in  motion 

picture  theatres — booths  for 

504 

Projections  beyond  building 

line : 

alterations  to  

172 

and  encroachments — Chap.  23, 

Art.  14  

areas  

170 

4 

a 

authority  of  board  of  esti- 

mate  as  to  

174 

awnings  and  marquises  

170 

4 

i 

balustrades  

170 

4 

d 

base  course  

170 

4 

g 

columns,  pilasters  and  orna- 

mental  projections  

170 

4 

c 

cornices  

170 

4 

f 

fire  escapes  

170 

4 

j 

footings  

170 

3 

general  restrictions  as  to.... 

170 

1 

hose  connections  

170 

4 

1 

mouldings,  etc 

170 

4 

e 

ornamental  features  

170 

4 

c 

permissible  

170 

4 

pilasters  

170 

4 

c 

rules  governing  

170 

5 

rustications  and  quoins  

170 

4 

h 

steps  

170 

4 

b 

structural  supports  

170 

3 

to  be  removable  

170 

2 

vaults  

170 

4 

k 

Proportions  for  concrete  

28 

1 

Proscenium  construction  

529 

Protection  of : 

adjoining  roof  and  skylights 

during  construction  

193 

concrete  against  freezing  .... 

28 

6 

exterior  openings,  when  re- 

quired   

375 

1 

fireproofing  

351 

2 

d 

251 


Buildinjf  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Protection  of — Continued. 

floor  openings  during  con- 

struction  

196 

50 

lights  in  theatres — netting  for 

526 

5 

119 

masonry  against  freezing  

251 

2 

60 

metal  structural  members  . . . 

351 

1 

78 

metal  work  in  foundations.. 

232 

2 

55 

openings  in  dumbwaiter 

shafts  

373 

9 

d 

90 

openings  in  elevator  shafts.. 

373 

9 

C 

90 

openings  in  fire  partitions  . . 

372 

3 

88 

opening  in  fire  walls  

371 

2 

87 

openings  in  open  shafts  .... 

373 

9 

a 

90 

openings  in  shafts  in  general 

373 

9 

e 

90 

openings  in  vent  shafts  .... 

373 

9 

b 

90 

reinforcement  for  concrete . . 

339 

78 

skylights  

424 

3 

103 

smoke  pipes  through  partitions 

403 

3 

101 

steam  and  hot  water  pipes . . 

404 

1 

102 

steel  and  iron  against  corro- 

sion   

310 

1 

73 

steel  and  iron  under  water. . 

310 

2 

73 

steel  and  iron  work  against 

fire  

311 

73 

woodwork  adjacent  to  lights 

526 

3 

118 

Protection  from  weather  dur- 

ing construction  

197 

50 

Protective  curtains  in  theatres. 

530 

124 

Protectives : 

for  openings — construction  for 

376 

1 

92 

for  openings — fire  tests  for. . . 

376 

2 

92 

to  be  closed  

375 

5 

92 

Public : 

rooms  and  passageways — sky- 

lights over  

424 

3 

103 

safety  

490 

111 

Publication  of  lists  of  approved 

materials,  appliances  and 

construction  

8 

11 

tt  it 

22 

3 

12 

Public  Buildings : 

classified  

70 

2 

22 

general  

72 

1 

a 

23 

(( 

72 

1 

b 

23 

252 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Public  Buildings — Continued. 

light  and  ventilation  in 

132 

thickness  of  walls  for  

257 

3 

Public  character,  buildings  of  a : 

aisles  and  passageways  in  ... 

491 

classified  

490 

enforcement  of  Art.  23  

492 

exemptions  

493 

general  

23 

Pumps  in  theatres  

524 

3 

Q 

Quality  and  size  of  wood  piles 

235 

2 

Queens  borough  fire  limits 

90 

4 

Quoins  projecting  beyond  build- 

ing  line  

170 

4 

R 

Railroad  depots — ^public  safety 

of  

490 

Rails  for  stairs  

153 

6 

Raising  adjoining  chimneys 

392 

9 

Range  hoods  

397 

2 

Ranging  timbers  for  wood  piles 

235 

2 

Ranges : 

kitchen  

397 

1 

partitions  behind  

397 

1 

Recesses : 

and  chases  in  walls — limita- 

tion of  size  and  spacing  of 

261 

4 

for  alcoves  

261 

2 

stair  and  elevator,  in  walls.. 

261 

1 

Record : 

and  notice  of  unsafe  building 

631 

of  applications — Charter  Sec. 

413  

of  passenger  elevators  

564 

Recovery  of  bodies  from 

wrecked  buildings  

638 

1 

Reduction  of  live  load  on  verti- 

cal  supports  

53 

7 

Par. 


a 

h 


c 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Registers  for  hot  air  

400 

99 

Registration : 

by  plumber,  neglect  of,  pun- 

ishable — Charter  Sec.  416 . . 

205 

of  plumbers  in  Bureau  of 

Buildings — Charter  Sec.  415 

204 

of  plumbers  

604 

133 

Regulation  of  lots  

212 

52 

Regulations  for  elevators  

147 

Reimbursement  of  city  for  ex- 

penses : 

floor  capacity  

51 

1 

16 

unsafe  buildings  

653 

5 

144 

Reinforced  concrete : 

aggregate  for  

332 

74 

beams  and  slabs — spans  for. . 

330 

b 

74 

columns  

337 

76 

columns — effective  area  of  . . 

330 

d 

74 

columns — length  of  

330 

c 

74 

columns  — working  stresses 

for  

337 

76 

construction  

16 

74 

crushing  strength  of  

332 

1 

74 

defined  

330 

a 

74 

enclosure  walls  

338 

78 

fine  aggregate  for  

332 

2 

75 

in  fireproof  construction  

353 

80 

mixture  for  

332 

1 

74 

Reinforced  concrete: 

previously  adopted  rules  gov- 

erning   

341 

78 

structures — load  test  for  

340 

78 

use  of  

331 

74 

working  stresses  for  

334 

75 

Reinforcement : 

of  walls — ^buttresses  and  piers 

for  

257 

1 

e 

63 

placing  of  

335 

3 

76 

Reinforcement  for: 

concrete  floor  arches  

354 

4 

b 

82 

concrete — protection  of  

339 

78 

concrete  — specifications  for 

steel  

333 

75 

354 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Reinforcement  for — Continued. 

concrete — steel  fabric  and 

wire  

333 

webs  of  concrete  tee  beams.. 

335 

4 

Remedial — building  code  

1 

3 

Remission  of  penalty  

654 

6 

Removal : 

of  retaining  wall  

211 

5 

or  repair  of  unsafe  buildings 

630 

Repair : 

of  cornices  and  gutters  

422 

2 

of  damaged  buildings  

93 

1 

of  roofing  

421 

3 

of  roofing  on  frame  buildings 

474 

1 

or  removal  of  unsafe  build- 

ings  

630 

ordinary  

3 

6 

Repeal  of  rules  governing  con- 

struction  

7 

3 

Report  of  survey  board — post- 

ing of  

633 

2 

Requirements  of  code  as  to  new 

work  in  general  

1 

4 

Residence  buildings: 

classified  

70 

1 

it 

70 

3 

elevator  shafts  in  existing... 

373 

5 

piazzas  for  frame  

476 

thickness  of  hollow  block 

walls  for  

257 

7 

thickness  of  walls  for  

257 

2 

towers  on  

475 

1 

walls  for  small  

257 

6 

windows  required  in  rooms  in 

130 

1 

when  to  be  fireproof  

72 

1 

Residences : 

classified  

70 

3 

interior  walls  for  

257 

11 

light  and  ventilation  of  alcove 

rooms  in  

130 

3 

loads  for  

53 

3 

sizes  of  rooms  in  

130 

2 

Restaurants  

70 

4 

Restraining  orders  

652 

4 

^55 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art.  Sec.  Subd.  Par. 


Page 




Restricted ; 

areas  5 

locations  for  motion  picture 


theatres  

use  of  elevators 


501 

566 


24 

112 

129 


Retaining  wall : 

! construction  of  

design  and  construction  of... 

disputes  as  to  

expense  for  constructing  and 

maintaining  

for  excavations — height  of... 

in  general  

neglect  to  maintain  

notice  to  build  

I penalty  for  failure  to  build... 

removal  of  

j surplus  

I to  conform  to  street  regula- 
tion   

I to  support  adjoining  earth... 

\ when  required  for  excavation 

Review  of  survey — judicial 

Revision  of  estimate  of  floor 


211  4 

237 

214 

211 

230  2 

211 
213 

215 
215 

211  5 

211  3 

211  1 

211  2 

230  2 

634  1 


51 
59 

52 

51 

53 

51 

52 
52 

52 
51 
51 

51 

51 

53 
136 


capacity  

Revocation  of  permit  

Right  of  entry  of  officers  and 

employes  

« ((  (( 

Rise  of  brick  floor  arches 

Risers  and  treads  

Rivet  steel  

Riveted  girders  

Riveting  

Rivets : 

driving  of  

edge  distance  for  

maximum  length  of  

spacing  of  


55  1 

4 7 

55  1 

10 

354  2 

153  4 

30  3 

303  3 

306 

306  5 

306  3 

306  4 

306  2 


20 

8 

20 

11 

80 

40 

15 

71 

72 

73 
72 

72 

73 


Roof : 

access  to  

construction  for  mansards, 
dormers  and  bulkheads — 
special  


425 

354  6 


104 

83 


256 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art.  Sec.  Subd.  Par. 


Roo  f — C 0 ntinu  ed. 

construction — ^planking  

gardens  over  theatres  

house  defined  

houses,  as  sun  parlors  

houses,  doors  and  windows  of 

houses  for  stairways  

houses  for  tanks  

loads  

of  auditorium  in  theatre  

scuttle  in  

signs — Chap.  23,  Art.  16 

structures  and  roofing — gen- 
eral   

trusses — fireproofing  of  

trusses — omission  of  fire- 
proofing from  


421 

536 

426 

426 

426 

426 

426 

53 

531 

425 


420 

351 

351 


2 

2 

1 

5 
4 
1 
1 

6 


5 b 

5 b 


Roofing : 


and  roof  structures  

and  roof  structures — general., 
construction  of,  for  frame 

buildings  

for  frame  buildings,  repairs 

to  

Materials  

on  side  and  party  walls 

repairs  of  

Roofs : 


20 


420 
474 

474 

421 
421 
421 


1 

2 

3 


and  floors — brick  arches  for. 
and  floors  in  general — fire- 
proof construction  for  

exits  to  

leaders  from  

protection  of  adjoining,  dur- 
ing construction  

slanting  

Rubble  stone : 

foundation  walls — thickness  of 
in  foundation  walls — restricted 

use  of  

walls — limitation  of  use  of.. 
Rubble  wall — increase  thick- 
ness of,  required  


354  2 

354  1 

425 

423 

193 

427 


236  3 

236  5 

253  3 


257  4 


b 


257 


p 

I 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

j.ules : 

and  regulations  for  gas  pip- 



152 

and  regulations  for  plastering 
as  to  construction — authority 

179 

of  Superintendent  to  adopt 

7 

1 

10 

for  elevators  

147 

forelevators — making  of.... 
for  plumbing  and  other  sys- 

561 

128 

terns  of  piping  

600 

132 

governing  construction — 

amendment  of  

7 

3 

11 

governing  construction — pro- 
cedure as  to  adoption  of., 
governing  construction — re- 

7 

2 

10 

peal  of  

governing  reinforced  con- 

7 

3 

11 

Crete,  previously  adopted., 
rustications  projecting  beyond 

341 

78 

i building  line  

170 

4 

h 

46 

S 

afeguards : 

against  spread  of  fire  

during  construction  and  de- 

18 

86 

molition  

during  construction — enforce- 

10 

48 

[ ment  of  Art.  10  

temporary,  for  dangerous 

190 

48 

f buildings  

638 

2 

138 

afeguarding  excavations  

230 

1 

53 

afes  

55 

4 

21 

afety  factors  

afety  and  cleanliness  of  chim- 

50 

2 

15 

neys  

392 

7 

96 

and — quality  of  

*aving  clause  in  Art.  25  rela- 

24 

13 

ting  to  theatres  

•caffolding : 

538 

127 

overloading  of,  prohibited  . . 

; safeguards  during  construc- 

199 

50 

tion  or  demolition  

194 

49 

258 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Scenery  and  fittings  in  theatres 

533 

3 

School  buildings : 

classified  

70 

2 

floor  loads  for  

53 

3 

Scope  of  building  code  

1 

Screens  over  skylights  

424 

3 

Screw  ends  for  eye  bars  

305 

5 

Scuttles  in  roofs  

425 

Seal  of  building  bureau  

9 

Seats  in  theatres — spacing  and 

supports  for  

532 

Securing  unsafe  buildings  

651 

1 

Segmental : 

concrete  floor  arches  

354 

4 

c i 

terra  cotta  floor  arches  

354 

3 

b ! 

Self-closing,  defined  

370 

h 

Separating  wood  beams  in  ma- 

sonry  walls  

280 

5 

b 

Separators  for  double  beam 

girders  

303 

2 

Service  of  notices — ^personal  . . 

650 

3 

Shaft : 

defined  

370 

c 

number  of  elevators  re- 

stricted in  one  

373 

13 

Shafts : 

construction  of  open  

373 

2 

elevator,  protection  of  open- 

ings in  

373 

9 

b 

enclosure  of,  at  bottom  

373 

11 

enclosure  of,  at  top  

373 

10 

exceeding  9 square  feet  in 

area  

373 

3 

in  existing  residence  build- 

1 

ings,  elevator  

373 

5 

in  general  — protection  of 

openings  in  

373 

9 

e j 

in  non-fireproof  buildings — 

dumbwaiter  and  vent  

373 

6 

1 

not  exceeding  9 square  feet  in 

area  

373 

4 

non-fireproof,  approved  con- 

struction for  

373 

6 

259 

i 

1 

Building  Code  (only) 

1 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

hafts — Co  ntinued. 

vent,  in  non-fireproof  build- 

mgs  

373 

6 

89 

; vent,  protection  of  openings 

in  

373 

9 

b 

90 

i when  required  

373 

1 

88 

dianties  for  builders — construe- 

tion  of  

477 

3 

109 

,.heds : 

frame  

477 

1 

108 

sidewalk  

191 

48 

helving  and  cupboards  in 

theatres  

534 

5 

125 

how  and  bay  window  con- 

struction  

446 

106 

liow  bills  and  signs — Art.  16, 

Chap.  23  

189 

how  windows — cornices  and 

gutters  for  

422 

1 

103 

hut-off  valves  for  gas,  etc.... 

601 

132 

jhutters — fire  

375 

2 

92 

ide  and  party  walls — roofing 

on  

421 

2 

-102 

idewalk : 

manhole  ladders  from  boiler 

rooms  

152 

6 

38 

sheds  

191 

48 

idewalks : 

closing  

638 

3 

138 

' discharge  of  leaders  on  

423 

103 

- loads  for  

53 

8 

20 

ignature  of  Superintendent  of 

Buildings  on  each  permit.. 

4 

3 

8 

igns: 

alteration  of  existing — Sec. 

218,  Art.  16,  Chap.  23  

193 

and  show  bills — Art.  16, 

Chap.  23  

189 

1 electric — Sec.  215,  Art.  16, 

Chap.  23  

192 

exit  

159 

1 

43 

ground — Art.  16,  Chap.  23  ... 

189 

on  freight  elevator  

566 

129 

unsafe — Art.  16,  Chap.  23... 

189 

260 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

P' 

Size  of  wood  piles — quality  and 

235 

2 

a 

Sizes  of  rooms  in  residences... 

130 

2 

Skeleton  structures — walls  for.. 

257 

10 

Skylights : 

construction  

424 

1 

] 

glazing  of  

424 

2 

] 

on  adjoining  buildings — pro- 

tection  of,  during  construe- 

tion  

193 

over  public  rooms  and  pas- 

sageways  

424 

3 

1 

over  stage  in  theatre  

533 

2 

] 

protection  of  

424 

3 

1 

screens  over  

424 

3 

] 

Slab  floor  construction — work- 

ing  stresses  for  concrete... 

354 

4 

e 

Slabs — thickness  of  concrete... 

335 

1 

< 

Slanting  roofs: 

» 

construction  of  

427 

1 

dormer  windows  in  

427 

1 

3 

Sleeper  fill  

354 

9 

i 

Smoke  flue : 

defined  

390 

1 

b 

underground  

396 

Smoke  houses  

399 

<(  (( 

70 

4 

Smoke  flues — cleanout  doors  for 

394 

1 

\ 

tf  (<  ((  it  it 

396 

i 

t 

Smoke  pipe  defined  

390 

1 

d 

K 

Smoke  pipes : 

clearance  for  

403 

2 

5 

protection  through  partitions 

403 

3 

restrictions  as  to  

403 

1 

Smoke  stacks: 

construction  of  metal  

394 

1 

height  of  metal  

394 

2 

within  flues  or  vent  stacks... 

394 

6 

Soil : 

bearing  capacity  of,  presump- 

tive  

231 

character  of,  to  be  stated  in 

application  for  permit 

231 

1 

presumptive  capacities  of  . . . 

231 

2 

1^' 

tests  

231 

3 

-i 

261 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Pago 

Space  under  stairs  

153 

■ 7 

41 

Spacing : 

and  supports  of  scats  in 

theatres  

532 

124 

of  reinforcement  for  concrete 

335 

3 

76 

of  rivets  

306 

2 

73 

of  tierods  

308 

73 

of  wood  piles  

235 

2 

C 

57 

Span  for  reinforced  concrete 

beams  and  slabs  defined... 

330 

b 

74 

Spans  for  floor  filling — maxi- 

mum  

354 

8 

83 

Spread  of  fire  — safeguards 

against  

18 

86 

Sprinkler  systems  for  theatres.. 

524 

2 

117 

Sprinklered,  defined  

150 

d 

37 

Stability  against  wind  pressure — 

moment  of  

54 

2 

20 

Stables — classification  of  

70 

4 

23 

Stacks : 

exterior  

394 

4 

98 

independent  

394 

3 

98 

interior  

394 

5 

98 

Stage : 

construction  

533 

1 

124 

lights  

526 

6 

119 

skylight  over 

533 

2 

125 

stair  cases  

527 

9 

121 

Stair : 

and  elevator  recesses  in  walls 

261 

1 

66 

enclosures — openings  in  

153 

2 

e 

39 

exit  defined  

150 

b 

37 

landings  

153 

5 

40 

landings  and  treads — supports 

for  

153 

1 

c 

39 

Stair  cases : 

for  stages  

527 

9 

121 

to  galleries  

527 

8 

121 

Stairs : 

fireproof  enclosures  for  

153 

2 

a 

39 

hand  rails  for  

153 

6 

40 

in  theatres — hand  rails  for. . 

527 

11 

123 

materials  for  interior 

153 

1 

b 

39 

non-fireproof — enclosure  for.. 

153 

2 

b 

39 

262 


Building  Cade  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Stairs — Continued. 

of  ornamental  character  

153 

2 

C 

space  under  

153 

7 

strength  of  interior  

153 

1 

a 

treads  and  risers  for  

153 

4 

width  of  

153 

3 

Stairway : 

exits  

152 

5 

hand  rails  in  theatres  

527 

11 

Stairways : 

exterior  

154 

for  theatres,  in  general  

527 

10 

roof  houses  for,  defined  .... 

426 

1 

a 

Stair  wells — open  

153^ 

2 

d 

Stand  pipes : 

for  theatres  

524 

3 

in  general  . ^ 

581 

Stations — police,  classification  of 

70 

2 

Stay  plates  for  steel  columns.. 

301 

2 

Steam  and  hot  water  pipes : 

coverings  for  

404 

2 

protection  of  

404 

1 

Steel : 

and  concrete  columns — struc- 

tural   

337 

3 

cast  

30 

2 

grillages  

233 

4 

reinforcement  for  concrete... 

333 

rivet  

30 

3 

structural  

30 

3 

Steel  and  iron ; 

bolting  of  

307 

bolting  of,  when  permitted.. 

307 

1 

construction  

15 

framing  and  connecting  

304 

lintels — ^fireproofing  of  

351 

4 

a 

painting  

310 

1 

protection  of  against  corrosion 

310 

protection  of  against  fire.... 

311 

templates  for  

309 

under  water — protection  of.. 

310 

2 

use  of  old  or  second  hand... 

313 

Steel  columns : 

joints  in  

301 

3 

Page 


263 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Restricted ; 

areas  

5 

24 

locations  for  motion  picture 

theatres  

501 

112 

use  of  elevators  

566 

129 

Retaining  wall : 

construction  of  

211 

4 

51 

design  and  construction  of^ . . 

237 

59 

disputes  as  to  

214 

52 

expense  for  constructing  and 

maintaining  

211 

51 

for  excavations — height  of... 

230 

2 

53 

in  general  

211 

51 

neglect  to  maintain  

213 

52 

notice  to  build  

215 

52 

penalty  for  failure  to  build... 

215 

52 

removal  of  

211 

5 

51 

surplus  

211 

3 

51 

to  conform  to  street  regula- 

tion  

211 

1 

51 

to  support  adjoining  earth... 

211 

2 

51 

when  required  for  excavation 

230 

2 

53 

Review  of  survey — judicial 

634 

1 

136 

Revision  of  estimate  of  floor 

capacity  

55 

1 

20 

Revocation  of  permit  

4 

7 

8 

Right  of  entry  of  officers  and 

employes  

55 

1 

20 

<1  U i( 

10 

11 

Rise  of  brick  floor  arches 

354 

2 

80 

Risers  and  treads  

153 

4 

40 

Rivet  steel  

30 

3 

15 

Riveted  girders  

303 

3 

71 

Riveting  

306 

72 

Rivets : 

driving  of  

306 

5 

72 

edge  distance  for  

306 

3 

72 

maximum  length  of  

306 

4 

72 

spacing  of  

306 

2 

72 

Roof : 

access  to  

425 

104 

construction  for  mansards, 

dormers  and  bulkheads — 

special  

354 

6 

83 

256 


fei 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Roof — Continued. 

construction — ^planking  

421 

2 

102 

gardens  over  theatres  

536 

2 

126 

house  defined  

426 

1 

104 

houses,  as  sun  parlors  

426 

5 

105 

houses,  doors  and  windows  of 

426 

4 

104 

houses  for  stairways  

426 

1 

104 

houses  for  tanks  

426 

1 

104 

loads  

53 

6 

19 

of  auditorium  in  theatre  

531 

124 

scuttle  in  

425 

104 

signs — Chap.  23,  Art.  16 

189 

structures  and  roofing — gen- 

eral  

420 

102 

trusses — fireproofing  of  

351 

5 

b 

79 

trusses — omission  of  fire- 

proofing  from  

351 

5 

b 

79 

Roofing : 

and  roof  structures  

20 

102 

and  roof  structures — general.. 

420 

102 

construction  of,  for  frame 

buildings  

474 

108 

for  frame  buildings,  repairs 

to  

474 

1 

108 

materials  

421 

102 

on  side  and  party  walls 

421 

2 

102 

repairs  of  

421 

3 

102 

Roofs : 

and  floors — ^brick  arches  for. 

354 

2 

80 

and  floors  in  general — fire- 

proof construction  for  .... 

354 

1 

80 

exits  to  

425 

104 

leaders  from  

423 

103 

protection  of  adjoining,  dur- 

ing construction  

193 

49 

slanting  

427 

105 

Rubble  stone: 

foundation  walls — thickness  of 

236 

3 

59 

in  foundation  walls — restricted 

use  of  

236 

5 

59 

walls — limitation  of  use  of. . 

253 

3 

62 

Rubble  wall — increase  thick- 

ness of,  required  

257 

4 

b 

63 

257 


I 

I 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 


Sec. 


Subd. 


Par. 


Page 


Rules : 


I and  regulations  for  gas  pip- 

I ing  ; • • 

I and  regulations  for  plastering 
as  to  construction — authority 
of  Superintendent  to  adopt 

for  elevators  

for  elevators — making  of 

for  plumbing  and  other  sys- 
tems of  piping  

governing  construction — 

amendment  of  

governing  construction — pro- 
cedure as  to  adoption  of., 
governing  construction — re- 
peal of  

governing  reinforced  con- 
crete, previously  adopted.. 

Rustications  projecting  beyond 
building  line  

S 


152 

179 


7 1 

561 
600 
7 3 

7 2 

7 3 

341 

170  4 


h 


10 

147 

128 

132 

11 

10 

11 

78 

46 


Safeguards : 

against  spread  of  fire  18 

during  construction  and  de- 
molition   10 

during  construction — enforce- 
ment of  Art.  10  

temporary,  for  dangerous 

buildings  

Safeguarding  excavations  

Safes  

Safety  factors  

Safety  and  cleanliness  of  chim- 
neys   

Sand — quality  of  

Saving  clause  in  Art.  25  rela- 
ting to  theatres  

Scaffolding ; 

overloading  of,  prohibited  . . 
safeguards  during  construc- 
tion or  demolition  


190 

638  2 

230  1 

55  4 

50  2 

392  7 

24 

538 


199 

194 


86 

48 

48 

138 

53 

21 

15 

96 

13 

127 

50 

49 


258 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Scenery  and  fittings  in  theatres 

533 

3 

School  buildings : 

classified  

70 

2 

floor  loads  for  

53  1 

3 

Scope  of  building  code  

1 

Screens  over  skylights  

424  1 

3 

Screw  ends  for  eye  bars  

305 

5 

Scuttles  in  roofs  

425 

Seal  of  building  bureau  

9 

Seats  in  theatres — spacing  and 

supports  for  

532 

Securing  unsafe  buildings  

651 

1 

Segmental : 

concrete  floor  arches  

354 

4 

C 

terra  cotta  floor  arches  

354 

3 

b ! 

Self-closing,  defined  

370 

h : 

Separating  wood  beams  in  ma- 

sonry  walls  

280 

5 

b 

Separators  for  double  beam 

girders  

303 

2 

Service  of  notices — personal  . . 

650 

3 

Shaft : 

defined  

370 

c 

number  of  elevators  re- 

stricted in  one  

373 

13 

Shafts : 

construction  of  open  

373 

2 

elevator,  protection  of  open- 

ings in  

373 

9 

b 

enclosure  of,  at  bottom  ..... 

373 

11 

enclosure  of,  at  top  

373 

10 

exceeding  9 square  feet  in 

area  

373 

3 

in  existing  residence  build- 

ings, elevator  

373 

5 

in  general  — protection  of 

openings  in  

373 

9 

e 

in  non-fireproof  buildings — 

dumbwaiter  and  vent  

373 

6 

not  exceeding  9 square  feet  in 

area  

373 

4 

non-fireproof,  approved  con- 

strnction  for  

373 

6 

259 

Page 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art.  Sec.  Subd.  Par. 


Shafts — Co  ntinued. 

vent,  in  non-fireproof  build- 
ings   

vent,  protection  of  openings 

in  

when  required  

Shanties  for  builders — construc- 
tion of  

Sheds : 

frame  

sidewalk  

Shelving  and  cupboards  in 

theatres  

Show  and  bay  window  con- 
struction   

Show  bills  and  signs — Art.  16, 

Chap.  23  

Show  windows — cornices  and 

gutters  for  

Shut-off  valves  for  gas,  etc.... 

Shutters — fire  

Side  and  party  walls — roofing 

on  

Sidewalk : 

manhole  ladders  from  boiler 

rooms  

sheds  

Sidewalks : 

closing  

discharge  of  leaders  on  

loads  for  

Signature  of  Superintendent  of 
Buildings  on  each  permit.. 


373  6 

373  9 b 

373  1 

477  3 

477  1 

191 

534  5 

446 


422  1 

601 

375  2 

421  2 


152  6 

191 

638  3 

423 

53  8 

4 3 


Signs : 

alteration  of  existing — Sec. 

218,  Art.  16,  Chap.  23  

and  show  bills — Art.  16, 

Chap.  23  

electric — Sec.  215,  Art.  16, 

Chap.  23  

exit  

ground — Art.  16,  Chap.  23  . . . 

on  freight  elevator  

unsafe — Art.  16,  Chap.  23... 


159  1 

566 


89 

90 
88 

109 

108 

48 

125 

106 

189 

103 

132 

92 

102 


38 

48 

138 

103 

20 

8 


193 

189 

192 

43 

189 

129 

189 


260 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Size  of  wood  piles — quality  and 

235 

2 

a 

Sizes  of  rooms  in  residences... 

130 

2 

Skeleton  structures — walls  for.. 

257 

10 

Skylights : 

construction  

424 

1 

glazing  of  

424 

2 

on  adjoining  buildings — ^pro- 

tection  of,  during  construe- 

tion  

193 

over  public  rooms  and  pas- 

sageways  

424 

3 

over  stage  in  theatre  

533 

2 

protection  of  

424 

3 

screens  over  

424 

3 

Slab  floor  construction — work- 

ing  stresses  for  concrete... 

354 

4 

e 

Slabs — thickness  of  concrete... 

335 

1 

Slanting  roofs : 

construction  of  

427 

1 

dormer  windows  in  

427 

1 

Sleeper  fill  

354 

9 

Smoke  flue: 

defined  

390 

1 

b 

underground  

396 

Smoke  houses  

399 

n tt 

70 

4 

Smoke  flues — cleanout  doors  for 

394 

1 

<(  tt  tt  tt  tt 

396 

Smoke  pipe  defined  

390 

1 

d 

Smoke  pipes: 

clearance  for  

403 

2 

protection  through  partitions 

403 

3 

restrictions  as  to  

403 

1 

Smoke  stacks: 

construction  of  metal  

394 

1 

height  of  metal  

394 

2 

within  flues  or  vent  stacks... 

394 

6 

Soil: 

bearing  capacity  of,  presump- 

tive   

231 

character  of,  to  be  stated  in 

application  for  permit 

231 

1 

presumptive  capacities  of  ... 

231 

2 

tests  

231 

3 

Page 


261 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Space  under  stairs  

153 

7 

41 

Spacing : 

and  supports  of  seats  in 

theatres  

532 

124 

of  reinforcement  for  concrete 

335 

3 

76 

of  rivets  

306 

2 

73 

of  tierods  

308 

73 

of  wood  piles  

235 

2 

C 

57 

Span  for  reinforced  concrete 

beams  and  slabs  defined... 

330 

b 

74 

Spans  for  floor  filling — maxi- 

mum  

354 

8 

83 

Spread  of  fire  — safeguards 

against  

18 

86 

Sprinkler  systems  for  theatres.. 

524 

2 

117 

Sprinklered,  defined  

150 

d 

37 

Stability  against  wind  pressure — 

moment  of  

54 

2 

20 

Stables — classification  of  

70 

4 

23 

Stacks : 

exterior  

394 

4 

9a 

independent  

394 

3 

9a 

interior  

394 

5 

9a 

Stage : 

construction  

533 

1 

124 

lights  

526 

6 

119 

skylight  over 

533 

2 

125 

stair  cases  

527 

9 

121 

Stair : 

and  elevator  recesses  in  walls 

261 

1 

66 

enclosures — openings  in  

153 

2 

e 

39 

exit  defined  

150 

b 

37 

landings  

153 

5 

40 

landings  and  treads — supports 

for  

153 

1 

c 

39 

Stair  cases : 

for  stages  

527 

9 

121 

to  galleries  

527 

8 

121 

Stairs : 

fireproof  enclosures  for  

153 

2 

a 

39 

hand  rails  for  

153 

6 

40 

in  theatres — hand  rails  for.. 

527 

11 

123 

materials  for  interior  

153 

1 

b 

39 

non-fireproof — enclosure  for.. 

153 

2 

b 

39 

262 


Building  Code  (only) 


Stairs — Continued, 
of  ornamental  character 

space  under  

strength  of  interior  . . . 
treads  and  risers  for  . . 

width  of  

Stairway : 


Art. 


Sec. 


Subd. 


Par. 


Page 


153  2 

153  7 

153  1 

153  4 

153  3 


c 


a 


exits  

hand  rails  in  theatres 
Stairways : 


152 

527 


5 

11 


exterior  

for  theatres,  in  general  

roof  houses  for,  defined  

Stair  wells — open  

Stand  pipes : 

for  theatres  

in  general  

Stations — police,  classification  of 
Stay  plates  for  steel  columns.. 
Steam  and  hot  water  pipes : 

coverings  for  

protection  of  

Steel : 


154 

527 

426 

153 


10 

1 

2 


a 

d 


524  3 

581 

70  2 

301  2 


404  2 

404  1 


and  concrete  columns — struc- 
tural   

cast  

grillages  

reinforcement  for  concrete... 

rivet  

structural  

Steel  and  iron : 

bolting  of  

bolting  of,  when  permitted.. 

construction  

framing  and  connecting  

lintels — fireproofing  of  

painting  

protection  of  against  corrosion 

protection  of  against  fire 

templates  for  

under  water — protection  of. . 
use  of  old  or  second  hand... 

Steel  columns : 

joints  in  


337  3 

30  2 

233  4 

333 

30  3 

30  3 


307 

307 

304 

351 

310 

310 

311 

309 

310 
313 


1 


4 

1 


2 


301  3 


a 


263 


Page 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 


Sec. 


Subd. 


Par. 


Steel  columns — Continued. 
minimum  thickness  of  ma- 
terial for  

stay  plates  for  

unsupported  length  of  

Stepping  of  brickwork  over 

footings  

Steps  projecting  beyond  build- 
ing line  

Stirrups  for  wood  beams — re- 
quired use  of  

Stone : 

columns  and  lintels  in  fire- 
proof construction  

lintels — restrictions  as  to  . . . * 

masonry,  bedding  

masonry,  bonding  

masonry — headers  for  

masonry  in  fireproof  construc- 
tion   

masonry,  workmanship  

Stones — footing  

Stopping  work  

Stops  for  wood  furred  walls — 

fire  

Storage  rooms  in  theatres  

Stores,  classified  

Story,  defined  

Street : 

closing  of  

((  (f 

exits  to,  from  theatres  

regulation — retaining  walls  to 

conform  to  

Strength : 

of  reinforced  concrete,  crush- 
ing   

of  terra  cotta  arches  

Stresses  allowable : 

and  working  loads  

due  to  wind  loads  

for  columns  and  compression 

members  of  metal  

for  columns  of  wood  


301 

301 

301 

236 

170 

280 


352 

351 
253 
253 
253 

352 
253 
233 
651 

262 

535 

70 

2 

638 

651 

527 

211 


332 

354 


3 


54 


52 

52 


2 70 

2 70 

1 70 


4 59 


4 b 


45 


2 67 


80 

79 

61 

61 

61 


80 

1 61 

2 56 

1 140 


3 

4 


h 


67 

126 

22 

6 


3 138 

2 141 

1 119 


1 51 


74 

81 


15 

3 20 


4 18 

5 18 


264 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Stresses  allowable — Continued. 

for  concrete  slab  floor  con- 

struction  

354 

4 

e 

82 

for  materials  

51 

16 

for  reinforced  concrete  

334 

75 

for  reinforced  concrete  col- 

umns  

337 

76 

Structural  members  of  metal — 

protection  of  

351 

1 

78 

Structural  steel  

30 

3 

15 

Structural  supports  beyond 

building  line  

170 

3 

44 

Studded  off  spaces — firestopping 

of  

284 

1 

68 

Studios,  classified  

70 

3 

22 

Stud  partitions: 

general  

283 

68 

not  to  be  used  for  supports  of 

wood  beams  

280 

2 

67 

Subaqueous  steel  and  iron 

work — protection  of  

310 

2 

73 

Suburban  limits : 

Bronx  Borough  

91 

2 

30 

Brooklyn  Borough  

91 

3 

31 

Manhattan  Borough  

91 

1 

30 

garages  within  

72 

1 

g 

23 

Sun  parlors : 

construction  of  

426 

5 

105 

roof  houses  for  

426 

5 

105 

Superintendent  of  Buildings : 

appointment  and  qualifications 

of — Charter  Sec.  405  

198 

duties  of — Charter  Sec.  406.. 

199 

power  of,  to  vary  building 

code — Charter  Sec.  410  .... 

201 

Supports : 

and  construction  for  fireproof 

partitions  

355 

2 

84 

for  chimneys  

392 

2 

95 

for  fire  partitions — construe- 

tion  and  

372 

1 

87 

for  stair  treads  and  landings 

153 

1 

c 

39 

for  tanks  

428 

1 

105 

for  party  walls  

230 

4 

54 

265 


Supports — Continued.  ; 

for  walls  adjoining  excavation 

for  wood  beams  

structural,  beyond  building 

line  

temporary,  strength  of  

Surplus  retaining  wall  

Survey : 

board  of,  on  fire  escapes.... 
board  of,  on  unsafe  conditions 

judicial  review  of  

notice  of  

of  damaged  buildings  

posting  of  report  of  

postponement  of  judicial  trial 

of  

proceedings — precedence  of  . . 
Surveyors ; 

compensation  of  

for  damaged  buildings — ap- 
pointment of  

Surveys  of  damaged  buildings. 
Suspenders  

T 

Tamping  of  concrete  

Tanks : 

construction  of  

covers  for  

emergency  outlet  for  

hoops  for  

location  of  

roof  house  for,  defined  

supports  for  

Tee  beams — concrete  

Templates : 

for  lintels  

for  steel  work  

in  hollow  block  walls — terra 

cotta  

Temporary : 

occupancy  

safeguards  for  dangerous 
buildings  


266 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Temporary — Continued. 

structures — definition  and  con- 

struction  of  

478 

109 

supports — strength  of  ... 

50 

3 

15 

Tenement  house: 

classified  

70 

3 

22 

defined  

2 

i 

6 

law — buildings  affected  by. . . 

72 

1 

d 

23 

((  ((  <(  (( 

2 

i 

6 

[Note — Also  see  provisions 

of  Greater  New  York  Char- 

ter.] 

Tension  members — net  area  for 

305 

3 

72 

Terra  cotta: 

fillers  in  concrete  floor  con- 

struction  

336 

76 

hollow  building  blocks  

29 

2 

14 

Terra  cotta  floor  arches: 

flat  

354 

3 

c 

81 

material  for  

354 

3 

a 

81 

segmental  

354 

3 

b 

81 

strength  of  

354 

3 

d 

81 

Tests : 

absorption  for  hollow  blocks. 

29 

3 

14 

additional  

22 

5 

13 

approval  of  materials  after. . 

22 

3 

12 

conduct  of  

22 

2 

12 

for  floor  filling — load  

354 

5 

b 

83 

for  piles  

235 

4 

58 

for  protectives  for  openings — 

fire  

376 

2 

92 

of  gas  piping  

603 

133 

of  fireproof  partitions  

355 

3 

84 

of  floor  filling — fire  

354 

5 

a 

83 

of  materials,  when  required.. 

22 

1 

12 

of  new  fireproof  materials 

and  construction  

358 

2 

86 

of  plumbing  

602 

133 

of  reinforced  concrete  struc- 

tures— load  

340 

78 

soil  

231 

3 

55 

Theatres : 

adequacy  of  lights  for  

526 

1 

118 

267 


Page 


Building  Code  (only'» 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

leatres — Continued. 

and  other  places  of  amuse- 

ment  

25 

application  of  Article  25  as  to 

520 

approval  of  buildings  to  be 

used  as  

521 

ceilings  in  

534 

1 

coverings  for  ceilings  and 

-walls  in  

534 

2 

cupboards  in  

534 

5 

erected  prior  to  June  3,  1904. 

538 

exemptions  

493 

fire  escapes  for  

527 

12 

foyers  in  

527 

4 

gallery  fronts  in  

534 

3 

1 

gas  connections  in  

526 

4 

handrails  for  stairways  in... 

527 

11 

heating  plans  for  

525 

hose  for  

524 

1 

jurisdiction  of  Fire  Commis- 

sioner over  

537 

lathing  in  

534 

4 

lights  for  corridors  and  pas- 

sageways in  

526 

2 

lights  on  stage  in  

526 

6 

netting  for  protection  of 

lights  in  

526 

5 

on  corner  lots  

536 

1 

partitions  and  walls  in  

528 

passageways  for  

527 

4 

protective  curtains  in  

530 

public  safety  of  

490 

pumps  in  

524 

3 

roof  gardens  over  

536 

2 

scenery  and  fittings  in  

533 

3 

shelving  and  cupboards  in... 

534 

5 

skylights  over  stages  in  

533 

2 

spacing  and  supports  for  seats 

in  

532 

sprinkler  systems  for  

524 

2 

stairways  for,  in  general 

527 

10 

stand  pipes  for  

524 

3 

storage  rooms  and  workshops 

in  

535 

116 

116 

116 

125 

125 

125 

127 

111 

122 

120 

125 

118 

122 

118 

117 

127 

125 

118 
119 

119 

126 

123 

120 

124 
111 
117 
126 

125 
125 

125 

124 

117 

121 

117 

126 


268 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Theatres — Continued. 

use  and  occupancy  of  build- 

ings  for  

536 

126 

ventilators  for  lights  in 

526 

7 

119 

Theatres — Motion  Picture  : 

application  of  law  to  existing 

505 

115 

booths  for  projecting  ma- 

chines  in  

504 

114 

egress  from  

503 

113 

general  

24 

111 

open  air  

506 

115 

plans  of  

500 

112 

prohibited  locations  for  

501 

112 

restricted  locations  for  

501 

112 

Thickness : 

buttresses  or  piers  in  lieu  of 

increased  wall  

257 

1 

d 

63 

due  to  excessive  length — in- 

creased  wall  

257 

4 

d 

64 

due  to  excessive  span — in- 

creased wall  

257 

4 

c 

63 

increasing  of  wall,  not  re- 

quired under  more  than  one 

section  

257 

4 

f 

64 

of  concrete  slabs  

335 

1 

76 

of  curtain  walls  

257 

9 

64 

of  fireproofing  for  steel  and 

iron  work  

311 

73 

of  flat  concrete  floor  con- 

struction   

354 

4 

d 

82 

of  foundation  walls  

236 

3 

59 

of  hollow  block  walls  — de- 

crease in  

254 

1 

62 

of  hollow  block  walls  for  res- 

idence buildings  

257 

7 

64 

of  materials  for  steel  col- 

umns— minimum  

301 

2 

70 

of  non-bearing  walls  

257 

8 

64 

of  walls  

257 

62 

of  walls  furred  with  hollow 

blocks  

262 

2 

67 

of  walls  to  change  at  top  of 

beams  

251 

4 

60 

269 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Thickness — Continued. 

of  walls,  when  required — in- 

creased  

257 

4 

63 

Tie  rods : 

for  masonry  arches 

263 

67 

general  

308 

73 

in  fireproof  floors  

354 

7 

83 

minimum  diameter  of  

308 

73 

omission  of,  from  fireproof 

floors  

354 

7 

83 

Ties — increased  thickness  of 

walls  with  clip  bonds  or.. 

257 

4 

a 

63 

Timber : 

general  • 

31 

15 

in  walls  

251 

7 

61 

lintels  

251 

6 

60 

Timbers  for  wood  piles — rang- 

ing  

235 

2 

c 

58 

Top  filling  for  fireproof  floors. 

354 

9 

83 

Towers : 

cooling,  construction  for  

429 

105 

fire  

155 

41 

fire,  when  required  

152 

3 

d 

38 

frame  

475 

108 

frame,  covering  for  

475 

3 

108 

on  churches  

475 

2 

108 

on  residence  buildings  

475 

1 

108 

Trade — buildings  used  for  haz- 

ardous   

72 

1 

h 

23 

Trap  doors  and  gates  for  exist- 

ing hoistways  

374 

91 

Treads : 

and  landings — support  for 

stair  

153 

1 

c 

39 

and  risers  

153 

4 

40 

Trim,  when  required  to  be  in- 

combustible   

356 

3 

85 

Trimmer  arches  

393 

2 

97 

Trimming  wood  beams  around 

flues  

280 

5 

a 

68 

Trusses : 

compression  members  of  iron 

and  steel  

305 

4 

72 

fireproofing  of  

351 

5 

a 

79 

270 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

T russes — Continued. 

fireproofing  of  roof,  omitted. 

351 

5 

b 

79 

lateral  bracing  for  

305 

2 

72 

of  iron  and  steel  

305 

1 

72 

tension  members  of  iron  and 

steel  

305 

3 

72 

Tubes — concrete  filled  steel  . . . 

235 

3 

a 

57 

U 

Underground  smoke  flues  

396 

99 

Undeveloped  localities  — con- 

struction  in  

1 

5 

4 

Unit  stresses  

51 

16 

Unlawful  use  of  flues  

392 

8 

96 

Unsafe : 

buildings  and  collapsed  struc- 

tures  

31 

134 

building — record  and  notice  of 

631 

134 

buildings — securing  of  

651 

1 

140 

conditions — board  of  survey 

on  

633 

1 

135 

conditions — voluntary  abate- 

ment of  

632 

134 

signs — Section  216,  Article  16, 

Chapter  23  

192 

Unsprinklered,  defined  

150 

d 

37 

Unsupported : 

height  of  walls  

257 

1 

e 

63 

length  of  cast  iron  colums  . . 

52 

17 

((  <<  n <<  a 

300 

1 

69 

length  of  columns  and  com- 

pression members  

52 

2 

18 

length  of  concrete  columns.. 

337 

6 

77 

length  of  steel  columns  .... 

52 

17 

« ((  it  It 

301 

1 

70 

V 

Vacating  buildings  

651 

1 

140 

« tt 

638 

3 

138 

Valves  in  piping  systems — shut 

off  

601 

132 

Vaults  projecting  beyond  build- 

ing  line  

170 

4 

k 

46 

271 


Page 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art.  Sec. 


Subd. 


Par. 


Steel  columns — Continued, 

minimum  thickness  of  ma- 

terial  for  

301 

2 

stay  plates  for  

301 

2 

unsupported  length  of  

301 

1 

Stepping  of  brickwork  over 

footings  

236 

4 

Steps  projecting  beyond  build- 

ing  line  

170 

4 

Stirrups  for  wood  beams — re- 

quired  use  of  

280 

2 

Stone : 

columns  and  lintels  in  fire- 

proof  construction  

352 

lintels — restrictions  as  to  ...» 

351 

4 

masonry,  bedding  

253 

1 

masonry,  bonding  

253 

2 

masonry — headers  for  

253 

1 

masonry  in  fireproof  construe- 

tion  

352 

masonry,  workmanship  

253 

1 

Stones — footing  

233 

2 

Stopping  work  

651 

1 

Stops  for  wood  furred  walls — 

fire  

262 

3 

Storage  rooms  in  theatres  

535 

Stores,  classified  

70 

4 

Story,  defined  

2 

Street : 

closing  of  

638 

3 

((  (( 

651 

2 

exits  to,  from  theatres  

527 

1 

regulation — retaining  walls  to 

conform  to  

211 

1 

Strength : 

of  reinforced  concrete,  crush- 

ing  

332 

1 

of  terra  cotta  arches  

354 

3 

Stresses  allowable : 

and  working  loads  

3 

due  to  wind  loads  

54 

3 

for  columns  and  compression 

members  of  metal  

52 

4 

for  columns  of  wood  

52 

5 

70 

70 

70 

59 

45 

67 


80 

79 
61 
61 
61 

80 
61 
56 

140 

67 

126 

22 

6 

138 

141 
119 

51 


74 

81 

15 

20 

18 

18 


264 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Stresses  allowable — Continued. 

for  concrete  slab  floor  con- 

struction  

354 

4 

e 

82 

for  materials  

51 

16 

for  reinforced  concrete  

334 

75 

for  reinforced  concrete  col- 

umns  

337 

76 

Structural  members  of  metal— 

protection  of  

351 

1 

78 

Structural  steel  

30 

3 

15 

Structural  supports  beyond 

building  line  

170 

3 

44 

Studded  off  spaces — firestopping 

of  

284 

1 

68 

Studios,  classified  

70 

3 

22 

Stud  partitions: 

general  

283 

68 

nbt  to  be  used  for  supports  of 

wood  beams  

280 

2 

67 

Subaqueous  steel  and  iron 

work — protection  of  

310 

2 

73 

Suburban  limits : 

Bronx  Borough  

91 

2 

30 

Brooklyn  Borough  

91 

3 

31 

Manhattan  Borough  

91 

1 

30 

garages  within  

72 

1 

g 

23 

Sun  parlors : 

construction  of  

426 

5 

105 

roof  houses  for  

426 

5 

105 

Superintendent  of  Buildings : 

appointment  and  qualifications 

of — Charter  Sec.  405  

198 

duties  of — Charter  Sec.  406.. 

199 

power  of,  to  vary  building 

code — Charter  Sec.  410  

201 

Supports : 

and  construction  for  fireproof 

partitions  

355 

2 

84 

for  chimneys  

392 

2 

95 

for  fire  partitions — construc- 

tion and  

372 

1 

87 

for  stair  treads  and  landings 

153 

1 

c 

39 

for  tanks  

428 

1 

105 

for  party  walls  

230 

4 

54 

265 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Supports — Continued.  ; 

for  walls  adjoining  excavation 

230 

3 

53 

for  wood  beams  

280 

2 

67 

structural,  beyond  building 

line  

170 

3 

44 

temporary,  strength  of  

50 

3 

15 

Surplus  retaining  wall  

211 

3 

51 

Survey : 

board  of,  on  fire  escapes 

161 

43 

board  of,  on  unsafe  conditions 

633 

1 

135 

judicial  review  of  

634 

1 

136 

notice  of  

633 

1 

135 

of  damaged  buildings  

93 

2 

32 

posting  of  report  of  

633 

2 

135 

postponement  of  judicial  trial 

of  

634 

3 

136 

proceedings — precedence  of  . . 

634 

2 

136 

Surveyors : 

compensation  of  

633 

3 

135 

for  damaged  buildings — ap- 

pointment of  

93 

2 

32 

Surveys  of  damaged  buildings. 

93 

2 

32 

Suspenders  

307 

2 

73 

T 

Tamping  of  concrete  

28 

3 

14 

Tanks : 

construction  of  

428 

105 

covers  for  

428 

4 

105 

emergency  outlet  for  

428 

2 

105 

hoops  for  

428 

5 

105 

location  of  

428 

3 

105 

roof  house  for,  defined  

426 

1 

a 

104 

supports  for  

428 

1 

W5 

Tee  beams — concrete  

355 

2 

76 

Templates : 

for  lintels  

251 

6 

60 

for  steel  work  

309 

73 

in  hollow  block  walls — terra 

cotta  

254 

1 

62 

Temporary : 

occupancy  

5 

5 

9 

safeguards  for  dangerous 

buildings  

638 

2 

138 

266 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Temporary — Continued. 

structures — definition  and  con- 

St  ruction  of  

478 

109 

supports — Strength  of  

50 

3 

15 

Tenement  house: 

classified  

70 

3 

22 

defined  

2 

i 

6 

law — buildings  affected  by... 

72 

1 

d 

23 

(<  ((  ((  <( 

2 

i 

6 

[Note — Also  see  provisions 

of  Greater  New  York  Char- 

ter.] 

Tension  members — net  area  for 

305 

3 

72 

Terra  cotta: 

fillers  in  concrete  floor  con- 

struction  

336 

76 

hollow  building  blocks  

29 

2 

14 

Terra  cotta  floor  arches: 

flat  

354 

3 

c 

81 

material  for  

354 

3 

a 

81 

segmental  

354 

3 

b 

81 

strength  of  

354 

3 

d 

81 

Tests : 

absorption  for  hollow  blocks. 

29 

3 

14 

additional  

22 

5 

13 

approval  of  materials  after. . 

22 

3 

12 

conduct  of  

22 

2 

12 

for  floor  filling — load  

354 

5 

b 

83 

for  piles  

235 

4 

58 

for  protectives  for  openings — 

fire  

376 

2 

92 

of  gas  piping  

603 

133 

of  fireproof  partitions  

355 

3 

84 

of  floor  filling — fire  

354 

5 

a 

83 

of  materials,  when  required.. 

22 

1 

12 

of  new  fireproof  materials 

and  construction  

358 

2 

86 

of  plumbing  

602 

133 

of  reinforced  concrete  struc- 

tures— load  

340 

78 

soil  

231 

3 

55 

Theatres : 

adequacy  of  lights  for  

526 

1 

118 

267 


Page 


Building  Code  (only'> 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

tieatres — Continued. 

and  other  places  of  amuse- 

ment  

25 

application  of  Article  25  as  to 

520 

approval  of  buildings  to  be 

used  as  

521 

ceilings  in  

534 

1 

coverings  for  ceilings  and 

walls  in  

534 

2 

cupboards  in  

534 

5 

erected  prior  to  June  3,  1904. 

538 

exemptions  

493 

fire  escapes  for  

527 

12 

foyers  in  

527 

4 

gallery  fronts  in  

534 

3 

gas  connections  in  

526 

4 

handrails  for  stairways  in... 

527 

11 

heating  plans  for  

525 

hose  for  

524 

1 

jurisdiction  of  Fire  Commis- 

sioner over  

537 

lathing  in  

534 

4 

lights  for  corridors  and  pas- 

sageways in  

526 

2 

lights  on  stage  in  

526 

6 

netting  for  protection  of 

lights  in  

526 

5 

on  corner  lots  

536 

1 

partitions  and  walls  in  

528 

passageways  for  

527 

4 

protective  curtains  in  

530 

public  safety  of  

490 

pumps  in  

524 

3 

roof  gardens  over  

536 

2 

scenery  and  fittings  in  

533 

3 

shelving  and  cupboards  in... 

534 

5 

skylights  over  stages  in  

533 

2 

spacing  and  supports  for  seats 

in  

532 

sprinkler  systems  for  

524 

2 

stairways  for,  in  general 

527 

10 

stand  pipes  for  

524 

3 

storage  rooms  and  workshops 

in  

535 

268 

116 

116 

116 

135 

125 

125 

127 

111 

122 

120 

125 

118 

122 

118 

117 

127 

125 

118 
119 

119 

126 

123 

120 

124 
111 
117 
126 

125 
125 

125 

124 

117 

121 

117 

126 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Theatres — Continued. 

use  and  occupancy  of  build- 

ings  for  

536 

126 

ventilators  for  lights  in 

526 

7 

119 

Theatres — Motion  Picture  : 

application  of  law  to  existing 

505 

115 

booths  for  projecting  ma- 

chines  in  

504 

114 

egress  from  

503 

113 

general  

24 

111 

open  air  

506 

115 

plans  of  

500 

112 

prohibited  locations  for  

501 

112 

restricted  locations  for  

501 

112 

Thickness : 

buttresses  or  piers  in  lieu  of 

increased  wall  

257 

1 

d 

63 

due  to  excessive  length — in- 

creased  wall  

257 

4 

d 

64 

due  to  excessive  span — in- 

creased wall  

257 

4 

c 

63 

increasing  of  wall,  not  re- 

quired under  more  than  one 

section  

257 

4 

f 

64 

of  concrete  slabs  

! 

335 

1 

76 

of  curtain  walls  

257 

9 

64 

of  fireproofing  for  steel  and 

iron  work  

311 

73 

of  flat  concrete  floor  con- 

struction   

354 

4 

d 

82 

of  foundation  walls  

236 

3 

59 

of  hollow  block  walls  — de- 

crease in  

254 

1 

62 

of  hollow  block  walls  for  res- 

idence buildings  

257 

7 

64 

of  materials  for  steel  col- 

umns— minimum  

301 

2 

70 

of  non-bearing  walls  

257 

8 

64 

of  walls  

257 

62 

of  walls  furred  with  hollow 

blocks  

262 

2 

67 

of  walls  to  change  at  top  of 

beams  

251 

4 

60 

269 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Thickness — Continued. 

of  walls,  when  required — in- 

creased  

257 

4 

63 

Tie  rods : 

for  masonry  arches 

263 

67 

general  

308 

73 

in  fireproof  floors  

354 

7 

83 

minimum  diameter  of  

308 

73 

omission  of,  from  fireproof 

floors  

354 

7 

83 

Ties — increased  thickness  of 

walls  with  clip  bonds  or. . 

257 

4 

a 

63 

Timber : 

general  

31 

15 

in  walls  

251 

7 

61 

lintels  

251 

6 

60 

Timbers  for  wood  piles — rang- 

ing  

235 

2 

c 

58 

Top  filling  for  fireproof  floors. 

354 

9 

83 

Towers : 

cooling,  construction  for  

429 

105 

fire  

155 

41 

fire,  when  required  

152 

3 

d 

38 

frame  

475 

108 

frame,  covering  for  

475 

3 

108 

on  churches  

475 

2 

108 

on  residence  buildings  

475 

1 

108 

Trade — buildings  used  for  haz- 

ardous   

72 

1 

h 

23 

Trap  doors  and  gates  for  exist- 

ing hoistways  

374 

91 

Treads : 

and  landings — support  for 

stair  

153 

1 

c 

39 

and  risers  

153 

4 

40 

Trim,  when  required  to  be  in- 

combustible   

356 

3 

85 

Trimmer  arches  

393 

2 

97 

Trimming  wood  beams  around 

flues  

280 

5 

a 

68 

Trusses : 

compression  members  of  iron 

and  steel  

305 

4 

72 

fireproofing  of  

351 

5 

a 

79 

270 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Trusses — Continued. 

fireproofing  of  roof,  omitted. 

351 

5 

b 

79 

lateral  bracing  for  

305 

2 

72 

of  iron  and  steel  

305 

1 

72 

tension  members  of  iron  and 

steel  

305 

3 

72 

Tubes — concrete  filled  steel  . . . 

235 

3 

a 

57 

U 

Underground  smoke  flues  

396 

99 

Undeveloped  localities  — con- 

struction  in  

1 

5 

4 

Unit  stresses  

51 

16 

Unlawful  use  of  flues  

392 

8 

96 

Unsafe : 

buildings  and  collapsed  struc- 

tures  

31 

134 

building — record  and  notice  of 

631 

134 

buildings — securing  of  

651 

1 

140 

conditions — board  of  survey 

on  

633 

1 

135 

conditions — voluntary  abate- 

ment of  

632 

134 

signs — Section  216,  Article  16, 

Chapter  23  

192 

Unsprinklered,  defined  

150 

d 

37 

Unsupported : 

height  of  walls  

257 

1 

e 

63 

length  of  cast  iron  colums  . . 

52 

17 

((  ti  it  it  it 

300 

1 

69 

length  of  columns  and  com- 

pression members  

52 

2 

18 

length  of  concrete  columns.. 

337 

6 

77 

length  of  steel  columns  

52 

17 

it  it  it  it 

301 

1 

70 

V 

Vacating  buildings  

651 

1 

140 

it  it 

638 

3 

138 

Valves  in  piping  systems — shut 

off  

601 

132 

Vaults  projecting  beyond  build- 

ing  line  

170 

4 

k 

46 

271 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par.  ] 

Veneering  of  hollow  block 

walls  

254 

2 

Vent : 

flue,  defined  

390 

1 

b 

flues  

401 

shaft,  defined  

370 

e 

shafts  in  non-fireproof  build- 

ing  

373 

6 

shafts — protection  of  openings 

in  

373 

9 

b 

stacks  or  flues  containing 

smoke  flues  

394 

6 

Ventilating  machinery  — roof 

house  for  

426 

1 

a 

Ventilation : 

and  light  

7 

and  light — alterations  affect- 

ing  

137 

and  light — courts  for  

135 

and  light  of  alcove  rooms  in 

residence  buildings  

130 

3 

and  light  of  rooms  in  busi- 

ness buildings  

131 

and  light  of  rooms  in  public 

buildings  

132 

area  of  windows  for  

134 

mechanical  

133 

e 

of  bath  rooms  and  water 

closet  compartments  

133 

plumbing  and  gas  piping — 

rules  for  

Ventilators  for  lights  in  theatres 

526 

7 

Vertical : 

separation  of  windows  

375 

4 

supports — reduction  of  loads 

on  

53 

7 

Vibratory  loads  

53 

5 

Violation : 

a misdemeanor — when  

655 

of  sign  ordinance  

penalty  for,  of  building  code 

654 

Voluntary  abatement  of  unsafe 

conditions  

632 

Page 


62 

93 

100 

86 

89 

90 
98 

104 

33 

36 

35 

34 
34 

34 

35 
35 

35 

152 

119 

92 

19 

19 

146 

193 

145 

134 


272 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par.  J 

w 

Wainscoting — plastering  under. 

284 

2 

Wall: 

bearing,  defined  

250 

b 

fire,  defined  

370 

a 

height,  defined  

250 

c 

heights  

257 

1 

b 

heights  measured  to  nearest 

tier  of  beams  

257 

1 

c 

percentages  of  openings  al- 

lowed  in  

257 

4 

e 

support  of  a party  

230 

4 

thickness  

257 

thickness,  for  public  buildings 

257 

3 

thickness,  for  residence  build- 

ings  

257 

2 

thickness,  increased  due  to  ex- 

cessive  length  

257 

4 

d 

thickness,  increased  due  to  ex- 

cessive span  

257 

4 

c 

thickness,  increasing  of,  not 

required  under  more  than 

one  section  

257 

4 

f 

thickness,  when  increase  is  re- 

quired   

257 

4 

thickness,  with  hollow  block 

furring  

262 

2 

thickness  to  change  at  tops  of 

beams  

251 

4 

thickness  of,  for  business 

buildings  

257 

3 

thickness  of,  with  ashlar  .... 

257 

4 

a 

thickness  of,  with  clip  or  tie 

bonds  

257 

4 

a 

Walls : 

adjoining  excavations — sup- 

port of  

230 

3 

and  ceilings  in  theatres — cov- 

erings for  

534 

2 

and  partitions  in  theatres.... 

528 

and  piers — erection  of  

251 

4 

bonded  at  intersections  

251 

4 

braced  during  construction.. 

251 

8 

273 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Walls — Continued. 

buttresses  and  piers  for  rein- 

forcement  of  

257 

1 

e 

63 

chases  in,  for  pipes  

261 

3 

66 

enclosure,  reinforced  concrete 

338 

78 

enforcement  of  Article  10  on 

partition  fences  and  

215 

52 

existing,  use  of  permitted... 

258 

1 

65 

fire,  materials  and  construe- 

tion  for  

371 

1 

87 

fire,  openings  in  

371 

2 

87 

for  fireproof  buildings  

350 

78 

for  one  story  buildings  

257 

5 

64 

for  public  buildings — thick- 

ness  of  

257 

3 

63 

for  residence  buildings — 

thickness  of  

257 

2 

63 

for  residence  buildings — 

thickness  of  hollow  block. 

257 

7 

64 

for  skeleton  structures  

257 

10 

65 

for  small  residence  buildings 

257 

6 

64 

foundation,  defined  

236 

1 

58 

foundation,  materials  for  . . . 

236 

2 

58 

foundation,  thickness  of  

236 

3 

59 

furred  with  wood — fire  stops 

for  

262 

3 

67 

furring  of  hollow  blocks  on 

brick  

262 

2 

67 

hollow  

260 

66 

hollow  block,  decrease  in 

thickness  of  

254 

1 

62 

hollow  block,  limitation  of  use 

254 

3 

62 

hollow  block,  thickness  of  for 

residence  buildings  

257 

7 

64 

interior,  for  residences  

257 

11 

65 

lining  of  

258 

2 

65 

masonry,  in  frame  buildings. 

481 

110 

masonry,  separating  wood 

beams  in  

280 

5 

b 

68 

nailing  blocks  in  

251 

7 

61 

not  to  be  built  in  advance  of 

each  other  

251 

4 

60 

of  auditorium — interior,  for 

theatres  

522 

117 

274 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Walls — Continued. 

of  frame  buildings,  filling  in.. 

473 

107 

openings  in  fire  

371 

2 

87 

parapet  

259 

66 

partition,  fences  and  

11 

50 

partition,  maintenance  of 

fences  and  

210 

51 

piers  bonded  into 

251 

4 

60 

recesses  in,  for  stairs  and 

elevators  

261 

1 

66 

recesses  in,  limitation  of  size 

and  spacing  of  

261 

4 

66 

retaining  

211 

51 

retaining,  design  and  con- 

struction  of  

237 

59 

retaining,  disputes  as  to  

214 

52 

retaining,  expense  for  con- 

structing  and  maintaining. 

211 

51 

retaining,  penalty  for  failure 

to  build  

215 

52 

reinforced  by  buttresses,  piers 

or  cross  walls  

257 

1 

e 

63 

roofing  over  party  and  side.. 

421 

2 

102 

rubble,  increased  thickness  of 

257 

4 

b 

63 

rubble,  limitation  of  use  of.. 

253 

3 

61 

signs  on — Sec.  214,  Art.  16, 

Chap.  23  

191 

support  of,  adjoining  an  ex- 

cavation   

230 

3 

53 

thickness  — buttresses  and 

piers  in  lieu  of  increased.. 

257 

1 

d 

63 

thickness  of  curtain  

257 

9 

64 

thickness  of,  for  business 

buildings  

257 

3 

63 

thickness  of  foundation  

236 

3 

59 

thickness  of  non-bearing 

257 

8 

64 

timber  in  

251 

7 

61 

unsupported  height  of  

257 

1 

e 

63 

veneering  of  hollow  block. . . 

254 

2 

62 

when  required  to  be  increased 

in  thickness  

257 

4 

63 

Warehouses — classification  of  . . 

70 

4 

22 

Washers  for  bolting  wood  con- 

struction   

282 

68 

275 


Building  Code  (only) 


Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Water  supply — rules  and  regu- 

lations  for  

152 

Water  closet  compartments — 

light  and  ventilation  for... 

133 

35 

Waterproofing  

443 

106 

Weather  protection  during  con- 

struction  

197 

50 

Web  reinforcement  for  con- 

Crete  beams  

335 

4 

76 

Weights  of  materials  

21 

11 

Wetting  brick  

251 

3 

60 

Width: 

of  aisles  in  theatres  

527 

5 

120 

of  doorways  

158 

1 

42 

of  foyers,  lobbies,  corridors 

and  passageways  in  theatres 

527 

4 

120 

of  stairs  

153 

3 

40 

of  wood  beams  

280 

1 

67 

Wind: 

loads  

54 

20 

loads — allowable  stresses  for. 

54 

3 

20 

pressure  

54 

1 

20 

pressure — anchorage  for  

54 

2 

20 

pressure — stability  against  . . 

54 

2 

20 

Window : 

construction — bay  and  show . . 

446 

106 

lintels  

251 

6 

60 

Windows : 

and  doors  for  roof  houses... 

426 

4 

104 

arches  over  

251 

6 

60 

fireproof  frames  for  exterior 

357 

85 

for  ventilation — area  of  

134 

35 

in  dressing  rooms  of  theatres 

523 

117 

required  in  rooms  in  resi- 

dence buildings  

130 

1 

33 

vertical  separation  of  

375 

4 

92 

Wire : 

glass — use  of 

376 

3 

93 

reinforcement  for  concrete, 

steel  

333 

75 

Wood: 

beams  and  girders — anchor- 

ing of  

280 

4 

67 

beams  around  flues — trimming 

280 

5 

a 

68 

276 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Wood — Continued. 

beams — bearing  for  ends  of.. 

280 

2 

67 

beams — bridging  for  ’. . . . 

280 

3 

67 

beams,  hangers  required  for.. 

280 

2 

67 

beams  in  masonry  walls — sep- 

arating  

280 

5 

b 

68 

beams  not  to  be  supported  on 

stud  partitions  

280 

2 

67 

beams — stirrups  for  

280 

2 

67 

beams — supports  for  

280 

2 

67 

beams — width  of  

280 

1 

67 

columns  and  posts  

281 

68 

columns — working  stresses  for 

5 

18 

construction  

14 

67 

construction — bolting  of  

282 

68 

fireproofed  

356 

4 

85 

floor  beams — bevel  cuts  for. . 

280 

2 

67 

girders — anchoring  

280 

4 

c 

68 

or  metal  and  glass  for  parti- 

tions   

355 

1 

h 

84 

piles  

235 

2 

57 

piles — allowable  loads  on 

235 

2 

b 

57 

piles — driving  of  

235 

2 

b 

57 

piles — quality  and  size  of 

235 

2 

a 

57 

piles — spacing  of  

235 

2 

c 

57 

piles — ranging  timbers  for  . . 

235 

2 

c 

57 

structures  in  fire  limits  pro- 

hibited   

90 

24 

structures  moved  

94 

32 

Woodwork : 

adjacent  to  lights — protection 

of  

526 

3 

118 

permitted  in  fireproof  build- 

ings   

356 

2 

85 

Working  stresses : 

and  loads  

3 

15 

and  loads — computations  for. 

50 

1 

15 

for  columns  and  compression 

members  of  iron  and  steel. 

52 

4 

18 

for  concrete  slab  floor  con- 

struction   

354 

4 

e 

82 

for  materials  

51 

16 

for  old  iron  and  steel  material 

313 

74 

for  reinforced  concrete  

334 

75 

277 


Building  Code  (only) 

Art. 

Sec. 

Subd. 

Par. 

Page 

Working  stresses — Continued, 

for  steel  and  iron  columns 

and  compression  members.. 

52 

4 

18 

for  wood  columns  

in  reinforced  concrete  col- 

52 

5 

18 

umns  

337 

1-4 

76 

Workshops  in  theatres  

Wrecked  buildings — recovery  of 

535 

126 

bodies  from  

638 

1 

138 

278 


/I 

i 


1 


UNIVERSITY  OF  ILLINOIS-URBANA 


IMPORTANT  NOTICE 

March  M,  1916 

Chapter  5 of  the  new  Code  of  Ordinances  of 
The  City  of  New  York,  knov/n  as  the  BUILD- 
ING CODE,  has  been  revised, — except  Article 
6 entitled  “Height,  Size  and  Arrangement” 
and  Article  25  entitled  “Theatres  and  Other 
Places  of  Amusement.”  Articles  26  and  30 
have  been  repealed.  This  pamphlet  contains 
all  revisions  of  the  Building  Code  passed  by 
the  Board  of  Aldermen  on  or  before  Decem- 
ber 14,  1916,  to  take  effect  on  or  before  March 
14,vl916.  As  the  Building  Code  will  likely  be 
further  revised  by  the  Board  of  Aldermen,  it 
is  suggested  that  cdl  persons  desiring  up-to- 
date  information  should  either  follow  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  Board  of  Aldermen  as  pub- 
lished in  THE  CITY  RECORD,  or  ask  for 
bulletins  of  future  revisions  at  the  Information 
Desk  in  the  BUREAU  OF  BUILDINGS, 
BOROUC..  OF  MANHATTAN. 


Form  45 — 1916 


